Instruction Manual D103189X012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller September 2018 2 this manual, including all safety cautions and warnings. If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson sales office before proceeding. Specifications
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6000f Digital Valve
Controllers (Supported)
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inspection and Maintenance Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Parts Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Non-Fisher (OEM) Instruments, Switches, and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Latest Published Instruction Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Introduction
The product covered in this document is no longer in production; it has been a Supported product since October 2013. This document, which includes the latest published version of the instruction manual, is made available to provide updates of newer safety procedures. Be sure to follow the safety procedures in this supplement as well as the specific instructions in the included instruction manual.
Part numbers in the included instruction manual should not be relied on to order replacement parts. For replacement parts, contact your Emerson sales office.
For more than 20 years, Fisher products have been manufactured with asbestos-free components. The included manual might mention asbestos containing parts. Since 1988, any gasket or packing which may have contained some asbestos, has been replaced by a suitable non-asbestos material. Replacement parts in other materials are available from your sales office.
Safety Instructions
Please read these safety warnings, cautions, and instructions carefully before using the product.
These instructions cannot cover every installation and situation. Do not install, operate, or maintain this product without being fully trained and qualified in valve, actuator and accessory installation, operation and maintenance. To avoid personal injury or property damage it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of
www.Fisher.com
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
this manual, including all safety cautions and warnings. If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson sales office before proceeding.
Specifications
This product was intended for a specific range of service conditions--pressure, pressure drop, process and ambient temperature, temperature variations, process fluid, and possibly other specifications. Do not expose the product to service conditions or variables other than those for which the product was intended. If you are not sure what these conditions or variables are, contact your Emerson sales office for assistance. Provide the product serial number and all other pertinent information that you have available.
Inspection and Maintenance Schedules
All products must be inspected periodically and maintained as needed. The schedule for inspection can only be determined based on the severity of your service conditions. Your installation might also be subject to inspection schedules set by applicable governmental codes and regulations, industry standards, company standards, or plant standards.
In order to avoid increasing dust explosion risk, periodically clean dust deposits from all equipment.
When equipment is installed in a hazardous area location (potentially explosive atmosphere), prevent sparks by proper tool selection and avoiding other types of impact energy. Control Valve surface temperature is dependent upon process operating conditions.
WARNING
Control valve surface temperature is dependent upon process operating conditions. Personal injury or property damage, caused by fire or explosion, can result if the valve body surface temperature exceeds the acceptable temperature for the hazardous area classification. To avoid an increase of instrumentation and/or accessory surface temperature due to process operating conditions, ensure adequate ventilation, shielding, or insulation of control valve components installed in a potentially hazardous or explosive atmosphere.
Parts Ordering
Whenever ordering parts for older products, always specify the serial number of the product and provide all other pertinent information that you can, such as product size, part material, age of the product, and general service conditions. If you have modified the product since it was originally purchased, include that information with your request.
WARNING
Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts. Components that are not supplied by Emerson Automation Solutions should not, under any circumstances, be used in any Fisher product. Use of components not supplied by Emerson Automation Solutions may void your warranty, might adversely affect the performance of the product and could result in personal injury and property damage.
2
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
Installation
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before mounting the product:
DDo not install any system component where service conditions could exceed the limits given in this manual or the limits on the appropriate nameplates. Use pressure-relieving devices as required by government or accepted industry codes and good engineering practices.
DAlways wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any installation operations.
DDo not remove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized.
DDisconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve.
DUse bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve.
DVent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression so the actuator is not applying force to the valve stem; this will allow for the safe removal of the stem connector.
DUse lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
DThe valve packing box might contain process fluids that are pressurized, even when the valve has been removed from the pipeline. Process fluids might spray out under pressure when removing the packing hardware or packing rings, or when loosening the packing box pipe plug. Cautiously remove parts so that fluid escapes slowly and safely.
DThe instrument is capable of supplying full supply pressure to connected equipment. To avoid personal injury and equipment damage, caused by sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts, make sure the supply pressure never exceeds the maximum safe working pressure of any connected equipment.
DSevere personal injury or property damage may occur from an uncontrolled process if the instrument air supply is not clean, dry and oil-free, or noncorrosive gas. While use and regular maintenance of a filter that removes particles larger than 40 microns will suffice in most applications, check with an Emerson Automation Solutions field office and Industry Instrument air quality standards for use with corrosive gas or if you are unsure about the proper amount or method of air filtration or filter maintenance.
DFor corrosive media, make sure the tubing and instrument components that contact the corrosive media are of suitable corrosiion-resistant material. The use of unsuitable materials might result in personal injury or property damage due to the uncontrolled release of the corrosive media.
DIf natural gas or other flammable or hazardous gas is to be used as the supply pressure medium and preventive measures are not taken, personal injury and property damage could result from fire or explosion of accumulated gas or from contact with hazardous gas. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources.
DTo avoid personal injury or property damage resulting from the sudden release of process pressure, use a high-pressure regulator system when operating the controller or transmitter from a high-pressure source.
The instrument or instrument/actuator assembly does not form a gas-tight seal, and when the assembly is in an enclosed area, a remote vent line, adequate ventilation, and necessary safety measures should be used. Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes and should be as short as possible with adequate inside diameter and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup. However, a remote vent pipe alone cannot be relied upon to remove all hazardous gas, and leaks may still occur.
DPersonal injury or property damage can result from the discharge of static electricity when flammable or hazardous gases are present. Connect a 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) ground strap between the instrument and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present. Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements.
DPersonal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if electrical connections are attempted in an area that contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous. Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of covers before proceeding.
3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
DFor instruments with a hollow liquid level displacer, the displacer might retain process fluid or pressure. Personal injury or property damage due to sudden release of pressure, contact with hazardous fluid, fire, or explosion can be caused by puncturing, heating, or repairing a displacer that is retaining process pressure or fluid. This danger may not be readily apparent when disassembling the sensor or removing the displacer. Before disassembling the sensor or removing the displacer, observe the appropriate warnings provided in the sensor instruction manual.
DPersonal injury or property damage, caused by fire or explosion from the leakage of flammable or hazardous gas, can result if a suitable conduit seal is not installed. For explosion-proof applications, install the seal no more than 457 mm (18 inches) from the instrument when required by the nameplate. For ATEX applications use the proper cable gland certified to the required category. Equipment must be installed per local and national electric codes.
DCheck with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media.
DIf installing into an existing application, also refer to the WARNING in the Maintenance section.
Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations in Hazardous Locations
Certain nameplates may carry more than one approval, and each approval may have unique installation requirements and/or conditions of safe use. Special instructions are listed by agency/approval. To get these instructions, contact Emerson sales office. Read and understand these special conditions of use before installing.
WARNING
Failure to follow conditions of safe use could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, or area re-classification.
Operation
With instruments, switches, and other accessories that are controlling valves or other final control elements, it is possible to lose control of the final control element when you adjust or calibrate the instrument. If it is necessary to take the instrument out of service for calibration or other adjustments, observe the following warning before proceeding.
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or equipment damage from uncontrolled process. Provide some temporary means of control for the process before taking the instrument out of service.
Maintenance
WARNING
Before performing any maintenance operations on an actuator-mounted instrument or accessory:
4
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
DTo avoid personal injury, always wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear.
DProvide some temporary measure of control to the process before taking the instrument out of service.
DProvide a means of containing the process fluid before removing any measurement devices from the process.
DDisconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve.
DUse bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve.
DVent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression so the actuator is not applying force to the valve stem; this will allow for the safe removal of the stem connector.
DPersonal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas or other flammable or hazardous gas is used as the supply medium and preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this instrument, refer to the Installation section.
DUse lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
DThe valve packing box might contain process fluids that are pressurized, even when the valve has been removed from the pipeline. Process fluids might spray out under pressure when removing the packing hardware or packing rings, or when loosening the packing box pipe plug. Cautiously remove parts so that fluid escapes slowly and safely.
DCheck with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media.
DOn an explosion-proof instrument, remove the electrical power before removing the instrument covers in a hazardous area. Personal injury or property damage may result from fire and explosion if power is applied to the instrument with the covers removed.
Instruments Mounted on Tank or Cage
WARNING
For instruments mounted on a tank or displacer cage, release trapped pressure from the tank and lower the liquid level to a point below the connection. This precaution is necessary to avoid personal injury from contact with the process fluid.
Instruments With a Hollow Displacer or Float
WARNING
For instruments with a hollow liquid level displacer, the displacer might retain process fluid or pressure. Personal injury and property might result from sudden release of this pressure or fluid. Contact with hazardous fluid, fire, or explosion can be caused by puncturing, heating, or repairing a displacer that is retaining process pressure or fluid. This danger may not be readily apparent when disassembling the sensor or removing the displacer. A displacer that has been penetrated by process pressure or fluid might contain: Dpressure as a result of being in a pressurized vessel Dliquid that becomes pressurized due to a change in temperature Dliquid that is flammable, hazardous or corrosive. Handle the displacer with care. Consider the characteristics of the specific process liquid in use. Before removing the displacer, observe the appropriate warnings provided in the sensor instruction manual.
5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
September 2018
Instruction Manual
D103189X012
Non-Fisher (OEM) Instruments, Switches, and Accessories
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
Refer to the original manufacturer's documentation for Installation, Operation and Maintenance safety information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
6E 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Instruction Manual D103189X012
September 2013
Fisherr FIELDVUEt DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
This manual applies to:
Device Type Device Revision Hardware Revision Firmware Revision DD Revision Instrument Level
4602 2 1 2.0 2 and 3 FD, PD, AD
Standard Control (SC) Fieldbus Control (FC) Fieldbus Logic (FL)
Introduction and Specifications 1 Installation 2 Basic Setup 3
Detailed Setup 4 Calibration 5
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 7
Parts 8
Principle of Operation A
Loop Schematics / Nameplates B
Using PlantWebt Alerts C
FOUNDATIONt Fieldbus Communication
D
Device Description (DD) Installation E
Operating with a DeltaVt System F
Glossary
GGlossary
Index
Index
www.Fisher.com
Configure/Setup Basic Setup Detailed Setup Calibration
Top Level Configure/Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables
Device Variables All Block Modes AO Control - Pre-Char AO Control - Post-Char DO Control Input Characterization :Travel/Pressure State :PD Inside Status Protection Drive Signal Temperature Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator :Travel Count Pressures
Pressures :Supply :Pressure A :Pressure B :A Minus B
TRANSDUCER BLOCK FIELD COMMUNICATOR MENU TREE
Basic Setup
Device Setup Performance Tuner
Detailed Setup
Transducer Block Mode Protection Response Control Alerts Instrument Valve and Actuator MAI Channel Map Alert Handling
MAI Channel Map
:MAI Channel 1 :MAI Channel 2 :MAI Channel 3 :MAI Channel 4 :MAI Channel 5 :MAI Channel 6 :MAI Channel 7 :MAI Channel 8
Simulate Active Alarms
Failed Active Maint Active Advise Active
Alert Handling
PlantWeb Alert Simulate Simulate Active Alerts PlantWeb Alert Handling
PlantWeb Alert Handling
PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status Block Error Reporting
Response Control
Travel Tuning Pressure Tuning Travel Press Control Input Characterization Custom Characterization Table Outblock Selection
Travel Pressure Control
:Travel/Pressure State :Travel/Pressure Select Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo :Pressure Cutoff Open :Pressure Cutoff Closed :Pressure Range Hi :Pressure Range Lo
Instrument
Tag Description Pressure Units Temperature Units Travel Units Length Units Area Units Spring Rate Units :Relay Type :Zero Power Condition :Maximum Supply Pressure Calibration Person Calibration Location Calibration Date :Last Calibration Type
Calibration
Valve and Actuator
Auto Calibration Manual Calibration Relay Travel Sensor
Valve Trim Actuator Reference
Supply Pressure Pressure A
Reference
Pressure B Device Diagnostics
:Trim Style 1 :Trim Style 2 :Stroke Time Open
Active PlantWeb Alerts
:Stroke Time Close
Alert Conditions
Status Device Record Stroke Valve Trend
Status
Self Test Status Block Error
Self Test Status
Integrator Suspended Integrator Limited Lo
Device Record
:Maximum Recorded Temperature :Maximum Recorded Temperature Time :Minimum Recorded Temperature :Minimum Recorded Temperature Time :Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure :Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time :Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure :Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
Integrator Limited Hi Travel Sensor Span Error MLFB Error Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error Pressure B Sensor Failure Pressure A Sensor Failure Supply Sensor Failure IOP Failure Drive Current Alert
Simulate Jumper ON
AO Control - Pre-Char
:Setpoint :Setpoint Status :Travel (DeChar)
AO Control - Post-Char
:Travel Target :Travel :Travel Status
Block Error
Block Configuration Error Simulate Active Lost Static Data Device Needs Maintenance Now Out of Service
DO Control
:Setpoint(D) :Travel(D)
Travel Tuning
:Travel Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain :Travel MLFB Gain :Travel Integral Enable :Travel Integral Gain :Travel Integral Dead Zone :Travel Integral Limit Hi :Travel Integral Limit Lo Performance Tuner Stabilize / Optimize
Pressure Tuning
:Pressure Tuning Set :Pressure Proportional Gain :Pressure MLFB Gain :Pressure Integral Gain :Pressure Integral Dead Zone :Pressure Integral Limit Hi :Pressure Integral Limit Lo
Alerts
Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting
ALERTS MENU ON FACING PAGE
Valve
Valve Manufacturer Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number Valve Style :Valve Size :Valve Class :Rated Travel :Actual Travel :Shaft Stem Diameter :Packing Type :Inlet Pressure :Outlet Pressure
Trim
:Seat Type :Leak Class :Port Diameter :Port Type :Flow Direction :Push Down To :Flow Tends To :Unbalanced Area
Actuator
Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number :Actuator Style Actuator Serial Number :Actuator Size Actuator Fail Action :Feedback Connection :Travel Sensor Motion :Lever Style :Lever Arm Length :Effective Area :Air :Upper Bench Set :Lower Bench Set :Nominal Supply Pressure :Spring Rate
i
i
Alerts
Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting
PlantWeb Alert Reporting Failed Suppress Maintenance Suppress Advise Suppress
PlantWeb Alert Enable Failed Enable Maintenance Enable Advise Enable
Performance Alerts :PD Inside Status :PD Run Performance Critical Performance Reduced Performance Information
Performance Information Performance Information Alert Performance Information Alert Enable
Performance Reduced Performance Reduced Alert Performance Reduced Alert Enable
Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert Performance Critical Alert Enable
Elect Alerts Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired
Configuration Alerts Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Default Alert Key
Sensor Alerts Travel Sensor Pressure Sensors Pressure Fallback Temperature Sensor Environment Alerts Supply Pressure Temperature Limit
Processor Impaired
:Program Memory Alert :Program Memory Alert Enable :Program Memory Shutdown :Program Memory Manual Recovery :Static Memory Alert :Static Memory Alert Enable :Static Memory Shutdown :Static Memory Manual Recovery :Processor Alert :Processor Alert Enable :I/O Processor Alert :I/O Processor Alert Enable :I/O Processor Shutdown :I/O Processor Man Recovery
Blocks Set to Default
:Blocks Set to Defaults Alert :Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable
Pressure Fallback
:Pressure Fallback Alert :Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
Temperature Sensor
:Temperature Sensor Alert :Temperature Sensor Alert Enable
Temperature Limit
Travel Alerts
Temperature :Temperature Hi Alert :Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Hi Alert Point :Temperature Lo Alert :Temperature Lo Alert Enable :Temperature Lo Alert Point
:Travel Target :Travel Travel Deviation Travel Limit Travel Hi/Lo
Travel Hi/Lo
:Travel Hi Alert :Travel Hi Alert Enable :Travel Hi Alert Point :Travel Hi Deadband :Travel Lo Alert :Travel Lo Alert Enable :Travel Lo Alert Point :Travel Lo Deadband
Travel Open
Prox Alerts
:Travel Travel Open Travel Closed Proximity
Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable :Travel Open Alert Point :Travel Open Deadband
Proximity
Travel History Alerts
Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator
:Proximity Hi Hi Alert :Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable :Proximity Hi Alert :Proximity Hi Alert Enable :Proximity Lo Alert :Proximity Lo Alert Enable :Proximity Lo Lo Alert :Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator :Travel Accumulator Alert :Travel Accumulator Alert Enable :Travel Accumulator Alert Point :Travel Accumulator Deadband
Cycle Counter
Cycle Counter :Cycle Counter Alert :Cycle Counter Alert Enable :Cycle Counter Alert Point :Cycle Counter Deadband
Drive Current
Drive Current :Drive Current Alert :Drive Current Alert Enable :Drive Current Shutdown :Drive Current Manual Recovery :Drive Current Alert Point :Drive Current Alert Time
Drive Signal
Drive Signal :Drive Signal Alert :Drive Signal Alert Enable
Output Block Timeout
:Output Block Timeout Alert :Output Block Timeout Alert Enable :Output Block Timeout Shutdown :Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery :Output Block Timeout
Travel Sensor
:Travel Sensor Alert :Travel Sensor Alert Enable :Travel Sensor Shutdown :Travel Sensor Manual Recovery
Pressure Sensors
:Pressure A Sensor Alert :Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable :Pressure A Sensor Shutdown :Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery :Pressure B Sensor Alert :Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable :Supply Pressure Sensor Alert :Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable
Supply Pressure
:Supply :Supply Pressure Hi Alert :Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point :Supply Pressure Lo Alert :Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable :Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
Travel Deviation
Travel Deviation :Travel Deviation Alert :Travel Deviation Alert Enable :Travel Deviation Alert Point :Travel Deviation Time :Travel Deviation Deadband
Travel Limit
:Travel Hi Hi Alert :Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable :Travel Hi Hi Alert Point :Travel Hi Hi Deadband :Travel Lo Lo Alert :Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable :Travel Lo Lo Alert Point :Travel Lo Lo Deadband
Travel Closed
:Travel Closed Alert :Travel Closed Alert Enable :Travel Closed Alert Point :Travel Closed Deadband
ii
ii
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
A Minus B
TB > Device Variables > Pressures > A Minus B
Actual Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Actual Travel
Actuator Fail Action
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Fail Action
Actuator Manufacturer
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Manufacturer
Actuator Model Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Model Number
Actuator Serial Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Serial Number
Actuator Size
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Size
Actuator Style
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Style
Advise Active
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Advise Active
Advise Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Advise Enable
Advise Suppress
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Advise Suppress
Air
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Air
Alert Conditions
TB > Device Diagnostics > Alert Conditions
Alert Key
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Alert Key
Area Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Area Units
Block Configuration Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Block Configuration Error
Blocks Set to Defaults Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Blocks Set to Defaults > Block Set to Defaults Alert
Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Blocks Set to Defaults > Block Set to Defaults Alert Enable
Calibration Date
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Date
Calibration Location
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Location
Calibration Person
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Person
Custom Characterization Table
Cycle Counter
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Custom Characterization Table
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter TB > Device Variables > Cycle Count
Cycle Counter Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert
Cycle Counter Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert Enable
Cycle Counter Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert Point
Cycle Counter Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Deadband
Device Needs Maintenance Now
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Device Needs Maintenance Now
Drive Current Drive Current Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Drive Current Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert
Drive Current Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Enable
Drive Current Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Point
Drive Current Alert Time
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Time
Drive Current Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Manual Recovery
Drive Current Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Shutdown
Drive Signal
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal TB > Device Variables > Drive Signal
Drive Signal Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal Alert
Drive Signal Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal Alert Enable
Effective Area
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Effective Area
Failed Active
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Failed Active
Failed Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Failed Enable
Failed Suppress
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Failed Suppress
Feedback Connection
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Feedback Connection
Flow Direction
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Direction
-Continued-
iii
iii
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Flow Tends To
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Tends To
I/O Processor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Alert
I/O Processor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Alert Enable
I/O Processor Man Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Man Recovery
I/O Processor Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Shutdown
Inlet Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Inlet Pressure
Input Characterization
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization TB > Device Variables > Input Characterization
Integrator Limited Hi
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Limited Hi
Integrator Limited Lo
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Limited Lo
Integrator Suspended
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Suspended
IOP Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > IOP Failure
Last Calibration Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Last Calibration Type
Leak Class
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Leak Class
Length Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Length Units
Lever Arm Length
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Arm Length
Lever Style
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Style
Lost Static Data
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Lost Static Data
Lower Bench Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lower Bench Set
MAI Channel 1
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 1
MAI Channel 2
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 2
MAI Channel 3
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 3
MAI Channel 4
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 4
MAI Channel 5
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 5
MAI Channel 6
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 6
MAI Channel 7
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 7
MAI Channel 8
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 8
Maint Active
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Maint Active
Maintenance Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Maintenance Enable
Maintenance Suppress
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Maintenance Suppress
Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure
Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
Maximum Recorded Temperature
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Temperature
Maximum Recorded Temperature Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Temperature Time
Maximum Supply Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Maximum Supply Pressure
Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure
Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
Minimum Recorded Temperature
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Temperature
Minimum Recorded Temperature Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Temperature Time
MLFB Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > MLFB Error
Nominal Supply Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Nominal Supply Pressure
Out of Service
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Out of Service
Outlet Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Outlet Pressure
Outblock Selection
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Outblock Selection
Output Block Timeout
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout
-Continued-
iv
iv
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Output Block Timeout Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Alert
Output Block Timeout Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Alert Enable
Output Block Timeout Manual TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout
Recovery
Manual Recovery
Output Block Timeout Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Shutdown
Packing Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Packing Type
PD Inside Status
TB > Configure/Setup > Device Variables > PD Inside Status
PD Run
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > PD Run
Performance Critical Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Performance Critical Alert
Performance Critical Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Performance Critical Alert Enable
Performance Information Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Information Alert
Performance Information Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Information Alert Enable
Performance Reduced Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Reduced Alert
Performance Reduced Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Reduced Alert Enable
Performance Tuner
TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Performance Tuner TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Performance Tuner
PlantWeb Alert Simulate
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > PlantWeb Alert Simulate
Port Diameter
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Diameter
Port Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Type
Pressure A
TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Pressure A
Pressure A Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Alert
Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable
Pressure A Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Pressure A Sensor Error
Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery
Pressure A Sensor Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Shutdown
Pressure B
TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Pressure B
Pressure B Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure B Sensor Alert
Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable
Pressure B Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Self Test Status.Pressure B Sensor Error
Pressure Cutoff Closed
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Cutoff Closed
Pressure Cutoff Open
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Cutoff Open
Pressure Fallback Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Fallback > Pressure Fallback Alert
Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Fallback > Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
Pressure Integral Dead Zone TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Dead Zone
Pressure Integral Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Gain
Pressure Integral Limit Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Limit Hi
Pressure Integral Limit Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Limit Lo
Pressure MLFB Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure MLFB Gain
Pressure Proportional Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Proportional Gain
Pressure Range Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Range Hi
Pressure Range Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Range Lo
Pressure Tuning Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Pressure Units
-Continued-
v
v
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Processor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Processor Alert
Processor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Processor Alert Enable
Program Memory Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Alert
Program Memory Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Alert Enable
Program Memory Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Manual Recovery
Program Memory Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Shutdown
Protection
TB > Device Variables > Protection
Proximity Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Alert
Proximity Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Alert Enable
Proximity Hi Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Hi Alert
Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable
Proximity Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Alert
Proximity Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Alert Enable
Proximity Lo Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Lo Alert
Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable
Push Down To
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Push Down To
Rated Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Rated Travel
Relay Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Relay Type
Seat Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Seat Type
Setpoint
TB > Device Variables > AO Control-Pre-Char > Setpoint
Setpoint Status
TB > Device Variables > AO Control-Pre-Char > Setpoint Status
Setpoint(D)
TB > Device Variables > DO Control > Setpoint(D)
Shaft Stem Diameter
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Shaft Stem Diameter
Simulate Active
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Block Error.Simulate Active
Simulate Jumper ON
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Simulate Jumper ON
Spring Rate
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Spring Rate
Spring Rate Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Spring Rate Units
Static Memory Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Alert
Static Memory Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Alert Enable
Static Memory Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Manual Recovery
Static Memory Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Shutdown
Stroke Time Close
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Close
Stroke Time Open
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Open
Supply
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Supply
Supply Pressure Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point
Supply Pressure Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Supply Pressure Sensor Alert
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Supply Pressure Sensor Alert
Enable
Enable
Supply Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Supply Sensor Failure
Tag Description
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Tag Description
-Continued-
vi
vi
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Temperature
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature
Temperature Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert
Temperature Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert Enable
Temperature Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert Point
Temperature Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert
Temperature Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert Enable
Temperature Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert Point
Temperature Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Temperature Sensor > Temperature Sensor Alert
Temperature Sensor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Temperature Sensors > Temperature Sensor Alert Enable
Temperature Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Temperature Units
Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel
Travel (DeChar)
TB > Device Variables > AO Control-Pre-Char > Travel(DeChar)
Travel Accumulator
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator TB > Device Variables > Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert
Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert Point
Travel Accumulator Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Deadband
Travel Closed Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert
Travel Closed Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert Enable
Travel Closed Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert Point
Travel Closed Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Deadband
Travel Count
TB > Device Variables > Travel Count
Travel Cutoff Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Cutoff Hi
Travel Cutoff Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Cutoff Lo
Travel Deviation
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation
Travel Deviation Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert
Travel Deviation Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert Enable
Travel Deviation Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert Point
Travel Deviation Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Deadband
Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback
Travel Deviation Time
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Time
Travel Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert
Travel Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert Enable
Travel Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert Point
Travel Hi Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Deadband
Travel Hi Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert
Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
Travel Hi Hi Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Deadband
Travel Integral Dead Zone
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Dead Zone
Travel Integral Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Enable
Travel Integral Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Gain
Travel Integral Limit Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Limit Hi
Travel Integral Limit Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Limit Lo
Travel Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert
-Continued-
vii
vii
Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Travel Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert Enable
Travel Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert Point
Travel Lo Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Deadband
Travel Lo Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert
Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
Travel Lo Lo Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Deadband
Travel MLFB Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel MLFB Gain
Travel Open Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert
Travel Open Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert Enable
Travel Open Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert Point
Travel Open Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Deadband
Travel Proportional Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Proportional Gain
Travel Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Alert
Travel Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Alert Enable
Travel Sensor Hi Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Hi Error
Travel Sensor Lo Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Lo Error
Travel Sensor Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Manual Recovery
Travel Sensor Motion
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Travel Sensor Motion
Travel Sensor Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Shutdown
Travel Sensor Span Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Span Error
Travel Status
TB > Device Variables > AO Control-Post-Char > Travel Status
Travel Tuning Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Tuning Set
Travel Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Travel Units
Travel Velocity Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Velocity Gain
Travel(D)
TB > Device Variables > DO Control > Travel(D)
Travel/Pressure Select
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure Select
Travel/Pressure State
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure State TB > Device Variables > Travel/Pressure State
Trend
TB > Device Diagnostics > Trend
Trim Style 1
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 1
Trim Style 2
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 2
Unbalanced Area
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Unbalanced Area
Upper Bench Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Upper Bench Set
Valve Class
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Class
Valve Manufacturer
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Manufacturer
Valve Model Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Model Number
Valve Serial Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Serial Number
Valve Size
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Size
Valve Style
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Style
Zero Power Condition
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Zero Power Condition
viii
viii
Top Level
Configure/Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables
RESOURCE BLOCK FIELD COMMUNICATOR MENU TREE
Configure/Setup
Resource Block Mode Write Lock Comm Timeout Options Alarm Handling Identification Version
Version
Device Revision Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision Hardware Rev ITK Version
Write Lock
Write Lock Write Priority
Comm Timeout
Shed Remote Cascade Shed Remote Out
Options
Diagnostics Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available Features Selected
Alarm Handling
Alert Key Confirm Time Limit Notify Maximum Notify Block Alm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Disc Alm Disabled Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge
Function Block Options
AO DO AI DI PID IS OS MAI
Miscellaneous Options
Firmware Download Travel Control Capable Pressure Control Capable Pressure Fallback Capable
Features Available
Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support
Features Selected
Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support
Identification
Device Diagnostics
Resource Block Error Device State Write Lock Block Alarm Maintenance
Device ID Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Strategy Manufacturer Device Type Diagnostics Options
Write Lock Write Alarm Alarm State Write Lock
Resource Block Error
Other Block Configuration Error Simulate Active Device Needs Maintenance Soon Memory Failure Lost Static Data Lost NV Data Device Needs Maintenance Now Power Up Out of Service
Identification
Maintenance Restart Actions Fault State Set Fault State Clear Fault State
Device Variables Instrument Options DD Information
Options Diagnostics Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available
Features Available Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support
Block Alarm
Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Unacknowledged
Instrument
Identification Version
Function Block Options
AO DO AI DI PID IS OS MAI
Device ID Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Strategy Manufacturer Device Type
Version
Device Revision Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision Hardware Rev ITK Version
Miscellaneous Options
Firmware Download Travel Control Capable Pressure Control Capable Pressure Fallback Capable
ix
ix
Resource Block (RB) Menu Structure
Parameter Label
Menu Structure
Alert Key
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Alert Key
Block Alarm: Alarm State
RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm > Alarm State
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm > Unacknowledge
Block Alarm Disabled
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm Disabled
Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge
Confirm Time
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Confirm Time
DD Information
RB > Device Variables > DD information
Device ID
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Device ID or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Device ID
Device Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Device Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Device Revision
Device State
RB > Device Diagnostics > Device State
Device Type
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Device Type or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Device Type
Diagnostics Options
RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Diagnostics Options
Discrete Alarm Disabled
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Discrete Alarm Disabled
Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge
Electronics Serial Number
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Elect S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Electronics Serial Number
Factory Serial Number
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Factory S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Factory Serial Number
Fault State
RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance > Fault State
Features Available
RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Features Available or RB > Device Variables > Options > Features Available
Features Selected
RB > Configure/Setup >Options > Features Selected
Field Serial Number
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Field S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Field Serial Number
Firmware Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Firmware Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Firmware Revision
Function Block Options
RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Function Block Options or RB > Device Variables > Options > Function Block Options
Hardware Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Hardware Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Hardware Revision
ITK Version
RB > Configure/Setup > Version > ITK Version or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > ITK Version
Limit Notify
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Limit Notify
Manufacturer
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Manufacturer or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Manufacturer
Maximum Notify
RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Maximum Notify
Miscellaneous Options
RB > Configure/Setup > Options >Miscellaneous Options or RB > Device Variables > Options >Miscellaneous Options
Resource Block Error
RB > Device Diagnostics> Resource Block Error
Shed Remote Cascade
RB > Configure/Setup > Communication Time Out > Shed Remote Cascade
Shed Remote Out
RB > Configure/Setup > Communication Time Out > Shed Remote Out
Standby Firmware Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Standby Firmtware Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Standby Firmware Revision
Strategy
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Strategy or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Strategy
Tag Description
RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Tag Description or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Tag Description
Write Alarm: Alarm State
RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock > Alarm State
Write Lock
RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock > Write Lock or RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock > Write Lock
Write Priority
RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock > Write Priority
x
x
THE FIELDVUE DVC6000f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER IS A CORE COMPONENT OF THE PLANTWEB DIGITAL PLANT ARCHITECTURE. THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER POWERS PLANTWEB BY CAPTURING AND DELIVERING VALVE DIAGNOSTIC DATA. COUPLED WITH VALVELINKt SOFTWARE, THE DVC6000f PROVIDES USERS WITH AN ACCURATE PICTURE OF VALVE PERFORMANCE, INCLUDING ACTUAL STEM POSITION, INSTRUMENT INPUT SIGNAL AND PNEUMATIC PRESSURE TO THE ACTUATOR. USING THIS INFORMATION, THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSES NOT ONLY ITSELF, BUT ALSO THE VALVE AND ACTUATOR TO WHICH IT IS MOUNTED.
FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
xi
xi
Introduction and Specifications
1-1
Section 1 Introduction and Specifications
1
Scope of Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Instrument Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Related Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Educational Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
September 2013
1-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Scope of Manual
This instruction manual includes specifications, installation, operating, and maintenance information for FIELDVUE DVC6000f digital valve controllers.
1 This manual describes device setup using the 475 or 375 Field Communicator. For information on using Fisher ValveLink software with the instrument, refer to the appropriate user guide or help.
Do not install, operate, or maintain a DVC6000f digital valve controller without being fully trained and qualified in valve, actuator, and accessory installation, operation, and maintenance. To avoid personal injury or property damage, it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of this manual, including all safety cautions and warnings. If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management sales office before proceeding.
Instrument Description
DVC6000f digital valve controllers for FOUNDATION fieldbus are interoperable, communicating, microprocessor-based, digital-to-pneumatic instruments. In addition to the primary function of converting a digital input signal to a pneumatic output, the DVC6000f, using FOUNDATION fieldbus communications protocol, gives easy access to information critical to process operation as well as process control. This can be done using a DeltaV console, another FOUNDATION fieldbus system console, or with ValveLink software.
DVC6000f digital valve controllers can be mounted on single or double-acting sliding-stem actuators, as shown in figure 1-1, or on rotary actuators, as shown in figure 1-2. The DVC6000f mounts on most Fisher and other manufacturers' rotary and sliding-stem actuators.
DVC6000f digital valve controllers are available with several selections of control and diagnostic capability. Control selections include:
W9132-1
Figure 1-1. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 585C Piston Actuator
D Standard Control (SC)-- Digital valve controllers with Standard Control have the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, and four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer blocks.
D Fieldbus Control (FC)--Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Control have the AO function block in addition to the resource and transducer blocks.
D Fieldbus Logic (FL)--Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Logic have the DO, and four DI function blocks, in addition to the resource and transducer block.
The diagnostic capabilities include:
D Performance Diagnostics (PD)
D Advanced Diagnostics (AD)
D Fieldbus Diagnostics (FD)
Performance and Advanced Diagnostics are available with ValveLink software. They provide visibility to instrument alerts. Fieldbus Diagnostics can be viewed with any host system.
1-2
September 2013
Introduction and Specifications
W8115-FF
Figure 1-2. Fisher Rotary Control Valve with FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller
Instrument Blocks
The digital valve controller is a block-based device. For detailed information on the blocks within the digital valve controller, see the Detailed Setup section of this manual. All DVC6000f digital valve controllers include the resource and transducer block:
D Resource Block--The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device; it has no input or output parameters. The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device. For example, when the mode of the resource block is Out of Service, it impacts all function blocks.
D Transducer Block--The transducer block connects the analog output function block to the I/P converter, relay, and travel sensor hardware within the digital valve controller.
Function Blocks
In addition to the resource and transducer block, the digital valve controller may contain the following function blocks. For additional information on function blocks, refer to Appendix D, FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication.
D Analog Output (AO) Function Block--The analog output function block accepts the output from another function block (such as a PID block) and transfers it as an actuator control signal to the transducer block. If the DO block is selected, the AO block is not functional.
D Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID)
1
Function Block--The PID function block performs
proportional-plus-integral-plus-derivative control.
D Input Selector (ISEL) Function block--The input selector function block selects from up to four inputs and may provide the selected signal as input to the PID block. The input selection can be configured to select the first good input signal; a maximum, minimum or average value; or a hot spare.
D Output Splitter (OS) Function Block--The output splitter function block accepts the output from another function block (such as a PID block) and creates two outputs that are scaled or split, according to the user configuration. This block is typically used for split ranging of two control valves.
D Analog Input (AI) Function Block--The analog input function block monitors the signal from a DVC6000f sensor or internal measurement and provides it to another block.
D Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block--The Multiple Analog Input (MAI) function block has the ability to process up to eight DVC6000f measurements and make them available to other function blocks.
D Discrete Output (DO) Function Block--The discrete output function block processes a discrete set point and sends it to a specified output channel, which can be transferred to the transducer block for actuator control. In the digital valve controller, the discrete output block provides both normal open/closed control and the ability to position the valve in 5% increments for course throttling applications. If the AO block is selected, the DO block is not functional.
D Discrete Input (DI) Function Block--The discrete input function block processes a single discrete input from a DVC6000f and makes it available to other function blocks. In the digital valve controller, the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection.
September 2013
1-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Using This Manual
Procedures that require the use of the Field Communicator have the Field Communicator symbol
1 in the heading. Also included is the path required to accomplish various tasks; the sequence of steps through the Field Communicator menus. For example, the path to Resource Block Mode is RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Resource Block Mode. An overview of the Field Communicator resource block and transducer block menu structures are shown at the beginning of this manual. Menu structures for the function blocks are included with each function block section in Detailed Setup / Blocks.
Throughout this document, parameters are typically referred to by their common name or label, followed by the parameter name and index number; for example, Write Priority (WRITE_PRI [39]). However, not all interface systems support the use of the parameter label and instead use only the Parameter Name, followed by the index number, when referring to the block parameters.
Specifications
Specifications for DVC6000f digital valve controllers are shown in table 1-1.
Related Information
Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines
This manual describes how to connect the fieldbus to the digital valve controller. For a technical description, planning, and installation information for a FOUNDATION fieldbus, refer to the FOUNDATION fieldbus Technical Overview available from the Fieldbus Foundation and Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV System available from your Emerson Process Management sales office.
Related Documents
Other documents containing information related to DVC6000f digital valve controllers include:
D Bulletin 62.1:DVC6000f--Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers (D103199X012)
D Bulletin 62.1:DVC6000(S1)--Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000 Digital Valve Controller Dimensions (D103308X012)
D Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Quick Start Guide (D103202X012)
D ValveLink Software Help or Documentation
D Field Communicator User's Manual
D DeltaV Online Help or documentation
All documents are available from your Emerson Process Management sales office. Also visit our website at www.FIELDVUE.com.
Educational Services
For information on available courses for DVC6000f digital valve controllers, as well as a variety of other products, contact:
Emerson Process Management Educational Services, Registration P.O. Box 190; 301 S. 1st Ave. Marshalltown, IA 50158-2823 Phone: 800-338-8158 or Phone: 641-754-3771 FAX: 641-754-3431 e-mail: education@emerson.com
1-4
September 2013
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-1. Specifications
Available Configurations
DVC6010f: Sliding-stem applications DVC6020f: Rotary and long-stroke sliding-stem applications [over 102 mm (4 inch) travel] DVC6030f: Quarter-turn rotary applications
Remote-Mounted Instrument(1)
DVC6005f: Base unit for 2 inch pipestand or wall mounting DVC6015: Feedback unit for sliding-stem applications DVC6025: Feedback unit for rotary or long-stroke sliding-stem applications DVC6035: Feedback unit for quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC6000f digital valve controllers can be mounted on Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding-stem actuators.
Function Block Suites
J Standard Control (throttling control) Includes AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, and four DI function blocks J Fieldbus Control (throttling control) Contains the AO function block J Fieldbus Logic [discrete on/off] Includes DO, and four DI function blocks
Block Execution Times
AO Block: 15 ms PID Block: 20 ms ISEL Block: 20 ms OS Block: 20 ms
AI Block: 15 ms MAI BLock: 35 ms DO Block: 15 ms DI Block: 15 ms
Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup Link Master capable
Device Description Compatibility
Firmware Revision
DD Compatibility
1
2.0
2 and 3
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator, up to full supply pressure. Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: Double, Single direct, and Single reverse
Supply Pressure(2)
Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psi) higher than maximum actuator requirements, up to maximum supply pressure Maximum: 10 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Medium: Air or Natural Gas
Air: Supply pressure must be clean, dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01.
Natural Gas: Natural gas must be clean, dry, oil-free, and noncorrosive. H2S content should not exceed 20 ppm.
A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply should be minimized
Electrical Input
Steady-State Air Consumption(3,4)
Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current: 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines
Digital Communication Protocol
FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device
Standard Relay: At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Low Bleed Relay: At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Average value 0.056 normal m3/hr (2.1 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Average value 0.184 normal m3/hr (6.9 scfh)
Physical Layer Type(s):
121--Low-power signaling, bus-powered, Entity Model I.S.
511--Low-power signaling, bus-powered, FISCO I.S.
Maximum Output Capacity(3,4)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh)
At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
-continued-
September 2013
1-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 1-1. Specifications (continued)
Independent Linearity(5)
±0.5% of output span
1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1 (First Edition) Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1-2 below Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Lightning and Surge Protection--The degree of immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity in table 1-2. For additional surge protection commercially available transient protection devices can be used.
Electrical Housing: CSA--Type 4X, IP66 FM--Type 4X, IP66 ATEX--IP66 IECEx--IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx FSETAN--Federal Service of Technological, Ecological and Nuclear Inspectorate (Russia) GOST-R--Russian GOST-R INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KGS--Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea)
Vibration Testing Method
KISCO--Korea Industrial Safety Corporation (South Korea)
Tested per ANSI/ISA-75.13.01 Section 5.3.5. A resonant frequency search is performed on all three axes. The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1/2 hour endurance test at each major resonance, plus an additional two million cycles.
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(2,6)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) for most approved valve-mounted instruments. -60 to 125_C (-76 to 257_F) for remote-mounted feedback unit. -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for valve-mounted instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Electrical Classification
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
TIIS-- Technology Institution of Industrial Safety (Japan) Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch, recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal
Stem/Shaft Travel
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n
Refer to tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, and 1-6, Hazardous Area Classifications and Special Instructions for "Safe Use" and Installation in Hazardous Locations in section 2, and Appendix B for specific approval information.
Linear Actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.875 inches)
Rotary Actuators with rated travel between 50 degrees and 180 degrees
Mounting (7)
Designed for direct actuator mounting or remote pipestand or wall mounting. Mounting the instrument vertically, with the vent at the bottom of the assembly, or horizontally, with the vent pointing down, is recommended to allow drainage of moisture that may be introduced via the instrument air supply.
-continued-
1-6
September 2013
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-1. Specifications (continued)
Weight
Valve-Mounted Instruments Aluminum: 3.5 Kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 7.7 Kg (17 lbs)
Remote-Mounted Instruments DVC6005f Base Unit: 4.1 Kg (9 lbs) DVC6015 Feedback Unit: 1.3 Kg (2.9 lbs) DVC6025 Feedback Unit: 1.4 Kg (3.1 lbs) DVC6035 Feedback Unit: 0.9 Kg (2.0 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves, J Integral mounted filter regulator, J Stainless steel housing, module base and
1 terminal box J Low bleed relay, J Inline 10 micron
air filter J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Feedback Assembly PTFE Sleeve Protective Kit for aluminum units in saltwater or particulate environments
Declaration of SEP
Fisher Controls International LLC declares this product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97 / 23 / EC. It was designed and manufactured in accordance with Sound Engineering Practice (SEP) and cannot bear the CE marking related to PED compliance.
However, the product may bear the CE marking to indicate compliance with other applicable European Community Directives.
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. 3-conductor shielded cable, 22 AWG minimum wire size, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 91 meters (300 feet). At 15 meters (50 feet) there was no performance degradation. At 91 meters there was minimal pneumatic lag. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this manual and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 3. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 4. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 5. Typical value. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also, not applicable to DVC6020f digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications. 6. Temperature limits vary base on hazardous area approval. 7 . Do not use the DVC6010fS or DVC6020fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs (spacers) to mount to the actuator. Due to NAMUR mounting limitations, do not use the DVC6030fS in high vibration service.
Table 1-2. EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8 30 A/m at 50/60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 61000-4-6
1 kV 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Performance criteria is +/- 1% effect. 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A A B A
September 2013
1-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 1-3. Hazardous Area Classifications--CSA (Canada)
Certification Body
Type
Certification Obtained
Entity Rating
Temperature Code Enclosure Rating
FIELDBUS
Vmax = 24 VDC
Imax = 380 mA
Ci = 5 nF
1
Ex ia Intrinsically Safe & FISCO Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C, D,E,F,G per drawing GE42818 Natural Gas Approved
Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
FISCO Vmax = 17.5 VDC
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS (x = 1,2,3)
Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
Explosion-proof Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G, Class II Division 2 GP F,G Class III Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
FIELDBUS
CSA
DVC6005F
Ex ia Intrinsically Safe & FISCO Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C, D,E,F,G per drawing GE42818 Natural Gas Approved
Vmax = 24 VDC Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
Voc = 24 VDC Isc = 17.5 mA Ca = 121 nF La = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
FISCO
Vmax = 17.5 VDC Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
Voc = 17.5 VDC Isc = 17.5 mA Ca = 121 nF La = 100 mH Pi = 105 mW
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
Explosion-proof Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G Class II Division 2 GP F,G Class III Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
Ex ia Intrinsically Safe Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C, D,E,F,G per drawing GE42818
Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 100 mA Ci = 0 nF Li = 0 mH Pmax = 160 mW
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
Type 4X, IP66
DVC60x5 (x = 1,2,3)
Explosion-proof Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
Type 4X, IP66
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G Class II Division 2 GP F,G Class III
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
Type 4X, IP66
1-8
September 2013
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-4. Hazardous Area Classifications--FM (United States)
Certification Body
Type
Certification Obtained
Entity Rating
Temperature Code Enclosure Rating
FIELDBUS
DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS (x = 1,2,3)
IS Intrinsically Safe & FISCO Class I,II,III Division 1 GP ABCD EFG per drawing GE42819 Natural Gas Approved
Vmax = 24 VDC Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
FISCO
Vmax = 17.5 VDC Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
1
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
XP Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1 GP BCD DIP Dust Ignition-proof Class II,III Division 1 GP EFG NI Non-Incendive Class I Division 2 GP ABCD S Suitable for Use Class II, III Division 2 GP FG Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
FIELDBUS
Vmax = 24 VDC
Voc = 24 VDC
Imax = 380 mA
Isc = 17.5 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Ca = 121 nF
FM
IS Intrinsically Safe & FISCO Class I,II,III Division 1 GP ABC DEFG per drawing GE42819 Natural Gas Approved
Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
La = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
FISCO
Vmax = 17.5 VDC Voc = 17.5 VDC
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
Imax = 380 mA
Isc = 17.5 mA
DVC6005F
Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH
Ca = 121 nF La = 100 mH
Pi = 5.32 W
Po = 105 mW
XP Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1 GP BCD DIP Dust Ignition-proof Class II,III Division 1 GP EFG NI Non-Incendive Class I Division 2 GP ABCD S Suitable for Use Class II, III Division 2 GP FG Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
Type 4X, IP66 Single Seal Device
IS Intrinsically Safe Class I,II,III Division 1 GP ABCD EFG per drawing GE42819
Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 100 mA Ci = 0 uF Li = 0 mH Pi = 160 mW
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
Type 4X, IP66
DVC60x5 (x = 1,2,3)
XP Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1 GP ABCD DIP Dust Ignition-proof Class II,III Division 1 GP EFG NI Non-Incendive Class I Division 2 GP ABCD S Suitable for Use Class II, III Division 2 GP FG
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
Type 4X, IP66
September 2013
1-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 1-5. Hazardous Area Classifications--ATEX
Certificate
Type
Certification Obtained
Entity Rating
Temperature Code
Enclosure Rating
FIELDBUS
Ui = 24 VDC
Intrinsically Safe
Ii = 380 mA
II 1 G D
Ci = 5 nF
1
Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga Dust Ex ia IIIC T85_C (Ta +62_C) T100_C
Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
FISCO
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
(Ta +77_C), T103_C (Tamb +80_C) Da Ui = 17.5 VDC
Per drawing GE60771
Ii = 380 mA
DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS (x = 1,2,3)
Natural Gas Approved
Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
Flameproof
II 2 G Gas Ex d IIC T5/T6 Gb
- - -
T5(Tamb 85_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Natural Gas Approved
ATEX
Type n II 3 G
Gas Ex nC IIC T5/T6 Gc Natural Gas Approved
- - - FIELDBUS
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
DVC6005F
Intrinsically Safe II 1 G D
Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga Dust Ex ia IIIC T85_C (Ta +62_C) T100_C (Ta +77_C), T103_C (Tamb +80_C) Da Per drawing GE60771 Natural Gas Approved
Ui = 24 VDC Ii = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
Uo = 24 VDC Io = 17.5 mA Co = 121 nF Lo = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
FISCO
Ui = 17.5 VDC Ii = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
Uo = 17.5 VDC Io = 17.5 mA Co = 121 nF Lo = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Flameproof II 2 G
Gas Ex d IIC T5/T6 Gb Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 85_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Type n II 3 G
Gas Ex nC IIC T5/T6 Gc Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
ATEX
DVC60x5 (x = 1,2,3)
Intrinsically Safe II 1 G D
Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga Dust Ex ia IIIC T85_C (Tamb +64_C) T100_C (Tamb +79_C), T135_C (Tamb +114_C) T146_C (Tamb +125_C) Da Per drawing GE60771
II 2 G Flameproof Gas Ex d IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb
Ui = 30 VDC Ii = 100 mA Ci = 0 uF Li = 0 mH Pi = 160 mW
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66 IP66
II 3 G Type n Gas Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gc
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66
1-10
September 2013
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-6. Hazardous Area Classifications--IECEx
Certificate
Type
Certification Obtained
Entity Rating
Temperature Code
Enclosure Rating
FIELDBUS
DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS (x = 1,2,3)
Intrinsically Safe Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 per drawing GE42990 Natural Gas Approved
Ui = 24 VDC Ii = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
FISCO
Ui = 17.5 VDC Ii = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
1
Flameproof Gas Ex d IIC T5/T6 Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Type n Gas Ex nC IIC T5/T6 Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
FIELDBUS
IECEx DVC6005F
Intrinsically Safe Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 per drawing GE42990 Natural Gas Approved
Ui = 24 VDC Ii = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 1.4 W
Uo = 24 VDC Io = 17.5 mA Co = 121 nF Lo = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
FISCO
Ui = 17.5 VDC Imax = 380 mA Ci = 5 nF Li = 0 mH Pi = 5.32 W
Uo = 17.5 VDC Io = 17.5 mA Co = 121 nF Lo = 100 mH Po = 105 mW
T4(Tamb 80_C) T5(Tamb 77_C) T6(Tamb 62_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Flameproof Gas Ex d IIC T5/T6 Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
Type n Gas Ex nC IIC T5/T6 Natural Gas Approved
- - -
T5(Tamb 80_C) T6(Tamb 75_C)
IP66 Single Seal Device
DVC60x5 (x = 1,2,3)
Intrinsically Safe Gas Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 per drawing GE42990
Flameproof Gas Ex d IIC T4/T5/T6
Ui = 30 VDC Ii = 100 mA Ci = 0 F Li = 0 mH Pi = 160 mW
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66 IP66
Type n Gas Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6
- - -
T4(Tamb 125_C) T5(Tamb 95_C) T6(Tamb 80_C)
IP66
September 2013
1-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1
1-12
September 2013
Installation
2-2
Section 2 Installation
Hazardous Area Classificaitons and Special Instructions for "Safe Use" and Installation in Hazardous Locations
2
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
IECEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Mounting Guidelines
DVC6010f on Sliding-Stem Actuators (up to 4 inches travel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
DVC6020f on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuators (4 to 24 inches travel) and Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
DVC6030f on Quarter-Turn Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
DVC6005f Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipestand Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13 2-13 2-13
DVC6015 on Sliding-Stem Actuators (up to 4 inches travel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
DVC6025 on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuators (4 to 24 inches travel) and Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
DVC6035 on Quarter-Turn Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Actuator Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
67CFR Filter Regulator Integral-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoke-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Casing-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-17 2-17 2-18
Pressure Connections
Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Acting Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Acting Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Construction to Support Solenoid Valve Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-21
Vent Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
September 2013
2-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Connecting Fieldbus Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Twisted-Shielded Pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Connect Cable Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-23 2-23 2-24
Feedback Unit Connections for Remote Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Communication Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
2
Simulate Enable Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Commissioning Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
2-2
September 2013
Installation
The DVC6000f can be used with either air or natural gas as the supply medium. If using natural gas as the pneumatic supply medium, natural gas will be used in the pneumatic output connections of the DVC6000f to any connected equipment. In normal operation the unit will vent the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere unless it is remotely vented. When using natural gas as the supply medium, in a non-hazardous location in a confined area, remote venting of the unit is required. Failure to do so could result in personal injury, property damage, and area re-classification. For hazardous locations remote venting of the unit may be required, depending upon the area classification, and as specified by the requirements of local, regional, and national codes, rules and regulations. Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury, property damage, and area re-classification.
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before proceeding with any Installation procedures:
D Always wear protective clothing, gloves, and eyewear to prevent personal injury and property damage.
D Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited, to one or more of the following: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this controller, refer to page 2-22.
D If installing this into an existing application, also refer to the WARNING at the beginning of the Maintenance section of this instruction manual.
D Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media.
Installation
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the
plastic cover when flammable gases
or dust are present, do not rub or
clean the cover with solvents. To do
so could result in a spark that may
cause the flammable gases or dust to
explode, resulting in personal injury or property damage. Clean with a mild
2
detergent and water only.
WARNING
This unit vents the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere. When installing this unit in a non-hazardous (non-classified) location in a confined area, with natural gas as the supply medium, you must remotely vent this unit to a safe location. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
When installing this unit in a hazardous (classified) location remote venting of the unit may be required, depending upon the area classification, and as specified by the requirements of local, regional, and national codes, rules and regulations. Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes and should be as short as possible with adequate inside diameter and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup.
September 2013
2-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
In addition to remote venting of the unit, ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
2
Hazardous Area Classifications and Special Instructions for "Safe Use" and Installation in Hazardous Locations
Certain nameplates may carry more than one approval, and each approval may have unique installation/wiring requirements and/or conditions of "safe use". These special instructions for "safe use" are in addition to, and may override, the standard installation procedures. Special instructions are listed by approval.
Note
This information supplements the nameplate markings affixed to the product. Always refer to the nameplate itself to identify the appropriate certification. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for approval/certification information not listed here. Approval information is for both aluminum and stainless steel constructions.
WARNING
Failure to follow these conditions of safe use could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
CSA
Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
No special conditions for safe use.
Refer to table 1-3 for approval information, figures B-1 and B-2 for CSA loop schematics, and figures B-4 and B-5 for typical CSA nameplates.
FM
Special Conditions of Safe Use
Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
1. When product is used with natural gas as the pneumatic medium, the maximum working pressure of the natural gas supply shall be limited to 145psi.
2. When product is used with natural gas as the pneumatic medium the product shall not be permitted in a Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D location without the proper venting installation as per the manufacturer's instruction manual.
3. The apparatus enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to constitute a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction. Care must be taken into account during installation and use to prevent impact or friction.
4. Parts of the enclosure are constructed from plastic. To prevent risk of electrostatic sparking, the plastic surface should only be cleaned with a damp cloth.
Refer to table 1-4 for approval information, figures B-6 and B-7 for FM loop schematics, and figures B-4 and B-9 for typical FM nameplates.
ATEX
Special Conditions for Safe Use
Intrinsically Safe, FISCO
1. This apparatus can only be connected to an intrinsically safe certified equipment and this combination must be compatible as regards the intrinsically safe rules.
2. The FISCO electrical parameters of this equipment must not exceed any following values: UOv 17.5 V; IO v380 mA; POv 5.32 W 3. Operating ambient temperature: -52_C or -40_C to + 80_C
4. For the model with aluminum body: the apparatus must not be submitted to frictions or mechanical impacts.
5. Covered by standards EN 60079-0 (2009), EN 60079-11 (2012), EN 60079-26 (2007).
2-4
September 2013
Installation
6. Install per drawing GE60771.
Refer to table 1-5 for additional approval information, figure B-10, B-11, B-13, and B-12 for the ATEX loop schematics, and figure B-14 for typical ATEX Intrinsic Safety nameplates.
Flameproof
Operating ambient temperature: -52_C or -40_C to + 85_C or as indicated on the nameplate.
Refer to table 1-5 for additional approval information, and figure B-15 for typical ATEX Flameproof nameplates.
Type n
Operating ambient temperature: -52_C or -40_C to + 80_C or as indicated on the nameplate.
Refer to table 1-5 for additional approval information, and figure B-16 for typical ATEX Type n nameplates.
IECEx
Conditions of Certification
Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n
Ex ia / Ex nC / Ex nA/ Ex d
2 1. Warning: Electrostatic charge hazard. Do not rub
or clean with solvents. To do so could result in an explosion. Ex nC / Ex nA / Ex d 2. Do not open while energized. Refer to table 1-6 for additional approval information, figures B-17 and B-18 for IECEx loop schematics and figures B-20 and B-21 for typical IECEx nameplates.
September 2013
2-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
CAP SCREW, FLANGED
2
MACHINE SCREW
29B1674-A 29B3403-A
SHIELD
ADJUSTMENT ARM
CONNECTOR ARM CAP SCREW PLAIN WASHER
Figure 2-1. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding-Stem Actuators with up to 2 Inches Travel
Mounting Guidelines
DVC6010f on Sliding-Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm (4 Inches) of Travel
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you purchased the digital valve controller separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model.
The DVC6010f digital valve controller mounts on sliding-stem actuators with up to 102 mm (4 inch) travel. Figure 2-1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm (2 inch) travel. Figure 2-2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm (2 to 4 inch) travel. For actuators with greater than 102 mm (4 inch) travel, see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6020f digital valve controller.
Note
Do not use the stainless steel DVC6010fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs (spacers) to mount to the actuator.
Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding-stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel. Where a key number is referenced, refer to figure 8-2.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
2. Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector.
3. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve controller housing.
2-6
September 2013
CAP SCREW, FLANGED
FEEDBACK ARM EXTENSION, BIAS SPRING
ADJUSTMENT ARM
Installation
LOCK WASHER
HEX NUT
SPACER
MACHINE SCREW, FLAT
HEAD
2
HEX NUT, FLANGED
MACHINE SCREW, LOCK WASHER, HEX NUT
MACHINE SCREW SHIELD
LOCK WASHER PLAIN WASHER
CONNECTOR ARM
Figure 2-2. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding-Stem Actuators with 2 to 4 Inches Travel
4. If valve travel exceeds 2 inches, a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2-inch feedback arm. Remove the existing bias spring (key 78) from the 2-inch feedback arm (key 79). Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm (key 79) as shown in figure 2-3.
5. Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Set the position of the feedback arm (key 79) on the digital valve controller to the zero drive position (zero pressure from Port A with Relay A) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole on the feedback arm as follows:
D For air-to-open actuators (i.e., the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases), insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ``A''. For this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates counterclockwise, from A to B, as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases.
D For air-to-close actuators (i.e., the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases), insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ``B''. For this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates clockwise, from B to A, as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases.
BIAS SPRING
SPRING RELAXED
FEEDBACK ARM
A7209-1
ADJUSTMENT
ARM PIN
BIAS
SPRING
SPRING UNDER TENSION OF ADJUSTMENT ARM PIN
Figure 2-3. Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm
September 2013
2-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
CAM/ROLLER POSITION MARK
PLAIN WASHER HEX NUT
2 STUD, CONT THREAD
A
LOCK WASHER
CAP SCREW
CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
29B1665-B
CAM VENT
VENT ADAPTOR SPACER
MOUNTING PLATE STUD, CONT THREAD
HEX NUT
A
PLAIN WASHER
SECTION A-A
Figure 2-4. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuator.
Note
When performing the following steps, ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference with the bias spring.
7. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin of the adjustment arm. As shown in figure 2-3, place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings.
8. Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm. Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut.
9. Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking. Tighten the flanged hex nut.
10. Remove the alignment pin (key 46) and store it in the module base next to the I/P assembly.
11. After calibrating the instrument, attach the shield with two machine screws.
DVC6020f on Long-Stroke (4 to 24 Inch Travel) Sliding-Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you purchased the digital valve controller separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model.
Note
All cams supplied with FIELDVUE mounting kits are characterized to provide a linear response.
2-8
September 2013
MOUNTING ADAPTOR CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
Installation
MACHINE SCREW CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
2
CAM
29B2094-A
MACHINE SCREW
TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH SHORT FEEDBACK ARM (FISHER 1052 SIZE 33 ACTUATOR SHOWN)
29B1672-A
CAM
TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH LONG FEEDBACK ARM (FISHER 1061 SIZE 30-68 ACTUATOR SHOWN)
Figure 2-5. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Rotary Actuator
Note
Do not use the stainless steel DVC6020fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs (spacers) to mount to the actuator.
FOLLOWER ARM EXTENSION
MACHINE SCREW, LOCK WASHER, HEX NUT
CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
The DVC6020f digital valve controller uses a cam (designed for linear response) and roller as the feedback mechanism. Figure 2-4 shows an example of mounting on sliding-stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches. Some long-stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss. Figures 2-5 and 2-6 show the DVC6020f mounted on rotary actuators.
As shown in figure 2-5, two feedback arms are available for the digital valve controller. Most long-stroke sliding-stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm [62 mm (2.45 inches) from roller to pivot point]. Installations on 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the short feedback arm [54 mm (2.13 inches) from roller to pivot point]. Verify that the correct feedback arm is
29B1673-A / DOC
CAM
CAP SCREW
Figure 2-6. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller with Long Feedback Arm and Follower Arm Extension Mounted on
a Rotary Actuator
installed on the digital valve controller before beginning the mounting procedure.
Refer to figures 2-4, 2-5, and 2-6 for parts locations. Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding-stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators:
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressur and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the
September 2013
2-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
MOUNTING BRACKET
FEEDBACK ARM TRAVEL INDICATOR PIN
2
29B1703-A
SPACER
TRAVEL INDICATOR
19B3879-A
Figure 2-7. Mounting a FIELDVUE DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller on a Rotary Actuator (Fisher 1032 Size 425A Shown)
pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment.
2. If a cam is not already installed on the actuator, install the cam as described in the instructions included with the mounting kit. For sliding-stem actuators, the cam is installed on the stem connector.
3. If a mounting plate is required, fasten the mounting plate to the actuator.
4. For applications that require remote venting, a pipe-away bracket kit is available. Follow the instructions included with the kit to replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe-away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe-away bracket.
5. Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension, as shown in figure 2-6. If required, the follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit. Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension.
6. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the arm assembly pin as shown in figure 2-8.
7. Mount the DVC6020f on the actuator as follows:
D If required, a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit. Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2-5. Then attach the digital valve controller assembly to the adaptor. The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached.
BIAS SPRING
MOUNTING ADAPTER
MOUNTING BRACKET
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN ARM ASSEMBLY
FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY
Figure 2-8. Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm of a FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller
D If no mounting adaptor is required, attach the digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or mounting plate. The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached.
8. For long-stroke sliding-stem actuators, after the mounting is complete, check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark on the cam (see figure 2-4). If necessary, reposition the cam to attain alignment.
DVC6030f on Quarter-Turn Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
2-10
September 2013
E0989 / DOC
DVC6030f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY (DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A AT 0 PSI. ) IN THIS POSITION, THE "B" HOLE IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLERS HOUSING.
MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A.
Installation
2
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE ACTUATOR TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE (THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT)
DVC6030f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT
NOTE: DVC6030f TRAVEL COUNTS (CLOCKWISE) = 13400 $ 700
19B3879-A
Figure 2-9. Explanation of FIELDVUE DVC6030f Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement, if Clockwise Orientation is Selected for "Travel Sensor Motion" in ValveLink Software or the Field Communicator
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you purchased the digital valve controller separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model.
Figure 2-7 shows the DVC6030f digital valve controller mounted on a quarter-turn actuator. Refer to figure 2-7 for parts locations. Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter-turn actuators:
measures stay in effect while working on the equipment.
2. If necessary, remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft.
3. If a positioner plate is required, attach the positioner plate to the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions.
4. If required, attach the spacer to the actuator shaft.
Refer to figures 2-9 and 2-10. The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7:30 or 10:30. Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step. Considering the top of the digital valve controller as the 12 o'clock position, in the next step attach the travel indicator, so that the pin is positioned as follows:
Note
Due to NAMUR mounting limitations, do not use the stainless steel DVC6030f in high vibration service.
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft clockwise (as viewed from the back of the instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10:30 position, as shown in figure 2-9.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft counterclockwise (as viewed from the back of the instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7:30 position, as shown in figure 2-10.
September 2013
2-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH
2
INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A.
E0989
DVC6030f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT
19B3879-A
STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY (DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A AT 0 PSI).
IN THIS POSITION, THE "A" HOLE IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLERS HOUSING.
NOTE: DVC6030f TRAVEL COUNTS (COUNTERCLOCKWISE) = 3100 $ 700
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT.
Figure 2-10. Explanation of FIELDVUE DVC6030f Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Counterclockwise Orientation is Selected for "Travel Sensor Motion" in ValveLink Software or the Field Communicator
HOLE B
HOLE A
Note
ValveLink software and the Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise (figure 2-9) and counterclockwise (figure 2-10) when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the back of the FIELDVUE instrument.
48B4164-B
TRAVEL INDICATOR PIN
FEEDBACK ARM BIAS SPRING
Figure 2-11. Positioning Travel Indicator Pin in the Feedback Arm (Viewed as if Looking from the FIELDVUE DVC6030f toward the Actuator)
2-12
5. Attach the travel indicator to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve controller.
7. Position the digital valve controller so that the pin on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback arm and that the bias spring loads the pin as shown in figure 2-11. Attach the digital valve controller to the actuator or positioner plate.
8. If a travel indicator scale is included in the mounting kit attach the scale as described in the mounting kit instructions.
September 2013
Installation
57
SPACER
2.25
1-INCH 1/4-20 HEX HEAD SCREW
72 2.82
10C1796-A
2 MOUNTING HOLES j 8.6 /.34
Figure 2-12. FIELDVUE DVC6005f Digital Valve Controller with Mounting Bracket (Rear View)
2
W8473
MOUNTING BRACKET
WALL MOUNTING
DVC6005f Base Unit
For remote-mounted digital valve controllers, the DVC6005f base unit ships separately from the control valve and does not include tubing, fittings or wiring. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model.
For remote-mounted instruments, mount the DVC6005f base unit on a 50.8 mm (2 inch) pipestand or wall. The included bracket is used for either mounting method.
Wall Mounting
Refer to figures 2-12 and 2-13. Drill two holes in the wall using the dimensions shown in figure 2-12. Attach the mounting bracket to the base unit using four spacers and 25.4 mm (1-inch) 1/4-20 hex head screws. Attach the base unit to the wall using suitable screws or bolts.
Pipestand Mounting
Refer to figure 2-13. Position a standoff on the back of the base unit. Using two 101.6 mm (4-inch) 1/4-20 hex head screws loosely attach the base unit to the pipestand with the mounting bracket. Position the second standoff, then using the remaining 101.6 mm (4-inch) hex head screws, securely fasten the base unit to the pipe stand.
W8474
STANDOFF 4-INCH 1/4-20 HEX HEAD SCREW
MOUNTING BRACKET
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
Figure 2-13. FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit Mounting
DVC6015 on Sliding-Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm (4 Inches) of Travel
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you purchased the remote feedback unit separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
September 2013
2-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actuator model.
Note
Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit
2
mounting instructions for off-actuator mounting instructions.
The DVC6015 remote feedback unit mounts on sliding-stem actuators with up to 102 mm (4 inch) travel. Figure 2-1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm (2 inch) travel. Figure 2-2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm (2 to 4 inch) travel. For actuators with greater than 102 mm (4 inch) travel, see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6025 remote feedback unit.
(zero pressure from Port A with Relay A) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole on the feedback arm as follows:
D For air-to-open actuators (i.e., the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases), insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ``A''. For this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates counterclockwise, from A to B, as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases.
D For air-to-close actuators (i.e., the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases), insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ``B''. For this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates clockwise, from B to A, as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases.
Note
While the housing differs on the DVC6015 and the DVC6010f, feedback parts are the same.
Note
When performing the following steps, ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference with the bias spring.
Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding-stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel. Where a key number is referenced, refer to figure 8-7.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
2. Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector.
3. Attach the mounting bracket to the remote feedback unit housing.
4. If valve travel exceeds 2 inches, a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2-inch feedback arm. Remove the existing bias spring (key 78) from the 2-inch feedback arm (key 79). Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm (key 79) as shown in figure 2-2.
5. Mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Set the position of the feedback arm (key 79) on the remote feedback unit to the zero drive position
7. Apply lubricant to the pin of the adjustment arm. As shown in figure 2-3, place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings.
8. Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm. Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut.
9. Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking. Tighten the flanged hex nut.
10. Remove the alignment pin (key 46) and store it in the module base next to the I/P assembly.
11. After calibrating the instrument, attach the shield with two machine screws.
DVC6025 on Long-Stroke (4 to 24 Inch Travel) Sliding-Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
2-14
September 2013
Installation
purchased the remote feedback unit separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actuator model.
Note
Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit mounting instructions for off-actuator mounting instructions.
DVC6025 remote feedback units use a cam and roller as the feedback mechanism. Figure 2-4 shows an example of mounting on sliding-stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches. Some long-stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss. Figures 2-5 and 2-6 show an example of mounting on rotary actuators.
Note
While the housing differs on the DVC6025 and the DVC6020f, feedback parts are the same.
As shown in figure 2-5, two feedback arms are available for the remote feedback unit. Most long-stroke sliding-stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm [62 mm (2.45 inches) from roller to pivot point]. Installations on Fisher 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the short feedback arm [54 mm (2.13 inches) from roller to pivot point]. Make sure the correct feedback arm is installed on the remote feedback unit before beginning the mounting procedure.
Refer to figures 2-4, 2-5, and 2-6 for parts locations. Also, where a key number is referenced, refer to figure 8-8. Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding-stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators:
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the
above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment.
2. If a cam is not already installed on the actuator, install the cam as described in the instructions included with the mounting kit. For sliding-stem actuators, the cam is installed on the stem connector.
3. If a mounting plate is required, fasten the mounting
plate to the actuator.
4. For applications that require remote venting, a
2
pipe-away bracket kit is available. Follow the
instructions included with the kit to replace the existing
mounting bracket on the remote feedback unit with the
pipe-away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts
from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe-away
bracket.
5. Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension, as shown in figure 2-6. If required, the follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit. Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension.
6. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the arm assembly pin as shown in figure 2-8.
7. Mount the DVC6025 on the actuator as follows:
D If required, a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit. Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2-5. Then attach the remote feedback unit assembly to the adaptor. The roller on the remote feedback unit feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached.
D If no mounting adaptor is required, attach the remote feedback unit assembly to the actuator or mounting plate. The roller on the remote feedback unit feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached.
8. For long-stroke sliding-stem actuators, after the mounting is complete, check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark on the cam (see figure 2-4). If necessary, reposition the cam to attain alignment.
DVC6035 on Quarter-Turn Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you purchased the remote feedback unit separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator. See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actuator model.
September 2013
2-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM
MOVEMENT
2
E0989 49B7988 / Doc
DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE. THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT.
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE. THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT
NOTE: DVC6035 TRAVEL COUNTS (COUNTERCLOCKWISE) = 3100 $ 700
NOTE: DVC6035 TRAVEL COUNTS (CLOCKWISE) = 13400 $ 700
Figure 2-14. FIELDVUE DVC6035 Travel Indicator Installation
Note
Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit mounting instructions for off-actuator mounting instructions.
Figure 2-7 shows an example of mounting on on a quarter-turn actuator. Refer to figure 2-7 for parts locations. Also, where a key number is referenced, refer to figure 8-9. Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter-turn actuators:
measures stay in effect while working on the equipment.
2. If necessary, remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft.
3. If a positioner plate is required, attach the positioner plate to the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions.
4. If required, attach the spacer to the actuator shaft.
Refer to figure 2-14. The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7:30 or 10:30. Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step. Considering the top of the remote travel sensor as the 12 o'clock position, in the next step attach the travel indicator, so that the pin is positioned as follows:
D If increasing pressure from the base unit output A rotates the remote feedback units potentiometer shaft counterclockwise (as viewed from the back of the instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7:30 position, as shown in figures 2-10 and 2-14.
D If increasing pressure from the base unit output A rotates the remote feedback units potentiometer shaft clockwise (as viewed from the back of the instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10:30 position, as shown in figures 2-9 and 2-14.
Note
ValveLink software and the Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise (figure 2-9) and counterclockwise (figure 2-10) when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the back of the FIELDVUE instrument.
Note
While the housing differs on the DVC6035 and the DVC6030f, feedback parts are the same.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above
5. Attach the travel indicator, to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Attach the mounting bracket to the remote feedback unit.
7. Position the remote feedback unit so that the pin on the travel indicator, engages the slot in the feedback arm and that the bias spring loads the pin as shown in figure 2-11. Attach the remote feedback unit to the actuator or positioner plate.
8. If a travel indicator scale is included in the mounting kit, attach the scale as described in the mounting kit instructions.
2-16
September 2013
Installation
67CFR
2
CAP SCREWS
O-RING 1
NOTE: 1 APPLY LUBRICANT
SUPPLY CONNECTION
W8077-FF
Figure 2-15. Mounting the Fisher 67CFR Regulator on a FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
Table 2-1. Feedback Arm Locking Requirements
Digital Valve Controller
Feedback Arm Alignment Hole
DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f
B Not Applicable
A
Pressure Control
Mounting the digital valve controller for pressure control does not require connecting the feedback linkage. However, if the feedback linkage is not connected, the feedback arm should be locked in place. Insert the special stainless steel alignment pin into either hole A or hole B of the feedback arm as shown in table 2-1. To lock the feedback arm, insert the alignment pin through hole A or B then screw the alignment pin into the threaded hole in the side of the housing.
The digital valve controller can be yoke-mounted or casing-mounted on an actuator. DVC6000f digital valve controllers set up for pressure control also can be wall or pipestand mounted.
Actuator Mounting
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment.
2. For yoke-mounting on rotary actuators only:
a. If a mounting plate is required, fasten the mounting plate to the actuator.
b. If required, a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit. Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2-5.
c. For applications that require remote venting, a pipe-away bracket kit is available. Follow the instructions included with the kit to replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe-away bracket.
3. Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions.
67CFR Filter Regulator
A 67CFR filter regulator, when used with the DVC6000f digital valve controller, can be mounted three ways.
Integral-Mounted Regulator
Refer to figure 2-15. Lubricate an O-ring and insert it in the recess around the SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller. Attach the 67CFR filter regulator to the side of the digital valve controller. Thread a 1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. This is the standard method of mounting the filter regulator.
Yoke-Mounted Regulator
Mount the filter regulator with 2 cap screws to the pre-drilled and tapped holes in the actuator yoke. Thread a 1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. The O-ring is not required.
September 2013
2-17
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Casing-Mounted Regulator
Use the separate 67CFR filter regulator casing mounting bracket provided with the filter regulator. Attach the mounting bracket to the 67CFR and then attach this assembly to the actuator casing. Thread a 1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. The O-ring is not required.
2
Pressure Connections
Pressure connections are shown in figure 2-16. All pressure connections on the digital valve controller are 1/4 NPT internal connections. Use at least 10 mm (3/8-inch) tubing for all pneumatic connections. If remote venting is required, refer to the vent subsection.
1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
LOOP CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX
Supply Connections
WARNING
To avoid personal injury and property damage resulting from bursting of parts, do not exceed maximum supply pressure.
Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this controller, refer to page 2-22.
Severe personal injury or property damage may occur from an uncontrolled process if the instrument supply medium is not clean, dry, oil-free, and noncorrosive.
While use and regular maintenance of a filter that removes particles larger than 40 micrometers in diameter will suffice in most applications, check with an Emerson Process Management field office and industry instrument air quality standards for use with corrosive air or if you are unsure about
2-18
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX
W8371-1-FF
DVC6005f BASE UNIT
1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTIONS (BOTH SIDES)
OUTPUT A CONNECTION
SUPPLY CONNECTION
OUTPUT B CONNECTION
W7963-1FF
VALVE-MOUNTED INSTRUMENT
NOTE: PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH VALVE-MOUNTED INSTRUMENTS AND DVC6005f BASE UNIT.
Figure 2-16. Pressure Connections September 2013
Installation
the amount of air filtration or filter maintenance.
requirements for natural gas installations. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for information on obtaining a Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal DVC6000f digital valve controller.
WARNING
When using natural gas as the supply medium, or for explosion proof applications, the following warnings also apply:
D Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap. Personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap.
D When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part, natural gas will seep from the unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere. Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this controller, refer to page 2-22.
D Ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed before putting this unit back into service. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion.
The DVC6000f can be used with air or natural gas as the supply medium. If using natural gas as the pneumatic supply medium, natural gas will be used in the pneumatic output connections of the DVC6000f to any connected equipment. In normal operation the unit will vent the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere unless it is remotely vented.
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal instruments can be identified by the natural gas approval label shown in figure 2-17. The Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal device option simplifies conduit sealing requirements. Read and follow all local, regional, and federal wiring
LABEL LOCATED ON TOP OF TERMINAL BOX
2
Figure 2-17. Gas Certified Label
Supply pressure must be clean, dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01. Alternatively, natural gas must be clean, dry, oil-free, and noncorrosive. H2S content should not exceed 20 ppm. A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply should be minimized. A 67CFR filter regulator with 5 micrometer filter, or equivalent, may be used to filter and regulate supply air. A filter regulator can be integrally mounted onto the side of the digital valve controller, casing mounted separate from the digital valve controller, or mounted on the actuator mounting boss. Supply and output pressure gauges may be supplied on the digital valve controller. The output pressure gauges can be used as an aid for calibration. Connect the nearest suitable supply source to the 1/4 NPT IN connection on the filter regulator (if furnished) or to the 1/4 NPT SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller housing (if a 67CFR filter regulator is not attached).
September 2013
2-19
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Output Connections
A factory mounted digital valve controller has its output piped to the pneumatic input connection on the actuator. If mounting the digital valve controller in the field, or installing the remote-mounted DVC6005f base unit, connect the 1/4 NPT digital valve controller output connections to the pneumatic actuator input connections.
2 Single-Acting Actuators
When using a single-acting direct digital valve controller (relay A or C) on a single-acting actuator connect OUTPUT A to the actuator pneumatic input.
When using a single-acting reverse digital valve controller (relay B) on a single-acting actuator connect OUTPUT B to the actuator diaphragm casing.
Double-Acting Actuators
DVC6000f digital valve controllers on double-acting actuators always use relay A. With no instrument Fieldbus power (Zero Power Condition), OUTPUT A is at 0 pressure and OUTPUT B is at full supply pressure when the relay is properly adjusted.
To have the actuator stem retract into the cylinder with Zero Power Condition, connect OUTPUT A to the upper actuator cylinder connection. Connect OUTPUT B to the lower cylinder connection. Figure 2-18 shows the digital valve controller connected to a double-acting piston actuator.
W9132-1
Figure 2-18. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 585C Piston Actuator
To have the actuator stem extend from the cylinder with Zero Power Condition, connect OUTPUT A to the lower actuator cylinder connection. Connect OUTPUT B to the upper cylinder connection.
2-20
September 2013
FOUNDATION FIELDBUS H1 SEGMENT
24/48 VDC 110/220 VAC, etc.
Installation
CONTROL LINE
Port A
Port B
2
DVC6000f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER WITH RELAY C
SUPPLY PRESSURE
MONITORING LINE
NOTES:
E1048
1/4-18 NPT X 3/8 OD TUBING ELECTRICAL WIRING
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
Figure 2-19. Pneumatic Hookup for Solenoid Testing
Special Construction to Support Logic Solver Initiated Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring
In single-acting actuator applications with a solenoid valve installed, the DVC6000f can be configured to monitor the health of the solenoid valve test, which is initiated by the Logic Solver. This is accomplished by connecting the unused output port B from the DVC6000f to the pneumatic monitoring line between the solenoid valve and the actuator, as shown in figure 2-19. When single-acting, direct relay C is installed, the "unused" output port is port B. When single-acting, reverse relay B is used, the unused port is port A.
Note
Solenoid valve testing is only available for instrument level PD.
Note
This application is called "special application" in the Device Setup relay selection. This configuration is not possible with a double-acting actuator or when using relay A in single-acting mode.
September 2013
2-21
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Vent Connection
WARNING
This unit vents the supply medium
into the surrounding atmosphere.
When installing this unit in a
non-hazardous (non-classified)
2
location in a confined area, with natural gas as the supply medium,
you must remotely vent this unit to a
safe location. Failure to do so could
result in personal injury or property
damage from fire or explosion, and
area re-classification.
When installing this unit in a hazardous (classified) location remote venting of the unit may be required, depending upon the area classification, and as specified by the requirements of local, regional, and national codes, rules, and regulations. Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes and should be as short as possible with adequate insider diameter and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup.
In addition to remote venting of the unit, ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area re-classification.
The relay output constantly bleeds supply medium into the area under the cover. The vent opening at the back of the housing should be left open to prevent pressure buildup under the cover. If a remote vent is required, the vent line must be as short as possible with a minimum number of bends and elbows.
To connect a remote vent to DVC6010f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers--remove the plastic vent (key 52, figures 8-2 and 8-4). The vent connection is 3/8 NPT internal. Typically, 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) tubing is used to provide a remote vent.
To connect a remote vent to a DVC6020f digital valve controller--replace the standard mounting bracket (key 74, figure 8-3) with the vent-away bracket (key 74). Install a pipe plug in the vent-away mounting bracket (key 74). Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section of this manual. The vent connection is 3/8 NPT internal. Typically, 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) tubing is used to provide a remote vent.
Use 10 mm (0.275 inch) outside diameter tubing to connect the 1/4 NPT digital valve controller output connection to the pneumatic actuator input connection.
If a volume tank is used to attenuate flow instabilities, the volume needs to be at least 1.64 liters (100 cubic inch) but not greater than 4.1 liters (250 cubic inch). To tune the digital valve controller for an assembly equipped with a volume tank, select a tuning set for an actuator with roughly the same volume. Do not use tuning set B when a volume tank is present.
Alternatively, flow fluctuations may be attenuated by placing a 0.9 mm (0.035 inch) fixed restriction between the regulator and the output. A list of fixed restriction orifice specifications is presented in table 2-2.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure. Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover.
Table 2-2. Fixed Orifice Restrictions
Manufacturer Part Number Material
Description
Fisher
1D4835X0012
316 SST
No. 74 drilled orifice bleed adapter with 1/4 NPT connections. Enlarge orifice using No. 65 drill and cross out the "74" stamp.
O'Keefe Controls Co.
G-35-SS
303 SST
0.035 inch orifice bleed with 1/4 NPT connections
2-22
September 2013
Electrical Connections
The following describes how to make fieldbus connections to the digital valve controller. For information on making other connections, such as connecting a personal computer with ValveLink software or connecting a simulate jumper, see the Installation section.
WARNING
Refer to the Installation WARNING at the beginning of this section.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury resulting from electrical shock, do not exceed the maximum input voltage specified in table 1-1 of this instruction manual, or on the product nameplate. If the input voltage specified differs, do not exceed the lowest specified maximum input voltage.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous. Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cover before proceeding
Installation
Connecting Fieldbus Wiring
The digital valve controller is normally powered over the bus from a fieldbus 9 to 32 volt power supply and can be connected to the segment using a twisted shielded pair or with the quick connect cable entry option. Refer to the site preparation guide for proper wire types, termination, length, etc. for a fieldbus segment.
2
Note
As shipped from the factory, DVC6000f digital valve controllers will not move the valve when power is applied to the instrument. To avoid the valve going to an unknown position when power is applied, the unit is shipped from the factory with the transducer block mode Out of Service. See the Basic Setup section for information on setup and calibration and placing the instrument in service. The initial value for all blocks are shown in the parameter list for each block in the Detailed Setup section.
Twisted Shielded Pair
Refer to figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5 for identification of parts.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage, caused by fire or explosion, can result from the discharge of static electricity. Connect a 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present. Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements. To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.
September 2013
2-23
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
SAFETY GROUND
2
TALK TALK
1 (BLUE)
3 (NC)
1/2-14 NPT
NOTES: 1. COLORS ARE WIRE COLORS. 2. NC=NO CONNECTION.
18B9424-A
2 (BROWN)
4 (GREEN/YELLOW)
38B6470-B E0030-1 / IL
EARTH GROUND
LOOP LOOP
Figure 2-21. Quick Connect Connector
Quick Connect Cable Entry
The DVC6000f is offered with a quick connect cable entry option, shown in figure 2-21, for the FOUNDATION fieldbus signal. The quick connect cable entry provides an easier and more reliable interface to fieldbus devices and support modules by providing a standard connection.
Refer to figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5 for identification of parts.
Figure 2-20.Terminal Box
1. Remove the terminal box cap (key 4) from the terminal box (key 3).
2. Bring the field wiring into the terminal box. When applicable, install conduit using local and national electrical codes which apply to the application.
3. The instrument is not polarity sensitive. Connect one wire from the control system output card to one of the LOOP screw terminals on the pwb/terminal strip assembly in the terminal box shown in figure 2-20. Connect the other wire from the control system output card to the other LOOP screw terminal in the terminal box.
4. As shown in figure 2-20, two ground terminals are available for connecting a safety ground, earth ground, or drain wire. The safety ground terminal is electrically identical to the earth ground. Make connections to these terminals following national and local codes and plant standards.
5. Replace and hand tighten the terminal box cap on the terminal box.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage, caused by fire or explosion, can result from the discharge of static electricity. Connect a 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present. Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements.
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover when flammable gases or dust are present, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. To do so could result in a spark that may cause the flammable gases or dust to explode, resulting in personal injury or property damage. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.
To avoid personal injury or property damage, do not use the Quick Connect option on instruments in explosion-proof installations.
1. The quick connect cable entry should be installed on the digital valve controller at the factory. If it is, proceed to step 3. If not continue with step 2.
2-24
September 2013
Installation
2. To install the Quick Connect:
a. Remove the terminal box cap (key 4) from the terminal box (key 3).
ensure that the shield is totally isolated at the instrument end.
b. Apply sealant to the threads of the quick connector.
c. Insert the wire pigtail into the desired conduit opening on the terminal box. Tighten the quick connector in the conduit opening.
d. Cut and trim the wire ends.
Note
The green/yellow wire is cut off inside
the DVC6000f to help prevent ground loop issues. The only wires that
2
should be installed and left on the
connector are the two signal wires.
e. The instrument is not polarity sensitive. Refer to figure 2-20. Connect the blue wire to one of the LOOP terminals in the terminal box. Connect the brown wire to the other LOOP terminal. Cut the green/yellow wire off inside of the DVC6000, and
f. Replace the terminal box cap on the terminal box.
3. Connect the field wiring connector to the installed quick connector.
September 2013
2-25
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX
2
GROUND SCREW
W8475-FF / IL BASE UNIT
W8477 / IL
TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 3 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 2 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 1
FEEDBACK UNIT
W8476 / IL
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 3
W8478-1 / IL
FEEDBACK UNIT
Figure 2-22. Terminal Details for Connecting Base Unit and Feedback Units of Remote-Mounted Digital Valve Controllers
Feedback Unit Connections for Remote Mounting
The DVC6005f base unit is designed to receive travel information via a remote sensor. The remote can be any of the following:
D Emerson Process Management supplied DVC6015, DVC6025 or DVC6035 feedback unit
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage, caused by wiring failure, can result if the feedback wiring connecting the base unit with the remote feedback unit shares a conduit with any other power or signal wiring.
Do not place feedback wiring in the same conduit as other power or signal wiring.
D An under-traveled 10 kOhm potentiometer used in conjunction with onboard 30 kOhm resistor (potentiometer travel is greater than actuator travel)
D A potentiometer used in conjunction with two fixed resistors (potentiometer travel is the same as actuator travel)
2-26
Using the DVC6015, DVC6025 & DVC6035 Feedback Unit as a Remote Travel Sensor
The feedback unit mounts on the actuator and is connected to the base unit, mounted on a pipestand or wall, with a 3-conductor shielded cable.
Connect the feedback unit to the base unit as follows, refer to figure 2-22:
September 2013
Installation
1. On the feedback unit, remove the housing cap.
2. On the base unit, remove the feedback connections terminal box cap (see figure 2-16).
3. If necessary, install conduit between the feedback unit and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes. Route the 3-conductor shielded cable between the two units.
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between terminal 1 on the feedback unit and terminal 1 on the base unit.
(30k W)
3
2 INTERNAL
1
30k
" 10k W
2
BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX (DVC6005f)
3RD PARTY FEEDBACK ELEMENT (WITH 10k W POTENTIOMETER)
Figure 2-23. Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit and a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer
Using an External 10 kOhm Potentiometer as a Remote Travel Sensor
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between terminal 2 on the feedback unit and terminal 2 on the base unit.
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between terminal 3 on the feedback unit and terminal 3 on the base unit.
7. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit.
Note
Potentiometer travel must be between 1.3 and 1.6 times greater than the actuator travel. For example: if an actuator has a travel of 9 inches, then a linear potentiometer must be selected with a rated travel between 11.7 and 14.4 inches. The resistive element must be tapered from 0 kOhm to 10 kOhm over rated travel of the potentiometer. The actuator will only use 63 to 76% of the potentiometer's rated travel.
Note
Do not connect the shield or drain wire to any terminal on the feedback unit or to the earth ground or any other alternative grounds.
8. Replace and hand tighten all covers.
September 2013
Note
The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem/Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device.
The base unit (DVC6005f) was designed to work with a 40 kOhm potentiometer for travel feedback. However, there are linear potentiometers that are readily available with a rated resistance of 10 kOhm. Therefore, the feedback connections terminal box on the DVC6005f contains an additional 30 kOhm fixed resistor that may be added to the circuit. This brings the total resistance up to the required 40 kOhm.
2-27
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1. Stroke the actuator with the 10 kOhm potentiometer to the mid-travel position, which corresponds to the potentiometer value of 5 kOhm. This will leave an equal amount of unused resistive element on both ends of the travel, which is required by the digital valve controller to function properly.
2. On the base unit, remove the feedback connections terminal box cap (refer to figure 2-16).
2 3. If necessary, install conduit between the potentiometer and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes. Route the 3-conductor shielded cable between the two units (refer to figure 2-23).
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between the Terminal labeled "30k " on the base unit and one end lead of the potentiometer.
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between the middle lead (wiper) of the 10 kOhm potentiometer and Terminal 2 on the base unit.
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between Terminal 3 on the base unit and the other end-lead of the 10 kOhm potentiometer.
7. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit. Do not connect the shield or drain wire to the external potentiometer.
8. Replace and tighten the base unit cover.
3
2
1 30kW (R1)
(R2) " (Rpot)
BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX (DVC6005f)
THREE-RESISTOR SERIES
Figure 2-24. Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit and a Three-Resistor Series
Note
The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem/Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device.
Using a Potentiometer with Two Fixed Resistors as a Remote Travel Sensor
Perform the following procedures if a potentiometer is used with the same, or slightly longer travel than the actuator's travel.
Note
The potentiometer must be capable of resistance close to 0 Ohms.
This procedure uses three resistors connected in series; two fixed resistors and one potentiometer. Three conditions must be met for the resistor combination to correctly operate the digital valve controller (refer to figure 2-24):
D The maximum resistance of the potentiometer (Rpot(max)) must be between 3.9 kOhm and 10 kOhm.
D The resistance of R1 is 4.25 times greater than Rpot(max).
D The resistance of R2 is 4 times less than Rpot(max).
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the potentiometer, ensure that it is free to travel the entire length of the actuators travel.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage from an uncontrolled process ensure that the R1 resistor is properly insulated before installing it in the terminal box.
2-28
September 2013
Installation
1. On the base unit, remove the feedback connections terminal box cap (see figure 2-16).
2. If necessary, install conduit between the base unit and the remote travel sensor following applicable local and national electrical codes. Route the 3-conductor shielded cable between the two units (refer to figure 2-24).
3. Install the fixed resistor (R1) across the unlabeled bottom Terminal and Terminal #1. The bottom terminal does not have a screw. The screw on the 30 kOhm terminal can be used. R1 must be properly insulated when installed in the terminal box to prevent personal injury or property damage.
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between the unlabeled bottom Terminal on the base unit and an end-lead on the external potentiometer (Rpot).
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between the middle lead (wiper) of the external potentiometer (Rpot) and Terminal #2 on the base unit.
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable between a lead on fixed resistor (R2) and Terminal #3 of the base unit.
7. Connect the available end-lead on the potentiometer (Rpot) with the available lead on fixed resistor (R2).
8. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit. Do not connect the shield or drain wire to any lead on the three-resistor series.
9. Replace and tighten the base unit cover.
Example: Using a linear potentiometer rated at 400 Ohms/inch on an actuator with 16" of travel.
D Rpot(max) is 400 Ohms/in x 16" = 6.4 kOhm
D R1 = 6.4 kOhm x 4.25 = 27.2 kOhm
D R2 = 6.4 kOhm / 4 = 1.6 kOhm
2
Communication Connections
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous. Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding.
A FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating device, such as a Field Communicator or a personal computer running ValveLink software, interfaces with the DVC6000f digital valve controller from any wiring termination point in the segment. If you choose to connect the fieldbus communicating device directly to the instrument, attach the device to the LOCAL connections inside the terminal box to provide local communications with the instrument.
September 2013
2-29
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Simulate Enable Jumper
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage
caused by fire or explosion may occur
if this connection is attempted in a
potentially explosive atmosphere or in
2
an area that has been classified as
hazardous. Confirm that area
classification and atmosphere
conditions permit the safe removal of
the terminal box cap before
proceeding.
Install a jumper across the SIMULATE ENABLE terminals to enable the instrument to accept a simulate command. (These terminals are marked AUX on the terminal board, see figure 2-20). With the jumper in place and the simulate parameter in the AO or DO block set to enabled, the transducer block ignores the output of the AO or DO block. The simulate value and status become the readback value and status to the AO or DO block and the transducer block is ignored. For more information on running simulations, see the Detailed Setup / Blocks section of this manual, the FOUNDATION fieldbus specifications, and the host documentation.
WARNING
Removing the jumper will disable the simulate, which may cause the valve to move. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
Commissioning Tag
The DVC6000f digital valve controller is supplied with a removable paper commissioning tag, shown in figure 2-25. This tag contains both the device ID and a space to record the device's tag number. The device ID is a unique code that identifies a particular device in the absence of a device tag. The device tag is used as an
18B9406-G
Figure 2-25. Paper Commissioning Tag
operational identification for the device and is usually defined by the piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID).
When commissioning more than one device on a fieldbus segment, identifying which device is at a particular location can be tedious without tags. The removable tag provided with the digital valve controller can be used to link the device ID and the physical installation location. The installer should note the physical location in both places on the removable commissioning tag and tear off the bottom portion. This should be done for each device on the segment. The bottom portion of the tags can be used for commissioning the segment in the control system.
Prior to commissioning, the device ID is displayed by the host system if no device tag is configured in the digital valve controller electronics. Typically the placeholder displays the device tag. The information on the paper tag enables the engineer to match the device ID to the correct placeholder.
As an ordering option, the factory can enter a device tag into the digital valve controller electronics during the manufacturing process. If this option is specified, the device tag is displayed at the host system prior to commissioning rather than the device ID. This makes the job of commissioning the device easier.
2-30
September 2013
Basic Setup
3-3
Section 3 Basic Setup
Basic Setup
Transducer Block Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Device Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Performance Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
September 2013
3-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Basic Setup
WARNING
Changes to the instrument setup may cause changes in the output pressure or valve travel. Depending on the application, these changes may upset process control, which may result in personal injury or property damage.
3
When the DVC6000f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital valve controller and sets up the instrument as specified on the order. When mounting to a valve in the field, the instrument needs to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and actuator.
Before beginning basic setup, be sure the instrument is correctly mounted as described in the Installation section.
Basic Setup includes the following procedures:
D Device Setup
D Auto Travel Calibrate
D Performance Tuner (Optional)
Table 3-1. Factory Default Settings
Setup Parameter
Default Setting
Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Integral Gain Travel Calibration Trigger
99.5% 0.5% 9.4 repeats/min No
Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Deadzone
On 30% -30% 0.25%
Pressure Cutoff Hi Pressure Cutoff Lo Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Hi Limit Pressure Integral Lo Limit
99.5% 0.5% 0.25% 50.0% -50.0%
Input Characterization Shutdown Trigger Shutdown Recovery Output Block Timeout
Timeout Alert Point
Linear All Off All Auto Recovery
600 sec
If you have a host system that overrides transducer block parameters ensure that the Protection setting is not left as None. Doing so will result in transducer block parameters being overwritten.
Transducer Block Mode
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Transducer
Block Mode)
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the transducer block mode must be in Manual. For more information about transducer block mode, refer to page 4-21.
Note
The DVC6000f may keep the Transducer Block Mode Out-of-Service if the instrument is not properly mounted.
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the Transducer Block Mode must be Manual, and the Protection must be None.
When using DD methods the method will request that you change the mode, but make changes in Protection automatically.
Protection
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Protection) To setup and calibrate the instrument, the protection must be set to None with the Field Communicator. For more information about configuration protection refer to page 4-21.
Device Setup
(TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Device Setup) To have the Field Communicator automatically setup the instrument using specified actuator information, from the Menu select Transducer Block, Configure/Setup, Basic Setup, and Device Setup. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to setup the instrument. Table 3-2 provides the actuator information required to setup and calibrate the instrument.
3-2
September 2013
ACTUATOR STEM
TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT
Basic Setup
ROLLER
FEEDBACK ARM
STEM CONNECTOR
CAM
3
ADJUSTMENT ARM
A6536-1 / IL
CONNECTOR ARM
Figure 3-1. Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding-Stem Actuator (Up to 4 inch Travel)
Note
If reverse acting relay B is used, you must manually set the Relay Type (BASIC_SETUP.RELAY_TYPE [42.5]) to B. This will not be set during Device Setup.
1. Select whether Travel, Travel with Pressure fallback (auto recovery or manual recovery) or Pressure Control is desired. Refer to page 4-25 for additional information.
2. Enter the pressure units:kPa, bar, psi, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
3. Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure and output pressure range (if required).
4. Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted. If the actuator manufacturer is not listed, select Other.
5. Enter the actuator model or type. If the actuator model is not listed, select Other.
6. Enter the actuator size.
29B1665-A / DOC
Figure 3-2. Feedback Connection for Typical LongStroke Sliding-Stem Actuator (4 to 24 Inches Travel)
7. Indicate whether a Volume Booster is being used.
8. Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic setup. If you select YES for factory default, the Field Communicator sets the setup parameters to the values listed in table 3-1. If you select NO for the factory defaults, the setup parameters listed in the table remain at their previous settings.
Typically Device Setup determines the required setup information based upon the actuator manufacturer and model specified. However, if you enter other for the actuator manufacturer or the actuator model, then you will be prompted for setup parameters such as:
D Actuator Style--Select spring & diaphragm, piston double-acting without spring, piston single-acting with spring, piston double-acting with spring.
D Valve Style--Select the valve style, rotary or sliding-stem.
D Zero Power Condition--Identifies whether the valve is fully open or fully closed when the instrument is outputing the smallest signal to the I/P module. Typically, this setting matches the valve position when the instrument is not powered. For instruments with relay A or C, if increasing air pressure at output A causes the valve to open, the Zero Power Condition is Closed. If the valve closes under these conditions, the Zero Power Condition is Open. For instruments with relay B, if decreasing air pressure at output B causes the valve to open, the Zero Power Condition is Closed. If the valve closes under these conditions, the Zero Power Condition is Open.
September 2013
3-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 3-2. Actuator Information for Basic Setup
Actuator Manufacturer
Actuator Model
Actuator Size
Actuator Style
Starting Tuning
Set
Feedback Connection
Travel Sensor Motion (Relay A or C)(1)
25
Piston Dbl w/ or w/o
E
SStem Pot for
50
Spring. See actuator
I
travels up to Depends upon pneumatic connections.
585C & 585CR
60
instruction manual and
J
4 inches. SStem
See description for Travel Sensor
68, 80
nameplate.
L
Roller Pot for
Motion
100, 130
M
longer travels
30
H
34, 40
K
657
45, 50
Spring & Diaphragm
L
SStem Pot
Clockwise
46, 60, 70, 76, &
3
80-100
M
30
H
34, 40
K
667
45, 50
Spring & Diaphragm
L
SStem Pot
Counterclockwise
46, 60, 70, 76, &
80-100
M
1051 & 1052
20, 30 33 40
60, 70
H
Spring & Diaphragm
I K
M
RShaft Pot
Clockwise
Fisher
30
J
1061
40 60
Piston Dbl w/o Spring
K L
68, 80, 100, 130
M
RShaft Pot
Depends upon pneumatic connections. See description for Travel Sensor Motion
Mounting Style
Travel Sensor Motion
1066SR
20 27, 75
Piston Sgl w/Spring
G
L
RShaft Pot
A
Clockwise
B
Counterclockwise
C
Counterclockwise
D
Clockwise
2052
1
H
2
Spring & Diaphragm
K
3
M
30, 30E
E
3024C
34, 34E, 40, 40E Spring & Diaphragm
H
45, 45E
K
225
X(2)
RShaft Pot SStem Pot
Clockwise
For Po operating mode (air opens), Counterclockwise
For Ps operating mode (air closes), Clockwise Air to
GX
750
Spring & Diaphragm
K
SStem Pot
Open
Close
1200
M
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
16
C
Air to Extend
32
Spring & Diaphragm
E
SStem Pot
70
K
16
C
Baumannt Air to Retract
32
E
SStem Pot
70
H
10
Spring & Diaphragm
E
Rotary
25
H
RShaft Pot
54
J
Clockwise Counterclockwise
Specify
1. Values shown are for relay A and C. Reverse for relay B. 2. X = Expert tuning. Proportional Gain = 4.2; Velocity Gain = 3.0; Minor Loop Feedback Gain = 18.0
3-4
September 2013
Basic Setup
Tuning Set
B C D E F G H I J K L M X (Expert)
Proportional Gain
- 4.4 4.8 5.5 6.2 7.2
8.4 9.7 11.3 13.1 15.5 18.0
User Adjusted
Table 3-3. Gain Values for Preselected Tuning Sets
Travel
Velocity Gain
Minor Loop Feedback Gain
Proportional Gain
-
-
0.5
3.0
35
2.2
3.0
35
2.4
3.0
35
2.8
3.1
35
3.1
3.6
34
3.6
4.2
31
4.2
4.8
27
4.8
5.6
23
5.6
6.0
18
6.6
6.0
12
7.8
6.0
12
9.0
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
Pressure
Integrator Gain
0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 User Adjusted
Minor Loop Feedback Gain
35 35 35 35 35 34
31
27
23
18 12
3
12
User Adjusted
D Feedback Connection--Select RShaft Pot, SStem Roller Pot, or SStem Pot. For rotary valves, enter RShaft Pot. For sliding-stem valves, if the feedback linkage consists of a connector arm, adjustment arm, and feedback arm, similar to the linkage shown in figure 3-1, enter SStem Pot. If the feedback linkage consists of a roller that follows a cam, similar to the linkage shown in figure 3-2, enter SStem Roller Pot.
D Travel Sensor Motion--Select Clockwise or Counterclockwise. Travel Sensor Motion establishes the proper valve travel sensor (feedback) rotation.
Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft.
For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn clockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise, enter Counterclockwise.
Table 3-2 lists the required Travel Sensor Motion selections for Fisher and Baumann actuators.
D Tuning Set--There are twelve tuning sets to choose from. Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings. Tuning set C typically provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. For smaller actuators, use lower tuning sets (such as C or D). For larger actuators, use higher tuning sets (such as F or G). Table 3-3 lists the values for preselected tuning sets.
WARNING
If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion, the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn clockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise, enter Counterclockwise.
September 2013
Note
Tuning Set B is only available in Pressure Control Mode.
In addition, you can select Expert, which allows you to modify tuning of the digital valve controller by specifying the gain values.
Table 3-2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators. These tuning sets are only recommended starting points. After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument, use the performance tuner to adjust the tuning set to get the desired response.
3-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Note
When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015, DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit, it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set, due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator.
3 For an actuator not listed in the table, you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume. Then, in the table, find an actuator with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for that actuator.
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve/actuator assembly to stroke. To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts, keep hands, tools, and other objects away from the valve/actuator assembly.
When Device Setup is complete you are asked if you wish to run Auto Calibration now. Select yes to automatically calibrate instrument travel at this time. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display. The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points. For additional information, refer to Auto Calibration in the Calibration section.
Note
Single-acting relay B and C are not user-adjustable. However, it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for double-acting relay A in new installations before proceeding with travel calibration. Refer to page 5-4 for relay adjustment instructions.
If after completing auto setup and auto calibration the valve seems slightly unstable or unresponsive, you can improve operation by selecting Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu.
Performance Tuner
Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning. It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved. Because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response, it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning. Access Performance Tuner by selecting Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu.
3-6
September 2013
Detailed Setup
4-4
Section 4 Detailed Setup
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
AO (Analog Output) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
4
PID (Proportional/Integral/Derivative) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
IS (Input Selector) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
OS (Output Splitter) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
AI (Analog Input) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
MAI (Mulitple Analog Input) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
DO (Discrete Output) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
DI (Discrete Input) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
All Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Block Parameter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Block Channel Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
September 2013
4-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
4
4-2
September 2013
Resource Block
Resource Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Configure/Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Resource Block Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Write Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Communication Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Diagnostic Options
4
Function Block Options
Miscellaneous Options
Features Available
Feature Selected
Alarm Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Restart Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
September 2013
4-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Resource Block Overview
The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device; it has no input or output parameters. The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device. Most of the resource block parameters are operational parameters that provide information about the instrument such as identification, hardware information, available options, etc. and are read only. Configuration of the resource block involves selecting features from those that are available, setting the mode, setting write lock, and setting up alert reporting details.
4 The following procedures address only the key resource block parameters; however, all resource block parameters are listed in table 4-3.
Write Lock
(RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock)
D Write Lock
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters. The Firmware Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock (see Features). When Write Lock is set to Locked, no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked. When locked, the device functions normally, updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When Write Lock is set to Not Locked, the Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM [40]) alert is active.
D Write Priority
Write Priority (WRITE_PRI [39]) sets the priority for Write Alarm. The lowest priority is 0. The highest is 15.
Configure/Setup
Communication Time Out
(RB > Configure/Setup > Communication Time Out)
D Shed Remote Cascade
Setup Resource Block Mode
(RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Resource Block Mode)
Modes
The resource block can be in one of two modes (MODE_BLK [5]):
d Automatic (Auto)--This is the operational mode for
this block. When the resource block is in the Auto mode, all other function blocks are allowed to function normally.
d Out of Service (OOS)--Placing the resource block
in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution, by setting their modes to Out of Service as well. The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service, but the function block target modes are retained. Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of the transducer block.
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory. Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your "advanced" control.
Default value for RCas Timeout is 20 seconds.
Shed Remote Cascade (SHED_RCAS [26]) determines how long function blocks in the DVC6000f should wait before giving up on remote computer writes to RCas parameters. When the timeout is exceeded, the block sheds to the next mode as defined by the block shed options. If Shed Remote Cascade is set to 0, the block will not shed from RCas. Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Cascade field. Time duration is in 1/32 milliseconds (640000 = 20 secs).
4-4
September 2013
Resource Block
D Shed Remote Out
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory. Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your "advanced" control. Default value for Shed Remote Out is 20 seconds.
Shed Remote Out (SHED_ROUT [27]) determine how long function blocks in the DVC6000f should wait before giving up on computer writes to ROut parameters. When the timeout is exceeded, the block sheds to the next mode as defined by the block shed options. If Shed Remote Out is set to 0, the block will not shed from ROut. Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Out field. Time duration is in 1/32 milliseconds (640000 = 20 secs).
Options
(RB > Configure/Setup > Options) D Diagnostic Options
Diagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument.
D Function Block Options
Function Block Options (FB_OPTIONS [44]) shows which function blocks are available in the instrument.
D Miscellaneous Options
Miscellaneous Options (MISC_OPTIONS [46]) indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled.
D Features Available
Features Available (FEATURES [17]) indicates which Resource Block Options features are available.
d Reports--Reports enables alert and event
reporting. Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed. See Alerts on page 4-26.
d Fault State--Fault state enables the ability of
the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode. See parameter
descriptions for Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29]) and Clear Fault State (CLR_FSTATE [30]) in table 4-3 and "Action on Fault Detection".
d Soft Write Lock--Soft Write lock permits using
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) to prevent any external change to parameter values. Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally, but the configuration is locked. Also see Write Lock, on page 4-4.
d Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support-- Multi-bit
Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support permits the instrument to
treat each PlantWeb alert separately when
broadcast to the Host.Without Multi-Bit Alarm
Support, an individual PlantWeb alert must be acknowledged before another PlantWeb alert can
4
be broadcast to the Host
D Features Selected
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory.
Fault State, Software Write Lock, and Output Readback are set by default.
Features Selected (FEATURE_SEL [18]) indicates which Resource Block Options features have been selected and is used to select the desired features.
d Reports--Selecting reports enables alert and
event reporting. Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed. See Alerts on page 4-26.
d Fault State--Selecting fault state enables the
ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode. See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29]) and Clear Fault State (CLR_FSTATE [30]) in table 4-3 and "Action on Fault Detection".
d Soft Write Lock--When selected, permits using
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) to prevent any external change to parameter values. Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally, but the configuration is locked. Also see Write Lock, on page 4-4.
d Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support-- When
selected, the instrument will allow the instrument to treat each PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host.
September 2013
4-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Alarm Handling
(RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling)
D Alert Key
Alert Key (ALERT_KEY [4]) is a number that permits grouping alerts. This number may be used to indicate to the operator the source of the alert, such as the instrument, plant unit, etc. Enter a value between 1 and 255.
D Confirm Time
Confirm Time (CONFIRM_TIME [33]) determines the time, in 1/32 of a millisecond, the instrument waits for
4 confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again. If Confirm Time is 0, the instrument does not retry to send the report. Enter 0 or a value between 320000 (10 secs) and 640000 (20 secs).
D Limit Notify
Limit Notify (LIM_NOTIFY [32]) is the number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in Maximum Notify (MAX_NOTIFY [31]). If Limit Notify is set to zero, no alerts are reported. Enter a value between 0 and 3.
To have the instrument report alerts without having the host poll the alerts parameters, select the Reports feature (see Feature Select).
D Maximum Notify
Maximum Notify (MAX_NOTIFY [31]) indicates the maximum number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation. This limit is determined by the amount of memory available for alert messages. The number can be set lower, to control alert flooding, by adjusting Maximum Alerts Allowed (LIM_NOTIFY [32]).
D Block Alarm Disabled
The Block Alarm (BLOCK_ALM [36]) is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. Alarm Summary (ALARM_SUM [37]) determines if the Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM [40]) and Block Alarm [BLOCK_ALM [36]) are disabled.
D Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge
Acknowledge Option (ACK_OPTION [38]) determines if the block alarm will be automatically acknowledged.
D Discrete Alarm Disabled
The Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM [40]) is used to alert when parameters are writeable to the device. Alarm Summary (ALARM_SUM [37]) determines if the Discrete Alarm is disabled.
D Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge
Acknowledge Option (ACK_OPTION [38]) determines if the Write Alarm associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged.
Identification
(RB > Configure/Setup > Identification) D Device ID
The 32 character Device ID (DEVICE_ID [54]).
D Electronics Serial Number
The Electronics Serial Number (ELECTRONICS_SN [49]) set at the factory.
D Factory Serial Number
The Factory Serial Number (FACTORY_SN [50]) is the instrument serial number set at the factory.
D Field Serial Number
The Field Serial Number (FIELD_SN [51]) is the serial number of instrument assigned in field.
D Tag Description
The Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is used to assign a unique 32 character description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block.
D Strategy
Strategy (STRATEGY [3]) permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located. The blocks may be grouped by plant area, plant equipment, etc. Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field.
D Manufacturer
Manufacturer Identification (MANUFAC_ID [10]) identifies the manufacturer of the instrument. It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device. For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100.
D Device Type
Device Type (DEV_TYPE [11]) identifies the type of device. It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device. For a DVC6000f digital valve controller the device type is 0x4602.
D Diagnostics Options
Diagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument.
4-6
September 2013
Resource Block
Version
(RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version)
D Device Revision
The Device Revision (DEV_REV [12]) is the manufacturer's revision number associated with the resource, used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.
D Firmware Revision
Firmware Revision (FIRMWARE_REVISION [47]) identifies the revision of the firmware that is currently in use.
D Standby Firmware Revision
Standby Firmware Revision (STBY_FIRMWARE_REVISION [55]) identifies the revision of the alternative firmware.
D Hardware Revision
Hardware Revision (HARDWARE_REV [48]) identifies the revision of the electronic hardware.
D ITK Version
ITK Version (ITK_VER [41]) identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable. This device revision meets the requirements of version 5.
Block Errors
Table 4-1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the Resource block and are provided only for your reference.
Table 4-1. Resource Block BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other - Set if a device initialization error occurred.
1
Block Configuration Error - Set if FEATURE_SEL, CYCLE_SEL, or CYCLE_TYPE is set incorrectly.
2
Link Configuration Error - N/A
Simulate Active - Indicates that the simulation jumper is
in place on the aux terminals. This is not an indication
3
that the I/O blocks are using simulation data. See AO
4
block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter
SIMULATE_D [10].
4
Local Override - N/A
5
Device Fault State - Indicates the device is in Fault State.
Device Needs Maintenance Soon - Indicates a
6
Maintenance or Advisory PlantWeb Alert condition is
active.
7
Input failure/process variable had Bad status - N/A
8
Output failure - N/A
9
Memory failure - Indicates a pending Flash or NVM failure.
10
Lost Static Data - Indicates failure of the memory containing static parameters.
11
Lost NV Data - Indicates failure of the memory containing non-volatile parameters.
12
Readback Check Failed - NA
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates a Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active.
14
Power Up - Indicates the device has been powered up and the Resource Block is not running normally.
15
Out of Service (MSB) - The resource block actual mode is Out of Service.
September 2013
4-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
Resource Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMALE
Auto Auto or Out of Service Auto
14
GRANT_DENY
18
FEATURE_SEL
20
CYCLE_SEL
All bits: 0 Set by mfgr. 0:0
26
SHED_RCAS
4
27
SHED_ROUT
28
FAULT_STATE
32
LIM_NOTIFY
33
CONFIRM_TIME
34
WRITE_LOCK
37
ALARM_SUM
DISABLED
640000 640000 1=Clear MAX_NOTIFY 640000 1=Unlocked
All bits: 0
38
ACK_OPTION
39
WRITE_PRI
Disabled 0
AO Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
8
SP
9
OUT
Out of Service OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+RCAS Auto Dynamic Dynamic
11
PV_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
12
XD_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
14
IO_OPTS
All off
15
STATUS_OPTS
All off
17
CAS_IN
18
SP_RATE_DN
19
SP_RATE_UP
20
SP_HI_LIM
21
SP_LO_LIM
22
CHANNEL
BAD: NC: const 0 +INF +INF 100 0 1=analog valve input
-Continued-
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
AO Block (continued)
23
FSTATE_TIME
24
FSTATE_VAL
26
RCAS_IN
Status
Value
27
SHED_OPT
0 0
BAD: NoComm: NoVal: const 0 Trk All off
PID Block Parameters
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
8
SP
9
OUT
Out of Service OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+ RCAS+ROUT Auto Dynamic Dynamic
10
PV_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
11
OUT_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
13
CONTROL_OPTS
0: Bypass enable
14
STATUS_OPTS
All off
15
IN
Status
Value
16
PV_FTIME
BAD: NC: const 0 0
17
BYPASS
18
CAS_IN
Status
Value
19
SP_RATE_DN
20
SP_RATE_UP
21
SP_HI_LIM
0
BAD: NC: const 0 +INF +INF 100
22
SP_LO_LIM
23
GAIN
24
RESET
25
BAL_TIME
26
RATE
27
BKCAL_IN
Status
Value
0 1 +INF 0 0
BAD: NC: const 0
-Continued-
4-8
September 2013
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
PID Block (continued)
28
OUT_HI_LIM
29
OUT_LO_LIM
30
BKCAL_HYS
32
RCAS_IN
Status
Value
33
ROUT_IN
Status
Value
100 0 0.5%
BAD: NoCom: NoVal: const 0 Trk
BAD: NoCom: NoVal: const 0 Trk
34
SHED_OPT
0
37
TRK_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal places
2
38
TRK_IN_D
Status
Value
39
TRK_VAL
Status
Value
40
FF_VAL
Status
Value
BAD: NC: const 0
BAD: NC: const 0
BAD: NC: const 0
41
FF_SCALE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
42
FF_GAIN
0
45
ALARM_SUM
DISABLED
0
46
ACK_OPTION
Disabled
47
ALARM_HYS
48
HI_HI_PRI
49
HI_HI_LIM
50
HI_PRI
51
HI_LIM
0.5% 0 +INF 0 +INF
52
LO_PRI
53
LO_LIM
54
LO_LO_PRI
55
LO_LO_LIM
0 -INF 0 -INF
56
DV_HI_PRI
57
DV_HI_LIM
58
DV_LO_PRI
59
DV_LO_LIM
0 +INF 0 -INF
-Continued-
Resource Block
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
PID Block (continued)
66
BIAS
69
SP_FTIME
0
70
MATHFORM
0
71
STRUCTURECONFIG
0
72
GAMMA
73
BETA
74
IDEABAND
0
ISEL Block
1
ST_REV
0
2
TAG_DESC
spaces
3
STRATEGY
0
4
ALERT_KEY
0
5
MODE_BLK
4
TARGET
Out of Service
PERMITTED
OOS+MAN+AUTO
NORMAL
Auto
7
OUT
8
OUT_RANGE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
10
STATUS_OPTS
11
IN_1
Status
Value
12
IN_2
Status
Value
13
IN_3
Status
Value
14
IN_4
Status
Value
All off
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
15
DISABLE_1
Status
Value
16
DISABLE_2
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
-Continued-
September 2013
4-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
ISEL Block (continued)
17
DISABLE_3
Status
Value
18
DISABLE_4
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
19
SELECT_TYPE
20
MIN_GOOD
4
22
OP_SELECT
Status
Value
All off 0
BAD NC constant 0
25
IN_5
Status
Value
26
IN_6
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
27
IN_7
Status
Value
28
IN_8
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
29
DISABLE_5
Status
Value
30
DISABLE_6
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
31
DISABLE_7
Status
Value
32
DISABLE_8
Status
Value
BAD NC cons 0
BAD NC cons 0
33
AVG_USE
34
ALARM_SUM
DISABLED
35
ACK_OPTION
36
ALARM_HYS
37
HI_HI_PRI
0
0 0 0.5% 0
-Continued-
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
ISEL Block (continued)
38
HI_HI_LIM
0
39
HI_PRI
0
40
HI_LIM
0
41
LO_PRI
0
42
LO_LIM
0
43
LO_LO_PRI
0
44
LO_LO_LIM
49
OUT_D
50
ALM_SEL
0 All bits: 0
DI Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
8
OUT_D
10
XD_STATE
11
OUT_STATE
13
IO_OPTS
14
STATUS_OPTS
Out of Service OOS+MAN+AUTO Auto
0 0 All off All off
15
CHANNEL
16
PV_FTIME
20
ALARM_SUM
DISABLED
21
ACK_OPTION
22
DISC_PRI
23
DISC_LIM
0 0
0 All off 0 0
OS Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
Out of Service
PERMITTED
OOS+MAN+AUTO
NORMAL
AUTO+CAS
7
SP
8
OUT_1
9
OUT_2
10
OUT_1_RANGE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
11
OUT_2_RANGE
EU 100%
100
EU 0%
0
Engineering Units
%
Decimal Places
2
13
STATUS_OPTS
14
CAS_IN
Status
Value
disabled
BAD NC const 0
19
BKCAL_1_IN
Status
Value
BAD NC const 0
-Continued-
4-10
September 2013
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
OS Block (continued)
20
BKCAL_2_IN
Status
Value
21
BAL_TIME
BAD NC const 0 0
AI Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
8
OUT
10
XD_SCALE
EU at 100%
EU 0%
Units Index
Decimal point
Out of Service OOS, MAN, AUTO Auto
100 0 % 2
11
OUT_SCALE
EU 100%
EU 0%
Units Index
Decimal point
13
I/O OPTS
14
STATUS OPTS
15
CHANNEL
16
L_TYPE
100 0 Trk s/b% 2 disabled disabled 0 0
17
LOW_CUT
18
PV_FTIME
22
ALARM_SUM
DISABLED
23
ACK_OPTION
24
ALARM_HYS
0 0
0 Disabled 0.5%
25
HI_HI_PRI
0
26
HI_HI_LIM
0
27
HI_PRI
0
28
HI_LIM
0
29
LO_PRI
30
LO_LIM
31
LO_LO_PRI
32
LO_LO_LIM
37
OUT_D
38
ALM_SEL
0 0 0 0
unselected
MAI Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
7
CHANNEL
8
OUT_1
9
OUT_2
10
OUT_3
11
OUT_4
12
OUT_5
13
OUT_6
14
OUT_7
15
OUT_8
Out of Service OOS, MAN, AUTO Auto
TB.FINAL_VALUE TB.TRAVEL_TARGET TB.FINAL_POSITION_VALUE TB.TRAVEL TB.SUPPLY_PRESS TB.ACT_PRESS_A TB.ACT_PRESS_B TB.ACT_PRESS_DIFF
-Continued-
Resource Block
Table 4-2. Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults (Continued)
Index Number
Parameter Name
Initial Value
DO Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
0 spaces 0 0
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
8
SP_D
9
OUT_D
Out of Service OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+ RCAS AUTO+CAS
11
PV_STATE
0
12
XD_STATE
14
IO_OPTS
0 All off
4
15
STATUS_OPTS
All off
17
CAS_IN_D
Status
Value
18
CHANNEL
19
FSTATE_TIME
BAD NC const 0 22 0
20
FSTATE_VAL_D
22
RCAS_IN_D
Status
Value
23
SHED_OPT
27
SP_RATE_UP
28
SP_RATE_DN
0
BAD NoComm NoVal const 0 All off 0 0
Transducer Block
1
ST_REV
2
TAG_DESC
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
5
MODE_BLK
TARGET
PERMITTED
NORMAL
87
PROTECTION
N/A NULL 0 1
Out of Service AUTO, MAN, OOS Auto None
September 2013
4-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Resource Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter.
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
4
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET_MODE
ACTUAL_MODE
PERMITTED_MODE NORMAL_MODE
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Device State RS_STATE
Test Read Write TEST_RW
DD Resource DD_RESOURCE
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
1
RO
NA 0 to 65535
0
2
RW
NA 7 bit ASCII
3
RW ALL 0 to 65535
4
RW ALL 1 to 255
Spaces 0 0
Description
Data Type: Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data. Increments by one each time a static parameter changes. The value is reset to 0 whenever a Restart with Defaults is performed. See Restarting the Instrument.
Data Type: Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block. Null characters are not allowed in this data type.
Data Type: Unsigned16 Used to identify groupings of blocks. The data is not checked or processed by the block.
Data Type: Unsigned8 The identification number of the plant unit. Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts.
5
5.1
RW
ALL
3: Auto 7: OOS
3: Auto
3: Auto
5.2
RO
NA
6: IMAN (only during initialization
N/A
7: OOS
5.3
RW
ALL
3: Auto 7: OOS
3: Auto 7: OOS
Data Type: DS-69 The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes.
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
ALL 3: Auto
3: Auto
0: Other
1: Block
Configuration Error
3: Simulate Active
6: Device needs
Data Type: Bit String
Maintenance Soon
0 = Inactive
9: Memory Failure
1 = Active
6
RO N/A 10: Lost Static Data
Dynamic Error status associated with hardware or
11: Lost Non-Volatile
software for the resource block. When an error
Memory
is shown it may be broadcast to the host
13: Device needs
through BLOCK_ALM.
Maintenance Now
14: Power-up
15: Out-of-
Service (MSB)
2: Initialization,
Actual mode=IMAN
7
4: On-line, Actual
RO
N/A
Mode=Auto 5: Standby, Actual
Mode=OOS
5: Standby
Data Type: Unsigned8 State of the function block application state machine.
6: Failure, Actual
Mode=OOS
8
ALL
This parameter may be used in interoperability
0
testing to read and write all standard data
types supported by the Fieldbus Foundation.
9
RO N/A
Spaces
Data Type: Visible String String identifying the VFD tag of the resource that contains the Device Description for this resource.
-Continued-
4-12
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Manufacturer Id MANUFAC_ID
Device Type DEV_TYPE
Device Revision DEV_REV
DD Revision DD_REV
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT
DENY
Hard Types HARD_TYPES
Restart RESTART
Features FEATURES
Features Selected FEATURE_SEL
September 2013
Resource Block
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
10
RO N/A
11
RO N/A
0x5100 4602
Data Type: Unsigned32
Manufacturer identification number, used by an
interface device or host to locate the DD file for
the resource. All manufacturer identification
numbers are maintained by the Fieldbus
Foundation. A host usually will have a base
directory for DD files. In this directory is a
subdirectory for each manufacturer id. In each
manufacturer id subdirectory is a directory for
each device type made by that manufacturer.
The device type directories contain files named
by combining the device revision for the
particular device type with the revision of the
device description. The manufacturer id for
Fisher is 0x005100.
Data Type: Unsigned16
4
Manufacturer's model number associated with
the resource, used by an interface device to
locate the DD file for the resource.
12
RO N/A
Varies with release
Data Type: Unsigned8 Manufacturer's revision number associated with the resource, used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.
13
RO N/A
Varies with release
Data Type: Unsigned8 The minimum revision of the device description (DD) than can be used with the device revision of the instrument. Used by the interface device to prevent the use of DDs that are incompatible with the firmware in the instrument.
14
14.1
RW
ALL
Valid Bits:
0: Program
1: Tune
2: Alarm
3: Local
14.2
RW
ALL
All bits: 0 All bits: 0
Data Type: DS-70 Options for controlling access of a host computer and to block parameters. Parameter contains two attributes Grant and Deny each with program, tune, alarm and local permissions. Clearing a grant permission sets the corresponding deny permission, 0 = N/A, 1 = granted. Deny permissions may be cleared through the Deny attribute but not set, 0 = N/A, 1 = denied.
0: Scalar Input
15
RO
N/A
1: Scalar Output 2: Discrete Input
3: Discrete Output
0: 1 1: 1 2: 1 3: 1
Data Type: Bit String 0 = Inactive 1 = Active The types of hardware available as channel numbers in this resource.
1=Run
2=Restart resource
16
RW ALL 3=Restart with
defaults
4=Restart processor
1=Run
Data Type: Unsigned8 Allows a manual restart to be initiated. For details see Restarting the Instrument in this section.
1: Reports supported
2: Fault State
supported
17
RO ALL 3: Software Write
lock supported
10: Reannunciation
supported
1: 1 2: 1 3: 1 10: 1
Data Type: Bit String 0 = Inactive 1 = Active Shows the supported resource block options. Options are turned on and off via FEATURE_SELECT.
1: Reports Supported
2: Fault State
supported
18
RW ALL 3: Software Write
lock supported
10:Reannunciation
supported
1:0 2:1 3:1 10:0
Data Type: Bit String 0 = Inactive 1 = Active Shows the selected resource block options. For details see Device Features in this section.
-Continued-
4-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Cycle Type CYCLE_TYPE
Cycle Selection CYCLE_SEL
Minimum Cycle Time MIN_CYCLE_T
4
Memory Size MEMORY_SIZE
Nonvolatile Cycle Time NV_CYCLE_T
Free Space FREE_SPACE
Free Time FREE_TIME
RCAS Timeout SHED_RCAS
ROUT Timeout SHED_ROUT
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
19
RO
NA 0: Scheduled
Data Type: Bit String
0 = Inactive
0: 1
1 = Active Identifies the block execution methods
available for this resource, may be scheduled,
completion of block execution
20
ALL 0: Scheduled
Data Type: Bit String
0 = Inactive
0: 0
1 = Active
Identifies the block execution method selected
for this resource.
21
RO
NA 3200
3200
Data Type: Unsigned32 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval (in 1/32 millisecond) of which the resource is capable. In the digital valve controller this value is fixed at 3200 (100 milliseconds).
22
RO
NA 45
Date Type: Unsigned16
Memory, in kilobytes, available for additional
45
function blocks. Because no additional function
blocks may be added to DVC6000f
instruments, this parameter value is fixed at 45.
23
RO
NA Positive
576,000
Date Type: Unsigned32 This parameter identifies the minimum time interval (in 1/32 milliseconds) between copies of NV class data to NV memory. NV memory is updated only if there has been a change in the dynamic value. The last value saved in NV memory will be available for the restart procedure or a power cycle. A non-zero value regulates the frequency of writes, thus protecting the life span of the device. If the value is zero, data will never be automatically copied. Changes made by other than publishing to NV parameters will be copied to non-volatile memory immediately. For DVC6000f instruments, this parameter value is fixed at 576,000 (18 seconds).
24
RO
NA 0 to 100%
Data Type: Float
Percent of memory available for additional
0
function blocks (see also MEMORY_SIZE). Because no additional function blocks may be
added to DVC6000f instruments, this
parameter value is fixed at 0.
25
RO
NA 0 to 100%
Data Type: Float
Percent of block processing time that is free to
0
process additional blocks. Because no additional function blocks may be added to
DVC6000f instruments, this parameter value is
fixed at 0.
26
RW ALL Positive
640000
Date Type: Unsigned32 Time duration (in 1/32 millisecond) at which to give up on computer writes to function block RCAS parameters. If this time is exceeded then the function block will change to a mode other than RCAS based on the SHED_OPT parameter setting. Shed from RCAS mode never happens when SHED_RCAS is set to zero.
27
RW ALL Positive
640000
Data Type: Unsigned32 Time duration (in 1/32 millisecond) at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROUT parameters. If this time is exceeded then the function block will change to a mode other than ROUT based on the SHED_OPT parameter setting. Shed from ROUT mode never happens when SHED_ROUT is set to zero.
-Continued-
4-14
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Fault State FAULT_STATE
Set Fault State SET_FSTATE
Clear Fault State CLR_FSTATE
Maximum Notify MAX_NOTIFY
Maximum Alerts Allow LIM_NOTIFY
Confirm Time CONFIRM_TIME
Write Lock WRITE_LOCK
Resource Block
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
28
RO
N/A
1=Clear 2=Active
29
RW
ALL
1=Off 2=Set
1=Clear 1=Off
Data Type: Unsigned8
Forces output function blocks that are not Out
of Service to the fault state condition. While this
parameter is active the output function blocks
will go to an actual mode of Local Override
(LO) and will perform their fault state actions
(see Action On Fault Detection for the output
blocks on pages 4-72 and 4-153 of this
section). This parameter is used to test the
fault state behavior that normally occurs when
there is a communication problem between
devices. This parameter is changed by the
SET_FSTATE and CLR_FSTATE parameters
so long as the feature Fault State is selected
(see Feature Selection [index number 18] in
this table).
4
Data Type: Unsigned8
Selecting Set changes the parameter
FAULT_STATE to Active. This is essentially a
"write only" parameter as it will always read
OFF because it is defined as momentary.
Writing a value of OFF has no affect. To use
this parameter the feature Fault State must be
selected (see Features Selected on page
4-5).
30
RW
ALL
1=Off 2= Clear
1=Off
Data Type: Unsigned8 Selecting Clear changes the parameter FAULT_STATE to Clear and clears the output function blocks of the FAULT_STATE if the field condition, if any, has cleared. This is essentially a "write only" parameter as it will always read OFF because it is defined as momentary. Writing a value of OFF has no affect. To use this parameter the feature Fault State must be selected (see Features Selected on page 4-5.
31
RO N/A 3
Data Type: Unsigned8
The maximum number of alert reports that this
device can send without getting a confirmation.
3
To control alert flooding, the number can be set
lower by adjusting the LIM_NOTIFY parameter
value. For DVC6000f instruments, this value is
fixed at 3.
Data Type: Unsigned8
The number of alert reports that this device
32
RW
ALL 0 to MAX_NOTIFY
MAX_NOTIFY
can send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in the parameter
MAX_NOTIFY. If set to zero, then no alerts are
reported.
33
RW
ALL
> 0 Set by FCS
640000
Data Type: Unsigned32 The time (in 1/32 millisecond) the device waits for confirmation of receipt of an alert report before trying again.
0=Undefined
34
RW ALL 1=Unlocked
2=Locked
1=Unlocked
Data Type: Unsigned8 If set to Locked, no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE_LOCK by entering Unlocked. Block inputs will continue to be updated if they are subscribers. The feature Soft Write Lock must be selected to enable writing to this parameter (see Device Features in this section).
-Continued-
September 2013
4-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
UNACKNOWLEDGED
UPDATE_STATE
TIME_STAMP
4
STATIC_REVISION
RELATIVE_INDEX
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE VALUE Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM CURRENT
UNACKNOWLEDGED
UNREPORTED
DISABLED
Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION
Write Priority WRITE_PRI
Write Alarm WRITE_ALM
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE VALUE
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
35
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-73
35.1 RW ALL 1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined This alert is generated by any change to the
2=Unacknowledged
static data. To support tracking changes in
static parameter values, the blocks static
35.2 RO
0=Undefined
NA
1=Update reported 2=Update not
reported
0=Undefined
revision parameter will be incremented each time a static parameter value is changed. Also, the blocks static revision parameter may be incremented if a static parameter is written but the value is not changed. If the Actual Mode is
not Out of Service and Reports is selected in
35.3 RO
NA
0
the Feature Select parameter, then this
parameter will be sent to the host system
35.4 RO
NA
0
providing the host has set up alert
communications. Changes to static data while
35.5 RO
NA
the block is Out of Service will be reported
0
when the block transitions to another mode.
36
0=Undefined
36.1 RW ALL 1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined Data Type: DS-72
2=Unacknowledged
This alarm is generated by a nonzero value in
the Block Error. parameter. This alarm has a
0=Undefined
fixed priority of 2. For a BLOCK_ALM to be
1=Clear reported
broadcast to the host the following conditions
36.2 RO
NA 2=Clear not reported 0=Undefined must be met:
3=Active reported
The feature Reports must be selected
4=Active not reported
Alert communication with the host must be
36.3 RO
NA
0
setup
36.4 RO
NA
36.5 RO
NA
0
In the ALARM_SUM parameter, the disable
0
bit for Block Alarm must be clear.
37
37.1 RO
NA
0: Discrete alarm 7: Block Alarm
37.2 RO
NA
0: Discrete alarm 7: Block Alarm
37.3 RO
NA
0: Discrete alarm 7: Block Alarm
37.4
RW
ALL
0: Discrete alarm 7: Block Alarm
0: Discrete Alarm
38
RW ALL (Write Lock off)
7: Block Alarm
39
RW ALL 0 to 15
All bits: 0 All bits: 0 All bits: 0 All bits: 0
0: 0 7: 0
0
Data Type: DS-74 0=clear, acknowledged, reported, enabled Current alert status, unacknowledged states, unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block. The Resource block only has two alarms: Write Alarm and Block Alarm.
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disable 1=Enable Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged.
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm generated by setting WRITE_LOCK to Unlocked.
40 Data Type: DS-72
0=Undefined
This alarm is generated when Unlocked in the
40.1 RW ALL 1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined WRITE_LOCK parameter is set. This alarm
2=Unacknowledged
has a priority of WRITE_PRI. For a
40.2 RO 40.3 RO
0=Undefined
WRITE_ALM to be broadcast to the host the
1=Clear reported
following conditions must be met:
NA 2=Clear not reported 0=Undefined The feature Reports must be selected
3=Active reported
Alert communication with the host must be
4=Active not reported
setup
In the ALARM_SUM parameter, the disable
NA
0
bit for Write Alarm must be clear.
40.4 RO
NA
0
WRITE_PRI must be greater than 1.
40.5 RO
NA
0
-Continued-
4-16
September 2013
Resource Block
Label PARAMETER_NAME
ITK Version ITK_VER
Private Label Distributor DISTRIBUTOR
Device String Array DEV_STRING
Function Block Options FB_OPTIONS
Diagnostic Options DIAG_OPTIONS
Miscellaneous Options MISC_OPTIONS
Firmware Revision FIRMWARE_REVISION FIRMWARE_REV_MAJOR FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR FIRMWARE_REV_BUILD IO_FIRMWARE_REV DIAG_CAL_REV
FIRMWARE_REV_ALL
Hardware Revision HARDWARE_REV
Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS_SN
Factory Serial Number FACTORY_SN
Field Serial Number FIELD_SN
Detailed Status DETAILED_STATUS
Time Since Reset TIME_SINCE_RESET
Device ID DEVICE ID
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
41
RO N/A
Data Type: Unsigned16
*
Major version of ITK test this device has been tested to. *Initial value depends on the revision
of the DVC6000f.
Extended Parameters
42
RO
NA
0x5100
Data Type: Unsigned32 Private label distributor
43
Unused extended parameter.
44
RO
Bits 0: AO 1: DO 2: AI 3: DI 4: PID 5: ISEL 6: OS 7: MAI
Data Type: Bit String
0=disabled
1=enabled
All options Indicates which function block licensing options
enabled
are enabled. One bit for each block type that is supported. Unlicensed blocks cannot be
4
scheduled and the Actual block mode will
remain OOS.
1=FD Fieldbus
Diagnostics
45
RO
NA
2=AD Advanced Diagnostics
3=PD Performance
Diagnostics
Data Type: Enum
*
Indicates which diagnostics licensing options are enabled. *Initial value depends on the
licensed DVC6000f options.
0: Software
Download
10: Travel Control
46
RO
NA Capable
11: Pressure Control
Capable
12: Fallback Capable
0: 1 10: 1
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disable 1=Enable Indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled.
47
47.1 RO 47.2 RO 47.3 RO 47.4 RO 47.5 RO
NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255
47.6 RO
NA XX.XX.XX
48
RO
NA
Hardware revision number
49
RO
NA NA
50
RO
NA NA
51
RW
NA Any String
52
RO
NA NA
* * * * *
*
Factory Set
Factory Set spaces spaces 0
Data Type: Uint8 Describes software revision information. This is the revision of the firmware that is currently in use. *Initial value depends on revision of DVC6000f.
Data Type: Visible String Describes software revision information. The range of this parameter consists of 47.1 through 47.5 values, converted to text, and linked together. *Initial value depends on revision of DVC6000f
Data Type: Uint8 Describe electronic hardware revision information.
Data Type: Visible String Electronics serial number set by manufacturing.
Data Type: Visible String Instrument serial number set by manufacturing.
Data Type: Visible String Instrument serial number set in the field.
Data Type: Uint32 Not used
53
RO
NA NA
54
RO
NA NA
-Continued-
0 Device ID
Number of seconds since the last time DVC6000f was restarted. Restart due to power up or restart command.
Data Type: Visible String Unique 32 character ID used to identify the device.
September 2013
4-17
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Table 4-3. Resource Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV
55
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MAJOR
55.1
RO
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR 55.2 RO
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_BUILD
55.3 RO
STBY_IO_FIRMWARE_REV
55.4 RO
STBY_DIAG_CAL_REV
55.5 RO
NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255 NA 0-255
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL
55.6 RO
NA XX.XX.XX
4
*
Data Type: Uint8
*
Describes firmware revision information. This
*
is the revision of the alternative firmware.
*
*Initial value depends on revision of firmware in
*
standby.
Data Type: Visible String
Describes firmware revision information.
NA
*Initial value depends on revision of firmware in standby. The range of this parameter consists
of 55.1 through 55.5 values, converted to text,
and linked together.
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 25 28 37.1 37.2 37.3 37.4
Table 4-4. Resource Block, View 1
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR RS_STATE FREE_TIME FAULT_STATE ALARM_SUM.CURRENT ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 14.1 14.2 18 20 23 24 26 27 32 33 34
Table 4-5. Resource Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY FEATURE_SEL CYCLE_SEL NV_CYCLE_T FREE_SPACE SHED_RCAS SHED_ROUT LIM_NOTIFY CONFIRM_TIME WRITE_LOCK
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 25 28 37.1 37.2 37.3 37.4 44 52 53 54
Table 4-6. Resource Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR RS_STATE FREE_TIME FAULT_STATE ALARM_SUM.CURRENT ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED ALARM_SUM.DISABLED FB_OPTIONS DETAILED_STATUS TIME_SINCE_RESET DEVICE_ID
4-18
September 2013
Index Number
1 3 4 10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 22 31 38 39 41 42 43 45 46 47.1 47.2 47.3 47.4 47.5 47.6 48 49 50 51 55.1 55.2 55.3 55.4 55.5 55.6
Table 4-7. Resource Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY MANUFAC_ID DEV_TYPE DEV_REV DD_REV HARD_TYPES FEATURES CYCLE_TYPE MIN_CYCLE_T MEMORY_SIZE MAX_NOTIFY ACK_OPTION WRITE_PRI ITK_VER DISTRIBUTOR DEV_STRING DIAG_OPTIONS MISC_OPTIONS FIRMWARE_REVISION.FIRMWARE_REV_MAJOR FIRMWARE_REVISION.FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR FIRMWARE_REVISION.FIRMWARE_REV_BUILD FIRMWARE_REVISION.IO_FIRMWARE_REV FIRMWARE_REVISION.DIAG_CAL_REV FIRMWARE_REVISION.FIRMWARE_REV_ALL HARDWARE_REV ELECTRONICS_SN FACTORY_SN FIELD_SN STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MAJOR STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_BUILD STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_IO_FIRMWARE_REV STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_DIAG_CAL_REV STBY_FIRMWARE_REV.STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL
Resource Block
4
September 2013
4-19
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Transducer Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4
4-20
Detailed Setup
......................................................
Transducer Block Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Response Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel / Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custom Characterization Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outblock Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intrument Alert Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronics Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensors Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environment Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proximity Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel History Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PlantWeb Alert Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PlantWeb Alert Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve and Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAI Channel Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alert Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWA Simuate Simulate Active Alert PlantWeb Alert handling
4-21
4-21
4-21
4-22 4-22 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-26 4-26
4-26 4-26 4-27 4-27 4-29 4-29 4-30 4-31 4-33 4-33 4-34 4-35 4-35
4-35
4-36 4-36 4-37 4-37 4-39
4-39
4-40
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
September 2013
Transducer Block
Transducer Block Overview
The transducer block accepts a signal from an output block as a set point to position a valve using a pneumatic actuator. Input to the transducer block is in percent. Closed is 0%, and open is 100%. The transducer block contains setup and calibration information and can be tuned to closely match the actuator. Input characterization permits modifying the overall characteristic of the instrument-actuator-valve combination in order to modify the installed gain characteristic of the loop. The transducer block can also be used to perform instrument and valve diagnostics and trigger performance alerts. The following procedures address only the key transducer block parameters; however, all transducer block parameters are listed in table 4-13.
Detailed Setup
Note
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the transducer block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None.
d Out of Service (OOS)-- Placing the transducer
block in Out of Service mode changes the output to the zero power (no I/P drive) condition.
d Manual (MAN)-- Placing the transducer block in
Manual will hold the value at the current setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]). The transducer block will not accept changes from the AO or DO blocks. This mode is required to change some parameters and to run some diagnostics.
4 Protection
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Protection) To configure any parameters in the digital valve controller Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]), in the resource block, must be set to Unlocked (refer to page 4-4). In addition, protection is provided for various transducer block parameters, as indicated in the Protect Category column of table 4-13, to prevent inadvertently overwriting key data by the host system or user.
d All-- will protect all transducer block Parameters.
d Setup and Calibration-- will protect only Setup
and Calibration transducer block parameters.
d Calibration-- will protect only Calibration
transducer block parameters.
d None-- will not protect any transducer block
parameters.
Transducer Block Mode
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Transducer Block Mode)
Modes
The transducer block can be in one of three modes (MODE_BLK [5]):
d Automatic (Auto)-- This is the normal mode for
this block. When the transducer block is in the auto mode, it accepts the output from the AO or DO block as a set point and outputs a drive signal to the I/P converter based upon this set point.
Note
The Device Setup Auto Travel and Manual Travel methods automatically change transducer block protection for the user.
See table 4-13 for individual parameter details.
September 2013
4-21
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Response Control
Travel Tuning
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning)
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause
4
the valve/actuator assembly to stroke. To avoid personal injury or property
damage caused by moving parts,
keep hands, tools, and other objects
away from the valve/actuator
assembly.
D Travel Tuning Set
There are eleven Travel Tuning Sets (TVL_TUNING_SET [42.10]) to choose from. Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings.
Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. Table 4-8 lists the proportional gain, velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets.
Note
When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015, DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit, it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set, due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator.
In addition, you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the proportional gain, velocity gain, and minor loop feedback gain. Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X (expert).
Table 4-8. Gain Values for Preselected Travel Tuning Sets
Tuning Set
Travel Proportional
Gain
Travel Velocity Gain
Travel Minor Loop Feedback
Gain
C
4.4
3.0
35
D
4.8
3.0
35
E
5.5
3.0
35
F
6.2
3.1
35
G
7.2
3.6
34
H
8.4
4.2
31
I
9.7
4.8
27
J
11.3
5.6
23
K
13.1
6.0
18
L
15.5
6.0
12
M
18.0
6.0
12
X (Expert) User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted
Note
Use Expert tuning if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results.
Stabilize/Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning.
Table 3-2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators. These tuning sets are recommended starting points. After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument, you may have to select either a higher or lower tuning set to get the desired response.
For an actuator not listed in table 3-2, you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume. Then, find an actuator in table 3-2 with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for that actuator.
D Travel Proportional Gain
Travel Proportional Gain (SERVO_GAIN [18]) is the proportional gain for the travel control tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
D Travel Velocity Gain
Travel Velocity Gain (SERVO_RATE [20]) is the velocity gain for the travel control tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
D Travel MLFB Gain
Travel MLFB Gain (TVL_MLFB_GAIN [44.5]) is the minor loop feedback gain for the travel control tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
4-22
September 2013
Transducer Block
D Travel Integral Enable
Travel Integral Enable (TVL_INTEG_ENABLE [44.1]) is used to enable the integral setting to improve static performance by correcting for error that exists between the travel target and actual travel.
D Travel Integral Gain
Travel Integral Gain (SERVO_RESET [19]) (also called reset) is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input, based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input.
D Travel Integral Dead Zone
Travel Integral Dead Zone (TVL_INTEG_DEADZ [44.4]) is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled. The dead band is configurable from 0 to 2%.
D Travel Integral Limit Hi
Travel Integral Limit Hi (TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI [44.2]) provides an upper limit to the integrator output. The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100% of the I/P drive signal.
D Travel Integral Limit Lo
The Travel Integral Limit Lo (TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO [44.3]) provides a lower limit to the integrator output. The low limit is configurable from -100 to 0% of the I/P drive signal.
D Performance Tuner
WARNING
During the performance tuning the valve may move. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning. It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved. Because the
Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response, it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning.
D Stabilize/Optimize
WARNING
During Stabilize/Optimize the valve
may move. To avoid personal injury
and property damage caused by the
release of pressure or process fluid,
provide some temporary means of control for the process.
4
If after completing initial setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots, or is sluggish, you can improve operation running Stabilize/Optimize.
Stabilize/Optimize is included with the device description (DD) firmware. Stabilize/Optimize is accessible from the transducer block and permits changing the transducer block set point a small amount to see if the valve is unstable or unresponsive. If valve response is unsatisfactory, the method permits adjusting the digital valve controller tuning to improve response.
If the valve is unstable, select Decrease Response to stabilize valve operation. This selects the next lower tuning set (e.g., F to E). If the valve response is sluggish, select Increase Response to make the valve more responsive. This selects the next higher tuning set (e.g., F to G).
If after selecting Decrease Response or Increase Response the valve travel overshoot is excessive, Increase Damping or Decrease Damping can be used to select a damping value not represented in a predefined tuning set. Select Decrease Damping to select a damping value that allows more overshoot. Select Increase Damping to select a damping value that will decrease the overshoot.
When valve operation is satisfactory, select Exit. Before exiting, you are asked if you want to return the transducer block mode to Auto. Select Yes to change the transducer block mode to Auto. Select No to leave the transducer block in its current mode.
September 2013
4-23
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Pressure Tuning
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning)
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause
the valve/actuator assembly to stroke.
To avoid personal injury or property
damage caused by moving parts,
keep hands, tools, and other objects
4
away from the valve/actuator assembly.
Table 4-9. Gain Values for Preselected Pressure Tuning Sets
Tuning
Pressure
Set
Proportional Gain
Pressure Integrator
Gain
Pressure Minor Loop Feedback
Gain
B
0.5
C
2.2
D
2.4
E
2.8
F
3.1
G
3.6
0.3
35
0.1
35
0.1
35
0.1
35
0.1
35
0.1
34
H
4.2
I
4.8
J
5.6
K
6.6
L
7.8
M
9.0
0.1
31
0.1
27
0.1
23
0.1
18
0.1
12
0.1
12
X (Expert)
User Adjusted
User Adjusted User Adjusted
D Pressure Tuning Set
There are twelve Pressure Tuning Sets (PRESS_TUNING_SET [42.11]) to choose from. Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings.
Tuning set B provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. Tuning set B is appropriate for controlling a pneumatic positioner. Table 4-9 lists the proportional gain, pressure integrator gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets.
Note
When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015, DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit, it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set, due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator.
In addition, you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the pressure proportional gain, pressure integrator gain, and pressure minor loop feedback gain. Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X (expert).
Note
Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results.
Stabilize/Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning.
D Pressure Proportional Gain
Pressure Proportional Gain (PRESS_PROP_GAIN [47.3]) is the proportional gain for the pressure control tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
D Pressure MLFB Gain
Pressure MLFB Gain (PRESS_MLFB_GAIN [47.11]) is the minor loop feedback gain for the pressure control tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
D Pressure Integral Gain
Pressure Integral Gain (PRESS_INTEG_GAIN [47.4]) (also called reset) is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input, based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
D Pressure Integral Dead Zone
Pressure Integral Dead Zone (PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ [47.6]) is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled. The dead band is configurable from 0 to 2%.
4-24
September 2013
Transducer Block
D Pressure Integral Limit Hi
Pressure Integral Limit Hi (PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM [47.7]) provides an upper limit to the integrator output. The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100% of the I/P drive signal.
D Pressure Integral Limit Lo
Pressure Integral Limit Lo (PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM [47.8]) provides a lower limit to the integrator output. The low limit is configurable from -100 to 0% of the I/P drive signal.
Travel Pressure Control
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control)
D Travel/Pressure State
Travel/Pressure State (TVL_PRESS.STATE [41.2]) indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control (position control) or as an I/P (pressure control)
D Travel/Pressure Select
CAUTION
When using Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery or Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery, the valve travel has the potential of moving rapidly causing potential process instability when returning to Travel Control.
Note
Travel / Pressure Select must be set to Travel for double acting actuators.
Travel / Pressure Select (TVL_PRESS_SELECT [41.1]) determines if the instrument is setup for position or pressure control. Select Travel, Pressure, Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto recovery or Travel with Pressure Fallback/Manual Recovery. If the travel sensor fails, and Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto Recovery is selected, it will return to travel control when the travel sensor starts working again. Travel with Pressure Fallback/Manual recovery will stay in pressure control until Travel Pressure Select is changed to Travel or Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto recovery. It is not necessary to enable the Travel Sensor Alert for Pressure Fallback to occur.
D Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback
Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback occurs when the instrument detects that the travel sensor is outside of its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel. It switches to Pressure Control and no longer uses the travel sensor to position the valve.
D Travel Cutoff Hi
Travel Cutoff Hi (FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI [15])
defines the high cutoff point for the travel in percent
(%) of pre-characterized setpoint. Above this cutoff,
the travel target is set to 123.0% of the ranged travel.
Travel Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it to 125.0%.
D Travel Cutoff Lo
4
Travel Cutoff Lo (FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO [16]) defines the low cutoff point for the travel in percent (%) of pre-characterized setpoint. Below this cutoff, the travel target is set to -23%. A Travel Cutoff Lo of 0.5% is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading. Travel Cutoff Lo is deactivated by setting it to -25.0%
D Pressure Cutoff Open
Pressure Cutoff Open (PRESS_CUTOFF_HI [47.1]) defines the high cutoff point for the pressure in percent (%) of pre-characterized setpoint. Above this cutoff, the pressure target is set to 123.0%. A Pressure Cutoff Open of 99.5% is recommended to ensure valve goes fully open. Pressure Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it 125%.
D Pressure Cutoff Closed
Pressure Cutoff Closed (PRESS_CUTOFF_LO [47.2]) defines the low cutoff point for the pressure in percent (%) of pre-characterized setpoint. Below this cutoff, the pressure target is set to -23%. A Pressure Cutoff Closed of 0.5% is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading. Pressure Cutoff Closed is deactivated by setting it to -25.0%
D Pressure Range Hi
Pressure Range Hi (PRESS_RANGE_HI [42.7]) is the high end of output pressure range. Enter the pressure that corresponds with 100% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed, or 0% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is open. This pressure must be greater than the Pressure Range Lo.
D Pressure Range Lo
Pressure Range Lo (PRESS_RANGE_LO [42.8]) is the low end of the output pressure range. Enter the pressure that corresponds to 0% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed, or 100% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is open. The pressure must be less than the Pressure Range Hi.
September 2013
4-25
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Input Characterization
125
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response
Control > Input Characterization)
100
Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) defines the relationship between the travel target and the setpoint received from the output block. Travel target is the output from the characterization function.
Travel Target, %
Custom Characterization Table
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response
Control > Custom Characterization Table)
4 You can select from the three fixed input
characteristics shown in figure 4-1 or you can select a custom characteristic. Figure 4-1 shows the relationship between the travel target and travel set point for the fixed input characteristics.
You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic curve. Each point defines a travel target, in % of ranged travel, for a corresponding set point, in % of ranged set point. Set point values range from -25.0% to 125%. Before modification, the custom characteristic is linear. You cannot modify the custom points if the Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) is set to custom.
Travel Target, %
0
-25 -25
125
100
0
Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic Linear
Outblock Selection
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response
Control > Outblock Selection)
Outblock Selection (OUTBLOCK_SEL [96]) defines which output function block will control the setpoint of the valve. The output block that is not selected will shed its mode to reflect that it does not have control of the valve.
0
-25 -25
125
0
Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic Equal Percentage
100
Travel Target, %
Alerts
The DVC6000f provides two levels of alerts; Instrument alerts and PlantWeb alerts.
0
Instrument Alert Conditions
Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest. To view these alerts, the user must open the appropriate status screen on a host such as DeltaV, ValveLink software or a Field Communicator.
-25 -25
A6535-1/IL
0
Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic Quick Opening
Figure 4-1. Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point, for Various Input Characteristics (Zero Power Condition = Closed)
4-26
September 2013
Transducer Block
PlantWeb Alerts
Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed, Maintenance or Advisory categories, as configured by the user. PlantWeb alerts, when enabled, can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner, alarm list and alarm summary.
When a PlantWeb alert occurs, the DVC6000f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received. This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists. If the acknowledgment is not received within the pre-specified time-out period, the event notification is retransmitted. This reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost.
PlantWeb alerts are mode-based. Refer to table C-1 for details.
Note
Additional details on setting up and using PlantWeb Alerts can be found in Appendix C of this manual.
Electronics Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts) Drive Current
D Drive Current
Drive Current (DRIVE_CURRENT [54]) displays the measured Drive Current actually flowing through the I/P converter in percent of maximum drive.
D Drive Current Alert
This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.
D Drive Current Alert Enable
When enabled Drive Current Alert Enable activates the Drive Current Alert.
D Drive Current Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown for the Drive Current alert. When enabled,
4 and the alert condition is present, the transducer
Actual mode is placed Out of Service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the Zero Power Condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Drive Current Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when Drive Current Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
D Drive Current Alert Point
The Drive Current Alert Point (DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT [76.4]) is when the absolute difference between the Drive Current and Drive Signal exceeds the set threshold for greater than the Drive Current Alert Time.
D Drive Current Alert Time
The Drive Current Alert Time (DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME [76.5]) is the maximum time that the Drive Current Alert Point can be exceeded before the Drive Current Alert is active.
Drive Signal
D Drive Signal
The Drive Signal (DRIVE_SIGNAL [53]) displays the commanded Drive Signal being sent to the I/P converter as a percentage of the maximum drive.
September 2013
4-27
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
D Drive Signal Alert
The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist:
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
4 D Drive Signal Alert Enable
When enabled Drive Signal Alert Enable activates the Drive Signal Alert.
Processor Impaired
D Program Memory Alert
This alert is active if a pending Flash or NVM failure is present.
D Program Memory Alert Enable
When enabled Program Memory Alert Enable activates the Program Memory Alert.
D Program Memory Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Program Memory Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Program Memory Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Program Memory Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
D Static Memory Alert
This alert is active if a failure occurs in the FRAM memory where the static parameters are stored.
D Static Memory Alert Enable
When enabled Static Memory Alert Enable activates the Static Memory Alert.
D Static Memory Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Static Memory Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Static Memory Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Static Memory Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
D Processor Alert
This alert is active if a failure occurs in the main processor.
D Processor Alert Enable
When enabled Processor Alert Enable activates the Processor Alert.
D I/O Processor Alert
This alert is active if a failure occurs in the I/O processor.
D I/O Processor Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the I/O Processor Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D I/O Processor Man Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused I/O Processor Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of
4-28
September 2013
Transducer Block
Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
Configuration Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts) Output Block Timeout
D Output Block Timeout Alert
This alert is active if the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout.
D Output Block Timeout Alert Enable
When enabled Output Block Timeout Alert Enable activates the Output Block Timeout Alert.
D Output Block Timeout Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Output Block Timeout Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Output Block Timeout Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
D Output Block Timeout
The Output Block Timeout (OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT [76.3]) is the maximum time between updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint.
Blocks Set to Default
D Blocks Set to Defaults Alert
This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults. This will stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service.
D Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable
When enabled Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable
activates the Blocks Set to Default Alert.
4
Alert Key
The Alert Key (ALERT_KEY [4]) is the identification number of the plant unit. Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts.
Sensor Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts) Travel Sensor
D Travel Sensor Alert
This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
D Travel Sensor Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Sensor Alert Enable activates the Travel Sensor Alert.
D Travel Sensor Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Travel Sensor alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Travel Sensor Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When not enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when Travel Sensor Shutdown clears. If enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service,
September 2013
4-29
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
Pressure Sensors
D Pressure A Sensor Alert
This alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
D Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable
When enabled Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable
4 activates the Pressure A Sensor Alert.
D Pressure A Sensor Shutdown
The Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Port A Pressure Sensor Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function.
D Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable
When enabled Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable activates the Supply Pressure Sensor Alert. Pressure Fallback
D Pressure Fallback Alert
This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control.
D Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
When enabled Pressure Fallback Alert Enable activates the Pressure Fallback Alert. Temperature Sensor
D Temperature Sensor Alert
This alert is active if the Temperature Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
D Temperature Sensor Alert Enable
When enabled Temperature Sensor Alert Enable activates the Temperature Sensor Alert.
D Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery
Shutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When not enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when Pressure A Sensor Shutdown clears. If enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
D Pressure B Sensor Alert
This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
D Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable
When enabled Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable activates Pressure B Sensor Alert.
D Supply Pressure Sensor Alert
This alert is active if the Supply Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Environment Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts) Supply Pressure
D Supply
Supply (SUPPLY_PRESSURE.VALUE [35.2]) displays the instrument supply pressure in kPa, bar, or psi.
D Supply Pressure Hi Alert
This alert is active when the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point.
D Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Hi Alert.
D Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point
The Supply Pressure Hi Alert is active when supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point (SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT [76.8]).
D Supply Pressure Lo Alert
This alert is active when the supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point.
4-30
September 2013
Transducer Block
D Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Lo Alert.
D Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point (SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT [76.9]). When the supply pressure falls below the supply pressure alert point, the supply pressure alert is active. To disable the supply pressure alert, set Supply Pressure Alert Point to zero. Temperature Limit
D Temperature
Degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. The temperature (TEMPERATURE [48]) is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller's printed wiring board.
D Temperature Hi Alert
This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.
D Temperature Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Temperature Hi Alert Enable activates the Temperature Hi Alert.
D Temperature Hi Alert Point
The Temperature Hi Alert is active when the instrument temperature exceeds the Temperature Hi Alert Point (TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT [76.6]).
D Temperature Lo Alert
This alert is active if the temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
D Temperature Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Temperature Lo Alert Enable activates the Temperature Lo Alert.
D Temperature Lo Alert Point
The Temperature Lo Alert is active when the instrument temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point (TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT [76.7]).
Travel Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts)
Note
The alerts contained in this section are valid for both travel and pressure control.
Travel Target Travel target is the output from the characterization
4
function.
Travel
Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]) displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
Travel Deviation
D Travel Deviation
Travel Deviation (TRAVEL_DEVIATION [52]) displays the absolute difference in percent between Travel Target and Actual Travel.
D Travel Deviation Alert
This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time.
D Travel Deviation Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Deviation Alert Enable actives the Travel Deviation Alert.
D Travel Deviation Alert Point
The Travel Deviation Alert Point (TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT [77.1]) is the alert point for the difference, expressed in percent (%), between the travel target and the actual travel. When the difference exceeds the alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time, the Travel Deviation Alert is set.
D Travel Deviation Time
Travel Deviation Time (TVL_DEV_TIME [77.2]) is the time, in seconds, that the travel deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the alert is set.
D Travel Deviation Deadband
Travel Deviation Deadband (TVL_DEV_DB [77.3]) is the travel in percent threshold (%) of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Deviation alert, once it has been set. See figure 4-2.
September 2013
4-31
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
ALERT IS SET
TRAVEL ALERT HIGH POINT
TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND
ALERT IS CLEARED
A6532/IL
Figure 4-2. Travel Hi Alert Deadband
Travel Limit
4
D Travel Hi Hi Alert
This alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Hi Alert point.
D Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Hi Alert.
D Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point (TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT [77.18]) is the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert.
D Travel Hi Hi Deadband
Travel Hi Hi Deadband (TVL_HI_HI_DB [77.19]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required to clear a Travel Hi Hi alert, once it has been set. See figure 4-2.
D Travel Lo Lo Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Lo Alert point.
D Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo Lo Alert.
D Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
The Travel Lo Lo alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, goes below the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point (TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT [77.12]).
D Travel Lo Lo Deadband
Travel Lo Lo Deadband (TVL_LO_LO_DB [77.13]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required to clear a Travel Lo Lo alert once it has been set. See figure 4-3.
ALERT IS CLEARED
ALERT IS SET
TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND
TRAVEL ALERT LO POINT
A6532-1/IL
Figure 4-3. Travel Lo Alert Deadband
Travel Hi/Lo
D Travel Hi Alert
This alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Alert point.
D Travel Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Alert.
D Travel Hi Alert Point
Travel Hi Alert is set if the ranged travel rises above the Travel Hi Alert Point (TVL_HI_ALRT_PT [77.16]). Once the alert is set, the ranged travel must fall below the alert high point set by the Travel Hi Deadband before the alert is cleared. See figure 4-2.
D Travel Hi Deadband
Travel Hi Deadband (TVL_HI_DB [77.17]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required to clear a Travel Hi Alert, once it has been set. See figure 4-2.
D Travel Lo Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Alert point.
D Travel Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo alert.
D Travel Lo Alert Point
The Travel Alert Lo alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, goes below the Travel Lo Alert Point (TVL_LO_ALRT_PT [77.14]).
D Travel Lo Deadband
Travel Lo Deadband (TVL_LO_DB [77.15]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required to clear a travel lo alert, once it has been set. See figure 4-3.
4-32
September 2013
Transducer Block
Proximity Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts)
Note
See page 4-164 for additional details on using Proximity detection.
Travel Travel displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel. Travel Open
D Travel Open Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is greater than the Travel Open Alert Point.
D Travel Open Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Open Alert Enable activates the Travel Open Alert.
D Travel Open Alert Point
Travel Open Alert Point (TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT [77.8]) is the value of the travel in percent (%) or ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Open Alert.
D Travel Open Deadband
Travel Open Deadband (TVL_OPEN_DB [77.9]) is the travel in percent (%) of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Open alert, once it has been set. Travel Closed This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Closed Alert Point.
D Travel Closed Alert
This alert is active is the Travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point.
D Travel Closed Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Closed Alert Enable activates the Travel Closed Alert.
D Travel Closed Alert Point
The Travel Closed Alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point (TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT [77.10]).
D Travel Closed Deadband
Travel Closed Deadband (TVL_CLOSED_DB [77.11]) is the travel in percent (%) of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Closed alert, once it has been set.
Proximity
D Proximity Hi Hi Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband.
D Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable activates
the Proximity Hi Hi Alert.
4
D Proximity Hi Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband.
D Proximity Hi Alert Enable
When enabled Proximity Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Alert.
D Proximity Lo Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband.
D Proximity Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Proximity Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Alert.
D Proximity Lo Lo Alert
This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband.
D Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable
When enabled Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Lo Alert.
Travel History Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts) Cycle Counter
D Cycle Counter
The Cycle Counter (CYCLE_COUNT [73]) records the number of times the travel changes direction. The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle.
September 2013
4-33
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Deadband exceeded, and direction changed, new Reference Point established
4
Deadband Reference Point
A6533-1/IL
Deadband (+/- 5%)
Point at which cycle is counted.
Figure 4-4. Cycle Counter Deadband (set at 10%)
See figure 4-4. You can reset the Cycle Counter by configuring it as zero.
D Cycle Counter Alert
This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point. It is cleared after you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point.
D Cycle Counter Alert Enable
When enabled Cycle Counter Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Cycle Counter and the Cycle Counter Alert point.
D Cycle Counter Alert Point
Cycle Counter Alert Point (CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT [77.6]) is the value of the Cycle Counter, in cycles, which, when exceeded, sets the Cycle Counter Alert.
D Cycle Counter Deadband
Cycle Counter Deadband (CYCLE_COUNT_DB [77.7]) is the area around the travel reference point, in percent (%) of ranged travel, that was established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter. This area must be exceeded before a change in travel direction can be counted as a cycle. See figure 4-4.
Travel Accumulator
D Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator (TRAVEL_ACCUM [72]) records the total change in travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, since the accumulator was last cleared. The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel
Accumulator Dead-band. See figure 4-5. You can reset the Travel Accumulator by configuring it to zero.
D Travel Accumulator Alert
This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point. The Travel Accumulator Alert is set when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point. It is cleared after you reset the Travel Accumulation to a value less than the alert point.
D Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
When enabled Travel Accumulator Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
D Travel Accumulator Alert Point
Travel Accumulator Alert Point (TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT [77.4]) is the value of the Travel Accumulator, in percent (%) of ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Accumulator Alert.
D Travel Accumulator Deadband
Travel Accumulator Deadband (TVL_ACCUM_DB [77.5]) is the area around the travel reference point, in percent (%) of ranged travel, that was established at the last increment of the accumulator. This area must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated. See figure 4-5.
Performance Alerts
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts)
Note
Performance Alerts are only available with a PD tier instrument. Additionally, for the PD alerts to function properly:
D The transducer block mode must not be out of service.
D The travel/pressure control state must be in travel control mode, and
D Bench Set Hi, Bench Set Lo, and Nominal Supply Pressure must be set in the Spec Sheets, then enable the Performance Information instrument alert (PERF_ENABLE [75.7]).
4-34
September 2013
Transducer Block
PD Inside Status PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics. PD Run PD Run enables or disables Performance Diagnostics in the instrument (PD Inside). Selecting PD Off disables PD Inside. Selecting PD On enables PD Inside. Performance Critical
D Performance Critical Alert
This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced.
D Performance Critical Alert Enable
When enabled Performance Critical Alert Enable activates the Performance Critical Alert. Performance Reduced
D Performance Reduced Alert
This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance.
D Performance Reduced Alert Enable
When enabled Performance Reduced Alert Enable activates the Performance Reduced Alert. Performance Information
D Performance Information Alert
This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance.
D Performance Information Alert Enable
When enabled Performance Information Alert Enable activates the Performance Information Alert.
PlantWeb Alert Enable
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable)
D Failed Enable
Failed Enable (FAILED_ENABLE [62]) enables or disables conditions that can cause a failed alert. A failed alert indicates a failure within the device that will make the device or some part of the device non-operational. Table C-2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts.
D Maintenance Enable
Maintenance Enable (MAINT_ENABLE [63]) enables or disables conditions that can cause a maintenance alert. A maintenance alert indicates the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon. Table C-2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts.
D Advise Enable
Advise Enable (ADVISE_ENABLE [64]) enables or
disables conditions that can cause an advisory alert.
An advisory alert indicates informative conditions that
do not have a direct impact on the device's primary
functions. Table C-2 lists the available PlantWeb
alerts.
4
PlantWeb Alert Reporting
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting)
D Failed Suppress
Failed Suppress (FAILED_MASK [65]) determines which of the failed alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Failed Active (FAILED_ACTIVE [59]) is still set.
D Maintenance Suppress
Maintenance Suppress (MAINT_MASK [66]) determines which of the maintenance alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Maintenance Active (MAINT_ACTIVE [60]) is still set.
D Advise Suppress
Advise Suppress (ADVISE_MASK [67]) determines which of the advise alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Advise Active (ADVISE_ACTIVE [61]) is still set.
Instrument
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument)
D Tag Description
The Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is a 32 character description used to assign a unique description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block.
D Pressure Units
Define the output and supply pressure units (PRESSURE_UNITS [90]) in either psi, bar, or kPa.
September 2013
4-35
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Deadband exceeded, new Reference Point established
Deadband Reference Point
4
A6534/IL
Deadband (+/- 5%)
This amount of change is added to the Travel Accumulator.
Figure 4-5. Travel Accumulator Deadband (set at 10%)
D Temperature Units
Enter the temperature units (TEMPERATURE_UNITS [89]) in degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. The temperature is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller's printed wiring board.
D Travel Units
Define the units for valve travel (TVL_UNITS [91]) in inches, centimeters, millimeters or degrees.
D Length Units
Define the units for valve dimensions (LENGTH_UNITS [92]) in inches, centimeters, or millimeters.
D Area Units
Define the units for actuator area (AREA_UNITS [93]) in inches2, centimeter2 or millimeter2.
D Spring Rate Units
Define the units for actuator spring rate (SPRING_RATE_UNITS [94]) in lbs/in2 or N/M.
D Relay Type
Enter the Relay Type (RELAY_TYPE [42.5]).There are three categories of relays that result in combinations from which to select.
Relay Type: The relay type is printed on the label affixed to the relay body: A = double-acting or single acting B = single-acting, reverse C= single-acting, direct
Special App: This is used in single-acting applications where the "unused" output port is configured to read the pressure downstream of a solenoid valve. See page 2-21 for additional
information. Lo Bleed: The label affixed to the relay body
indicates it is a low bleed version.
D Zero Power Condition
Zero Power Condition (ZERO_PWR_COND [42.2]) identifies whether the valve is open or closed when instrument power is lost. If you are unsure how to set this parameter, disconnect the segment loop power to the instrument. The resulting valve travel is the Zero Power Condition.
D Maximum Supply Pressure
Enter the maximum supply pressure (MAX_SUPP_PRESS [42.6]) in psi, bar, or kPa, depending on what was selected for pressure units.
D Calibration Person
Name of the person performing last calibration (XD_CAL_WHO [31]).
D Calibration Location
Indicates the location of the last instrument calibration (XD_CAL_LOC [29]).
D Calibration Date
Enter a date with the format MM/DD/YY. Date is a user-defined variable that provides a place to save the date of the last calibration (XD_CAL_DATE [30]).
D Last Calibration Type
Indicates the type of the last calibration performed on the instrument. Possible values are: Not Calibrated, Single Point Calibration, Auto Calibration, Manual Calibration.
Valve and Actuator
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator) Valve
D Valve Manufacturer
Enter the identification number of the manufacturer of the valve (VALVE_MAN_ID [25]) on which the instrument is mounted. Select from the drop-down list or enter the manufacturer's identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. For Fisher, the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100.
D Valve Model Number
Enter the valve model number (VALVE_MODEL_NUM [26]), (design letter or type number) for the valve on which the instrument is mounted.
4-36
September 2013
Transducer Block
D Valve Serial Number
Enter the serial number of the valve (VALVE_SN [27]) on which the instrument is mounted.
D Valve Style
Enter the type of valve (VALVE_TYPE [28]), sliding-stem or rotary, on which the instrument is mounted.
D Valve Size
Enter the size of the valve (VALVE_SIZE [83.1]) on which the instrument is mounted.
D Valve Class
Enter the valve pressure class rating (VALVE_CLASS [83.2]).
D Rated Travel
Enter the valve rated travel (RATEDTRAVEL [83.3]) in inches or mm for sliding stem valves, or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves.
D Actual Travel
Enter the actual travel (ACTUAL_TRAVEL [83.4]) in inches or mm for sliding stem valves, or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves.
D Shaft Stem Diameter
Enter the valve stem diameter (SHAFT_STEM_DIA [83.5]) in inches or millimeters.
D Packing Type
Enter the valve packing construction (PACKING_TYPE [83.6]).
D Inlet Pressure
Enter the valve inlet pressure (INLET_PRESSURE [83.7]).
D Outlet Pressure
Enter the valve outlet pressure (OUTLET_PRESSURE [83.8]) in psig, kPa, Bar, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2. Trim
D Seat Type
Enter the valve seat type (SEAT_TYPE [84.1]).
D Leak Class
Enter the valve leak class (LEAK_CLASS [84.2]).
D Port Diameter
Enter the valve port diameter (PORT_DIAMETER [84.3]) in inches or mm.
D Port Type
Enter the valve port type (PORT_TYPE [84.4]).
D Flow Direction
4
Enter the flow direction (FLOWDIRECTION [84.5]) through the valve.
D Push Down To
Enter the effect on valve movement when the stem is moved down (PUSH_DOWN_TO [84.6]).
D Flow Tends To
Enter the effect on valve travel with increasing flow (FLOW_TENDS_TO [84.7]).
D Unbalanced Area
Enter the valve unbalanced area (UNBALANCED_AREA [84.8]) in in2 or mm2. Actuator
D Actuator Manufacturer
Enter the manufacturer's identification number (ACT_MAN_ID [22]) of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted. Select from the drop-down list or enter the manufacturer's identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. For Fisher, the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100.
September 2013
4-37
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
ACTUATOR STEM
TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT
ROLLER
FEEDBACK ARM
ADJUSTMENT ARM
4
CONNECTOR ARM
Figure 4-6. Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding-Stem Actuator (Up to 4 inch Travel)
D Actuator Model Number Enter the type number for the actuator (ACT_MODEL_NUM [23]) on which the instrument is mounted.
D Actuator Style Select the Actuator Style (ACTUATOR_STYLE [42.1]), spring & diaphragm, piston double-acting without spring, piston single-acting with spring, or piston double-acting with spring.
D Actuator Serial Number Enter the serial number (ACT_SN [24]) for the actuator on which the instrument is mounted.
D Actuator Size Enter the size of the actuator (ACTUATOR_SIZE [85.1]) on which the instrument is mounted.
D Actuator Fail Action Sets actuator action to be performed upon loss of actuator air pressure (ACT_FAIL_ACTION [21]).
D Feedback Connection Select the Feedback Connection (FEEDBACK_CONN [42.4]), RShaft Pot, SStem Roller Pot, or SStem Pot. For rotary valves, enter RShaft Pot. For sliding-stem valves, if the feedback linkage consists of a connector arm, adjustment arm, and feedback arm, similar to the
STEM CONNECTOR
CAM
29B1665-A / DOC
Figure 4-7. Feedback Connection for Typical LongStroke Sliding-Stem Actuator (4 to 24 Inches Travel)
linkage shown in figure 4-6, enter SStem Pot. If the feedback linkage consists of a roller that follows a cam, similar to the linkage shown in figure 4-7, enter SStem Roller Pot.
D Travel Sensor Motion
Note
The Travel Sensor Motion is set automatically by Device Setup, or during the Auto Calibration procedure.
Select Clockwise or Counterclockwise. Travel Sensor Motion (TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION [42.3]) establishes the proper valve travel sensor (feedback) rotation.
WARNING
If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion, the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft.
4-38
September 2013
Transducer Block
For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn clockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise, enter Counterclockwise. For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn clockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise, enter Counterclockwise.
D Lever Style
Enter the lever style (LEVER_STYLE [85.10]) for rotary actuators as either Pivot Point or Rack and Pinion.
D Lever Arm Length
Defines the lever arm length (MOMENT_ARM [85.11]) for rotary actuators.
D Effective Area
Enter the actuator effective area (EFFECTIVE_AREA [85.2]) in in2, cm2, or mm2.
D Air
Select Opens or Closes, indicating the effect of increasing air pressure (AIR [85.3]) on the valve travel.
D Upper Bench Set
Enter the upper actuator operating pressure (UPPER_BENCH_SET [85.5]).
D Lower Bench Set
Enter the lower actuator operating pressure (LOWER_BENCH SET [85.4]).
D Nominal Supply Pressure
Enter the nominal instrument supply pressure (NOMINAL_SUPPLY PRESSURE [85.6]).
D Spring Rate
Enter the actuator spring rate (SPRING_RATE [85.7]) in lbsSin or NSm.
Reference
D Trim Style 1
Enter the valve trim style (TRIM_STYLE_1 [84.9]).
D Trim Style 2
Enter the valve trim style (TRIM_STYLE_2 [84.10]).
D Stroking Time Open
Enter the time required to stroke the valve from closed to open (STROKING_TIME_OPEN [85.8]).
D Stroking Time Close
4 Enter the time required to stroke the valve from open
to close (STROKING_TIME_CLOSE [85.9]).
MAI Channel Map
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map) Allows the user to specify which transducer block parameter is available through each of the MAI Block channels (MAI_CHANNEL_1 through MAI_CHANNEL_8 [95.1 through 95.8]). Transducer block parameters available to each channel:
11 = FINAL_VALUE 12 = TRAVEL_TARGET 13 = FINAL_POSITION_VALUE 14 = TRAVEL 15 = SUPPLY_PRESS 16 = ACT_PRESS_A 17 = ACT_PRESS_B 18 = ACT_PRESS_DIFF 19 = DRIVE_SIGNAL 10 = TRAVEL_DEVIATION 11 = TEMPERATURE 12 = CYCLE_COUNT 13 = TRAVEL_ACCUM
September 2013
4-39
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-10. Output Block PV Status
FEATURE_SEL
Transducer Mode,
PW Alarms Set PV Status
Actual
Active PlantWeb Alarms
AO / DO PV Status(2)
AO / DO PV Substatus
AO/DO PV Limit Substatus(1)
OOS
X
Man
X
Bad
Device Failure
Constant
Bad
Non-specific
Constant
Enabled
Auto Auto
Fail Maintenance, no Fail
Uncertain Uncertain
Subnormal Non-specific
See table 4-11 See table 4-11
Auto Auto
Advisory, no Fail, no Maintenance
None
Good Good
Advisory Non-Specific
See table 4-11 See table 4-11
OOS
X
Man
X
Bad
Device Failure
Constant
Bad
Non-Specific
Constant
Auto
Fail
Good
Non-Specific
See table 4-11
Not Enabled
Auto
Maintenance, no Fail
Good
Non-Specific
See table 4-11
4
Auto
Advisory, no Fail, no Maintenance
Good
Non-Specific
See table 4-11
Auto
None
Good
Non-Specific
See table 4-11
NOTES: X = No Effect 1. PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus. SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits. 2. Firmware Revision 1.1 and earlier will set AO/DO PV Status to Bad if Feedback Sensor has failed, ie; Travel Sensor Fail. However, if the Travel Sensor fails, and the instrument falls back to pressure, PV Status will remain good.
Table 4-11. Limit Sub Status
Out Block
Transducer Mode
In Cutoff Region
Rate Limited
AO, DO
OOS
X
X
AO, DO
MAN
X
X
AO
AUTO
High
X
AO
AUTO
Low
X
AO
AUTO
X
High
AO
AUTO
X
Low
AO
AUTO
None
None
DO
AUTO
X
High
DO
AUTO
X
Low
DO
AUTO
X
None
NOTE: X = No Effect
Limit Sub-Status
Constant Constant High Limited Low Limited High Limited Low Limited Not Limited High Limited Low Limited Not Limited
Alert Handling
(TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert
Handling)
PlantWeb Alert Simulate
When enabled, PlantWeb Alert Simulate (PWA_SIMULATE [39]) allows the user to write to the following PlantWeb and Instrument alert parameters; Failed Active, Maintenance Active, Advise Active, Environment Active, Travel Active, Proximity Active, Travel History Active, Performance Active, PD Event Active, PD Detail 1 Active, PD Detail 2 Active, PD Detail 3 Active, PD Detail 4 Active, PD Detail 5 Active, PD Detail 6 Active. This provides a way to simulate these alerts for testing. In order to enable PWA Simulate, the Aux Terminal must be jumpered.
PlantWeb Alert Simulate is cleared on a power cycle. It can also be cleared manually, or by removing the Aux terminal jumper. Simulate Active Alerts
D Failed Active
Permits simulating an active Failed alarm (FAILED_ACTIVE [59]).
D Maintenance Active
Permits simulating an active Maintenance alarm (MAINT_ACTIVE [60]).
D Advise Active
Permits simulating an active Advisory alarm (ADVISE_ACTIVE -[61]). PlantWeb Alert Handling
D PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status
When selected, PlantWeb alerts will set the PV status according to table 4-10.
D Block Error Reporting
When enabled, the AO or DO BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter will report PlantWeb Alerts. the same as Block Error in the resource block. Block Error bit 6 (Device Needs Maintenance Soon) will report any active PlantWeb Maintenance Alert. Block Error bit 13 (Device Needs Maintenance Now) will report any active PlantWeb Failed Alert.
4-40
September 2013
Block Errors
Table 4-12 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] and XD_ERR [11] parameters. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference.
Table 4-12. Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other - (N/A)
Block Configuration Error - Indicates that one of the
1
following parameters have been configured out of the
proper range: 15, 16, 47.1, 47.2, 46.3, 46.5, 42.7, 42.8.
2
Link Configuration Error - (N/A)
Simulate Active - Indicates that the simulation jumper is
in place on the aux terminals. This is not an indication
3
that the I/O blocks are using simulation data. See AO
block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter
SIMULATE_D [10].
4
Local Override - (N/A)
5
Device Fault State - (NA)
6
Maintenance Needed Soon - (N/A)
7
Input failure/process variable has Bad status - (N/A)
8
Output failure - (N/A)
9
Memory failure - (N/A)
10
Lost Static Data - Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
11
Lost NV Data - (N/A)
12
Readback Check Failed - (N/A)
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
14
Power Up - (N/A)
15
Out of Service - Indicates Out of Service Mode.
Transducer Block
4
September 2013
4-41
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Transducer Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write
D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter
D Protection Category: Indicates whether or not the parameter is writable while the PROTECTION parameter is set to a particular level.
-N/A indicates a read-only parameter that is never writable, regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter -NONE indicates a read-only parameter that is always writable, regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter -CAL indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is "NONE". -SETUP indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is "NONE" or "CAL". -ALL indicates a parameter that is writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is "NONE", "CAL", or "SETUP & CAL".
D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
4
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET ACTUAL
PERMITTED
NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Update Event UPDATE_EVT UNACKNOWLEDGED
UPDATE_STATE TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
1 RO N/A 0 to 65535
N/A
2 RW ALL 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535
NULL 0
4 RW ALL 1 to 255
1
5 5.1 RW 5.2 RO 5.3 RW 5.4 RW
6 RO
7 7.1 RW
7.2 RO 7.3 RO 7.4 RO 7.5 RO
ALL
N/A 3: AUTO 4: MANUAL
ALL 7: OOS
ALL
3: Simulate Active 10: Static Memory Failed (Functional or thermal data missing) N/A 13: Maintenance Needed Now (Functional or thermal data missing) 15: Out-of-Service
7: OOS N/A 3:AUTO 4:MANUAL 7: OOS 3:AUTO
N/A
0=Undefined
ALL 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
N/A 1=Updated reported
0
2=Update Not reported
N/A
0
N/A
0
N/A
0
-Continued-
Protect Category
Description
Data Type: Uint16
The revision level of the static data.
Increments by one each time a
N/A
static parameter is written. The
value is reset to 0 whenever a
Restart with Defaults is performed.
See Restarting the Instrument.
SETUP
Data Type: String The description of the block.
SETUP
Data Type: Uint16 Used to help group blocks.
SETUP
Data Type: Uint8 The identification number of the plant unit. Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts.
NONE N/A NONE NONE
Data Type: DS-69 The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes.
Target: The requested block mode
Actual: The current mode of the block
Permitted: Allowed modes for Target
Normal: Most common mode for Target
Data Type: Bit String (2 byte)
N/A
Error status associated with hardware or firmware for the
transducer block.
NONE
Data Type: DS-73
N/A
Alert generated by change to static
data.
N/A
N/A
N/A
4-42
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE
VALUE
Transducer Directory TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY
Transducer Type TRANSDUCER_TYPE
Transducer Error XD_ERROR or TDC_ERROR
Collection Directory COLLECTION_DIRECTORY FINAL_VALUE
Setpoint Status STATUS
Setpoint VALUE
Setpoint Range FINAL_VALUE_RANGE EU_100 EU_0 UNITS_INDEX DECIMAL
Travel Cutoff Hi FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI
Travel Cutoff Lo FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
8
8.1 RW
8.2 RO 8.3 RO 8.4 RO 8.5 RO 9 RO
0=Undefined
ALL 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined 1=Clear-reported N/A 2=Clear-not reported 0 3=Active-reported 4=Active-not reported
N/A
0
N/A
Subcode: Bit Number in BLOCK_ERR
0
Value of parameter at
N/A
alarm time for a single alarm, 0 for multiple
0
alarms
N/A 1,1
1,1
10 RO 11 RO 12 RO
106
Valid Numbers: 0 = No Error
1,1,1,1,1
106 0 1,1,1,1,1
NONE
N/A
Data Type: DS-72
Used to report the BLOCK_ERR
N/A
alarm to the host system
N/A
N/A
4
N/A
Data Type: Array [2] of Unit16 Not used
N/A
Data Type: Uint16 Identifies the type of the transducer.
N/A
Data Type: Uint8 Error code for the transducer block.
N/A
Data Type: Array [5] of Unit32 Not used
13
13.1 RW
MAN OOS
N/A
13.2 RW
MAN OOS
-25 to 125
14
14.1 RO 14.2 RO 14.3 RO 14.4 RO
N/A 100 N/A 0 N/A PERCENT N/A 2
15
RW
MAN OOS
-25 to 125
N/A
100 0 1342 2
99.5
16
RW
MAN OOS
-25 to 125
0.5
-Continued-
NONE
NONE
N/A N/A N/A N/A SETUP
SETUP
Data Type: DS-65 In Travel Control: Setpoint for valve travel in %, prior to characterization. In Pressure Control: Setpoint for implied valve travel as % or pressure range, prior to characterization. FINAL_VALUE is not updated unless the AO block is selected in FEATURE_SELECT. For example, FINAL_VALUE still has last value written by AO channel 1 when DO is in control.
Data Type: DS-68 High and Low range limit values, engineering units code, and number of digits to the right of the decimal place to be used to display the Final Value.
Data Type: Float When the servo goes above this % of span, the stem position goes to the upper limit. Cutoffs are OFF when Low is at -25% and high is at +125%. Must be > low cutoff + .625%.
Data Type: Float When the servo goes below this % of span, the stem position goes to the lower limit. Cutoffs are OFF when Low is at -25% and high is at +125%. Must be < hi cutoff - .625%.
September 2013
4-43
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
Travel Status (Decharacterized) STATUS
Travel (Decharacterized) VALUE
Travel Proportional Gain SERVO_GAIN
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
17
Range
17.1 RO N/A
17.2 RO 18 RW
N/A -25 to 125%
MAN OOS
> = 0
Initial Value N/A 4.4
Protect Category
Description
Data Type: DS-65
In Travel Control: Valve travel in %,
decharacterized to correlate with
Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]).
N/A
In Pressure Control: Implied valve
travel as a % of pressure range,
decharacterized to correlate with
N/A
Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]).
Controls AI channel 3.
SETUP
Data Type: Float Travel Control Only. Gain of servo.
Travel Integral Gain SERVO_RESET
19
RW
MAN > = 0 , = 0 causes wind OOS down
9.4
SETUP
Data Type: Float Travel Control Only. If set to 0, will cause integrator to wind down.
4
Travel Velocity Gain SERVO_RATE
Actuator Fail Action ACT_FAIL_ACTION
20
RW
MAN OOS
> = 0
21
RW
MAN OOS
0=Uninitialized 1=Self Closing 2=Self Opening
3.0
1= Self Closing
SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Float Travel Control Only. Rate of servo.
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Action performed by actuator in the event of air pressure.
Actuator Manufacturer ACT_MAN_ID
22 RW ALL
0x5100
SETUP
Data Type: Uint32 The actuator manufacturer identification number.
Actuator Model Number ACT_MODEL_NUM
23 RW ALL
Null
SETUP
Data Type: Visible String Model number of actuator.
Actuator Serial Number ACT_SN
Valve Manufacturer VALVE_MAN_ID
24 RW ALL 25 RW ALL
Null 0x5100
SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Visible String Serial number of actuator.
Data Type: Uint32 The valve manufacturer identification number.
Valve Model Number VALVE_MODEL_NUM
26 RW ALL
Null
SETUP
Data Type: Visible String The valve model number.
Valve Serial Number VALVE_SN
27 RW ALL
Null
SETUP
Data Type: Visible String The valve serial number.
Valve Style VALVE_TYPE
Calibration Location XD_CAL_LOC
28
RW
ALL
1=Sliding Stem 2=Rotary
29 RW ALL
1=Sliding Stem Null
SETUP CAL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Selects Rotary or Sliding Stem.
Data Type: Visible String Where device was last calibrated.
Calibration Date XD_CAL_DATE
30 RW ALL
Uninitialized
CAL
Data Type: Date Date of last calibration.
Calibration Person XD_CAL_WHO
31 RW ALL
Data Type: Visible String
Null
CAL
Name of person performing last
calibration.
SETPOINT_D
Setpoint(D) Status STATUS
Setpoint(D) VALUE
32
32.1 RW
MAN OOS
32.2 RW
MAN 0 = closed 1 = open OOS 5,10,15.. = %
NONE NONE
Data Type: DS_66 SETPOINT_D is not updated unless the DO block is selected in FEATURE_SEL. STATUS indicates the validity of value, set by the DO block OUT.STATUS VALUE is the discrete value of setpoint. Only values of 0, 1, or increments of 5 up to 95 are allowed. Written by DO channel 22.
TRAVEL_D
Travel(D) Status STATUS
Travel (D) VALUE
33 33.1 RO 33.2 RO
N/A
N/A
0 = closed 1 = open 5,10,15.. = %
-Continued-
Data Type: DS_66
STATUS indicates the validity of
N/A
VALUE.
VALUE: 0=closed , 1=open
5,10,15.. = %. Controls DI Channel
N/A
23
4-44
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
TRAVEL Travel Status STATUS Travel VALUE
SUPPLY_PRESSURE Supply Pressure Status STATUS Supply Pressure VALUE
PRESSURE_A Pressure A Status STATUS Pressure A VALUE
PRESSURE_B Pressure B Status STATUS Pressure B VALUE
PRESSURE_DIFF Pressure Differential Status STATUS Pressure Differential VALUE
PWA Simulate PWA_SIMULATE
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY
GRANT
DENY
Travel Pressure Control TVL_PRESS_CONTROL
Travel/Pressure Select TVL_PRESS_SELECT
Travel/Pressure State TVL_PRESS_STATE
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
34 34.1 RO N/A 34.2 RO N/A
Data Type: DS-65
In Travel Control: Actual valve
travel in % of calibrated travel
N/A
range.
In Pressure Control: Implied valve
N/A
travel in % of pressure range.
Controls AI channel 4.
35 35.1 RO N/A 35.2 RO N/A
Data Type: DS-65
N/A
STATUS indicates the validity of
VALUE. VALUE is pressure of air
supply, controls AI channel 5. N/A
36 36.1 RO N/A 36.2 RO N/A
Data Type: DS-65 STATUS Indicates the validity of
4
N/A
VALUE.
Pressure of primary air output,
N/A
controls AI channel 6.
37 37.1 RO N/A 37.2 RO N/A
Data Type: DS-65
STATUS indicates the validity of
N/A
VALUE. VALUE is the
Pressure on secondary output,
N/A
controls AI channel 7.
38 38.1 RO N/A 38.2 RO N/A
39
RO or RW*
ALL
1=Simulate Off 2=Simulate Enabled
40
40.1 RW 40.2 RW
ALL 0: Program 1: Tune 2: Alarm
ALL 3: Local
41 41.1 RW 41.2 RO
1=Travel
2=Pressure
ALL
3=TVL/PRESS Auto Recv
4=TVL/PRESS Man
Recv
N/A
1=Travel 2=Pressure
-Continued-
N/A N/A
1=Simulate Off ALL
Data Type: DS-65 STATUS indicates the validity of VALUE. VALUE is the difference between PRESSURE_A and PRESSURE_B, controls AI channel 8.
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) When this is set to 2 all the alert ACTIVE parameters can be written, except for INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE. SHUTDOWN_ALERT_ACTIVE. This allows alerts to be simulated for testing with hosts. NOTE: only ACTIVE parameters are affected by this. * PWA Simulate is RW only if a jumper is installed across the Aux Terminal. If no jumpered is installed across the Aux Terminal, PWA Simulate is RO.
all bits cleared all bits cleared
NONE NONE
Data Type: DS-50 Options for controlling access of host computer and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. Has no effect on the DVC6000f. GRANT: 0=N/A, 1= granted DENY: 0=N/A, 1= denied
1=Travel
SETUP
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Selects whether travel sensor or port A pressure is used for feedback.
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
N/A
Indicates which sensor is used for
feedback
September 2013
4-45
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Basic Setup BASIC_SETUP
Actuator Style ACTUATOR_STYLE
Zero Power Condition ZERO_PWR_COND
Travel Sensor Motion TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION
Feedback Connection
4
FEEDBACK_CONN
Relay Type RELAY_TYPE
Maximum Supply Pressure MAX_SUPP_PRESS
Pressure Range Hi PRESS_RANGE_HI
Pressure Range Lo PRESS_RANGE_LO
Travel Calibration Trigger TVL_CAL_TRIGGER
Travel Tuning Set TVL_TUNING_SET
Pressure Tuning Set PRESS_TUNING_SET
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
42
42.1 RW 42.2 RW 42.3 RW 42.4 RW
42.5 RW
42.6 RW 42.7 RW 42.8 RW 42.9 RW 42.10 RW 42.11 RW
MAN OOS
1=Spring & Diaphragm 2=Piston-Dbl w/o Spring 3=Piston-Dbl w/Spring 4=Piston Sgl w/Spring
1=Spring & Diaphragm
MAN 1=Valve Closed OOS 2=Valve Open
1=Valve Closed
MAN OOS MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
1=Counter Clockwise 2=Clockwise
1=RShaft Pot 2=SStem Roller Pot 3=SStem Pot
1=Relay A or C--Double or Single Direct 2=Relay B--Single Reverse 5=Relay C-Special App. --Single Direct 6=Relay B-Special App. --Single Reverse 9=Lo-Bleed Relay A or C--Double or Single Direct 10=Lo-Bleed Relay B-Single Reverse 13=Lo-Bleed Relay C-Special App.--Single Direct 10=Lo-Bleed Relay B-Special App.--Single Reverse
> 0, < = 150
1=Counter Clockwise 3=SStem Pot
=Relay A or C--Double or Single Direct
35 psig
MAN OOS
> 0, < = 150
15.0 psig
MAN OOS
> = 0, < = 150
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
1 = Aux Term ignored
1=B, 2= C, ...12=M 23=X 1=B, 2=C, ...12= M 23=X
-Continued-
3.0 psig
1 2=C 2=C
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SETUP
Data Type: (Uint8) Enum Identifies whether the valve is open or closed when instrument power is lost.
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SETUP Data Type: Float
SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Float Defines pressure corresponding to max pressure in pressure control mode.
Data Type: Float Defines pressure corresponding to minimum pressure in pressure control mode.
SETUP Not available in the DVC6000f
SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Letter (B through M or X)
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Letter (B through M or X)
4-46
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
TRAVEL_CAL Travel Count TVL_COUNT Travel Hi Calibration TVL_HI_CAL Travel Lo Calibration TVL_LO_CAL Travel Crossover TVL_CROSSOVER
Travel Fac Hi TVL_FAC_HI
Travel Fac Lo TVL_FAC_LO
Travel IP Bias TVL_IP_BIAS
Travel MLFB Bias TVL_MLFB_BIAS
Last Calibration Type TVL_CAL_TYPE
TRAVEL_TUNE Travel Integral Enable TVL_INTEG_ENABLE Travel Integral Limit Hi TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI Travel Integral Limit Lo TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO Travel Integral Dead Zone TVL_INTEG_DEADZ Travel MLFB Gain TVL_MLFB_GAIN
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
43
43.1 RO 43.2 RW 43.3 RW 43.4 RW
N/A
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
<TVL_FAC_HI >TVL_LO_CAL >TVL_FAC_LO <TVL_HI_CAL
>0% < = 100%
43.5 RO N/A
CAL
CAL
50%
CAL
Set by Factory N/A
43.6 RO N/A
43.7 RW 43.8 RW
43.9 RW
MAN OOS MAN OOS
MAN OOS
0% - 100%
0 - 100%
0: Not Calibrated 1: Single Point Calibration 2: Auto Calibration 3: Manual Calibration
Set by Factory N/A
70%
CAL
50%
CAL
2: Auto Calibration CAL
Data Type: Uint16 Raw feedback from Travel Sensor
Data Type: Uint16 Maximum drive calibration point
Data Type: Uint16 Minimum drive calibration point
Data Type: Float
Data Type: Uint16 Maximum value of travel sensor counts. Set at factory.
Data Type: Uint16 Minimum value of travel sensor
4
counts. Set at factory.
Data Type: Float
Data Type: Float
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
44
44.1 RW 44.2 RW 44.3 RW 44.4 RW 44.5 RW
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
1=Off 2=On 0% - 100%
-100% - 0%
0% - 2%
> = 0 -Continued-
2=On 30% -30% 0.25% 35
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8) SETUP Data Type: Float SETUP Data Type: Float SETUP Data Type: Float SETUP Data Type: Float
September 2013
4-47
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
TRAVEL_CAL_RUN
4
Travel Calibration Command
TVL_CAL_CMD
Travel Calibration Prog TVL_CAL_PROG
Travel Calibration Status TVL_CAL_STATUS
Reserved TVL_CAL_RESERVED
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
45
45.1 RW
MAN
1: Operating
2: Autocalibrate
3: Mark Crossover
4: Mark Full Open
5: Mark Full Closed
6: Manual Calibrate Final
7: Abort
8: Clear Cal Status
9: Manual Calibrate Init
10: Manual Calibrate
Restore
11: Reset Travel Sensor
Error
12: Reserved
13: Execute Performance Tuner
1=Operating
14: Execute
Performance Tuner
(Graphite Packing)
16: Execute
Performance Tuner
(Booster)
17: Execute
Performance Tuner
(Graphite Packing and
Booster)
19: Autocalibration, Set
Filter
20: Autocalibrate
Extended, Set Filter
CAL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Resets to 1 after a write
45.2 RO N/A
0%
N/A
Data Type: Uint8
45.3 RO
0: auto cal complete
1: calibration complete
2: auto cal in progress
3: manual cal in
progress
4: crossover marked
5: upper position marked
6: lower position marked
7: calibration error
N/A
8: Performance Tuner active
no bits set
9: Performance Tuner
Success
10: Performance Tuner
Error (No movement)
11: Performance Tuner
Error (Accessories
unstable)
12: Performance Tuner
Error (Other)
Data Type: Bit String (2 bytes)
N/A
All bits set to 0 when mode changes from OOS. 0 = FALSE,
1 = TRUE
45.4
Reserved
-Continued-
4-48
September 2013
Transducer Block
Label PARAMETER_NAME
PRESS_CAL Supply Pressure Scale SUPP_PRESS_SCALE Supply Pressure Offset SUPP_PRESS_OFFSET Pressure A Scale PRESS_A_SCALE Pressure A Offset PRESS_A_OFFSET Pressure B Scale PRESS_B_SCALE Pressure B Offset PRESS_B_OFFSET Pressure IP Bias PRESS_IP_BIAS Pressure MLFB Bias PRESS_MLFB_BIAS
PRESS_TUNE Pressure Cutoff Hi PRESS_CUTOFF_HI Pressure Cutoff Lo PRESS_CUTOFF_LO Pressure Proportional Gain PRESS_PROP_GAIN Pressure Integral Gain PRESS_INTEG_GAIN Pressure Rate Gain PRESS_RATE_GAIN Pressure Integral Dead Zone PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ Pressure Integral Limit Hi PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM Pressure Integral Limit LO PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM Pressure Integral IC Hi PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI Pressure Integral IC Lo PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO Pressure MLFB Gain PRESS_MLFB_GAIN
Temperature TEMPERATURE
Target Travel TRAVEL_TARGET
Status STATUS
Value VALUE
Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
46
46.1 RW
MAN OOS
> 0
CAL
Data Type: Float
46.2 RW
MAN OOS
0 to 16383
CAL
Data Type: Uint16
46.3 RW
MAN OOS
> 0
CAL
Data Type: Float
46.4 RW
MAN OOS
0 to 16383
CAL
Data Type: Uint16
46.5 RW
MAN OOS
> 0
CAL
Data Type: Float
46.6 RW 46.7 RW
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
0 to 16383 0-100%
70%
CAL
Data Type: Uint16
CAL
Data Type: Float
4
46.8 RW
MAN OOS
0-100%
50%
CAL
Data Type: Float
47
47.1 RW 47.2 RW 47.3 RW 47.4 RW 47.5 RW 47.6 RW 47.7 RW 47.8 RW 47.9 RW 47.10 RW 47.11 RW
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
-25 -125%, > CUTOFF_LO -25 -125% < CUTOFF_HI > = 0, < 32
> = 0, < 32
> = 0, < = 512
= 0%, < = 2.0% > = 0%, < = 100%, >INTEG_LO < = 0%, > = -100%, <INTEG_HI >= -100%, < = 100%
>= -100%, < = 100%
> 0, < = 100
48 RO N/A
99.50% 0.50% 2.2 0.1 0 0.25% 20% -20% 12% -12% 35
N/A
SETUP Data Type: Float
SETUP Data Type: Float
SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Float Proportional gain
Data Type: Float Integral resets per second
Data Type: Float Derivative gain
Data Type: Float Integrator Deadzone, 1/2 width
Data Type: Float Integrator limits
Data Type: Float Integrator limits
Not used by the DVC6000f
Not used by the DVC6000f
SETUP N/A
Data Type: Float
Data Type: Float Electronics temperature - Controls AI channel 11
49 RO
49.1 RO
MAN OOS
49.2 RO 50 RW
MAN OOS
MAN OOS
1=Linear 2=Equal % 3=Quick Opening 4=Reserved 5=Custom
-Continued-
1=Linear
Data Type: DS-65
N/A
In Travel Control: Setpoint for valve
travel in %, post characterization.
In Pressure Control: Setpoint for
implied valve travel as a % or
N/A
pressure range, post
characterization.
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
September 2013
4-49
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Custom Points CUSTOM_POINTS
Travel Deviation TRAVEL_DEVIATION
4 Drive Signal DRIVE_SIGNAL Drive Current DRIVE_CURRENT MLFB MLFB Failed Alarm FAILED_ALM
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE
VALUE
Maintenance Alarm MAINT_ALM
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE
VALUE
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
51
RW
MAN OOS
Linear, Y=X
SETUP
Data Type: Unit16 Array[43] Each item - 2500 to 12500 First integrator is number of valid points. Followed by up to 21 X values and then 21 Y values. X values must be increasing. Y values must be increasing or same. A value of 2050 represent 20.50% Custom Points can be written only if Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) is not custom.
52 RO N/A 0 to 100%
Data Type: Float
N/A
Absolute value of (TRAVEL_TARGET [49] - TRAVEL
[34]), Controls AI channel 10
53 RO N/A 0 to 100%
N/A
Data Type: Float Controls AI channel 9
54 RO N/A 0 to 100%
N/A
Data Type: Float
55 RO N/A -100% to 100%
56
56.1 RW
56.2 RO 56.3 RO 56.4 RO
0=Undefined ALL 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined 1=Clear-reported N/A 2=Clear-not reported 3=Active-reported 4=Active-not reported
N/A
N/A
0=Undefined
0=Undefined 0 0
56.5 RO N/A
0
57
57.1 RW
57.2 RO 57.3 RO 57.4 RO
0=Undefined N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined 1=Clear-reported N/A 2=Clear-not reported 3=Active-reported 4=Active-not reported
N/A
N/A
0=Undefined
0=Undefined 0 0
57.5 RO N/A
0
-Continued-
N/A
Data Type: Float
Data Type: DS-71 Used to report alerts to host system.
NONE
N/A
N/A
N/A
Data Type: Float
N/A
Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm, 0 for multiple
alarms
Data Type: DS-71 Used to report alerts to host system
NONE
N/A
N/A
N/A
Data Type: Float
N/A
Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm, 0 for multiple
alarms
4-50
September 2013
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
Advise Alarm ADVISE_ALM
58
Data Type: DS-71 Used to report alerts to host system
UNACKNOWLEDGED
58.1 RW
0=Undefined N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
NONE
ALARM_STATE
0: Undefined
1: Clear-reported
58.2 RO N/A 2: Clear-not reported 0=Undefined
N/A
3: Active-reported
4: Active-not reported
TIME_STAMP
58.3 RO N/A
0
N/A
SUBCODE
58.4 RO N/A
0
N/A
VALUE
58.5 RO N/A
Data Type: Float
0
N/A
Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm, 0 for multiple
4
alarms
Failed Active FAILED_ACTIVE
0: Drive Current
1: Drive Signal
2: Processor Impaired
3: Output Block Timeout
4: Blocks Set to Defaults
5: Travel Sensor
6: Outlet Pressure
Sensor
7: Supply Pressure
Sensor
8: Temperature Sensor
59 RO(1) N/A 9: Supply Pressure
All bits: 0
10: Temperature Limit
11: Travel Deviation
12: Travel Limit
13: Travel Accumulator
14: Cycle Counter
15: Performance Critical
16: Performance
Reduced
17: Performance
Information
18: Shutdown Alert
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Failed Alert Status
Maintenance Active MAINT_ACTIVE
0: Drive Current
1: Drive Signal
2: Processor Impaired
3: Output Block Timeout
4: Blocks Set to Defaults
5: Travel Sensor
6: Outlet Pressure
Sensor
7: Supply Pressure
Sensor
8: Temperature Sensor
60 RO(1) N/A 9: Supply Pressure
All bits: 0
10: Temperature Limit
11: Travel Deviation
12: Travel Limit
13: Travel Accumulator
14: Cycle Counter
15: Performance Critical
16: Performance
Reduced
17: Performance
Information
18: Shutdown Alert
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Maintenance Alert Status
1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL. -Continued-
September 2013
4-51
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
Advise Active ADVISE_ACTIVE
4
0: Drive Current
1: Drive Signal
2: Processor Impaired
3: Output Block Timeout
4: Blocks Set to Defaults
5: Travel Sensor
6: Outlet Pressure
Sensor
7: Supply Pressure
Sensor
8: Temperature Sensor
61 RO(1) N/A 9: Supply Pressure
All bits: 0
10: Temperature Limit
11: Travel Deviation
12: Travel Limit
13: Travel Accumulator
14: Cycle Counter
15: Performance Critical
16: Performance
Reduced
17: Performance
Information
18: Shutdown Alert
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Advise Alert Status
Failed Enable FAILED_ENABLE
Enabled Bits:
0: Drive Current
2: Processor
Impaired
62
RW
ALL
Same as for FAILED_ACTIVE above
4: Blocks Set to Default 5: Travel Sensor
ALL
15: Performance
Critical
18: Shutdown
Alert
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Failed alert enable. Enable allows detection of alert. All alerts can be disabled.
Maintenance Enable MAINT_ENABLE
Enabled Bits:
1: Drive Signal
3: Output Block
Timeout
6: Outlet Pressure
Sensor
63
RW
ALL
Same as for MAINT_ACTIVE above
9: Supply Pressure 11: Travel
ALL
Deviation
13: Travel
Accumulator
14: Cycle Counter
16: Performance
Reduced
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Maintenance alert enable. Enable allows detection of alert. All alerts can be disabled.
Advise Enable ADVISE_ENABLE
Enabled Bits:
8: Temperature
Sensor
64
RW
ALL
Same as for
9: Supply
ADVISE_ENABLE above Pressure Sensor
ALL
10: Temperature
Limit
12: Travel Limit
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Advise alert enable. Enable allows detection of alert. All alerts can be disabled.
Failed Suppress FAILED_MASK
65
RW
ALL
Same as for FAILED_ACTIVE above
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=disable
1=enable
Failed alert mask. MASK controls
whether an alert is reported. If alert
ALL
is enabled the alert condition is
evaluated and the ACTIVE
parameter is updated to reflect if
alert is active or not. If the bit is set
reporting is suppressed. Default is
all bits cleared.
1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL. -Continued-
4-52
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Maintenance Suppress MAINT_MASK
Advise Suppress ADVISE_MASK
Failed Priority FAILED_PRI
Maintenance Priority MAINT_PRI
Advise Priority ADVISE_PRI
Recommended Action RECOMMENDED_ACTION
Travel Accumulator TRAVEL_ACCUM
Cycle Count CYCLE_COUNT
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
66
RW
ALL
Same as for MAINT_ACTIVE above
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=disable
1=enable
Maintenance alert mask. MASK
controls whether an alert is
ALL
reported. If alert is enabled the alert
condition is evaluated and the
ACTIVE parameter is updated to
reflect if alert is active or not. If the
bit is set reporting is suppressed.
Default is all bits cleared.
67
RW
ALL
Same as for ADVISE_ENABLE above
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=disable
1=enable
Advise alert mask. MASK controls
ALL
4 whether an alert is reported. If alert
is enabled the alert condition is
evaluated and the ACTIVE
parameter is updated to reflect if
alert is active or not. If the bit is set
reporting is suppressed. Default is
all bits cleared.
68 RW ALL 0 to 15
2
SETUP
Data Type: Uint8 Failed alert priority
69 RW ALL 0 to 15
2
SETUP
Data Type: Uint8 Maintenance alert priority
70 RW ALL 0 to 15
2
SETUP
Data Type: Uint8 Advise alert priority
71 RO N/A 0 to 65535
0
N/A
Data Type: Uint16 Fix for most serious condition
72
RW
ALL
Write: Anything Read: Actual
Data Type: Uint32
CAL
Total travel expressed in integer %
terms. Controls AI channel 13.
73
RW
ALL
Write: Anything Read: Actual
Data Type: Uint32
CAL
Number of cycle transitions above a certain threshold of movement.
Controls AI channel 12.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-53
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE
Electronics Active ELECT_ACTIVE
4
Sensor Active SENSOR_ACTIVE
Environment Active ENVIRO_ACTIVE
Travel Active TRAVEL_ACTIVE
Proximity Active PROX_ACTIVE
Travel History Active TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE
Performance Active PERF_ACTIVE
PD Event Active PD_EVENT_ACTIVE
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
74
0: Drive Current
1: Drive Signal
2: Memory Failure -
Pending
74.1 RO(1) ALL 3: Static Memory
All bits: 0
4: Processor
5: I/O Processor
6: Output Block Timeout
7: Block Set to Defaults
0: Travel Sensor
1: Port A Pressure
Sensor
2: Port B Pressure
74.2 RO(1) ALL Sensor
All bits: 0
3: Supply Pressure
Sensor
4: Temperature Sensor
5: Pressure Fallback
0: Supply Pressure High
74.3
RO(1) ALL
1: Supply Pressure Low 2: Temperature High
All bits: 0
3: Temperature Low
0: Travel Deviation 1: Travel High High 74.4 RO(1) ALL 2: Travel Low Low 3: Travel High 4: Travel Low
All bits: 0
74.5 RO(1) N/A
0: Travel Open 1: Travel Closed 2: Proximity High High 3: Proximity High 4: Proximity Low 5: Proximity Low Low
All bits: 0
74.6
RO(1) ALL
0: Cycle Counter 1: Travel Accumulator
All bits: 0
0: Performance Critical
1: Performance
74.7 RO(1) ALL Reduced
All bits: 0
2: Performance
Information
0: High I/P Drive Signal 1: Low I/P Drive Signal 2: High Air Mass Flow 3: Large Travel Deviation 4: Low Supply Pressure 74.8 RO(1) ALL 5: High Supply Pressure All bits: 0 6: High Crossover Pressure 7: Low Crossover Pressure 8: No Air Mass Flow Estimate
-Continued-
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Electronics Alert status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Sensor Alert status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Environment Alert status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Travel Alert status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Proximity Alert status.
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
N/A
0=inactive 1=active
Travel History Alert status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Alert
status
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic event
status.
4-54
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
PD Detail 1 Active PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE
PD Detail 2 Active PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE
PD Detail 3 Active PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE
PD Detail 4 Active PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
0: I/P Primary Plugged 1: I/P Nozzle Plugged 2: I/P Latched 3: Reserved 4: Relay Jammed 5: Relay Cross Misadj 6: Relay Bias Diaph Leak 7: Relay Port A Diaph Leak 8: Relay Port B Diaph Leak 9: Reserved 74.9 RO(1) ALL 10: Valve Stuck Low or All bits:0 Sensor Arm Damage 11: Valve Stuck High or Sensor Arm Damage 12: Piston Ring Leak 13: Reserved 14: Low Supply Pressure 15: External Leak 16: SOV Trip 17: Air Line Blocked 18: Reserved 19: Reserved 20: Unknown
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Critical
possible cause.
4
74.10 RO(1) ALL Reserved
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Detail
status.
74.11 RO(1) ALL
0: I/P Primary Plugging 1: I/P Nozzle Plugging 2: I/P Calibration Shift 3: Reserved 4: Relay Cross Misadj 5: Relay Port A Diaph Leak 6: Relay Port B Diaph Leak 7: Reserved 8: Piston Ring Leak 9: Reserved 10: Reserved 11: Low Supply Pressure 12: Reserved 13: External Leak 14: Reserved 15: Travel Calibration Shift 16: Unknown 17: Reserved 18: Reserved
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Reduce
possible cause.
74.12 RO(1) ALL Reserved
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Detail
status
-Continued-
September 2013
4-55
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
PD Detail 5 Active PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE
4
74.13 RO(1) ALL
0: Relay Disengaged 1: Insufficient Pressure Differential 2: Travel Calibration Error 3: Reserved 4: High Supply Pressure* 5: Reserved 6: Near a Travel Cutoff Or Stop 7:Reserved 8: Spec Sheet Fields Incomplete* 9: Sensor Failure* 10: Pressure Control Active 11: Transducer Block Mode OOS 12: Not Authorized for PD 13: PD Run Disabled* 14: Trigger Data Available*
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
1=active
N/A
Performance Diagnostic Detail status
*Bits which, when set, will trigger PERF_ACTIVE bit 2.
PD Detail 6 Active PD_DETAIL6_ACTIVE
74.14 RO(1) ALL Reserved
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
N/A
1=active
Performance Diagnostic Detail
status
Shutdown Alerts SHUTDOWN_ALERTS_ACTIVE 74.15 RO
0: Drive Current
1: Program Memory
2: Static Memory
3: Processor or I/O
N/A
Processor 4: Travel Sensor
All bits: 0
5: Port A Pressure
Sensor
6: Output Block Timeout
7-31: (Reserved)
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0=inactive
1=active
Indicates what caused an
Instrument Shutdown. Bit remains
set even if condition has passed if
N/A
Shutdown Recovery is Manual. All
bits are cleared when
MODE_BLK.TARGET is written.
Always enabled whenever the
corresponding
SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER is
enabled.
1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL. -Continued-
4-56
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME INST_ALERTS_ENABLE
Electronics Enable ELECT_ENABLE
Sensor Enable SENSOR_ENABLE
Environment Enable ENVIRO_ENABLE
Travel Enable TRAVEL_ENABLE
Proximity Enable PROX_ENABLE
Travel History Enable TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE
Performance Enable PERF_ENABLE
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
75
75.1 RW
Enabled Bits:
0: Drive Current
0: Drive Current
1: Drive Signal
1: Drive Signal
2: Program Memory
2: Program
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
ALL
3: Static Memory 4: Processor
Memory 3: Static Memory
SETUP
0=disable 1=enable
5: I/O Processor
4: Processor
Electronic Alerts Enable
6: Output Block Timeout 5: I/O Processor
7: Blocks Set to Defaults 7: Block Set to
Default
Enabled Bits:
0: Travel Sensor
0: Travel Sensor
1: Port A Pressure Sensor
1: Port A Pressure Sensor
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
4
75.2 RW
ALL
2: Port B Pressure Sensor
2: Port B Pressure Sensor
SETUP
0=disable 1=enable
3: Supply Pressure
3: Supply
Sensor Alerts Enable
Sensor
Pressure Sensor
4: Temperature Sensor 4: Temperature
Sensor
75.3 RW
Enabled Bits:
ALL
0: Supply Pressure High 1: Supply Pressure Low 2: Temperature High 3: Temperature Low
0: Supply Pressure High 2: Temperature High 3: Temperature
Low
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Environment Alerts Enable
75.4 RW
0: Travel Deviation 1: Travel High High ALL 2: Travel Low Low 3: Travel High 4: Travel Low
Enabled Bits: 0: Travel Deviation
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Travel Alerts Enable
75.5 RW
0: Travel Open
1: Travel Closed
ALL
2: Proximity High High 3: Proximity High
All bits: 0
4: Proximity Low
5: Proximity Low Low
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Proximity Alerts Enable
75.6 RW
ALL
0: Cycle Counter 1: Travel Accumulator
All bits: 0
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Travel History Alerts Enable
75.7 RW
ALL
0: Performance Critical 1: Performance Reduced 2: Performance Information
Enabled Bits: 0: Performance Critical 1: Performance Reduced
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=disable 1=enable Performance Alerts Enable
-Continued-
September 2013
4-57
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME INST_ALERTS_CONFIG
Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER
4 Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY
Output Blk Timeout OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT
Drive Current Alert Point DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT
Drive Current Alert Time DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME
Temperature Hi Alert Point TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT
Temperature Lo Alert Point TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
76
76.1 RW 76.2 RW
0: Drive Current
1: Program Memory
2: Static Memory
3: Processor or I/O
ALL
Processor 4: Travel Sensor
All bits: 0
5: Port A Pressure
Sensor
6: Output Block Timeout
7-31: (Reserved)
0: (reserved)
1: Program Memory
2: Static Memory
3: Processor or I/O
ALL
Processor 4: Travel Sensor
All bits: 0
5: Port A Pressure
Sensor
6: Output Block Timeout
7-31: (Reserved)
76.3 RW
ALL
Time > = 0, < = 800 seconds
600 sec
76.4 RW ALL > = 5, < = 100
25%
76.5 RW ALL = 0.25, < = 120 seconds 5 sec
76.6 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F
76.7 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F
76.8 RW ALL > = 0, < = 150
76.9 RW
ALL > = 0, < = 150 -Continued-
186 deg F -63 deg F 145 psig 15 psig
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=attempt control, 1=fail to zero drive e.g. OOS mode Action on specific instrument alerts:
SETUP
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte) 0=Auto 1=Manual Recovery action after a shutdown trigger "fail to zero drive" above,
SETUP
SETUP
SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Float The maximum time between updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint.
Data Type: Float (percent different) drive signal not reaching I/P accurately.
Data Type: Float (percent different) drive signal not reaching I/P accurately.
Data Type: Float Temperature HI Limits
Data Type: Float Temperature LO Limits
Data Type: Float Maximum supply pressure
Data Type: Float Minimum supply pressure
4-58
September 2013
Transducer Block
Label PARAMETER_NAME
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2 Travel Deviation Alert Point TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT Travel Deviation Time TVL_DEV_TIME Travel Deviation Deadband TVL_DEV_DB Travel Accumulator Alert Point TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT Travel Accumulator Deadband TVL_ACCUM_DB Cycle Count Alert Point CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT Cycle Count Deadband CYCLE_COUNT_DB
Travel Open Alert Point TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT
Travel Open Deadband TVL_OPEN_DB
Travel Closed Alert Point TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT
Travel Closed Deadband TVL_CLOSED_DB
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT
Travel Lo Lo Deadband TVL_LO_LO_DB
Travel Lo Alert Point TVL_LO_ALRT_PT
Travel Lo Deadband TVL_LO_DB
Travel Hi Alert Point TVL_HI_ALRT_PT
Travel Hi Deadband TVL_HI_DB
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT
Travel Hi Hi Deadband TVL_HI_HI_DB
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
77
77.1 RW ALL > 0%, <= 125%
5%
SETUP
Data Type: Float Alerts when difference between sp and pv is too large for too long.
77.2 RW ALL > = 0, < = 120 seconds 10 sec
SETUP Data Type: Float
77.3 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 77.4 RW ALL > = 0 77.5 RW ALL 0 - 100% 77.6 RW ALL > = 0 77.7 RW ALL 0 - 100% 77.8 RW ALL -25% to 125% 77.9 RW ALL > = 0%, < =100% 77.10 RW ALL -25% to 125% 77.11 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100%
2% 1,000,000 1% 1,000,000 1% 99.5% 1% 0.5% 1%
77.12 RW ALL -25% to 125%
-25%
77.13 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100%
5%
77.14 RW ALL -25% to 125%
-25%
77.15 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100%
5%
77.16 RW ALL -25% to 125%
125%
77.17 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100%
5%
77.18 RW ALL -25% to 125%
125%
77.19 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100%
5%
-Continued-
SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP
Data Type: Float
Data Type: Uint32 Alerts when accumulated travel is too much
Data Type: Float Deadband
4 Alerts when number of cycles is too
large.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alert when valve is open. Control DI channel 24 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alerts when valve closed. Controls DI channel 25 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alert when valve position is less than alert point. Controls DI channels 26 & 30 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alert when valve position is less than alert point. Controls DI channels 27 & 31 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alert when valve position is less than alert point. Controls DI channels 28 & 32 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
Data Type: Float Alert when valve position is less than alert point. Controls DI channels 29 & 33 regardless of alert enable state.
Data Type: Float Deadband
September 2013
4-59
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
4
Self Test Status SELFTEST_STATUS
Health Index HEALTH_INDEX
Reserved A RESERVED_A
Reserved AI RESERVED_AI
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
78 RO N/A 0:
All bits: 0
2: Integrator Limited Low
3: Integrator Limited
High
4: Travel Sensor Span
Error
5: MLFB Error
7: Travel Sensor High
Error
8: Travel Sensor Low
Error
9: Pressure Sensor B
10: Pressure Sensor A
11: Supply Pressure
Sensor
13: IOP Failure
14: Drive Current
15: Simulate Jumper ON
Data Type: Bit String (2 byte) 0=inactive 1=active Indicates the status of the instrument self test. Integrator Limited Low: Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve friction may cause this situation. Integrator Limited High: Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve friction may cause this situation. Travel Sensor Span Error: Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart. This error is reported during automatic calibration. MLFB Error: Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non-valid value during automatic calibration. Travel Sensor High Error: Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal operating range, and has failed. Travel Sensor Low Error: Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal operating range, and has failed. Pressure B Sensor Failure: Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed. Pressure A Sensor Failure: Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed. Supply Sensor Failure: Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed. IOP Failure: Indicates the I/O processor has failed. Drive Current: Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time. Simulate Jumper ON: Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6000f between the two AUX terminals.
79 RO N/A 0 - 100
Data Type: Uint8
Represents overall health of
100
N/A
device. 100 is perfect, 0 is completely bad. Settings for
DVC6000f will range from 10 to
100.
80 RW ALL
N/A
SETUP
Data Type: Array, 118 x Unit8 Reserved
81 RW ALL
0
SETUP
Data Type: Uint16 Reserved
-Continued-
4-60
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Upgrade Progress UPGRADE_PROGRESS
SPEC_SHEET_VALVE Valve Size VALVE_SIZE Valve Class VALVE_CLASS Rated Travel RATEDTRAVEL Actual Travel ACTUAL_TRAVEL Shaft Stem Diameter SHAFT_STEM_DIA Packing Type PACKING_TYPE Inlet Pressure INLET_PRESSURE Outlet Pressure OUTLET_PRESSURE
SPEC_SHEET_TRIM Seat Type SEAT_TYPE
Leak Class LEAK_CLASS
Port Diameter PORT_DIAMETER
Port Type PORT_TYPE
Flow Direction FLOWDIRECTION
Push Down To PUSH_DOWN_TO
Flow Tends To FLOW_TENDS_TO
Unbalanced Area UNBALANCED_AREA
Trim Style 1 TRIM_STYLE_1
Trim Style 2 TRIM_STYLE_2
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
82 RO N/A
1
N/A
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Not used by the DVC6000f
83
83.1 RW ALL
NULL
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
83.2 RW ALL
NULL
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
83.3 RW ALL
0.00
ALL
Data Type: Float
83.4 RW ALL
0.00
ALL
Data Type: Float
83.5 RW ALL 83.6 RW ALL
0.00 NULL
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
4
83.7 RW ALL
0.00
ALL
Data Type: Float
83.8 RW ALL
0.00
ALL
Data Type: Float
84
84.1 RW 84.2 RW
ALL
ANSI Seat Leakage
Classification
1: I
2: II
3: III
4: IV
5: V
6: VI
ALL
7: BFW 8: STD AIR
9: BFW II
10: BFW III
11: BFW IV
12: BFW V
13: BFW VI
14: 1/10th of IV
15: Bubble Tight
NULL 1= I
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
84.3 RW 84.4 RW 84.5 RW 84.6 RW 84.7 RW 84.8 RW
ALL
ALL
1=balanced 2=unbalanced
ALL
1=up 2=down
ALL
1=open 2=close
ALL
1=open 2=close
ALL
84.9 RW ALL
84.10 RW ALL
-Continued-
0.00 0 0 0 0 0.00 NULL NULL
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
September 2013
4-61
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
SPEC_SHEET_ACT
85
Actuator Size ACTUATOR SIZE
85.1 RW ALL
Effective Area EFFECTIVE AREA
85.2 RW ALL
Air AIR
85.3 RW
ALL
1=open 2=close
Lower Bench Set LOWER_BENCH_SET
85.4 RW ALL
Upper Bench Set UPPER_BENCH_SET
85.5 RW ALL
4
Nominal Supply Pressure NOMINAL_SUPPLY_PRESSURE
85.6 RW
ALL
Spring Rate SPRING_RATE
85.7 RW ALL
Stroking Time Open STROKING_TIME_OPEN
85.8 RW ALL
Stroking Time Close STROKING_TIME_CLOSE
85.9 RW ALL
Lever Style LEVER_STYLE
85.10 RW
ALL
1=Pivot Point 2=Rack & Pinion
Lever Arm Length MOMENT_ARM
85.11 RW ALL
NULL 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0.00
DEVICE_RECORD
Temperature Maximum TEMP_MAX
Temperature Maximum Time TEMP_MAX_TIME
Temperature Minimum TEMP_MIN
Temperature Minimum Time TEMP_MIN_TIME
Supply Pressure Maximum SUPP_PRESS_MAX
Supply Pressure Maximum Time SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME
Supply Pressure Minimum SUPP_PRESS_MIN
Supply Pressure Minimum Time SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME
Comm Error Count COMM_ERROR_COUNT
86 86.1 RO N/A 86.2 RO N/A 86.3 RO N/A 86.4 RO N/A 86.5 RO N/A 86.6 RO N/A 86.7 RO N/A 86.8 RO N/A 86.9 RW N/A
-9999.99 Zero time 9999.99 Zero time 0.0 Zero time 9999.99 Zero time 0
Protection PROTECTION
1=None
87
RW
ALL
2=Calibration 3=Setup & Calibration
2=Calibration
4=All
ALL
Data Type: Visible String
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Float
ALL
Data Type: Float Seconds
ALL
Data Type: Float Seconds
ALL
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
ALL
Data Type: Float
These parameters can only reset through VL/DD.
N/A
Data Type: Float Highest temperature recorded
N/A
Data Type: Time Value
N/A
Data Type: Float Lowest temperature recorded
N/A
Data Type: Time Value
N/A
Data Type: Float Highest supply pressure recorded
N/A
Data Type: Time Value
N/A
Data Type: Float Lowest supply pressure recorded
N/A
Data Type: Time Value
SETUP NONE
Not used by the DVC6000f
Data Type: Enum Write lock enable/disable. If setting is at or above a parameters protection level then that parameter is read-only.
PERF_DIAG PD Run PD_COMMAND PD Status PD_STATUS
PD Configuration PD_CONFIG
PD Extra PD_EXTRA
88 88.1 RW 88.2 RO
AUTO 1=PD On MAN 2=PD Off
ALL
1=Not Running 2=Running
88.3 RW ALL 0
88.4 RW ALL
-Continued-
1=PD On 0
NONE NONE NONE
NONE
Data Type: Enum Controls whether PD will run or not.
Data Type: Enum Status of performance diagnostics.
Data Type: Bit String Bit string for configuring PD setup and options.
Data Type: Uint32 Extra 32 bit integer for sending values to PD.
4-62
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Temperature Units TEMPERATURE_UNITS
Pressure Units PRESSURE_UNITS
Travel Units TVL_UNITS
Length Units LENGTH_UNITS
Area Units AREA_UNITS
Spring Rate Units SPRING_RATE_UNITS
MAI_CHANNEL_MAP MAI Channel 1 MAI_CHANNEL_1 MAI Channel 2 MAI_CHANNEL_2 MAI Channel 3 MAI_CHANNEL_3 MAI Channel 4 MAI_CHANNEL_4 MAI Channel 5 MAI_CHANNEL_5 MAI Channel 6 MAI_CHANNEL_6 MAI Channel 7 MAI_CHANNEL_7 MAI Channel 8 MAI_CHANNEL_8
Output Block Selection OUTBLOCK_SEL
PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status PWA_SET_STATUS
Block Information BLOCK_INFO
Reserved B RESERVED_B
Travel Always TRAVEL_ALWAYS
Transducer Block
Table 4-13. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Protect Category
Description
89
RW
ALL
C=1001 F=1002
C
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
kPa=1133
bar=1137
90
RW
ALL
psig=1143 inHg=1155
kPa
inH2O=1146 Kg/cm2=1145
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
cm=1012
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
91
RW
ALL
mm=1013 in=1019
mm
SETUP
Travel units for spec sheet ACTUAL_TRAVEL and
deg=1005
RATEDTRAVEL only.
cm=1012 92 RW ALL mm=1013
in=1019
mm
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SETUP
Not used for spec sheet ACTUAL_TRAVEL OR RATEDTRAVEL
4
cm2=1025
93 RW ALL mm2=1027
cm2
in2=1030
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
94
RW
ALL
N/m=1165 lb/in=1596
N/m
SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
95
95.1 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
1
95.2 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
2
95.3 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
3
95.4 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
4
95.5 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
5
95.6 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
6
95.7 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
7
95.8 RW
MAN, OOS
1 through 13
8
SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP
Data Type:Uint16 This defines which transducer block channels will be sent to each of the 8 MAI channels. No scaling or other conversion will be done. Values will be sent in the currently defined units. If set to 0, then no output to MAI (status will be set to BAD). 1=FINAL_VALUE 2=TRAVEL_TARGET 3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE 4=TRAVEL 5=SUPPLY_PRESS 6=ACT_PRESS_A 7=ACT_PRESS_B 8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF 9=DRIVE_SIGNAL 10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION 11=TEMPERATURE 12=CYCLE_COUNT 13=TRAVEL_ACCUM
96
RW
MAN, 1: AO Block OOS 2: DO Block
1: AO Block
SETUP
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Controls which output block (AO or DO) the transducer block will respond to.
97
RW
MAN, 1: No OOS 2: Yes
1: No
SETUP
Data Type: Enum (Uint8) Controls whether the status of the PV fed back to the output block from the transducer block will be affected by an active PlantWeb alert.
98 RO
0: Travel feedback sensor detected 1: Output Block Scheduled 2: Trigger Capturing 3: Output Block in Normal Mode 4: Write Lock is on 5: Resource Block in Auto Mode
Data Type: Bit String (2 bytes)
99 RW
Data Type: Bit String (4 bytes)
100 RO
Data Type: DS-65
September 2013
4-63
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-14. Transducer Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET
5.2
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL
4
5.3
MODE_BLK.PERMITTED
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL
6
BLOCK_ERR
10
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
11
XD_ERROR
13.1
FINAL_VALUE.STATUS
13.2
FINAL_VALUE.VALUE
17.1
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS
17.2
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE
32.1
SETPOINT_D.STATUS
32.2
SETPOINT_D.VALUE
Table 4-15. Transducer Block, View 2
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
10
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
14.1
FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_100
14.2
FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_0
14.3
FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.UNITS_INDEX
14.4
FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.DECIMAL
15
FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI
16
FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO
18
SERVO_GAIN
19
SERVO_RESET
20
SERVO_RATE
21
ACT_FAIL_ACTION
40.1
GRANT_DENY.GRANT
40.2
GRANT_DENY.DENY
50
INPUT_CHAR
Note
Because individual views are limited in size, View Lists 3 and 4 have multiple parts.
Table 4-16. Transducer Block, View 3.1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLOCK.TARGET
5.2
MODE_BLOCK.ACTUAL
5.3
MODE_BLOCK.PERMITTED
5.4
MODE_BLOCK.NORMAL
6
BLOCK_ERR
10
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
11
XD_ERROR
13.1
FINAL_VALUE.STATUS
13.2
FINAL_VALUE.VALUE
17.1
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS
17.2
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE
32.1
SETPOINT_D.STATUS
32.2
SETPOINT_D.VALUE
35.1
SUPPLY_PRESSURE.STATUS
35.2
SUPPLY_PRESSURE.VALUE
36.1
PRESSURE_A.STATUS
36.2
PRESSURE_A.VALUE
37.1
PRESSURE_B.STATUS
37.2
PRESSURE_B.VALUE
38.1
PRESSURE_DIFF.STATUS
38.2
PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE
48
TEMPERATURE
49
TRAVEL_TARGET
52
TRAVEL_DEVIATION
53
DRIVE_SIGNAL
54
DRIVE_CURRENT
55
MLFB
59
FAILED_ACTIVE
60
MAINT_ACTIVE
61
ADVISE_ACTIVE
71
RECOMMEND_ACTION
72
TRAVEL_ACCUM
73
CYCLE_COUNT
75.1
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ELECT_ENABLE
75.2
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.SENSOR_ENABLE
75.3
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ENVIRO_ENABLE
75.4
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TRAVEL_ENABLE
75.5
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PROX_ENABLE
75.6
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE
75.7
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PERF_ENABLE
4-64
September 2013
Table 4-17. Transducer Block, View 3.2
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
74.1
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ELECT_ACTIVE
74.2
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.SENSOR_ACTIVE
74.3
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ENVIRO_ACTIVE
74.4
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TRAVEL_ACTIVE
74.5
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PROX_ACTIVE
74.6
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE
74.7
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PERF_ACTIVE
74.8
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_EVENT_ACTIVE
74.9
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE
74.10
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE
74.11
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE
74.12
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE
74.13
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE
78
SELFTEST_STATUS
79
HEALTH_INDEX
86.1
DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX
86.2
DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX_TIME
86.3
DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN
86.4
DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN_TIME
86.5
DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX
86.6
DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME
86.7
DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN
86.8
DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME
Table 4-18. Transducer Block, View 4.1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
3
STRATEGY
4
ALERT_KEY
10
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
22
ACT_MAN_ID
23
ACT_MODEL_NUM
24
ACT_SN
25
VALVE_MAN_ID
26
VALVE_MODEL_NUM
Table 4-19. Transducer Block, View 4.2
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
27
VALVE_SN
28
VALVE_TYPE
29
XD_CAL_LOC
30
XD_CAL_DATE
31
XD_CAL_WHO
89
TEMPERATURE_UNITS
90
PRESSURE_UNITS
91
TVL_UNITS
92
LENGTH_UNITS
93
AREA_UNITS
94
SPRING_RATE_UNITS
Transducer Block
Table 4-20. Transducer Block, View 4.3
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
39
PWA_SIMULATE
41.1
TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_SELECT
41.2
TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_STATE
42.1
BASIC_SETUP.ACTUATOR_STYLE
42.2
BASIC_SETUP.ZERO_PWR_COND
42.3
BASIC_SETUP.TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION
42.4
BASIC_SETUP.FEEDBACK_CONN
42.5
BASIC_SETUP.RELAY_TYPE
42.6
BASIC_SETUP.MAX_SUPP_PRESS
42.7
BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_HI
42.8
BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_LO
42.9
BASIC_SETUP.TVL_CAL_TRIGGER
42.10
BASIC_SETUP.TVL_TUNING_SET
4
42.11
BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_TUNING_SET
44.1
TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_ENABLE
44.2
TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI
44.3
TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO
44.4
TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_DEADZ
44.5
TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_MLFB_GAIN
47.1
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_HI
47.2
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_LO
47.3
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_PROP_GAIN
47.4
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_GAIN
47.5
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_RATE_GAIN
47.6
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ
47.7
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM
47.8
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM
47.9
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI
47.10
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO
47.11
PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_MLFB_GAIN
62
FAILED_ENABLE
63
MAINT_ENABLE
64
ADVISE_ENABLE
65
FAILED_MASK
66
MAINT_MASK
67
ADVISE_MASK
68
FAILED_PRI
69
MAINT_PRI
70
ADVISE_PRI
September 2013
4-65
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-21. Transducer Block, View 4.4
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
76.1
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER
76.2
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY
76.3
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT
76.4
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT
76.5
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME
76.6
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT
76.7
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT
76.8
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT
76.9
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT
77.1
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT
77.2
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_TIME
77.3
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_DB
4
77.4
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT
77.5
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_DB
77.6
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT
77.7
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_DB
77.8
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT
77.9
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_DB
77.10
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT
77.11
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_DB
77.12
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT
77.13
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_DB
77.14
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_ALRT_PT
77.15
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_DB
77.16
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_ALRT_PT
77.17
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_DB
77.18
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT
77.19
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_DB
82
UPGRADE_PROGRESS
87
PROTECTION
Table 4-22. Transducer Block View, 4.5
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
95.1
MAI_CHANNEL_1
95.2
MAI_CHANNEL_2
95.3
MAI_CHANNEL_3
95.4
MAI_CHANNEL_4
95.5
MAI_CHANNEL_5
95.6
MAI_CHANNEL_6
95.7
MAI_CHANNEL_7
95.8
MAI_CHANNEL_8
96
OUTBLOCK_SEL
97
PWA_SET_STATUS
4-66
September 2013
Transducer Block
4
September 2013
4-67
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Analog Output (AO) Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Mode Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Shed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with No Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-70 4-71 4-70
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
4
Setting the Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Output Block PV Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Set Point Selection and Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Action On Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
I/O Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4-68
September 2013
AO Function Block
CAS IN READBACK
AO
BKCAL OUT OUT
B2716-1 / IL
CAS IN
= The remote setpoint value from another
function block.
BKCAL OUT = The value and status required by the
BKCAL IN input of another block to
prevent reset windup and to provide
bumpless transfer to closed loop control.
OUT
= The block output and status.
READBACK = Actual valve position.
Figure 4-8. Analog Output (AO) Function Block
Analog Output (AO) Function Block Overview
The Analog Output (AO) function block assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I/O channel. The block supports mode control, signal status calculation, and simulation. Figure 4-9 illustrates the internal components of the AO function block, and table 4-24 lists the definitions of the block parameters. The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK [16].
Note
The AO block actual mode will not move to Auto unless:
D Resource Block actual mode is Auto, and
D AO SHED_OPT [27] is set to a non-zero value.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.
Note
4
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output block, see page 4-26.
Modes
The Analog Output function block supports the following modes:
D Manual (Man)--You can manually set the output to the I/O channel through the OUT [9] attribute. This mode is used primarily for maintenance, calibration and diagnostics.
D Automatic (Auto)--The block output (OUT [9]) reflects the target operating point specified by the setpoint (SP [8]) attribute. Typically the setpoint is set by the user.
D Cascade (Cas)--The SP [8] attribute is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN [17]. The SP [8] value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in the digital valve controller.
Note
The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS, MAN, or RCAS.
September 2013
4-69
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
D RemoteCascade (RCas)--The SP [8] is set by a host computer by writing to the RCAS_IN [28] parameter. The SP [8] value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically.
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. The output channel is maintained at the last value and the status of OUT [9] is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] attribute shows Out of Service.
D Initialization Manual (Iman)--The path to the output hardware is broken and the AO block output will remain at the last position. This means the transducer
4 block mode is Out of Service or Manual or configured to respond to the DO block.
D Local Override (LO)--The output of the block is not responding to inputs because the fault state action is active. OUT [9] freezes or goes to value per IO_OPTS [14].
The target mode of the block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes: Man, Auto, Cas, RCas, or OOS.
Note
During Shed with Return Options, the actual mode is changed, while the target mode stays the same.
Normal--On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non-remote mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
Auto--On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote cascade is restored.
Man--On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is restored.
Shed With No Return Options
Mode Handling
Shed Options--RCAS Mode Only
Automatically changing through the permitted modes when starting from a remote mode, fall from (or shed) or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [27]. A block climbs and sheds through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [27] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas.
When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next lower permitted mode.
You can configure the shed option as follows:
Shed With Return Options
Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade (in other words, the remote cascade target mode stays in effect).
Note
During Shed with No Return Options, the target mode is changed, while the actual mode stays the same.
For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options.
Normal--On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non-remote mode. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
4-70
September 2013
AO Function Block
RCAS IN
Operator Setpoint
RCAS OUT
SP RATE DN SP RATE UP
READ BACK PV
CAS IN
SP HI/LO Limit
SP LOW LIM SP HI LIM
MODE
SP Rate Limit
Convert and Status Calculation
SP WRK PV SCALE IO OPTS
BKCAL OUT OUT
Shed
4
Mode
Access Analog Input
Access Analog Output
CHANNEL
B2717 / IL
Position Feedback
Analog Output
Figure 4-9. Analog Output Function Block Schematic
Auto--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
Man--On failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPT [27] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
D Shed logic never results in a non-permitted target mode.
D Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
Status Handling
Output or readback fault detection is reflected in the status of PV [7], OUT [9], and BKCAL_OUT [25]. A limited SP [8] condition is reflected in the BKCAL_OUT [25] status. When simulation is enabled through the SIMULATE [10] attribute, you can set the value and status for PV [7] and READBACK [16].
When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next permitted mode.
Setting the Output
To set the output for the AO block, you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its setpoint. In Manual mode the value of the output attribute (OUT [9]) must be set manually by the user, and is independent of the setpoint. In Automatic mode, OUT [9] is set automatically based on the value specified by the set point (SP [8]) in engineering units and the I/O Options attribute. In addition, you can limit the SP [8] value and the rate at which a change in the SP [8] is passed to OUT [9].
In Cascade mode, the cascade input connection (CAS_IN [17]) is used to update the SP [8]. The back calculation output (BKCAL_OUT [25]) is wired to the back calculation input (BKCAL_IN [27]) of the upstream block that provides CAS_IN [17]. This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block.
September 2013
4-71
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Note
You must wire BKCAL_OUT [25] to BKCAL_IN [27] of the upstream block that provides CAS_IN [17]. Otherwise, the AO will not initialize properly, and the setpoint at CAS_IN [17] will not be passed to OUT [9].
An analog readback value, such as valve position, is shown by the process value (PV [7]) attribute in
4 engineering units. To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows you to manually set the channel feedback. There is no alarm detection in the AO function block.
To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options, the tracking options, and the conversion and status calculations.
Output Block PV Status
The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]), the Transducer Block mode, and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms. Refer to table 4-10.
Set Point Selection and Limiting
To select the source of the SP [8] value use the MODE [5] attribute. In Automatic (Auto) mode, the local, manually-entered SP [8] is used. In Cascade (Cas) mode, the SP [8] comes from another block through the CAS_IN [17] input connector. In RemoteCascade (RCas) mode, the SP [8] comes from a host computer that writes to RCAS_IN [28]. The range and units of the SP [8] are defined by the PV_SCALE [11] attribute.
In Manual (Man) mode the SP [8] automatically tracks the PV [7] value when you select the SP-PV Track in Man I/O option in IO_OPTS [14]. This option can be used to minimize valve movement when the AO block is transitioned from Manual mode to Auto. You can disable this option in OOS mode only.
The SP [8] value is limited to the range defined by the setpoint high limit attribute (SP_HI_LIM [20]) and the setpoint low limit attribute (SP_LO_LIM [21]).
In Auto mode, the rate at which a change in the SP [8] is passed to OUT [9] is limited by the values of the setpoint upward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_UP
[19]) and the setpoint downward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_DN [18]). A limit of zero disables rate limiting.
As shown in figure 4-10, the block executes a percentage of the set point change each macrocycle. For example, if the set point rate is set at 10% per second and the macrocycle is 500 milliseconds (0.5 seconds or 50% of 1 second), then during the first macrocycle the set point will change 5% (50% of the 10% per second rate). If the macrocycle is 750 milliseconds (0.75 seconds or 75% of 1 second), then during the first macrocycle the setpoint will change 7.5% (75% of 10).
When the transducer block receives the setpoint change from an AO block with rate limits, it will smoothly move the valve to the requested setpoint at the rate limit configured in the AO block.
In Auto mode, the converted SP [8] value is stored in the OUT [9] attribute. In Man mode, the OUT [9] attribute is set manually, and is used to set the analog output defined by the CHANNEL [22] parameter.
You can access the actuator position associated with the output channel through the READBACK [16] parameter (in OUT units) and in the PV [7] attribute (in engineering units). The digital valve controller supports position feedback and therefore provides the actual valve position in PV [7] and READBACK [16] directly.
Action On Fault Detection
To define the action you wish the valve to take when the block is in CAS mode, and the CAS_IN [17] input detects a communication failure, or is commanded to go to fault state by the upstream block or the resource block, configure the following parameters:
IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] "Fault State to Value" is not selected, then OUT [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If "Fault State to Value" is selected, OUT [9] goes to the FSTATE_VAL [24] value when Fault State is set.
FSTATE_TIME [23]: The length of time, in seconds, that the AO block will wait to set Fault State. When Fault State is set, the OUT [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL [24] value or holds its last position, depending on I/O_OPTS [14]. When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN [17] has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.
FSTATE_VAL [24]: Determines the OUT [9] value if IO_OPTS "Fault State to Value" is selected. The OUT [9] value transitions to FSTATE_VAL [24] after FSTATE_TIME [23] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.
4-72
September 2013
AO Function Block
CAS_IN, 2 1 macrocycle
OUT
SP RATE UP
1 macrocycle SP RATE DN
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
TRAVEL TARGET
4
SP
B2718-1 / IL
1 second
1 second
1 second
1 second
Time
Figure 4-10. Analog Output Function Block Timing Diagram
I/O Options
The I/O options parameter (IO_OPTS [14]) allows you to select how the I/O signals are processed. You can set I/O options in Out of Service mode only. The following I/O options are available in the AO block:
Use PV for BKCAL_OUT--Changes the BKCAL_OUT [25] value to the PV [7] value. When the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT option is not enabled (False), the BKCAL_OUT [25] value is the working setpoint value.
Target to Man if Fault State Activated--Set the target mode to Man, thus losing the original target, if Fault State is activated. This latches an output block into the manual mode.
Use Fault State value on Restart--Use the value of FSTATE_VAL [24] for SP [8] when power is restored or if the device is restarted, otherwise use the last value saved in non-volatile memory. This does not act like Fault State, it only uses the value of FSTATE_VAL [24].
Fault State to Value--The output action to take when a fault occurs (if not selected, use hold last value; if selected, use FSTATE_VAL [24]).
Increase to Close--If the Increase to Close bit is set the value to the transducer is inverted, e.g. 20% becomes 80%.
SP-PV Track in Man--Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is MAN.
SP-PV Track in LO or IMan--Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO or IMan.
SP Track retained Target--Permits the setpoint to track the RCas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man. When SP-PV track options are enabled, the SP Track retained target will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual mode is Man and LO.
Simulation
When simulate is active, the transducer sub-parameters show the actual transducer block status and value as normally passed back to the AO block. The Simulate sub-parameters are writable and replace actual transducer values.
September 2013
4-73
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Note
When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert.
4 Application Information The configuration of an AO function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application. A typical configuration for the Analog Output involves the following attributes:
PV_SCALE
Set the range and engineering units to values that correspond to the operation range. For the digital valve controller, PV_SCALE [11] is typically set between 0 and 100%.
BKCAL_OUT
If you are using the CAS_IN [17] connector wired from another block, wire the BKCAL_OUT [25] attribute to the other block's BKCAL_IN [27] attribute.
IO_OPTS
Set the type of tracking and action upon fault state.
SHED_OPT
Set the action to be taken when the set point or output are not updated in a remote mode.
Block Errors
Table 4-23 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the AO block and are provided only for your reference.
Condition Number
0 1 2 3 4
5
6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13
14
15
Table 4-23. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Name and Description
Other (N/A) Block Configuration Error - CHANNEL and SHED_OPT set to 0 Link Configuration Error (N/A) Simulate active - Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution. Local Override - Device in fault state. Actual mode LO. Device Fault State Set - AO block in fault state after FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS_IN or Resource block commanded fault state. Device Needs Maintenance Soon - Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled. See page 4-40. Input failure/process variable has Bad status (N/A) Output failure - PV has bad status. Memory Failure (N/A) Lost Static Data (N/A) Lost NV Data (N/A) Readback Check Failed (N/A) Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled. See page 4-40. Power Up - This condition exists after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service. Out of Service - The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode.
4-74
September 2013
AO Function Block
AO Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Process Variable PV
Set Point SP
Output OUT
Table 4-24. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated
0
with the function block. The revision value will be
4 incremented each time a static parameter value in
the block is changed.
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
Spaces
Data Type: Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block.
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed
by the block.
4
RW
ALL 1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting
alarms, etc.
5
OOS
MAN
5.1
RW
ALL AUTO
AUTO-CAS
AUTO-RCAS
OOS until block is configured, then last valid target
Data Type: DS-69 Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 6: IMAN, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO, 2: CAS, 1: RCAS The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.
5.2
RO
ALL
OOS
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block
5.3
RW
ALL
OOS+MAN+AUTO+ CAS+RCAS
OOS+MAN+ AUTO+
CAS+RCAS
(Note: Bit 6 (IMAN) is valid for ACTUAL only) Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
ALL
AUTO
6
RO
1: Block Configuration Error 3: Simulate Active 4: Local Override N/A 5: Device Fault State Set
Dynamic
Data Type: Bit String (2 byte) 0=inactive 1=active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit
8: Output Failure 14: Power-up 15: Out-of-Service
string, so that multiple errors may be shown. See table 4-23.
Data Type: DS-65
7
RO
N/A
PV Status set equal to READBACK status
Dynamic
The process variable used in block execution. This value is converted from READBACK to show the actuator position in the same units as the
setpoint value.
Data Type: DS-65
The SP of the analog block. Can be derived from
OOS
CAS_IN, RCAS_IN in normal modes, or can track
8
MAN PV_SCALE +/- 10%
Dynamic PV in MAN, IMan or LO modes. IO_OPTS is used
AUTO
to determine value of SP in MAN, IMan or LO. If
no IO_OPTS for SP tracking are set, SP will
freeze when mode changes from CAS or RCAS.
Data Type: DS-65
9
MAN OOS
OUT_SCALE +/- 10%
Dynamic
The primary value and status calculated by the block in Auto mode. OUT may be set manually in
Man mode.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-75
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-24. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Simulate SIMULATE
10
SIMULATE_STATUS SIMULATE_VALUE TRANSDUCER_STATUS TRANSDUCER_VALUE
ENABLE/DISABLE
10.1
RW
ALL
10.2
RW
ALL
0
Data Type: DS-82
0
Allows the analog input to be manually supplied
10.3
RO
ALL
0
when simulate is enabled. When simulation is
10.4
RO
ALL
0
disabled, the simulate value and status track
10.5
RW
ALL
0: Not Initialized 1: Simulation Disable 2: Simulation Active
actual value & status. 1: Simulation
Disabled
Process Value Scale PV_SCALE
4
Transducer Scale XD_SCALE
EU at 100%
11
RW
OOS
EU at 0% Units index
Decimal Point
EU at 100%
12
RO
OOS
EU at 0% Units index
Decimal Point
100 0 % 2
100 only 0 only % only 2
Data Type: DS-68 The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the PV parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as PV.
Data Type: DS-68 The high and low scale values and engineering units code are read only. This parameter determines the number of digits to the right of the decimal point used with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified channel.
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT DENY
I/O Options IO_OPTS
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
13
13.1
RW
ALL 0: Program
1: Tune
13.2
RW
ALL
2: Alarm 3: Local
All bits: 0 All bits: 0
Data Type: DS-70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. GRANT: 1 = granted, 0= N/A DENY: 1 = denied, 0 = N/A
1: SP tracks PV in
Man
3: SP tracks PV in LO
or Iman
4: SP Track retained
target in Man or LO
5: Increase to Close
6: Fault State to value
Data Type: Bit String (2 byte)
0=freeze
0=disable
14
OOS
1=go to Fault State All bits: 0 1=enable
value
Allows you to select the type of tracking and the
7: Use Fault State
output value when a fault condition occurs.
value on restart
8: Target to Man if
Fault State activated
9: Use PV for
BKCAL_OUT
0=SP
1=PV
Data Type: Bit String
15
OOS
4: Propagate Failure Backward
All bits: 0
0=disable 1=enable Options the user may select for the block
processing of status.
Readback READBACK
Cascade Input CAS_IN
Status
16
RO
N/A
Value
Status
17
ALL
Value -Continued-
Dynamic
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 Readback is the de-characterized valve position as reported by the transducer block parameter FINAL_POSITION_VALUE [17]. This correlates with the AO block parameter OUT [9], which is the setpoint to the transducer. READBACK is the simulated input if SIMULATE is enabled or the transducer block feedback if SIMULATE is disabled.
Data Type: DS-65 The setpoint value from another function block.
4-76
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Setpoint Rate Down SP_RATE_DN
Setpoint Rate Up SP_RATE_UP
Setpoint High Limit SP_HI_LIM
Setpoint Low Limit SP_LO_LIM
AO Channel CHANNEL
Fault State Time FSTATE_TIME
Fault State Value FSTATE_VAL
Back Calculation Output BKCAL_OUT
Remote Cascade Input RCAS_IN
Shed Options SHED_OPT
Remote Cascade Output RCAS_OUT
AO Function Block
Table 4-24. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Data Type: Float
18
ALL
Positive, 0 disables rate limiting PV units
+INF
Ramp rate for downward set point changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the set point is
used immediately.
Data Type: Float
19
ALL
Positive, 0 disables rate limiting PV units
+INF
Ramp rate for upward set point changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the setpoint is used
immediately.
Data Type: Float
20
ALL PV Scale +/- 10%
100
The highest set point value allowed. SP_HI_LIM
must be greater than SP_LO_LIM.
Data Type: Float
21
ALL PV Scale +/- 10%
0
The lowest set point value allowed. SP_LO_LIM
must be less than SP_HI_LIM.
22
OOS 1=Setpoint
1=Setpoint
Data Type: Unsigned16 Defines which transducer parameter receives the AO output. Select Setpoint to control valve
4
position.
Data Type: Float
23
ALL Positive, seconds
0
Time from failure detection to reaction if failure
still exists.
Data Type: Float
24
ALL PV Scale +/- 10%
0
Preset value to use if I/O_OPTS Fault State to
Value or Use Fault State Value on Restart is set.
Status Limits
25
RO
N/A
Value
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control.
Status
26
ALL
BAD: NoCom: NoVal:
const
Data Type: DS-65 Target SP and status by supervisory host
Value
0 Trk
Defined by FF spec
0=Invalid
1=Normal Shed,
Normal Return
2=Normal Shed, No
Return
3=Shed to Auto,
normal return
4=Shed to Auto, no
return. Target mode
changes to Auto on
27
detection of a shed
ALL
condition 5=Shed to Manual,
normal return
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
Defines the action to be taken when the set point
is not updated in a remote mode.
6=Shed to Manual,
No return. Target
mode changes to
MAN on detection of
a shed condition.
7=Shed to retained
target, normal return
8=Shed to retained
target, no return.
(Change target to
retained target)
Status
28
RO
N/A
Value
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 Block set point and status after ramping
-Continued-
September 2013
4-77
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-24. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
29
UNACKNOWLEDGED UPDATE_STATUS
0:Undefined
29.1
RW
N/A 1:Acknowledged
0: Undefined
2:Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-73
0:Undefined
This alert is generated by any changes to static
29.2
RO
N/A 1:Update reported
0: Undefined data.
2:Update not reported
TIME_STAMP
29.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
29.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
29.5
RO
N/A
0
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
30
4
UNACKNOWLEDGED
0:Undefined
30.1
RW
N/A 1:Acknowledged
0: Undefined
2:Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0:Undefined
Data Type: DS-72
1:Clear reported
The block alarm is used for all configuration,
30.2
RO
N/A 2:Clear not reported 0: Undefined hardware, connection failure, or system problems
3:Active reported
in the block.
4:Active not reported
TIME_STAMP
30.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
30.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
30.5
RO
N/A
0
Extended Parameters
StdDev STDDEV
31
RO
N/A positive float
Dynamic
Data Type: Float Standard Deviation. To support DeltaV Variability measurement.
Cap StdDev CAP_STDDEV
32
RO
N/A positive float
Dynamic
Data Type: Float Capability Standard Deviation. To support DeltaV Variability measurement.
4-78
September 2013
AO Function Block
View Lists
Table 4-27. AO Function Block, View 3
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR
Table 4-25. AO Function Block, View 1
7
PV
8
SP
Index Number
Parameter
9
OUT
1
ST_REV
16
READBACK
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
17
CAS_IN
5.2
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3
MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
25
BKCAL_OUT
26
RCAS_IN
4
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
28
RCAS_OUT
6
BLOCK_ERR
31
STDDEV
7
PV
32
CAP_STDDEV
8
SP
9
OUT
16
READBACK
17
CAS_IN
Index Number
1 11 12 13.1 13.2 20 21
Table 4-26. AO Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV PV_SCALE XD_SCALE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY SP_HI_LIM SP_LO_LIM
Index Number
1 3 4 14 15 18 19 22 23 24 27
Table 4-28. AO Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY IO_OPTS STATUS_OPTS SP_RATE_DN SP_RATE_UP CHANNEL FSTATE_TIME FSTATE_VAL SHED_OPT
September 2013
4-79
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Field Communicator Menu Structure
ANALOG OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK
Quick Config
Alert Key
Process Value Scale: EU at 100%
Process Value Scale: EU at 0%
Process Value Scale: Units Index
Process Value Scale: Decimal
Simulate: Simulate Status
Simulate: Simulate Value
Simulate: Transducer Status
Simulate: Transducer Value
Simulate: Simulate En/Disable
Setpoint: Status
Setpoint: Value
4
Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit
Common Config Alert Key I/O Options Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Process Value Scale: EU at 100% Process Value Scale: EU at 0% Process Value Scale: Units Index Process Value Scale: Decimal Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit
Advanced Config Fault State Time Fault State Value Shed Options Simulate: Simulate Status Simulate: Simulate Value Simulate: Transducer Status Simulate: Transducer Value Simulate: Simulate En/Disable Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale: EU at 100% Transducer Scale: EU at 0% Transducer Scale: Units Index Transducer Scale: Decimal
I/O Reference AO Channel
Online Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Block Error Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output: Status Output: Value Process Value: Status Process Value: Value Remote Cascade Input: Status Remote Cascade Input: Value Remote Cascade Output: Status Remote Cascade Output: Value Readback: Status Readback: Value Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value
Status Block Error
Other Tag Description Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value StdDev Cap StdDev
Connectors Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Output: Status Output: Value
All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Block Error Process Value: Status Process Value: Value Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value Output: Status Output: Value Simulate: Simulate Status Simulate: Simulate Value Simulate: Transducer Status Simulate: Transducer Value Simulate: Simulate En/Disable Process Value Scale: EU at 100% Process Value Scale: EU at 0% Process Value Scale: Units Index Process Value Scale: Decimal Transducer Scale: EU at 100% Transducer Scale: EU at 0% Transducer Scale: Units Index Transducer Scale: Decimal Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny I/O Options Status Options Readback: Status Readback: Value Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit AO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Remote Cascade Input: Status Remote Cascade Input: Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output: Status Remote Cascade Output: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value StdDev Cap StdDev
4-80
September 2013
AO Function Block
4
September 2013
4-81
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PID Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Mode Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Shed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with No Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-84 4-84 4-85
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
4
Set Point Selection and Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Feedforward Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Output Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Output Selection and Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Set Point Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
PID Equation Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Reverse and Direct Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
4-82
September 2013
PID Function Block
BKCAL IN CAS IN FF VAL IN
TRK IN D TRK VAL
PID
BKCAL OUT OUT
BKCAL_IN
= THE ANALOG INPUT VALUE AND STATUS FROM ANOTHER BLOCK'S BKCAL _OUT OUTPUT THAT IS USED FOR BACKWARD OUTPUT TRACKING FOR BUMPLESS TRANSFER AND TO PASS LIMIT STATUS.
CAS_IN
= THE REMOTE SETPOINT VALUE FROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.
FF_VAL
= THE FEEDFORWARD CONTROL INPUT VALUE AND STATUS.
IN
= THE CONNECTION FOR THE PROCESS VARIABLEFROM
ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.
TRK_IN_D = INITIATES THE EXTERNAL TRACKING FUNCTION.
TRK_VAL = THE VALUE AFTER SCALING APPLIED TO OUT IN LOCAL OVERRIDE MODE.
BKCAL_OUT = THE VALUE AND STATUS REQUIRED BY THE BKCAL_IN INPUT OF ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK TO PREVENT RESET WINDUP AND TO PROVIDE BUMPLESS TRANSFER TO CLOSED LOOP CONTROL.
OUT
= THE BLOCK OUTPUT AND STATUS.
B2720 / IL
Figure 4-11. Proportional+Integral+Derivative (PID) Function Block
PID Function Block Overview
The PID function block combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional/integral/derivative (PID) control. The block supports mode control, signal scaling and limiting, feedforward control, override tracking, alarm limit detection, and signal status propagation.
The block supports two forms of the PID equation: Standard and Series. You can choose the appropriate equation using the MATHFORM [70] parameter. The Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection.
Standard Out + GAIN ex
1
)
trs
1 )
1
)
T
tds tds ) 1
)F
Series Out + GAIN ex
1
)
1 trs
)
tds ) 1 T tds ) 1
)F
where
GAIN: proportional gain value
r:
integral action time constant (RESET
parameter) in seconds
s:
laplace operator
d:
derivative action time constant (RATE
parameter)
:
fixed smoothing factor of 0.1 applied to
RATE
F:
feedforward control contribution from the
feedforward input (FF_VAL)
E:
error between setpoint and process variable
To further customize the block for use in your
4
application, you can configure filtering, feedforward
inputs, tracking inputs, setpoint and output limiting,
PID equation structures, and block output action.
Table 4-31 lists the PID block parameters and their
descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers,
and figure 4-12 illustrates the internal components of
the PID function block.
Modes
The PID function block supports the following modes:
D Manual (Man)--The block output (OUT [9]) may be set manually.
D Automatic (Auto)--The SP [8] may be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT [9].
D Cascade (Cas)--The SP [8] is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS_IN [18] connection.
D RemoteCascade (RCas)--The SP [8] is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS_IN [32] parameter.
D RemoteOutput (ROut)--The OUT [9] is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT_IN [33] parameter.
D Local Override (LO)--The track function is active. OUT [9] is set by TRK_VAL [39]. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Local override.
D Initialization Manual (IMan)--The output path is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be open). In IMan mode, OUT [9] tracks BKCAL_IN [27].
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. The OUT [9] status is set to Bad: Out of
September 2013
4-83
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
FF GAIN FF SCALE
FF VAL BKCAL IN
MODE
Feedforward Calculation
TRK IN D
RCAS OUT
ROUT OUT
BKCAL OUT
4
RCAS IN
ROUT IN
Setpoint
Limiting
PID
CAS IN
Equation
Output Limiting
OUT
Operator Setpoint
SP HI LIM SP LO LIM SP RATE DN SP RATE UP
GAIN RATE RESET
OUT HI LIM OUT LO LIM OUT SCALE
Scaling
IN
and Filtering
PV SCALE PV FILTER
Alarm Detection
HI HI LIM HI LIM DV HI LIM DV LO LIM LO LIM LO LO LIM
Operator Output
TRK VAL
Convert
B2721 / IL
TRK SCALE OUT SCALE
Figure 4-12. PID Function Block Schematic
Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of service. You can configure the Man, Auto, Cas, and OOS modes as permitted modes for operator entry.
Mode Handling
Shed Options--RCAS Mode Only
Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [34]. A block climbs and
sheds through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [34] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as follows:
Shed With Return Options
Remote cascade or remote output connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade or remote output (in other words, the remote cascade or remote output target mode stays in effect).
Normal--On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non-remote mode until the remote connection is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is
4-84
September 2013
PID Function Block
the next highest permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
Auto--On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until the remote connection is restored.
Man--On failure of a remote connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote connection is restored.
Shed With No Return Options
For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to a remote target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options.
Normal--On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non-remote mode. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
Auto--On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
Man--On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPTS [34] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
D Shed logic never results in a non-permitted target mode.
D Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
Status Handling
If the input status on the PID block is Bad, the mode of the block reverts to Manual. In addition, you can select the Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct
Operator Set point
SP HI LIM SP LO LIM
SP RATE UP SP RATE DN
Auto Man
Setpoint Limiting
Rate Limiting
Auto Man
CAS
B2722 / IL
CAS
Figure 4-13. PID Function Block Set Point Selection
the target mode to revert to manual. You can set the status option in Manual or Out of Service mode only.
Set Point Selection and Limiting
4
The set point of the PID block is only valid when the block is in Auto, Cas, or RCas. Figure 4-13 illustrates the method for set point selection. You can configure the SP_HI_LIM [21] and SP_LO_LIM [22] parameters to limit the set point. In Cascade or Remote Cascade mode, the set point is adjusted by another function block or by a host computer, and the output is computed based on the set point.
In Automatic mode, the set point is entered manually by the operator, and the output is computed based on the set point. In Auto mode, you can also adjust the set point limit and the set point rate of change using the SP_RATE_UP [20] and SP_RATE_DN [19] parameters.
In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator. In Remote Output mode, the output is entered by a host computer.
Output Selection and Limiting
Output selection is determined by the mode and the set point. In Automatic, Cascade, or Remote Cascade mode, the output is computed by the PID control equation. In Manual and Remote Output mode, the output may be entered manually (see also Set Point Selection and Limiting). You can limit the output by configuring the OUT_HI_LIM [28] and OUT_LO_LIM [29] parameters.
Filtering
The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [16] or SP_FTIME [69] parameters. Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.
September 2013
4-85
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Feedforward Calculation
The feedforward value (FF_VAL [40]) is scaled (FF_SCALE [41]) to a common range for compatibility with the output scale (OUT_SCALE [11]). A gain value (FF_GAIN [42]) is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution.
Output Tracking
Output tracking is enabled through the control options. You can set control options in Manual or Out of
4 Service mode only. The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate. When the Track in Manual control option is set to True, the operator cannot override the tracking function in Manual mode. When Track in Manual is False, the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual mode. Activating the track function causes the block's actual mode to revert to Local Override.
The TRK_VAL [38] parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function is operating. The TRK_SCALE [37] parameter specifies the range of TRK_VAL [38].
When the TRK_IN_D [38] parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True, the TRK_VAL [38] input is converted to the appropriate value and output in units of OUT_SCALE [11].
Set Point Tracking
You can configure the method for tracking the set point by configuring the following control options (CONTROL_OPTS [12]):
D SP-PV Track in Man--Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Man.
D SP-PV Track in LO or IMan--Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Local Override (LO) or Initialization Manual (IMan).
D SP-PV Track in ROUT--Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is RemoteOut (ROUT).
D SP Track retained Target--Causes the set point to track the RCAS or CAS parameter based on the
retained target mode when the actual mode is MAN or LO.
D Act On IR--If this option is true, then when IR (Initialization Requested) is received on BKCAL_IN [27], the SP [8] will be adjusted within setpoint limits to provide bumpless transfer when the cascade is closed. If the setpoint required to provide bumpless transfer is outside the setpoint limits, then any difference added to provide bumpless transfer will be removed in the BAL_TIME [25].
When one of these options is set, the SP[8] value is set to the PV [7] value while in the specified mode. You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT control option. The BKCAL_OUT [31] value tracks the PV value. BKCAL_IN [27] on a master controller connected to BKCAL_OUT [31] on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT [9] to match BKCAL_IN [27], thus tracking the PV from the slave PID block into its cascade input connection (CAS_IN [18]). If the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT option is not selected, the working set point (SP_WRK [68]) is used for BKCAL_OUT [31].
You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only. When the mode is set to Auto, the SP [8] will remain at the last value (it will no longer follow the PV [7].
PID Equation Structures for Enhanced PID Block
Note
Extended parameters are not available at this time for all host systems. Refer to your host system documentation, or contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for additional information.
Configure the STRUCTURECONFIG [71] parameter to select the PID equation structure. You can select one of the following choices:
D Proportional, integral, and derivative on error (PID)
4-86
September 2013
PID Function Block
D Proportional and integral on error, derivative on PV (PI_D)
D Integral on error, proportional and derivative on PV (I_PD)
D Proportional on error, derivative on error (PD)
D Integral on error, derivative on error (ID)
D Integral on error, derivative on PV (I_D)
D Two degrees of Freedom (2DOF)
Reverse and Direct Action
To configure the block output action, set the Direct Acting control option. This option defines the relationship between a change in PV [7] and the corresponding change in output. With Direct Acting enabled (True), an increase in PV results in an increase in the output. You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only.
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID block are defined above. Process alarm detection is based on the PV [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms:
D High (HI_LIM [51])
D High high (HI_HI_LIM [49])
D Low (LO_LIM [53])
D Low low (LO_LO_LIM [55]) Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP [8] and PV [7] values and can be configured via the following parameters:
D Deviation high (DV_HI_LIM [57])
D Deviation low (DV_LO_LIM [59])
Table 4-29. PID Function Block Alarm Priorities
Priority Number
Priority Description(1)
0
The alarm is disabled
An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized
1
by the system. The device monitors the alarm but does
not report it until requested by the host system.
An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the
2
operator, but generally does not require operator attention
(such as diagnostics and system alerts).
3-7
Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.
8-15
Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.
1. The priority classes "advise" and critical" have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts.
4 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is
oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [47] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters:
D HI_PRI [50]
D HI_HI_PRI [48]
D LO_PRI [52]
D LO_LO_PRI [54]
D DV_HI_PRI [56]
D DV_LO_PRI [58]
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4-29.
Application Information
The PID function block is a powerful, flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control strategies. The PID block is configured differently for different applications.
DeltaV Tune
DeltaV Tune quickly and automatically determines optimal tuning parameters for PID control loops. For more information on DeltaV Tune, refer to DeltaV Books Online or DeltaV documentation.
September 2013
4-87
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Block Errors
Table 4-30 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the PID block and are provided only for your reference.
Table 4-30. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other (N/A)
1
Block Configuration Error--SHED_OPT or BYPASS set to 0
2
Link Configuration Error (N/A)
3
Simulate Active (N/A)
4
4
Local Override--The actual mode is LO and Track Enable is set.
5
Device Fault State Set (N/A)
6
Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A)
7
Input failure/process variable has Bad status--The parameter linked to IN is indicating a Bad status.
8
Output Failure (N/A)
9
Memory Failure (N/A)
10
Lost Static Data (N/A)
11
Lost NV Data (N/A)
12
Readback Check Failed (N/A)
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A)
Power Up--Set if devices was powered up with this block
14
in Out of Service (OOS) mode. Cleared on first change of
mode to other than OOS.
15
Out of Service--The actual mode is Out of Service (OOS).
4-88
September 2013
PID Function Block
PID Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Process Value PV
Setpoint SP
Output OUT
Process Value Scale PV_SCALE
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated
0
with the function block. The revision value will be
incremented each time a static pa rameter value
in the block is changed.
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
Data Type: Octet String
Spaces
The user description of the intended application of the block.
4
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or
processed by the block.
4
RW
ALL 0 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting
alarms, etc.
5
5.1
RW
ALL
OOS, MAN, AUTO CAS, RCAS, ROUT
5.2
RO
ALL
5.3
RW
ALL
OOS+MAN+AUTO+ CAS+RCAS+ROUT
OOS until block is configured, then last valid target
OOS
OOS MAN, AUTO CAS, RCAS ROUT
Data Type: DS-69 Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 6: IMAN, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO, 2: CAS, 1: RCAS, 0: ROUT The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
ALL
AUTO
Defined Bits
Data Type: Bit String
1: Block Configuration Error
0 = inactive
4: Local Override
1 = active
6
RO
N/A 7: Input Failure/ Bad PV
Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status
status
associated with the hardware or software
14: Power-up
components associated with a block. It is a bit
15: Out-of-Service
string so that multiple errors may be shown.
7
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 The process variable used in block execution.
8
OOS MAN AUTO
PV_SCALE +/- 10%
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 The target block setpoint value. It is the result of setpoint limiting and setpoint rate of change limiting.
9
MAN OOS
Status OUT_SCALE +/- 10%
Dynamic
DS-65 The block output value and status.
Value
EU at 100%
10
OOS
EU at 0% Units index
Decimal Point
100
Data Type: DS-68
0
The high and low scale values, engineering units
%
code, and number of digits to the right of the
2
decimal point associated with PV.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-89
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Output Scale OUT_SCALE
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT
DENY
4
Control Options CONTROL_OPTS
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
Input IN
Process Value Filter Time PV_FTIME
Bypass BYPASS
Cascade Input CAS_IN
Setpoint Rate Down SP_RATE_DN
Setpoint Rate UP SP_RATE_UP
Setpoint High Limit SP_HI_LIM
Setpoint Low Limit SP_LO_LIM
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
EU at 100%
11
OOS
EU at 0%t Units index
Decimal Point
100
Data Type: DS-68
0
The high and low scale values, engineering units
%
code, and number of digits to the right of the
2
decimal point associated with OUT.
12
0: Program
12.1
ALL
1: Tune 2: Alarm
3: Local
0: Program
12.2
ALL
1: Tune 2: Alarm
3: Local
All bits: 0 All bits: 0
Data Type: DS-70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. Not used by the device. GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted DENY: 0 = N/A, 1= denied
0: Bypass Enable
1: SP tracks PV in MAN
2: SP tracks PV in ROUT
3: SP tracks PV in LO or
MAN
4: SP tracks RCAS or CAS
in IMAN, LO, MAN or
Data Type: Bit String
13
OOS
ROUT 5: Direct Acting
All bits: 0
0=disable 1=enable
7: Track Enable
Allows you to specify control strategy options.
8: Track in Manual
9: Use PV for BKCAL_OUT
10: Act on IR
12: Restrict SP to limits in
Cas and RCas
13: No output limits in MAN
0: IFS (Initiate Fault State)
Data Type: Bit String
if BAD IN
0=disable
14
OOS 1: IFS if BAD CAS_IN
All bits: 0 1=enable
2: Use Uncertain as Good
Allows you to select options for status handling
5: Target to MAN if BAD IN
and processing.
Status
15
ALL
Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The primary input value of the block.
16
ALL Positive
Data Type: Float
0
The time constant of the first-order PV filter. It is the time, in seconds, required for a 63 percent
change in the IN value.
17
MAN OOS
1=Off 2=On
0=undefined
Data Type: Enum Used to override the calculation of the block. When enabled, the SP is sent directly to the output.
Status
18
ALL
Value
BAD NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The setpoint value from another block.
19
ALL Positive
+ INF
Data Type: Float Ramp rate for downward SP changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the SP is used immediately. PV per second
20
ALL Positive
+ INF
Data Type: Float Ramp rate for upward SP changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the SP is used immediately. PV per second
21
ALL
PV Scale +/- 10%, must be greater than SP_LO_LIM
100
Data Type: Float The highest SP value allowed.
22
PV Scale ALL +/- 10%, must be less than
SP_HI_LIM
0
Data Type: Float The lowest SP value allowed.
-Continued-
4-90
September 2013
PID Function Block
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Gain GAIN
Reset RESET
Balance Time BAL_TIME
Rate RATE
Back Calculation Input BKCAL_IN
Output High Limit OUT_HI_LIM
Output Low Limit OUT_LO_LIM
Back Calculation Hysteresis BKCAL_HYS
Back Calculation Output BKCAL_OUT
Remote Cascade Input RCAS_IN
Remote Out Input ROUT_IN
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
23
ALL greater than 0
1
Data Type: Float The proportional gain value.
24
ALL Positive
+ INF
Data Type: Float The integral action time constant. Seconds per repeat
25
ALL Positive
Data Type: Float
The specified time, in seconds, for the internal
working value of bias to return to the operator set
0
bias. Also used to specify the time constant at
which the integral term will move to obtain
balance when the output is limited and the mode
is AUTO, CAS, or RCAS.
26
ALL Positive
Status
27
ALL
0
BAD: NC: const
Data Type: Float The derivative action time constant, in seconds.
Data Type: DS-65 The analog input value and status from another
4
block's BKCAL_OUT output that is used for backward output tracking for bumpless transfer and to pass limit status.
Value
0
Data Type: Float
28
ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10%
100
Limits the maximum output value for modes other
than manual.
Data Type: Float
29
ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10%
0
Limits the minimum output value for modes other
than manual.
30
ALL 0 to 50%
0.50%
Data Type: Float The amount the output value must change away from the its output limit before limit status is turned off.
31
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer of closed loop control.
Status
32
ALL
Value
BAD: NoCom: NoVal:
const
0 Trk
Data Type: DS-65 Target setpoint and status that is provided by a supervisory host. Used when mode is RCAS.
Status
33
ALL
Value
BAD: NoCom: NoVal:
const
0 Trk
Data Type: DS-65 Target output and status that is provided by a supervisory host. Used when mode is ROUT.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-91
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Shed Options SHED_OPT
4
Remote Cascade Output RCAS_OUT
Remote Out Output ROUT_OUT
Tracking Scale TRK_SCALE
Tracking Input Discrete TRK_IN_D
Tracking Value TRK_VAL
Feed Forward Value FF_VAL
Feed Forward Scale FF_SCALE
Feed Forward Gain FF_GAIN
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
0=Invalid
1=Normal Shed, Normal
Return
2=Normal Shed, No Return
3=Shed to Auto, normal
return
34
ALL
4=Shed to Auto, no return. Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed condition 5=Shed to Manual, normal return
0=Invalid
Data Type: Uint8 Defines action to be taken on remote control device timeout. Normal Return - actual mode changes to the next lowest priority non-remote mode permitted but returns to the target remote mode when the
6=Shed to Manual, No
remote computer completes the initialization
return. Target mode changes to MAN on
handshake. No Return - Target mode changes to the next
detection of a shed
lowest priority non-remote mode permitted. The
condition.
target remote mode is lost, so no return occurs.
7=Shed to retained target,
normal return
8=Shed to retained target,
no return. (Change target
to retained target)
35
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 Block setpoint and status after ramping, filtering, and limiting that is provided to a supervisory host for back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change. Used when mode is RCAS.
36
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 Block output that is provided to a supervisory host for a back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change. Used when mode is RCAS.
37
MAN OOS
100 0 % 2
Data Type: DS-68 The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the external tracking value (TRK_VAL).
Status
38
ALL
Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-66 Discrete input that initiates external tracking of the block output to the value specified by TRK_VAL.
Status
39
ALL
Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The value (after scaling from TRK_SCALE to OUT_SCALE) applied to OUT in LO mode when external tracking is enabled by TRK_IN_D.
Status
40
ALL
Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The feedforward control input value and status.
41
MAN OOS
100 0 % 2
Data Type: DS-68 The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the feedforward value (FF_VAL).
42
MAN OOS
Data Type: Float
0
The feedforward gain value. FF_VAL is multiplied by FF_GAIN before it is added to the calculated
control output. A value of 0 disables feedforward.
-Continued-
4-92
September 2013
PID Function Block
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
43
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 43.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
UPDATE_STATE
0=Undefined
43.2
RO
N/A 1=Update reported
2=Update not reported
0
Data Type: DS-73
This alert is generated by any changes to the
0
static data.
TIME_STAMP
43.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
43.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
43.5
RO
N/A
0
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
44
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 44.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear-reported
44.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear-not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
TIME_STAMP
44.3
RO
N/A
SUBCODE
44.4
RO
N/A
VALUE
44.5
RO
N/A
Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM
45
0
Data Type: DS-72
4
The block alarm is used for all configuration,
hardware, connection failure, or system problems
in the block. The cause of the alarm will be set in
0
the subcode.
VALUE Data Type: Unsigned8 0 0 0
CURRENT
45.1
RO
ALL 1: High High Alarm
2: High Alarm
UNACKNOWLEDGED 45.2
RO
ALL 3: Low Low Alarm
UNREPORTED
4: Low Alarm
45.3
RO
ALL 5: Deviation High Alarm
DISABLED
6: Deviation Low Alarm
45.4
RW
ALL 7: Block Alarm
1: High High Alarm 2: High Alarm
Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION
46
3: Low Low Alarm N/A 4: Low Alarm
5: Deviation High Alarm 6: Deviation Low Alarm 7: Block Alarm
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-74 Current alert status, unacknowledged states, unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block.
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disable 1=Enable Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms.
Alarm Hysteresis ALARM_HYS
47
ALL 0 to 50%
0.50%
Data Type: Float The amount the alarm value must return to within the alarm limit before the associated active alarm condition clears.
High High Priority HI_HI_PRI
48
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the HI HI Alarm.
High High Limit HI_HI_LIM
Data Type: Float
49
ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF
+INF
The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the
HI HI alarm condition.
High Priority HI_PRI
50
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the HI alarm.
High Limit HI_LIM
Data Type: Float
51
ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF
+INF
The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the
HI alarm condition.
Low Priority LO_PRI
52
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the LO alarm.
Low Limit LO_LIM
Data Type: Float
53
ALL PV_SCALE, or -INF
-INF
The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the
LO alarm condition.
Low Low Priority LO_LO_PRI
54
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the LO LO alarm.
Low Low Limit LO_LO_LIM
Data Type: Float
55
ALL PV_SCALE, or -INF
-INF
The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the
LO LO alarm condition.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-93
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Deviation High Priority DV_HI_PRI
56
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the deviation high alarm.
Deviation High Limit DV_HI_LIM
57
ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF
+INF
Data Type: Float The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the deviation high alarm condition.
Deviation Low Priority DV_LO_PRI
58
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the deviation low alarm.
Deviation Low Limit DV_LO_LIM
59
ALL -INF, or -PV span to 0
-INF
Data Type: Float The setting for the alarm limit use to detect the deviation low alarm condition.
High High Alarm HI_HI_ALM
60
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 60.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0=undefined
4
2=Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-71
0=Undefined
The HI HI alarm data, which includes a value of
1=Clear reported
the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the
ALARM_STATE
60.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
0=undefined state of the alarm.
3=Active reported 4=Active not reported
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
60.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
60.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
60.5
RO
N/A
0
High Alarm HI_ALM
61
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 61.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
61.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
0=undefined 0=undefined
Data Type: DS-71 The HI alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
61.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
61.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
61.5
RO
N/A
0
Low Alarm LO_ALM
62
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 62.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
62.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
0=undefined 0=undefined
Data Type: DS-71 The LO alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
62.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
62.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
62.5
RO
N/A
0
Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM
63
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 63.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
63.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
0=undefined 0=undefined
Data Type: DS-71 The LO LO alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
63.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
63.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
63.5
RO
N/A
0
-Continued-
4-94
September 2013
PID Function Block
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Deviation High Alarm DV_HI_ALM
64
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 64.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
64.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
0=undefined 0=undefined
Data Type: DS-71 The DV HI alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
64.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
64.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
64.5
RO
N/A
0
Deviation Low Alarm DV_LO_ALM
65
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED 65.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
65.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
4
0=undefined 0=undefined
Data Type: DS-71 The DV LO alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
VALUE Data Type: Float
TIME_STAMP
65.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
65.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
65.5
RO
N/A
0
Extended Parameters
Bias BIAS
Data Type: Float
66
ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10%
0
The bias value used to calculate output for a PD
structure.
Error ERROR
67
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: Float The error (SP-PV) used to determine the control action.
SP Work SP_WRK
68
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: Float The working set point of the block after limiting and filtering is applied. EU of PV_SCALE
SP FTime SP_FTIME
69
ALL Positive
Data Type: Float
The time constant of the first-order SP filter. It is
0
the time, in seconds, required for a 63 percent
change in the IN value. Applied after SP rate
limiting.
Math Form MATHFORM
70
OOS
0=Standard 1=Series
0=Standard
Data Type: Unsigned8 Selects equation form (series or standard)
Structureconfig STRUCTURECONFIG
71
OOS
0=PID terms on error 1=PI terms on error, D term on PV 2=I terms on error, PD term on PV 3=PD terms on error 4= P term on error, D term on PV 5=ID terms on error 6=I term on error, D term on PV 7=2 Deg. of Freedom PID
0=PID terms on error
Data Type: Unsigned8 Defines PID equation structure to apply controller action.
UGamma GAMMA (ugamma)
72
OOS > = 0, < = 1
Data Type: Float
Fraction of derivative action taken on error
versus PV. For a value of 0.6, then 60% of the
derivative action will be based on error and 40%
1.0
on PV. The value of GAMMA may be changed
over a range of 0-1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two
Degrees of Freedom Control. Otherwise, it is
automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on
the Structure selection.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-95
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
UBeta BETA (ubeta)
IDeadBand IDEADBAND
StdDev
4
STDDEV Cap StdDev
CAP_STDDEV
T Request T_REQUEST
T State T_STATE
T Status T_STATUS
T Ipgain T_IPGAIN
T Ugain T_UGAIN
T Uperiod T_UPERIOD
T Psgain T_PSGAIN
T Ptimec T_PTIMEC
T Pdtime T_PDTIME
T Targetop T_TARGETOP
T Hyster T_HYSTER
T Relayss T_RELAYSS
T Gain Magnifier T_GAIN_MAGNIFIER
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
73
OOS > = 0, < = 1
Data Type: Float
Fraction of proportional action taken on error
versus PV. For a value of 0.6, then 60% of the
proportional action will be based on error and
1.0
40% on PV. The value of BETA may be changed
over a range of 0-1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two
Degrees of Freedom Control. Otherwise, it is
automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on
the Structure selection.
74
OOS Positive
Data Type: Float
0
Integral action stops when ERROR is within IDEADBAND, proportional and derivative action
continue. EU of PV_SCALE
75
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: Float Standard deviation of PV.
76
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: Float Standard deviation of PV changes.
0=Request Tuning
77
RO
ALL 1=Force Tuning
2=Reset Tuner
0
Data Type: Bit String Operator request to initiate/control autotuning.
78
RO NONE
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Current autotuner state.
0=Scan Rate Too Low
Warning
1=Insufficient Process
Response (obsolete)
2=Scan Rate Too High
Warning
3=Inverse Direct Acting
Error
4=PV Deviation Too Large
5=Initial PV Deviation Too
79
RO
N/A
Large 6=PV Limited or Constant
7=PV Bad
8=Invalid Mode for Tuning
9=BKCAL_IN Non Good or
Limited
10=Out Limited
11=Bypass Active
12=Mode Changed
13=Tracking Active
14=Disconnected
15=SP Changed
0
Data Type: Bit String Autotuner status.
80
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Integrated process gain.
81
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Ultimate gain.
82
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Ultimate period.
83
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Process static gain.
84
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Process time constant.
85
RO
N/A
0.0
Data Type: Float Process dead time.
86
ALL
2
Data Type: Unsigned8 Target oscillation periods.
87
ALL > = 0.0
0.0
Data Type: Float Hysteresis
88
ALL > = 0.0
3.0
Data Type: Float Relay step size.
89
ALL > 0.1, < 100
1.0
Data Type: Float Scales amount of gain.
-Continued-
4-96
September 2013
Label PARAMETER_NAME
T Auto Extra DT T_AUTO_EXTRA_DT
T Auto Hysteresis T_AUTO_HYSTERESIS
T Aoperiods T_AOPERIODS
PID Function Block
Table 4-31. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)
Index RO / Number RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
90
ALL
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Allow additional cycle with extra deadtime.
91
ALL
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
Allows calculation of hysteresis based on
CAP_STDDEV
92
RO
N/A
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Actual oscillation periods.
4
September 2013
4-97
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-32. PID Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
4
5.3
MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
7
PV
8
SP
9
OUT
18
CAS_IN
38
TRK_IN_D
39
TRK_VAL
45.1
ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
45.2
ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
45.3
ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
45.4
ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 10 11 12.1 12.2 17 21 22 28 29
Table 4-33. PID Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV PV_SCALE OUT_SCALE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY BYPASS SP_HI_LIM SP_LO_LIM OUT_HI_LIM OUT_LO_LIM
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 8 9 15 18 27 31 32 33 35 36 38 39 40 45.1 45.2 45.3 45.4 67 68 71 75 76
Table 4-34. PID Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR PV SP OUT IN CAS_IN BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT RCAS_IN ROUT_IN RCAS_OUT ROUT_OUT TRK_IN_D TRK_VAL FF_VAL ALARM_SUM.CURRENT ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED ALARM_SUM.DISABLED ERROR SP_WORK STRUCTURECONFIG STDDEV CAP_STDDEV
4-98
September 2013
Note
Because individual views are limited in size, View List 4 has two parts.
Index Number
1 3 4 13 14 16 19 20 23 24 25 26 30 34 37 41 42 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Table 4-35. PID Function Block, View 4.1
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY CONTROL_OPTS STATUS_OPTS PV_FTIME SP_RATE_DN SP_RATE_UP GAIN RESET BAL_TIME RATE BKCAL_HYS SHED_OPT TRK_SCALE FF_SCALE FF_GAIN ACK_OPTION ALARM_HYS HI_HI_PRI HI_HI_LIM HI_PRI HI_LIM LO_PRI LO_LIM LO_LO_PRI LO_LO_LIM DV_HI_PRI DV_HI_LIM DV_LO_PRI DV_LO_LIM
PID Function Block
Index Number
1 66 69 70 71 72 73 74
Table 4-36. PID Function Block, View 4.2
Parameter
ST_REV BIAS SP_FTIME MATHFORM STRUCTURECONFIG GAMMA (ugamma) BETA IDEADBAND
4
September 2013
4-99
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Field Communicator Menu Structure
PID FUNCTION BLOCK
Quick Config
Alert Key
Control Options
Deviation High Limit
Deviation Low Limit
Gain
High High Limit
High Limit
Low Limit
Low Low Limit
Output Scale: EU at 100%
Output Scale: EU at 0%
Output Scale: Units Index
Output Scale: Decimal
4
Process Value Scale: EU at 100% Process Value Scale: EU at 0%
Process Value Scale: Units Index
Process Value Scale: Decimal
Reset
Setpoint: Status
Setpoint: Value
Setpoint High Limit
Setpoint Low Limit
Common Config Alarm Hysteresis Alert Key Control Options Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Limit Gain High High Limit High Limit Low Limit Low Low Limit Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Scale: EU at 100% Output Scale: EU at 0% Output Scale: Units Index Output Scale: Decimal Process Value Filter Time Process Value Scale: EU at 100% Process Value Scale: EU at 0% Process Value Scale: Units Index Process Value Scale: Decimal Rate Reset Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit
Advanced Config Back Calculation Hysteresis Feed Forward Gain Feed Forward Scale: EU at 100% Feed Forward Scale: EU at 0% Feed Forward Scale: Units Index Feed Forward Scale: Decimal Shed Options Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Static Revision Status Options Strategy Tracking Scale: EU at 100% Tracking Scale: EU at 0% Tracking Scale: Units Index Tracking Scale: Decimal Tracking Value: Status Tracking Value: Value
Connectors Back Calculation Input: Status Back Calculation Intput: Value Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Feed Forward Value: Status Feed Forward Value: Value Input: Status Input: Value Output: Status Ouput: Value Tracking Input Discrete: Status Tracking Input Descrete: Value Tracking Value: Status Tracking Value: Value
Online Back Calculation Input: Status Back Calculation Intput: Value Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Block Error Bypass Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Feed Forward Value: Status Feed Forward Value: Value Gain Input: Status Input: Value Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output: Status Output: Value Process Value: Status Process Value: Value Remote Cascade Input: Status Remote Cascade Input: Value Remote Cascade Output: Status Remote Cascade Output: Value Remote Out Input: Status Remote Out Input: Value Remote Out Output: Status Remote Out Output: Value Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value Tracking Input Discrete: Status Tracking Input Descrete: Value Tracking Value: Status Tracking Value: Value
Status Block Error
(menu continued on next page)
4-100
September 2013
PID Function Block
PID FUNCTION BLOCK cont.
All
Characteristics: Block Tag
Other
Static Revision
All (continued)
Tag Description
Tag Description
Updated Event: Unacknowledged
Grant Deny: Grant
Strategy
Update Event: Update State
Grant Deny: Deny
Alert Key
Update Event: Time Stamp
All (continued)
Balance Time Update Event: Unacknowledged
Other (continued) Error
Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual
Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index
Cap StdDev T Request
Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev
SP Work SP FTime mathform
Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Block Error
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp
T State T Status T Ipgain
Update Event: Relative Index
structureconfig
Process Value: Status
Block Alarm: Subcode
T Ugain
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged
Ugamma
Process Value: Value
Block Alarm: Value
T Uperiod
Block Alarm: Alarm State
UBeta
Setpoint: Status
Alarm Summary: Current
T Psgain
Block Alarm: Time Stamp
IDeadBand
Setpoint: Value
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged T Ptimec
Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value Alarm Summary: Current
StdDv Cap StdDev T Request
Output: Status Output: Value Process Value Scale: EU at 100%
Alarm Summary: Unreported Alarm Summary: Disabled Acknowledge Option
T Pdtime T Targetop T Hyster
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged Alarm Summary: Unreported Alarm Summary: Disabled Acknowledge Option
T State T Status T Ipgain T Ugain
Process Value Scale: EU at 0% Process Value Scale: Units Index Process Value Scale: Decimal Output Scale: EU at 100%
Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority
T Relayss
T Gain Magnifier
4
T Auto Extra DT
T Auto Hysteresis
High High Alarm: Unacknowledged High High Alarm: Alarm State High High Alarm: Time Stamp High High Alarm: Subcode High High Alarm: Float Value High Alarm: Unacknowledged High Alarm: Alarm State
T Uperiod T Psgain T Ptimec T Pdtime T Targetop T Hyster T Relayss
Output Scale: EU at 0% Output Scale: Units Index Output Scale: Decimal Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Control Options Status Options
High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Deviation High Priority Deviation High Limit
T Aoperiods
High Alarm: Time Stamp High Alarm: Subcode High Alarm: Float Value
T Gain Magnifier T Auto Extra DT T Auto Hysteresis
Input: Status Input: Value Process Value Filter Time
Deviation Low Priority Deviation Low Limit High High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
T Aoperiods
Bypass
High High Alarm: Alarm State
Low Alarm: Alarm State
Cascade Input: Status
High High Alarm: Time Stamp
Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Cascade Input: Value
High High Alarm: Subcode
Low Alarm: Subcode
Setpoint Rate Down
High High Alarm: Float Value
Low Alarm: Float Value
Setpoint Rate Up
High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Setpoint High Limit
High Alarm: Alarm State
Low Low Alarm: Alarm State
Setpoint Low Limit
High Alarm: Time Stamp
Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Gain
High Alarm: Subcode
Low Low Alarm: Subcode
Reset
High Alarm: Float Value
Low Low Alarm: Float Value
Balance Time
Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Rate
Low Alarm: Alarm State
Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State
Back Calculation Input: Status
Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp
Back Calculation Input: Value
Low Alarm: Subcode
Deviation High Alarm: Subcode
Output High Limit
Low Alarm: Float Value
Deviation High Alarm: Float Value
Output Low Limit
Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Back Calculation Hysteresis
Low Low Alarm: Alarm State
Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State
Back Calculation Output: Status Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Back Calculation Output: Value
Low Low Alarm: Subcode
Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode
Remote Cascade Input: Status
Low Low Alarm: Float Value
Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value
Remote Cascade Input: Value
Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Bias
Remote Out Input: Status
Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State
Remote Out Input: Value
Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp
Shed Options
Deviation High Alarm: Subcode
Remote Cascade Output: Status Deviation High Alarm: Float Value
Remote Cascade Output: Value Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Remote Out Output: Status
Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State
Remote Out Output: Value
Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Tracking Scale: EU at 100%
Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode
Tracking Scale EU at 0%
Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value
Tracking Scale: Units Index
Bias
Tracking Scale: Decimal
Error
Tracking Input Discrete: Status
SP Work
Tracking Input Descrete: Value
SP FTime
Tracking Value: Status
mathform
Tracking Value: Value
structureconfig
Feed Forward Value: Status
UGamma
Feed Forward Value: Value
UBeta
Feed Forward Scale: EU at 100% IDeadBand
Feed Forward Scale: EU at 0%
StdDev
Feed Forward Scale: Units Index
Feed Forward Scale: Decimal
Feed Forward Gain
September 2013
4-101
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Input Selector Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Quality Use and Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Limit Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Substatus Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
4
STATUS_OPTS Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Disabling Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Direct Selection of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Identification of Selected Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
4-102
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
IN_1
IN_2
IN_3 IN_4
IN_5 IN_6 IN_7 IN_8 DISABLE_1 DISABLE_2 DISABLE_3 DISABLE_4
ISEL
OUT OUT_D SELECTED
IN (1-8) = Input used in the selection algorithm.
DISABLE (1-8) = Discrete input used to enable or disable the associated input channel.
OP_SELECT = Input used to override algorithm.
SELECTED OUT
OUT_D
= The selected channel number. = The block output and. status. = Discrete output that signals
a selected alarm condition.
FIELDBUS_56A
DISABLE_5
DISABLE_6
4
DISABLE_7
DISABLE_8
OP_SELECT
Input Selector (ISEL) Function Block Overview
The Input Selector (ISEL) function block can be used to select the first good, maximum, minimum, average, or hot backup from as many as eight input values and place it at the output. The block supports signal status propagation. There is no process alarm detection in the Input Selector function block. Figure 4-14 illustrates the internal components of the ISEL function block. Table 4-39 lists the ISEL block parameters, their index numbers, and descriptions.
Modes
The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
D Manual (Man)--The block output (OUT [7]) may be entered manually.
D Automatic (Auto)--OUT [7] reflects the selected input value.
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all configurable parameters. The target mode of a
block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes.
The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Out of Service if any of the following are true:
D The Actual mode of the resource block is not Auto
D The Input Selector block Target mode is Out of Service
D The Input Selector block Target mode is Auto, OP_SELECT [22] is not being used, and SELECT_TYPE [19] is 0. In this case, the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows a Block Configuration Error.
The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Manual if all of the above is not true and the Target mode is Manual.
Status Handling
Quality Use and Propagation
In Auto mode, OUT [7] reflects the value and status of the selected input based on the following criteria:
D A bad or disabled input is never used by any of the selection algorithms
September 2013
4-103
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
IN_1
AUTO
IN_2
Selection
OUT
Algorithm
IN_3
IN_4
MAN
fieldbus-fbus_229a
DISABLE_1
DISABLE_2
DISABLE_3 DISABLE_4
4
OP_SELECT
SEL_TYPE MIN_GOOD
SELECTED
SELECT_TYPE
NOTE: THIS FIGURE DOES NOT INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL 4 INPUTS IN THE EXTENDED PARAMETERS.
Figure 4-14. Input Selector Function Block Schematic
D For a selection algorithm to use an input with status of Uncertain, the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter must have "Use Uncertain as Good."
D STATUS_OPTS [10] is applied before selection.
D If the number of good inputs is less than MIN_GOOD [20], or if the number of inputs evaluated is 0, the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Bad.
D If an input is disabled or its status is Bad and is selected via OP_SELECT [22], then the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Bad. If the quality of the input is Uncertain, and the selection for the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter is "Use Uncertain as Good," then the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain. Otherwise the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.
When the block is in the Manual mode the status and substatus of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be as follows:
D Substatus will be non-specific and the limit will be constant.
D Quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain if STATUS_OPTS [10] is "Uncertain if in Manual mode." Otherwise, the quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.
Limit Propagation
Refer to figure 4-15. When SELECT_TYPE [19] is Average, Not Limited is propagated unless all inputs have the same limit status. If all inputs have the same limit status, the limit status of the inputs is propagated.
If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and the number of inputs used by the algorithm is greater than one: Not Limited is propagated unless all selected inputs have the same limit status, in which case the limit status of the inputs is propagated.
If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and a single input, or if Maximum or Minimum then: If the selected input is a constant and Middle, Constant is propagated. Otherwise, if the selected input is a constant and Maximum or Minimum, propagate low if Maximum, propagate high if Minimum. If the selected input is not a constant, propagate selected input limit as is.
When SELECT_TYPE [19] is First Good or Hot Spare or if OP_SELECT [22] is non-zero, propagate selected input limit as is.
Substatus Propagation
Refer to figure 4-16. For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum, Minimum, First Good, Hot Spare, and Middle with only one input, simply propagate substatus as is.
For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum and Minimum with more than one input with the same value, propagate substatus if all inputs are the same.
4-104
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
START
OP_SELECT
No
equal to zero?
Yes
Propagate selected input
limit status
SELECT_TYPE Yes Average?
All inputs with Yes same limit status?
No
No
Propagate
4
Not Limited
Yes SELECT_TYPE
Middle?
No
Yes More than 1
input? No
Input a Yes constant?
No
All inputs with Yes same limit status?
No
Propagate Not Limited
Propagate that limit status
Propagate Constant
SELECT_TYPE Yes Maximum? No
Yes SELECT_TYPE
Minimum? No
Input a Yes constant?
No
Propagate
1
Low Limit
Input a Yes constant?
No
Propagate High Limit
1
SELECT_TYPE
Yes
First Good or Hot
Spare?
No
Propagate selected input
limit status
Illegal Select Type should never be reached
NOTES: 1 LIMIT MANIPULATION FOR A CONSTANT INPUT FOR MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM IS BASED UPON THE FOUNDATION FIELDBUS SPECIFICATION.
THE REASONING IS BASED ON HIGH SELECT PROVIDING A LOW LIMIT STATUS AND LOW SELECT PROVIDING A HIGH LIMIT STATUS.
Figure 4-15. Input Selector Block Limit Propagation
September 2013
4-105
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
START
MODE_BLK
Yes
OOS?
No
MODE_BLK Yes MAN?
No
4
MODE_BLK must be Auto
STATUS_OPTS Yes Uncertain if Man
Mode?
No
Propagate Bad, Out of Service
Propagate Uncertain
Propagate Good Noncascade
1 OP_SELECT Bad
status?
Good
OP_SELECT Yes value >0?
No
No At least 1 good
input?
Yes
1 Selected in- Good put status?
Bad
Propagate Bad, Nonspecific
Propagate Good Noncascade
Propagate Bad, Nonspecific
SELECT_TYPE Yes Middle or Average?
No
Yes One input?
Multiple Inputs
Propagate Nonspecific
SELECT_TYPE Yes Maximum or Minimum?
Yes One input?
No
SELECT_TYPE Must be First Good or Hot
Spare? No
Multiple
Inputs
All inputs with
Yes
same value?
Yes Propagate input
substatus as is No
Propagate input substatus as is
Propagate Nonspecific
Illegal Select Type should never be reached
NOTES: 1 AN INPUT STATUS MAY BE BAD, GOOD, OR UNCERTAIN. IF BAD, THE INPUT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH
SUBSTATUS NON-SPECIFIC. IF GOOD IT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD (NON-CASCADE). IF UNCERTAIN, AND STATUS_OPTS IS "USE UNCERTAIN AS GOOD" THEN THE INPUT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD (NON-CASCADE), OTHERWISE IT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON-SPECIFIC.
Figure 4-16. Input Selector Block Substatus Propagation
For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average or Middle with
more than one input, propagate NonSpecific.
4-106
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
If the status of OUT [7] is Bad, then the substatus will be as follows:
D Out of Service if the Target mode is Out of Service.
D Configuration Error with a BLOCK_ERR [6] of Configuration Error if the Actual mode is Out of Service.
D Otherwise a substatus of Non-Specific.
STATUS_OPTS Supported
In the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:
D Use Uncertain as Good--sets the OUT [7] status to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain.
D Uncertain if in Manual mode: sets the OUT [7] status to Uncertain when the mode is Manual.
average (AVG_USE [33]) is 4 and the number of connected inputs is 6, then the highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average. If AVG_USE [33] is 2 and the number of connected inputs is 7, then the two highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average and the average would be based on the middle three inputs.
D Middle--If the number of good usable inputs is odd, then it selects the middle value. If the number of good usable inputs is even, then it averages the middle two values and selects status as worst of two. If both inputs' limit status are not the same then it sets limit status of Not Limited.
4
D First Good--selects the first input that is not bad and not disabled, starting with IN_1 [11].
D Hot Spare--initially uses the input selected as first good. If the selected input goes bad, the first good selection is repeated. If the selected input remains good, it stays selected. If the originally selected input returns to good status the selection does not change. Selection changes only if the currently selected input goes bad.
Note
The block mode must be Out of Service to set STATUS_OPTS [10].
Input Selection
The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as eight inputs (IN_1 [11], IN_2 [12], IN_3 [13], IN_4 [14], IN_5 [25], IN_6 [26], IN_7 [27], IN_8 [28]). To use any of the six selection algorithms to select the output, OP_SELECT [22] must be 0. To specify which algorithm to use, configure the selector type parameter (SELECT_TYPE [19]) as follows:
D Maximum--selects the input with the highest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.
D Minimum--selects the input with the lowest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.
D Average--calculates the average value of the inputs that are not bad and not disabled and provides it as the output. For example, if the number used to
Disabling Inputs
Use the parameters DISABLE_1 [15], DISABLE_2 [16], DISABLE_3 [17], DISABLE_4 [18], DISABLE_5 [29], DISABLE_6 [30], DISABLE_7 [31] and DISABLE_8 [32] to disable the corresponding inputs. An input that is disabled will not be used by any of the selection algorithms.
The status of the disable parameter must be "Good," "Good_Cascade," or "Uncertain" with a STATUS_OPTS [10] of "Use Uncertain as Good" in order to be evaluated. If the status of the disable parameter is Bad, its last usable value is maintained and acted upon. If the device restarts, losing the last usable value, the last usable value is set to disabled. IN_1 through IN_8 and DISABLE_1 through DISABLE_8 are non-volatile type parameters so if they are Linked they will automatically have Bad status until connections are re-established. If they are not Linked, they will be restored with the previous value from NVM across device restarts.
Direct Selection of Inputs
The parameter OP_SELECT [22] can be used to select a particular input. If OP_SELECT [22] is non-zero, the selection algorithm is bypassed and the value of OP_SELECT [22] is interpreted as the input number to select. If the OP_SELECT [22] value is greater than the number of inputs, then the highest
September 2013
4-107
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
input is selected. The status of OP_SELECT [22] must be "Good," "Good_Cascade," or "Uncertain" with a STATUS_OPTS [10] of "Use Uncertain as Good" in order to be evaluated. If the status of OP_SELECT [22] is Bad, then the OUT [7] status is Bad.
Identification of Selected Inputs
For a SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum, Minimum, Middle, First Good, and Hot Spare, SELECTED [21] indicates the number of the selected input. When Middle is computed from more than one input, SELECTED [21] is set to 0.
For a SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average, SELECTED
4 [21] indicates the number of inputs used in the average calculation.
When the block mode is Manual, SELECTED [21] is set to 0.
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4-37.
Table 4-37. ISEL Function Block Alarm Priorities
Priority Number
Priority Description(1)
0
The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected.
An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized
1
by the system. The device monitors the alarm but does
not report it until requested by the host system.
An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the
2
operator, but generally does not require operator attention
(such as diagnostics and system alerts).
3-7
Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.
8-15
Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.
1. The priority classes "advise" and critical" have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts.
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID block are defined above. Process alarm detection is based on OUT [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms:
D High (HI_LIM [40])
D High high (HI_HI_LIM [38])
D Low (LO_LIM [42])
D Low low (LO_LO_LIM [44])
In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [36] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters:
D HI_PRI [39]
D HI_HI_PRI [37]
D LO_PRI [41]
D LO_LO_PRI [43]
ACK_OPTION [35] is used to set automatic acknowledgement of alarms. ALARM_SUM [34] indicates the current alert status, unacknowledged states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block.
Block Errors
Table 4-38 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the ISEL block and are provided only for your reference.
Condition Number
0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Table 4-38. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Name and Description
Other (N/A) Block Configuration Error - If OP_SELECT is not being used, and SELECT_TYPE = 0. This implies OP_SELECT status is good and actual mode is AUTO. Link Configuration Error (N/A) Simulate Active (N/A) Local Override (N/A) Device Fault State Set (N/A) Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A) Input failure/process variable has Bad status - Set if any IN or any DISABLE or OP_SELECT is bad and connected. This means that a status of BAD NC would not cause an input failure but a status of BAD LUV or BAD no LUV would cause and input failure.
Output failure - Set if OUT quality is bad and the Actual mode is not Out of Service. Memory Failure (N/A) Lost Static Data (N/A) Lost NV Data (N/A) Readback Check Failed (N/A) Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A) Power Up - Set if the Target mode is Out of Service when powered up until the mode is changed. Out of Service - The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode
4-108
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
Input Selector Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentations and shaded Index Numbers indicate sub-parameters
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Output OUT
Output Range OUT_RANGE
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT DENY
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
Input 1 IN_1
Table 4-39. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions
Index Number
RO / RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated with
0
the function block. The revision value will be
incremented each time a static parameter value in the
block is changed.
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
Data Type: Octet String
spaces The user description of the intended application of the block.
4
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the
block.
4
RW
ALL 1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting
alarms, etc.
5
Data Type: DS-69
OOS until Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 4: MAN,
block is 3: AUTO
5.1
RW
ALL OOS, MAN, AUTO configured, The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of
then last the block.
valid target Target: The requested block mode
5.2
RO
ALL
Actual: The current mode of the block
5.3
RW
ALL
OOS+MAN+AUTO
OOS+MAN +AUTO
Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
ALL
AUTO
1: Block
Data Type: Bit String
Configuration Error
0=Inactive
7: Input Failure / Bad
1=Active
6
RO
N/A PV status
Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated
8: Output Failure
with the hardware or software components
14: Power Up
associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that
15: Out-of-Service
multiple errors may be shown.
Status
7
MAN OUT_RANGE OOS
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status.
Value
EU at 100%
100 Data Type: DS-67
8
ALL
EU at 0% Units Index
0
High and low scale values, engineering units code,
%
and number of digits to the right of the decimal point
Decimal Point
2
associated with OUT.
9
Data Type: DS-70
Options for controlling access of host computers and
9.1
ALL 0: Program 1: Tune
local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm All bits: 0 parameters of the block. Not used by device.
9.2
ALL
2: Alarm 3: Local
GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted All bits:0 DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied
Data Type: Bit String
2: Use Uncertain as
Allows you to select options for status handling and
10
OOS GOOD
All bits: 0 processing. The supported status option for the input
8: Uncertain if MAN
selector block is: "Use Uncertain as Good",
"Uncertain if Man mode."
BAD
11
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant The block input value and status.
Value
0
-Continued-
September 2013
4-109
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Input 2 IN_2
Input 3 IN_3
Input 4 IN_4
4
Disable Analog Input 1
DISABLE_1
Disable Analog Input 2 DISABLE_2
Disable Analog Input 3 DISABLE_3
Disable Analog Input 4 DISABLE_4
Select Type SELECT_TYPE
Min Good MIN_GOOD
Selected SELECTED
Operator Select OP_SELECT
Table 4-39. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Index Number
RO / RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
BAD
12
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant The block input value and status.
Value
0
BAD
13
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant The block input value and status.
Value
0
BAD
14
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant The block input value and status.
Value
0
BAD
Status
NC
Data Type: DS-66
15
ALL Value
constant Enable/Disable for Input_1, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is
0=Use
0
not evaluated.
1=Disable
BAD
Status
NC
Data Type: DS-66
16
ALL Value
constant Enable/Disable for Input_2, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is
0=Use
0
not evaluated.
1=Disable
BAD
Status
NC
Data Type: DS-66
17
ALL Value
constant Enable/Disable for Input_3, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is
0=Use
0
not evaluated.
1=Disable
BAD
Status
NC
Data Type: DS-66
18
ALL Value
constant Enable/Disable for Input_4, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is
0=Use
0
not evaluated.
1=Disable
1=First Good
2=Minimum
19
ALL
3=Maximum 4=Middle
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Determines the selector action
5=Average
6=Hot Spare
Data Type: Unsigned8
20
ALL
1 - 4 0 initial value only
0
The minimum number of inputs which are "good" is less than the value of MIN_GOOD then set the OUT
status to "bad".
Status
21
RO
N/A Value
0 - 8
Data Type: DS-66 Dynamic The integer indicating the selected input number.
BAD Data Type: DS-66
Status
NC
An operator settable parameter to force a given input
22
ALL
constant to be used.
Value 0 - 8
0
-Continued-
4-110
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
Table 4-39. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
23
UNACKNOWLEDGED
23.1
UPDATE_STATE
23.2
0=Undefined
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
RO
N/A
1=Update Reported 2=Updated not
reported
0
Data Type: DS-73
This alert is generated by any change to the static
0
data.
TIME_STAMP
23.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
23.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
23.5
RO
N/A
0
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
24
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED
24.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-72
4
0
The block alarm is used for all configuration,
hardware, connection failure, or system problems in
0=Undefined 1=Clear reported
the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set
ALARM_STATE
24.2
RO
N/A
2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported
0
the active status in BLOCK_ERR. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting
4=Active not
task, another block alert may be reported without
reported
clearing the Active status, if the subcode has
TIME_STAMP
24.3
RO
N/A
0
changed.
SUBCODE
24.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
24.5
RO
N/A
0
Extended Parameters
In 5 IN_5
BAD
25
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant Input value and status.
Value
0
In 6 IN_6
BAD
26
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant Input value and status.
Value
0
In 7 IN_7
BAD
27
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant Input value and status.
Value
In 8 IN_8
BAD
28
Status ALL
NC
Data Type: DS-65
constant Input value and status.
Value
0
Disable Analog Input 5 DISABLE_5
29
Status
ALL Value 0=Use 1=Disable
BAD NC constant
0
Data Type: DS-66 Enable/Disable for Input_5, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated.
Disable Analog Input 6 DISABLE_6
30
Status
ALL Value 0=Use 1=Disable
BAD NC constant 0
0
Data Type: DS-66 Enable/Disable for Input_6, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated.
Disable Analog Input 7 DISABLE_7
31
Value
ALL Status 0=Use 1=Disable
BAD NC constant
0
Data Type: DS-66 Enable/Disable for Input_7, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-111
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-39. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Disable Analog Input 8 DISABLE_8
32
Value
ALL Status 0=Use 1=Disable
BAD NC constant
0
Data Type: DS-66 Enable/Disable for Input_8, If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated.
Number used to average AVG_USE
33
1 to 8
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
Number used to average the output. The number of min and max dropped is the number of inputs minus
AVG_USE.
Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM
34
CURRENT
34.1
RO
NA 1: Hi Hi
4
UNACKNOWLEDGED
34.2
RO
UNREPORTED
34.3
RO
NA 2: Hi NA 3: Lo Lo
DISABLED
34.4
RW
ALL 4: Lo
Data Type: DS-74 Current alert status, unacknowledged states, unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block.
Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION
35
1: Hi Hi 2: Hi ALL 3: Lo Lo 4: Lo
Data Type: Bit String
Selection of whether alarms associated with the block
0
will be automatically acknowledged.
0=Disable
1=Enable
Alarm Hysteresis ALARM_HYS
36
ALL 0 to 50%
0.50%
Data Type: Float Hysteresis on alarms
High High Priority HI_HI_PRI
37
ALL 0 TO 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm
High High Limit HI_HI_LIM
38
ALL
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm
High Priority HI_PRI
39
ALL 0 TO 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm
High Limit HI_LIM
40
ALL
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm
Low Priority LO_PRI
41
ALL 0 TO 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm
Low Limit LO_LIM
42
ALL
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm
Low Low Priority LO_LO_PRI
43
ALL 0 TO 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm
Low Low Limit LO_LO_LIM
44
ALL
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm
High High Alarm HI_HI_ALM
45
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED
45.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-71
1=Clear reported
The high high alarm data, which includes a value of
45.2
RO
N/A
2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported
0
the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
4=Active not
reported
TIME_STAMP
45.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
45.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
45.5
RO
N/A
0
-Continued-
4-112
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
Table 4-39. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index Number
RO / RW
Block Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
High Alarm HI_ALM
46
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED
46.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-71
1=Clear reported
The high alarm data, which includes a value of the
46.2
RO
N/A
2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported
0
alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
4=Active not
reported
TIME_STAMP
46.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
46.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
46.5
RO
N/A
0
Low Alarm LO_ALM
47
4
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED
47.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-71
1=Clear reported
The low alarm data, which includes a value of the
47.2
RO
N/A
2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported
0
alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
4=Active not
reported
TIME_STAMP
47.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
47.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
47.5
RO
N/A
0
Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM
48
0=Undefined
UNACKNOWLEDGED
48.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0
2=Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-71
1=Clear reported
The low low alarm data, which includes a value of the
48.2
RO
N/A
2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported
0
alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the alarm.
4=Active not
reported
TIME_STAMP
48.3
RO
N/A
0
SUBCODE
48.4
RO
N/A
0
VALUE
48.5
RO
N/A
0
Output Discrete OUT_D
Status
MAN
49
OOS Value
0, 1
Data Type: DS-66 Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm value
Status
Alarm Select ALM_SEL
1: Hi Hi
Data Type: Bit String
50
ALL 2: Hi 3: Lo Lo
All bits:0
Used to select the process alarm conditions that will cause the OUT_D parameter to be set.
4: Lo
September 2013
4-113
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-40. ISEL Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
4
5.2 5.3
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
7
OUT
11
IN_1
12
IN_2
13
IN_3
14
IN_4
15
DISABLE_1
16
DISABLE_2
17
DISABLE_3
18
DISABLE_4
21
SELECTED
22
OP_SELECT
25
IN_5
26
IN_6
27
IN_7
28
IN_8
29
DISABLE_5
30
DISABLE_6
31
DISABLE_7
32
DISABLE_8
34.1
ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
34.2
ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
34.3
ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
34.4
ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 8 9.1 9.2
Table 4-41. ISEL Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV OUT_RANGE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34.1 34.2 34.3 34.4 49
Table 4-42. ISEL Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR OUT IN_1 IN_2 IN_3 IN_4 DISABLE_1 DISABLE_2 DISABLE_3 DISABLE_4 SELECTED OP_SELECT IN_5 IN_6 IN_7 IN_8 DISABLE_5 DISABLE_6 DISABLE_7 DISABLE_8 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED ALARM_SUM.DISABLED OUT_D
Index Number
1 3 4 10 19 20 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 50
Table 4-43. ISEL Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY STATUS_OPTS SELECT_TYPE MIN_GOOD AVG_USE ACK_OPTION ALARM_HYS HI_HI_PRI HI_HI_LIM HI_PRI HI_LIM LO_PRI LO_LIM LO_LO_PRI LO_LO_LIM ALM_SEL
4-114
September 2013
ISEL Function Block
Field Communicator Menu Structure
INPUT SELECTOR FUNCTION BLOCK
Quick Config
Online
All
Alert Key
Block Error
Characteristics
Min Good
Disable Analog Input 1: Status
Static Revision
All continued
Output Range: EU at 100%
Disable Analog Input 1: Value
Tag Description
Alarm Summary: Current
Output Range: EU at 0%
Disable Analog Input 2: Status
Strategy
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged
Output Range: Units Index
Disable Analog Input 2: Value
Alert Key
Alarm Summary: Unreported
Output Range: Decimal
Disable Analog Input 3: Status
Block Mode: Target
Alarm Summary: Disabled
Select Type
Disable Analog Input 3: Value
Block Mode: Actual
Acknowledge Option
Disable Analog Input 4: Status
Block Mode: Permitted
Alarm Hysteresis
Common Config Min Good Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output Range: EU at 100% Output Range: EU at 0% Output Range: Units Index Output Range: Decimal Select Type
Disable Analog Input 4: Value
Block Mode: Normal
High High Priority
Input 1: Status
Block Error
High High Limit
Input 1: Value
Output: Status
High Priority
Input 2: Status
Output: Value
High Limit
Input 2: Value Input 3: Status
Output Range: EU at 100% Output Range: EU at 0%
Low Priority Low Limit
4
Input 3: Value
Output Range: Units Index
Low Low Priority
Input 4: Status
Output Range: Decimal
Low Low Limit
Input 4: Value
Grant Deny: Grant
High High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Block Mode: Target
Grant Deny: Deny
High High Alarm: Alarm State
Block Mode: Actual
Status Options
High High Alarm: Time Stamp
Block Mode: Permitted
Input 1: Status
High High Alarm: Subcode
Advanced Config Alert Key Static Revision Status Options Strategy
Block Mode: Normal Operator Selected: Status Operator Selected: Value Output: Status Output: Value Selected: Status
Input 1: Value Input 2: Status Input 2: Value Input 3: Status Input 3: Value Input 4: Status
High High Alarm: Float Value High Alarm: Unacknowledged High Alarm: Alarm State High High Alarm: Time Stamp High Alarm: Subcode High Alarm: Float Value
Selected: Value
Input 4: Value
Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Connectors Disable Analog Input 1: Status Disable Analog Input 1: Value Disable Analog Input 2: Status Disable Analog Input 2: Value Disable Analog Input 3: Status Disable Analog Input 3: Value Disable Analog Input 4: Status Disable Analog Input 4 : Value Input 1: Status Input 1: Value Input 2: Status Input 2: Value Input 3: Status Input 3: Value Input 4: Status Input 4: Value Operator Select: Status Operator Select: Value Output: Status Output: Value Selected: Status Selected: Value
Status Block Error
Disable Analog Input 1: Status Disable Analog Input 1: Value Disable Analog Input 2: Status Disable Analog Input 2: Value Disable Analog Input 3: Status Disable Analog Input 3: Value Disable Analog Input 4: Status Disable Analog Input 4: Value Select Type Min Good Selected: Status Selected: Value Operator Select: Status Operator Select: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value
Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Alarm: Subcode Low Alarm: Float Value Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Low Alarm: Subcode Low Low Alarm: Float Value Alarm Output: Status Alarm Output: Value Alarm Select
Analog Input 5: Status
Analog Input 5: Value
Analog Input 6: Status
Analog Input 6: Value
Analog Input 7: Status
Analog Input 7: Value
Analog Input 8: Status
Analog Input 8: Value
Disable Analog Input 5: Status
Disable Analog Input 5: Value
Disable Analog Input 6: Status
Disable Analog Input 6: Value
Disable Analog Input 7: Status
Disable Analog Input 7: Value
Disable Analog Input 8: Status
Disable Analog Input 8: Value
Number Used to average
September 2013
4-115
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Output Splitter Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Limit Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Input to Output Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
4
Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
4-116
September 2013
OS Function Block
mode, you can make changes to all configured
parameters.
OS
RCAS IN
OUT 1
By using permitted mode the target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the following
modes: Cas, Auto or OOS.
CAS IN
OUT 2
Figure 4-17. Output Splitter (OS) Function Block
Note
The output splitter function block must be in Auto for the mode to go to CAS.
Output Splitter (OS) Function Block Overview
The Output Splitter block provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input. Each output is a linear function of some portion of the input. Back calculation support is provided using the same linear function in reverse. Cascade initialization is supported by a decision table for combinations of input and output conditions.
This block is normally used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications. A typical split range application has both valves closed when the splitter input is 50%. One valve opens fully as the input drops to 0%. The other valve opens as the input rises above 50%.
A typical sequencing application has both valves closed at 0% input. One valve fully opens as the input rises to 50% and the other stays shut. The second valve opens as the input rises above 50%, and the first valve may remain open or shut off quickly.
Because this block is in the control path, it is able to pass limit and cascade initialization information back to the upstream block. Table 4-47 lists the OS block parameters and their descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers. Figures 4-18 and 4-19 illustrate the internal components of the OS function block.
Modes
The Output Splitter function block supports the following actual modes:
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR parameter shows Out of Service. In this
4 D Initialization Manual (IMan)--The output path
is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be open). In IMan mode, OUT tracks BKCAL_IN, which allows for bumpless transfer of control.
D Automatic (Auto)--The block outputs (OUT_1 and OUT_2) reflect the target operating point specified by the setpoint (SP) parameter.
D Cascade (Cas)--The SP parameter is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN. The SP value is used to set the OUT parameters automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in this block.
The block's normal mode is Cascade (Cas). You can isolate the block for testing by using Automatic (Auto) mode and adjusting the setpoint.
When a block attached to an output requests initialization, one of the following actions might occur:
D When the other output is not in Cas mode, the block attached to the input is initialized.
D When the other output is in Cas mode, this output returns to the value calculated from its slope in a specified time period.
Status Handling
Sub-status value received at CAS_IN [14] is passed to both outputs, except for those used in the cascade handshake. An IFS goes to both outputs. The status option IFS if Bad CAS_IN is available.
If the Status Option to Propagate failure is set, the block propagates device failure only if both BKCAL_IN show failed status. Otherwise the upstream cascade would be broken by a failure at either output.
The statuses of OUT_1 [8] and OUT_2 [9] are determined by the statuses of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 and the actual mode of the block.
September 2013
4-117
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
IN_ARRAY OUT_ARRAY LOCKVAL
RCAS_IN
CAS_IN
SP
Auto
BKCAL_IN_1
4 BKCAL_IN_2
OUT 1
OUT 2 RCAS_OUT CAS_OUT
Figure 4-18. Output Splitter Function Block Schematic
ÇÇ CAS_IN
f "f
fF
Setpoint Limiting
F
SP
MODE
Shed " Mode
A A A
Setpoint SP_WRK " Rate
Limiting
A
SP_RATE_DN
SP_RATE_UP IN_ARRAY
OUT_ARRAY
LOCKVAL
"
" Calculate " Ouput
"
ÇÇ" BKCAL_OUT
Ç BKCAL_IN_1 Ç BKCAL_IN_2
F F
F
" Balance
" Ouput
BAL_TIME
F
" Balance " Ouput
"
Ç"
OUT 1
ÇÇÇ" OUT 2
Figure 4-19. Output Splitter Function Block Schematic Diagram
When a BKCAL_IN input sees that its downstream block is not in Cas mode, the Splitter function block sets the corresponding OUT value to the BKCAL_IN value. However, this may not be the same value that is calculated by the splitter algorithm. When the mode of the downstream block is changed to Cas, the difference between the calculated output and the back-calculation input is computed and the difference is added to the calculated output. Next, the difference
is reduced to zero over the time defined by the BAL_TIME parameter.
When both BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 indicate that the downstream blocks are not in Cas mode or have Bad status, the first downstream block that goes to Cas mode causes the upstream block to initialize so that there is no difference between the calculated
4-118
September 2013
OS Function Block
output and the back-calculation input. This provides bumpless transfer for the first downstream block.
Limit Handling
The splitter function block is designed to combine the limit information from the two downstream blocks into limits for the upstream block. The general principle is to allow the upstream block to continue control for as long as possible. The upstream block is high-limited (BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter block has high-limited status) when:
D Both downstream blocks are high-limited (both BKCAL_INS of the Splitter block have high-limited status)
or
D One downstream block is high-limited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode
or
D One downstream block is low-limited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode
or
D SP is greater than or equal to X22
The upstream block is low-limited when:
D Both downstream blocks are low-limited
or
D One downstream block is low-limited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode
or
D One downstream block is high-limited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode
or
D SP is less than or equal to X11
Input to Output Mapping
The relationship of each output to the input may be defined by a line. Each line may be defined by its endpoints. Examples of graphical representations of OUT_1 and OUT_2 vs. SP are shown in figure 4-20 for a split range and a sequencing application.
Table 4-44. IN_ARRAY Coordinates
Index Coordinate
0
X11 - Start value of SP for the OUT_1 line. (X11 < X12)
1
X12 - End value of SP for the OUT_1 line. (X11 < X12)
2
X21 - Start value of SP for the OUT_2 line. (X21 < X22)
3
X22 - End value of SP for the OUT_2 line. (X21 < X22)
4
Index 0 1 2 3
Table 4-45. OUT_ARRAY Coordinates Coordinate Y11 - Value of OUT_1 at X11 Y12 - Value of OUT_1 at X12 Y21 - Value of OUT_2 at X21 Y22 - Value of OUT_2 at X22
The block has the same SP structure as the PID block, except that there is no limiting applied to the SP. The SP may be used in Auto mode for testing. The operator would use the output of the PID to accomplish the same purpose. Each downstream block can be taken out of cascade if it becomes necessary to gain control of them.
The examples shown in figure 4-20 do not show the full range of possibilities. The lines could overlap like an X, or both start from the origin but have different slopes. The endpoints do not have to lie within 0-100%. Limits in the external blocks may effect the useful range of a line. Units of percent are used in the examples because the common application of this block is to valves, but any units may be used to suit the application.
The following parameters as paired coordinates are used to specify the output splitter operation:
X11, Y11, X12, Y12
X21, Y21, X22, Y22
Where XnJ is the value of SP associated with OUT_n and Xn1 and Xn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve respectively. YnJ is the value of OUT_n and Yn1 and Yn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve respectively.
By specifying the coordinates as shown in tables 4-44 and 4-45, the endpoints of the lines are defined. The contents of the respective X's are held in the IN_ARRAY parameter and the contents of the respective Y's are held in the OUT_ARRAY
September 2013
4-119
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
100%
Split Range Y
(X11 , Y11)
OUT_1
(X22 , Y22)
OUT_2
Y 100%
OUT_1
Sequencing
(X12 , Y12)
(X22 , Y22)
OUT_2
0%
(X12 , Y12)
(X21 , Y21)
0% X
(X11 , Y11)
(X21 , Y21)
X
4
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
SP
SP
Figure 4-20. Split Range and Sequence Operation
OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT 1 remains at end point when OUT_2 is non-zero
OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT_1 goes to zero OUT_2 becomes
0%
50%
100%
SP
Figure 4-21. OUT with LOCKVAL True
parameter. If a set of points are specified such that a region of the input range is not specified, then the corresponding OUT_n will be set to the closest endpoint of the input value, either high or low, when the specified region is exceeded.
A configuration error is set in BLOCK_ERR and the actual mode of the block goes to Out of Service if the X values have any of the following conditions: X21 < X11, X12 < = X11, X22 < = X21.
Refer to figure 4-21 for an example of LOCKVAL = true, and figure 4-22 for an example of LOCKVAL = false. The parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT_1 remains at its ending level when control is switched to OUT_2, or goes to Y11. If LOCKVAL is true, OUT_1 remains at its ending value when X is greater than X12. If LOCKVAL is false, then OUT_1 goes to Y11 when X is greater than X12 .
Some hysteresis in the switching point may be required because the output may change by a full
0%
50%
100%
SP
Figure 4-22. OUT with LOCKVAL False
stroke of the valve. HYSTVAL [12] contains the amount of hysteresis. If X < = X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the calculated y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has not reached X12 since it was less than X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the calculated y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has reached X12 since it was less than X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting. If X12 < X, OUT_1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting.
Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements
Refer to figure 4-23, Output Splitter Configuration, where:
PID1 = Upstream driving controller or function block.
Splitter = Split range function block being described.
4-120
September 2013
OS Function Block
B BK_CAL_IN
PID1
OUT CAS-IN
B BK_CAL_IN2
Splitter
CAS-IN
OUT2 BK_CAL_OUT
BK_CAL_IN1 Y
OUT1
CAS-IN
PID2 AO
BK_CAL_OUT BK_CAL_OUT
4
Figure 4-23. Output Splitter Configuration
AO = Receiver of OUT_1 for 0-50% range of SP
PID2 = Receiver of OUT_2 for 50-100% range of SP
CAS_IN of the Splitter receives the OUT of PID1. BKCAL_IN of PID1 receives BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter. CAS_IN of the AO receives OUT_1 of the Splitter and PID2 receives OUT_2 of the Splitter. BKCAL_IN_1 of the Splitter receives BKCAL_OUT of the AO and BKCAL_IN_2 of the Splitter receives BKCAL_OUT of PID2.
The discussion in this section defines the behavior which is used to handle the initial value calculation and status which can in turn be sent to PID1. This behavior is defined in such a way that no "bumps" are generated by changing modes, and that PID1 does not wind up.
The splitter utilizes special handling for cascade initialization because it has two independent outputs. When a downstream block indicates to the splitter that it wants to initialize, by asserting IR (initialization request) on its BKCAL_OUT, one of two things happens. Under some circumstances, it is possible to pass an initialization request from a downstream block back up to the block upstream of the splitter, so that all three blocks balance for bumpless transfer to cascade mode. Otherwise, the requested splitter output goes to the requested value by placing an internal offset between that output and the output of the curve, and then ramping that offset to zero in BAL_TIME seconds after the cascade is made up.
The splitter normally runs with both outputs connected to blocks in cascade mode. If one or both of the blocks is not in cascade mode, special limiting action is taken. Specifically, if one block indicates that it is not in cascade by NI (not invited) status on its BKCAL_OUT, then the BKCAL_OUT of the splitter asserts limits at the range extremes of the block that is still in cascade
Table 4-46. OUT_ARRAY Coordinates
BKCAL BKCAL _IN_1 _IN_2
BKCAL _OUT
Action
NI
NI
NI Not Specified
NI
OK
OK
BKCAL_OUT limited to X21 low and X22 high
OK
NI
OK
BKCAL_OUT limited to X11 and X12 high
IR
NI
IR
Initialize cascade to value given by curve X1 vs Y1
IR
OK
OK
Initialize OUT_1 using internal offset from Y1
NI
IR
IR
Initialize cascade to value given by curve X2 vs Y2
OK
IR
OK
Initialize OUT_2 using internal offset from Y2
Note 1: OK means the cascade is closed. Note 2: Recommend using the average of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2, or just SP.
mode. Even if the upstream controller does not want to operate in that range, there will be no reset windup when it can move into the range. If both downstream blocks show NI, then the splitter can only wait until one of them requests cascade initialization. BKCAL_OUT of the splitter can hold the upstream block at the value of the SP. The actual mode is IMan.
When cascade initialization is requested, by IR substatus on a BKCAL_IN, it is first necessary to determine if the other BKCAL_IN has NI substatus. If so, the value at the BKCAL_IN asserting IR is taken as the Y value for its curve, and the resulting X value is sent on BKCAL_OUT to PID1. If the other substatus is OK, then the internal offset and BAL_TIME is used. If both blocks have IR substatus, then one output is processed until its cascade is closed. The choice is based on the presence of limit status in BKCAL_IN. If BKCAL_IN_1 is limited, then if BKCAL_IN_2 is not limited then OUT_2 is processed first, else OUT_1 is processed first.
September 2013
4-121
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Cascade initialization is also required when the block transitions from Auto to Cas mode. This action is identical to that described for the PID block.
The required actions are summarized in table 4-46.
The BKCAL_OUT status shows limited high if an increase in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output because the BKCAL_IN_n of both outputs indicates that a move in the needed direction is limited. Similarly, limited low is set if a decrease in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output. The slope of the limited line(s) affects the limit
4
direction. BKCAL_OUT also shows limit status at the X extremes X11 and X22.
Initialization is not automatic under all circumstance because some situations have conflicting needs. In general, when a control region is in trouble, the upstream controller is limited so it will not drive further into that region. When you want to move to the other active region, you can put the upstream controller into Man mode and move it, or you can drop the good downstream block out of Cas mode for one evaluation cycle and then restore Cas mode. This initializes the upstream controller to the remaining good region of control.
4-122
September 2013
OS Function Block
Output Splitter Function Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Setpoint SP
Output 1 OUT_1
Output 2 OUT_2
Output 1 Range OUT_1_RANGE
Table 4-47. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated with the
0
function block. The revision value will be incremented
each time a static parameter value in the block is
changed.
Data Type: Octet String
4
Spaces The user description of the intended application of the
block.
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned 16:
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the
block.
4
RW
ALL 1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information
may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.
5
5.1
RW
5.2
RO
5.3
RW
7:OOS 3:AUTO 2:CAS
OOS+AUTO+CAS
OOS until block
configured, then last
valid target
OOS
OOS AUTO CAS
Data Type: DS-69 The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
AUTO+CAS
1: Block
Data Type: Bit String
Configuration Error
0=Inactive
7: Input Failure/Bad
1=Active
6
RO
N/A PV Status
Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated with
8: Output Failure
the hardware or software components associated with a
14: Power-up
block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be
15: Out-of-Service
shown.
7
PV_SCALE +/- 10%
Data Type: DS-65 Analog setpoint of the block
8
MAN OUT_SCALE OOS +/- 10%
Data Type: DS-65 The primary analog output value calculated as a result of executing the function (the first output value and status).
9
MAN OUT_SCALE OOS +/- 10%
Data Type: DS-65 The primary analog output value calculated as a result of executing the function (the second output value and status).
10
RO
EU at 100% EU at 0 % Unit Index Decimal Point
100
Data Type: DS-68
0
The high and low scale values, engineering units code,
%
and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the
2
OUT value, this parameter has no effect on this block.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-123
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-47. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Output 2 Range OUT_2_RANGE
11
RO
EU at 100% EU at 0 % Unit Index Decimal Point
100
Data Type: DS-68
0
The high and low scale values, engineering units code,
%
and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the
2
OUT value, this parameter has not effect on this block.
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT
DENY
12
Data Type: DS-70
Options for controlling access of host computers and local
12.1
N/A 0: Program
All bits: 0 control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters
1: Tune
of the block. GRANT:0=N/A, 1=granted
12.2
N/A
2: Alarm 3: Local
All bits: 0 DENY: 0=N/A, 1= denied
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
13
OOS
1: IFS if BAD CAS_IN
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disabled 1=Enabled User option for status
4
Cascade Input
CAS_IN
14
Status Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The remote setpoint from another block.
Back Calculation Output BKCAL_OUT
15
RO
Status Limits
Data Type: DS-65 Output value to another block for backwards output tracking.
Input Array IN_ARRAY
16
All: 0
Data Type: Float Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to Output Mapping, page 4-119.
Output Array
OUT_ARRAY
17
All: 0
Data Type: Float Used with IN_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to Output Mapping, page 4-119.
Lockval
LOCKVAL
18
0=Undfined 1=no lock 2=lock
0= Undefined
Data Type: Enum Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to Output Mapping, page 4-119.
Back Calculation Input 1
BKCAL_1_IN
19
Status Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower block associated with OUT_1. It is used for initialization and to prevent windup in upstream blocks.
Back Calculation Input 2 BKCAL_2_IN
20
Status Value
BAD: NC: const
0
Data Type: DS-65 The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower block associated with OUT_2. It is used for initialization and to prevent windup in upstream blocks.
Balance Time BAL_TIME
21
Positive
Data Type: Float
0
Specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or
ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio, in seconds.
Hystval
HYSTVAL
22
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
23
RO
N/A
UNACKNOWLEDGED
23.1
RW
0=Undefined N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0= Undefined
UPDATE STATE
0=Undefined
Data Type: DS-73
23.2
RO
N/A
1=Update Reported 2=Updated not
0=
This alert is generated by any change to the static data.
Undefined
reported
TIME_STAMP
23.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
23.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
23.5
RO
N/A
0
-Continued-
4-124
September 2013
OS Function Block
Table 4-47. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Block Alarm
BLOCK_ALM
24
UNACKNOWLEDGED
24.1
0: Undefined
RW
N/A 1: Acknowledged
2: Unacknowledged
ALARM_STATE
0: Undefined
1: Clear reported
24.2
RO
N/A
2: Clear not reported 3: Active reported
4: Active not
reported
Data Type: DS-72 The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure, or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field.
TIME_STAMP
24.3
RO
N/A
SUBCODE
24.4
RO
N/A
VALUE
24.5
RO
N/A
4
September 2013
4-125
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-48. OS Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
4
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
7
SP
8
OUT_1
9
OUT_2
14
CAS_IN
Index Number
1 10 11 12.1 12.2
Table 4-49. OS Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV OUT_1_RANGE OUT_2_RANGE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 8 9 14 15 19 20
Table 4-50. OS Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR SP OUT_1 OUT_2 CAS_IN BKCAL_OUT BKCAL_1_IN BKCAL_2_IN
Index Number
1 3 4 13 16 17 18 21
Table 4-51. OS Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY STATUS_OPTS IN_ARRAY OUT_ARRAY LOCKVAL BAL_TIME
4-126
September 2013
Field Communicator Menu Structure
OUTPUT SPLITTER FUNCTION BLOCK
All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Block Error Setpoint: Status Setpoint: Value Output 1: Status Output 1: Value Output 2: Status Output 2: Value Output 1 Range: EU at 100% Output 1 Range: EU at 0% Output 1 Range: Units Index Output 1 Range: Decimal Output 2 Range: EU at 100% Output 2 Range: EU at 0% Output 2 Range: Units Index Output 2 Range: Decimal Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Status Options Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Back Calculation Output: Status Back Calculation Output: Value Input Array[1] Input Array[2] Input Array[3] Input Array[4] Output Array[1] Output Array[2] Output Array[3] Output Array[4] Lockval Back Calculation Input 1: Status Back Calculation Input 1: Value Back Calculation Input 2: Status Back Calculation Input 2: Value Balance Time Hystval Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value
OS Function Block
4
September 2013
4-127
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Analog Input (AI) Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
4
Signal Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Indirect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Indirect Square Root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Advanced Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
4-128
September 2013
AI Function Block
OUT_D OUT
OUT OUT_D
= THE BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS
= DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION
Figure 4-24. Analog Input (AI) Function Block
FIELDBUS- FBUS_31A
D Manual (Man) The block output (OUT [8]) may be set manually.
D Automatic (Auto) OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled.
D Out of Service (OOS) The block is not
processed. FIELD_VAL [19] and PV [7] are not
updated and the OUT [8] status is set to Bad: Out of
Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out
of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all
configured parameters. The target mode of a block
may be restricted to one or more of the supported
modes.
4
Analog Input (AI) Function Block Overview
The Analog Input (AI) function block processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks. The output value from the AI block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels. Use the channel number to define the variable that the AI block processes.
The AI block supports alarming, signal scaling, signal filtering, signal status calculation, mode control, and simulation. In Automatic mode, the block's output parameter (OUT [8]) reflects the process variable (PV [7]) value and status. In Manual mode, OUT [8] may be set manually. The Manual mode is reflected on the output status. A discrete output (OUT_D [37]) is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active. Alarm detection is based on the OUT [8] value and user specified alarm limits. Figure 4-26 illustrates the internal components of the AI function block, and table 4-56 lists the AI block parameters and their units of measure, descriptions, and index numbers.
Analog Input Block Modes
The AI function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block errors for the AI block are defined in table 4-54. Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT [8] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms:
D High (HI_LIM [28])
D High high (HI_HI_LIM [26])
D Low (LO_LIM [30])
D Low low (LO_LO_LIM [32])
In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV [7] span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [24] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters:
D HI_PRI [27]
D HI_HI_PRI [25]
D LO_PRI [29]
D LO_LO_PRI [31]
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4-52.
September 2013
4-129
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-52. AI Function Block Alarm Priorities
Priority Number
Priority Description(1)
0
The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected.
1
An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system, but is not reported to the operator.
An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the
2
operator, but generally does not require operator attention
(such as diagnostics and system alerts).
3-7
Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.
8-15
Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.
1. The priority classes "advise" and critical" have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts.
4
Channel
Table 4-53. Channel Selections for the Analog Input Function Block
Parameter(1)
Block
Index Number
XD_SCALE Units
2
TRAVEL_TARGET
TB
49
% (1342)
3
FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
TB
17
% (1342)
4
TRAVEL
TB
34
% (1342)
5
SUPPLY_PRESS
TB
35
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
6
PRESSURE_A
TB
36
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
7
PRESSURE_B
TB
37
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
8
PRESSURE_DIFF
TB
38
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
9
DRIVE_SIGNAL
TB
53
% (1342)
10
TRAVEL_DEVIATION
TB
52
% (1342)
11
TEMPERATURE
TB
48
_C (1001), _F (1002)
12
CYCLE_COUNT
TB
73
no units (1588)
13
TRAVEL_ACCUMULATION
TB
72
% (1342)
1. Refer to table 4-13 for transducer block parameter descriptions and table 4-24 for AO parameter descriptions.
OUT (mode in man)
OUT (mode in auto) PV
63% of Change
Propagate Fail Forward--If the status from the sensor is Bad, Device failure or Bad, Sensor failure, propogate it to OUT without generating an alarm. The use of these sub-status in OUT is determined by this option. Through this option, you may determine whether alarming (sending out an alert) will be done by the block or propagated downstream for alarming.
FIELD_VAL PV_FTIME
TIME (seconds)
Uncertain if in Manual mode--The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual.
FIELDBUS- FBUS_03A
Figure 4-25. Analog Input Function Block Timing Diagram
Status Handling
The AI block only gets Good Non-Specified Unlimited or Bad Device Failure for status from the transducer. This is reflected in FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. PV.STATUS [7.1] is the same as FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. OUT.STATUS [8.1] can also reflect Bad, Out of Service in addition to PV.STATUS [7.1] values.
In the STATUS_OPTS [14] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:
4-130
Note
1. The instrument must be in Out of Service mode to set the status option. 2. The AI block only supports the Uncertain if in Manual and Propagate failure. Unsupported options are not grayed out; they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options.
September 2013
Channels
AI Function Block
ANALOG MEASUREMENT
ACCESS ANALOG
MEAS.
CHANNEL
HI_HI_LIM HI_LIM
LO_LO_LIM LO_LIM
ALARM_HYS
LOW_CUT
ALARM_TYPE
ALARM DETECTION
OUT_D
CONVERT
CUTOFF FILTER
PV
STATUS
CALC.
OUT
FIELDBUS- FBUS_02A
SIMULATE
L_TYPE
PV_FTIME
MODE
4
FIELD_VAL
OUT_SCALE XD_SCALE
IO_OPTS
STATUS_OPTS
NOTES: OUT_D = BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS OUT_D = DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION.
Figure 4-26. Analog Input Function Block Schematic
You can choose from direct, indirect, or indirect square root signal conversion with the L_TYPE [16] parameter.
Filtering
The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [18] parameter. Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.
Direct
Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when simulation is enabled).
PV = Channel Value
Signal Conversion
You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type (L_TYPE [16]) parameter. You can view the converted signal (in percent of XD_SCALE [10]) through the FIELD_VAL [19] parameter.
FIELD_VAL = 100 X (Channel Value) - EU *@0% (EU *@100% - EU *@0%)
*XD_SCALE values
Indirect
Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when simulation is enabled) from its specified range (XD_SCALE [10]) to the range and units of the PV [7] and OUT [8] parameters (OUT_SCALE [11]).
( ) PV = FIELD_VAL X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0% 100
**OUT_SCALE values
September 2013
4-131
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Indirect Square Root
Indirect Square Root signal conversion takes the square root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion and scales it to the range and units of the PV [7] and OUT [8] parameters.
zero is used for the converted value (PV [7]). This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure measurement is close to zero.
( ) PV = FIELD_VAL X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0% 100
**OUT_SCALE values
When the converted input value is below the limit
4 specified by the LOW_CUT [17] parameter, a value of
Note
Invert is the only I/O option supported by the AI block. You can set the I/O option in Out of Service mode only.
4-132
September 2013
AI Function Block
Advanced Features
The AI function block provided with the DVC6000f provides added capability through the addition of the following parameters:
ALARM_SEL--Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the AI function block to be used in setting its OUT_D [37] parameter.
OUT_D--Discrete output of the AI function block based on the detection of process alarm condition(s). This parameter may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition.
STDDEV and CAP_STDDEV-- are diagnostic parameters that can be used to determine the variability of the process.
Simulation
To support testing, you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value, or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status. To enable simulation, you must first install the Simulate Enable jumper across the instrument AUX terminals (see page 2-30). Next you must use the configuration tool to enable the parameter SIMULATE [9].
With simulation enabled, the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT [8] value or the status.
Block Errors
Table 4-54 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the AI block and are given here only for your reference.
Table 4-54. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other
Block Configuration Error - the selected channel carries
1
a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering
units selected in XD_SCALE, the L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or CHANNEL = zero.
4
2
Link Configuration Error
3
Simulate Active - Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.
4
Local Override
5
Device Fault State
6
Device Needs Maintenance Soon
7
Input failure/process variable had Bad status - The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated
8
Output failure
9
Memory failure
10
Lost Static Data
11
Lost NV Data
12
Readback Check Failed
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now
14
Power Up - This condition exists until the AI function block executes for the first time.
15
Out of Service - The actual mode is Out of Service.
September 2013
4-133
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Troubleshooting
Refer to table 4-55 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.
Table 4-55. Troubleshooting
Symptom
Possible Causes
Corrective Action
Mode will not leave OOS
Target mode is not set
Set target mode to something other than OOS
BLOCK_ERR [6] will show the configuration error bit set.
The following are parameters that must be set before the
block is allowed out of OOS:
D CHANNEL [15] must be set to a valid value and cannot
Configuration error
be left at initial value of 0.
D XD_SCALE [10]. UNITS_INDEX must match the units in
the transducer block channel value.
D L_TYPE [16] must be set to Direct, Indirect, or Indirect
Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0.
4
Resource block
The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS. See Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action.
Schedule
Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode. Schedule the block to execute.
Process and/or block alarms will not work Features
FEATURES_SEL [18] in the resource block does not have Alerts enabled. Enable the Reports Supported bit.
Notification
LIM_NOTIFY [32] in the resource block is not high enough. Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY [31], also in the resource block.
Status Options
STATUS_OPTS [14] has Propagate Fault Forward bit set. This should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur.
Value of output does not make sense
Linearization Type
L_TYPE [16] must be set to Direct, Indirect, or Indirect Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0.
Scaling
Scaling parameters are set incorrectly: D XD_SCALE.EU0 and EU100 should match that of the transducer block channel value. D OUT_SCALE.EU0 and EU100 are not set properly.
Cannot set HI_LIMIT [28], HI_HI_LIMIT [26], LO_LIMIT [30], or LO_LO_LIMIT [32] VALUES
Scaling
Limit values are outside the OUT_SCALE.EU0 and OUT_SCALE.EU100 values. Change OUT_SCALE [11] or set values within range.
4-134
September 2013
AI Function Block
AI Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Table 4-56. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Write Block
Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Static Revision ST_REV
1
RO
N/A
0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated
0
with the function block. The revision value will be
incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed
4
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Data Type: Octet String
2
ALL
7 bit ASCII
spaces
The user description of the intended application of
the block.
Strategy STRATEGY
3
ALL
0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed
by the block.
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
4
ALL
1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting
alarms, etc.
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED
5
5.1 RW
5.2
RO
5.3 RW
OOS
ALL
MAN
AUTO
Data Type: DS-69
OOS until block Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO
is configured, The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of
then last valid the block.
target
Target: The requested block mode
ALL
OOS
Actual: The current mode of the block
ALL
OOS+MAN+AUTO
OOS, MAN, AUTO
Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
NORMAL
5.4 RW
ALL
AUTO
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
6
RO
1: Block Configuration Error 3: Simulate Active 7: Input Failure/ Bad PV Status 14: Power-up 15: Out-of-Service
Data Type: Bit String 0=Inactive 1=Active Error status associated with the hardware or software for the AI block.
Process Value PV
7
RO
PV Status set equal to FIELDV_VAL Status
Data Type: DS-65 Reflects the scaled value from the configured channel. Units set by OUT_SCALE and L_TYPE.
Primary Output OUT
8
OOS, MAN OUT_STATE
Data Type: DS-68 The block output value and status.
Simulate SIMULATE
9
SIMULATE_STATUS
9.1
SIMULATE_VALUE
9.2
TRANSDUCER_STATUS
9.3
RO
TRANSDUCER_VALUE
9.4
RO
ENABLE/DISABLE
9.5
ALL
0
Data Type: DS-82
ALL
0
A group of data that contains the current
0
transducer value and status, the simulated
0
transducer value and status, and the
ALL
0=Not Initialized 1=Simulation Disabled 2=Simulation Active
1=simulate disabled
enable/disable bit.
Transducer Scale XD_SCALE
Data Type: DS-68
EU at 100%
100
Transducer scaling (XD_SCALE) is applied to the
10
OOS
EU at 10% Units Index
0
value from the channel to produce the FIELD_VAL
%
in percent. The XD_SCALE units code must match
Decimal Point
2
the channel units code (if one exists), or the block
will remain in OOS mode after being configured.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-135
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Output Scale OUT_SCALE
Index Number
11
Table 4-56. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions
RO / Write Block
RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
OOS
EU at 100% EU at 10% Units Index Decimal Point
100 0 % 2
Data Type: DS-68 The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as OUT.
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY
GRANT
DENY
4
I/O Options IO_OPTS
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
AI Channel CHANNEL
Linearization Type L_TYPE
Low Cutoff LOW_CUT
Process Value Filter Time PV_FTIME
Field Value FIELD_VAL
Updated Event UPDATE_EVT
UNACKNOWLEDGED
UPDATE_STATE
TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX
12
Data Type: DS-70
Options for controlling access of host computer
12.1
Valid Bits
ALL
0: Program
All bits: 0
and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block.
1: Tune
GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted
12.2
ALL
2: Alarm
3: Local
All bits: 0 DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied
Data Type: Bit String
13
OOS 10: Low cutoff
All bits: 0
0=Disable 1=Enable
User options for Output Control.
3: Propagate Failure
forward
Data Type: Bit String
14
OOS
6: Uncertain if Limited 7: Bad if Limited
All bits: 0
0=Disable 1=Enable
8: Uncertain in Man
User options for Status
Mode
Data Type: Unsigned16
15
OOS See table 4-53
0: Undefined Used to select the type of threshold that is used to
set the output.
Data Type: Enum
Linearization type. Determines whether the field
16
OOS, MAN
0: Undefined 1: Direct 2: Indirect 3: Ind. Sqr. Root
0: Undefined
value is used directly (Direct), is converted linearly (Indirect), or is converted with the square root (Indirect Square Root). The OUT_SCALE is normally the same as the transducer, but if L_TYPE is set to Indirect or Ind Sqr Root,
OUT_SCALE determines the conversion from
FIELD_VAL to the output.
17
ALL
Positive
Data Type: Float
0
If calculated output is below this value the output is
0.
18
ALL
Positive
Data Type: Float
0
Time constant of first order filter on PV, in
seconds.
19
RO
Data Type: DS-65
0
Value of the field device analog input, with a status
reflecting the Transducer condition.
20
20.1 RW
20.2 RO 20.3 RO 20.4 RO 20.5 RO
0=Undefined
N/A
1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined
2=Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-73
0=Undefined
This alarm is generated whenever a static
N/A
1=Update reported
0=Undefined parameter is changed.
2=Update not reported
N/A
0
N/A
0
N/A
0
-Continued-
4-136
September 2013
AI Function Block
Table 4-56. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Write Block
Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
21
UNACKNOWLEDGED
21.1 RW
ALARM_STATE
21.2 RO
0=Undefined 1=Acknowledged 2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined 1=Clear-reported 2=Clear-not reported 3=Active-reported 4=Active-not reported
Data Type: DS-72 The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field.
TIME_STAMP
21.3 RO
SUBCODE
21.4 RO
VALUE
21.5 RO
Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM CURRENT UNACKNOWLEDGED UNREPORTED D ISABLED
22
22.1 RO 22.2 RO 22.3 RO 22.4 RW
ALL
0: Discrete alarm
1: Hi Hi alarm
ALL
2: Hi Alarm
ALL
3: Lo Lo Alarm
4: Lo Alarm
ALL
7: Block alarm
Data Type: DS-74 Current alert status, unacknowledged states, unreported states, and
4
disabled states of the alarms associated with the
function block.
0=clear
0=acknowledged
0=reported
All bits: 0 0=enabled
Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION
0: Discrete alarm
Data Type: Bit String
23
1: Hi Hi alarm
ALL
2: Hi Alarm 3: Lo Lo Alarm
4: Lo Alarm
7: Block alarm
All bits: 0
0=Disable 1=Enable Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged.
Alarm Hysteresis ALARM_HYS
24
ALL
0 - 50%
0.50%
Data Type: Float Hysteresis on alarms.
High High Priority HI_HI_PRI
25
ALL
0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the hi hi alarm.
High High Limit HI_HI_LIM
26
ALL
OUT_SCALE
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.
High Priority HI_PRI
27
ALL
0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the high alarm.
Hi Limit HI_LIM
28
ALL
OUT_SCALE
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.
Low Priority LO_PRI
29
ALL
0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the low alarm.
Low Limit LO_LIM
30
ALL
OUT_SCALE
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.
Low Low Priority LO_LO_PRI
31
ALL
0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 The priority of the low low alarm.
Low Low Limit LO_LO_LIM
32
ALL
OUT_SCALE
0
Data Type: Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.
High High Alarm HI_HI_ALM
33
UNACKNOWLEDGED
33.1 RW
ALARM_STATE
33.2 RO
TIME_STAMP
33.3 RO
N/A
SUBCODE
33.4 RO
0
Data Type: DS-71
0
The status of the hi hi alarm and its associated
0
time stamp.
0
VALUE
33.5 RO
0
High Alarm HI_ALM
34
UNACKNOWLEDGED
34.1 RW
ALARM_STATE
34.2 RO
TIME_STAMP
34.3 RO
N/A
SUBCODE
34.4 RO
0
Data Type: DS-71
0
The status of the hi alarm and its associated time
0
stamp.
0
VALUE
34.5 RO
0
-Continued-
September 2013
4-137
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-56. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Write Block
Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Low Alarm LO_ALM
35
UNACKNOWLEDGED
35.1 RW
ALARM_STATE
35.2 RO
TIME_STAMP
35.3 RO
N/A
SUBCODE
35.4 RO
0
Data Type: DS-71
0
The status of the lo alarm and its associated time
0
stamp.
0
VALUE
35.5 RO
0
Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM
36
UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE
36.1 RW 36.2 RO
0
Data Type: DS-71
0
The status of the lo lo alarm and its associated
TIME_STAMP
36.3 RO
N/A
0
time stamp.
SUBCODE
36.4 RO
0
4
VALUE
36.5 RO
0
Extended Parameter
Output Discrete OUT_D
37
OOS, MAN OUT_STATE
Data Type: DS-66 Discrete Output this is true (1) if any of the alarms selected in ALM_SEL are active.
Alarm Select ALM_SEL
1: Hi Hi alarm
Data Type: Bitstring
38
ALL
2: Hi Alarm 3: Lo Lo Alarm
All bits: 0
0=unselected 1=selected
4: Lo Alarm
Selected alarms that activate the alarm output.
StdDev STDDEV
39
RO
N/A
Positive float
Data Type: Float Standard deviation of the measurement.
Cap StdDev CAP_STDDEV
40
RO
N/A
Positive float
Data Type: Float Capability standard deviation, the best deviation that can be achieved.
4-138
September 2013
AI Function Block
View Lists
Table 4-59. AI Function Block, View 3
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR
7
PV
8
OUT
Index Number
Table 4-57. AI Function Block, View 1 Parameter
19
FIELD_VAL
22.1
ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
22.2
ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3
MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
22.3
ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
22.4
ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
4
37
OUT_D
38
ALM_SEL
39
STDDEV
40
CAP_STDDEV
7
PV
8
OUT
19
FIELD_VAL
Table 4-60. AI Function Block, View 4
22.1
ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
22.2
ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
22.3
ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
22.4
ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 3 4
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY
Parameter
13
IO_OPTS
14
STATUS_OPTS
15
CHANNEL
16
L_TYPE
Table 4-58. AI Function Block, View 2
17
LOW_CUT
18
PV_FTIME
Index Number
Parameter
23
ACK_OPTION
24
ALARM_HYS
1
ST_REV
25
HI_HI_PRI
10
XD_SCALE
26
HI_HI_LIM
11
OUT_SCALE
27
HI_PRI
12.1
GRANT_DENY.GRANT
28
HI_LIM
12.2
GRANT_DENY.DENY
29
LO_PRI
30
LO_LIM
31
LO_LO_PRI
32
LO_LO_LIM
September 2013
4-139
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Field Communicator Menu Structure
ANALOG INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK
Quick Config AI Channel Linearization Type Transducer Scale: EU at 100% Transducer Scale: EU at 0% Transducer Scale: Units Index Transducer Scale: Decimal Output Scale: EU at 100% Output Scale: EU at 0% Output Scale: Units Index Output Scale: Decimal
4
Common Config
Acknowledge Option
Alarm Hysteresis
Alert Key
High High Limit
High High Priority
High Limit
High Priority
I/O Options
Linearization Type
Low Low Limit
Low Low Priority
Low Limit
Low Priority
Block Mode: Target
Block Mode: Actual
Block Mode: Permitted
Block Mode: Normal
Output Scale: EU at 100%
Output Scale: EU at 0%
Output Scale: Units Index
Output Scale: Decimal
Process Value Filter Time
Advanced Config Low Cutoff Simulate: Simulate Status Simulate: Simulate Value Simulate: Transducer Status Simulate: Transducer Value Simulate: Simulate En/Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale: EU at 100% Transducer Scale: EU at 0% Transducer Scale: Units Index Transducer Scale: Decimal
I/O Reference AI Channel
Connectors Output: Status Output: Value
Online Block Error Field Value: Status Field Value: Value Cascade Input: Status Cascade Input: Value Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output: Status Output: Value Process Value: Status Process Value: Value
Status Block Error
Other Tag Description Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value Alarm Summary: Current Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged Alarm Summary: Unreported Alarm Summary: Disabled High Alarm: Unacknowledged High Alarm: Alarm State High Alarm: Time Stamp High Alarm: Subcode High Alarm: Float Value High High Alarm: Unacknowledged High High Alarm: Alarm State High High Alarm: Time Stamp High High Alarm: Subcode High High Alarm: Float Value Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Alarm: Subcode Low Alarm: Float Value Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Low Alarm: Subcode Low Low Alarm: Float Value Alarm output: Status Alarm output: Value Alarm Select StdDev Cap StdDev
All
Characteristics
Static Revision
Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Block Error Process Value: Status Process Value: Value Output: Status Output: Value Simulate: Simulate Status Simulate: Simulate Value Simulate: Transducer Status Simulate: Transducer Value Simulate: Simulate En/Disable Transducer Scale: EU at 100% Transducer Scale: EU at 0% Transducer Scale: Units Index Transducer Scale: Decimal Output Scale: EU at 100% Output Scale: EU at 0% Output Scale: Units Index Output Scale: Decimal Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny I/O Options Status Options AI Channel Linearization Type Low Cutoff Process Value Filter TIme Field Value: Status Field Value: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged
All (continued) Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit High High Alarm: Unacknowledged High High Alarm: Alarm State High High Alarm: Time Stamp High High Alarm: Subcode High High Alarm: Float Value High Alarm: Unacknowledged High Alarm: Alarm State High Alarm: Time Stamp High Alarm: Subcode High Alarm: Float Value Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Alarm: Subcode Low Alarm: Float Value Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm: Alarm State Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp Low Low Alarm: Subcode Low Low Alarm: Float Value Alarm output: Status Alarm output: Value Alarm select StdDev Cap StdDev
Update Event: Update State
Update Event: Time Stamp
Update Event: Static Rev
Update Event: Relative Index
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged
Block Alarm: Alarm State
Block Alarm: Time Stamp
Block Alarm: Subcode
Block Alarm: Value
Alarm Summary: Current
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged
Alarm Summary: Unreported
Alarm Summary: Disabled
Acknowledge Option
4-140
September 2013
MAI Function Block
Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
4
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
September 2013
4-141
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
MAI
OUT_1 OUT_2 OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 OUT_7 OUT_8
4
Out1 = The block output value and status
for the first channel
Figure 4-27. Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block
FIELDBUS-FBUS_31A
D Automatic (Auto)--OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15] reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when the simulation is enabled.
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. PV is not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all configurable parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes.
Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block Overview
The Multiple Analog Input (MAI) function block has the ability to process up to eight field device measurements and make them available to other function blocks. The output values from the MAI block are in engineering units and contain a status indicating the quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels. Use the channel numbers to define the variables that the MAI block processes.
The MAI block supports mode control. In Automatic mode, the block's output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) reflects the process variable (PV) values and status. In Manual mode, OUT may be set manually. The Manual mode is reflected in the output status. Table 4-63 lists the MAI block parameters, and their units of measure, description and index numbers.
Status Handling
In Man mode, the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good. OUT_X status will be Bad if the transducer detects a problem with sensor associated with the channel.
Application Information
The intended use is for applications where it is necessary to convey DVC6000f measurements from a function. The configuration of the MAI function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application.
Modes
The MAI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
D Manual (Man)--The block output (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) may be set manually.
D CHANNEL [7]: Channel must always be set to 21.
The output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) are set through the transducer block Instrument menu. Each output has a channel assigned to it in MAI Channel Map (TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP [95]) in the transducer block. For additional information, refer to table 4-63.
4-142
September 2013
MAI Function Block
Block Errors
Table 4-61 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the MAI block and are given here only for your reference.
Condition Number
0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9 10 11 12 13
14
15
Table 4-61. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Name and Description
Other Block Configuration Error: the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD_SCALE, the L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or WRITE_CHECK = 0. Link Configuration Error Simulate Active Local Override Device Fault State Device Needs Maintenance Soon Input failure/process variable had Bad status - The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated Output failure Memory failure Lost Static Data Lost NV Data Readback Check Failed Device Needs Maintenance Now Power Up - This condition exists after power up until the MAI funciton executes for the first time. Out of Service - The actual mode is Out of Service.
Troubleshooting
Refer to table 4-62 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.
Table 4-62. Troubleshooting
Symptom
Possible Causes
Corrective Action
Mode will not leave Target mode is not Set target mode to
OOS
set
something other than OOS
Resource block
The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS. See Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action.
Schedule
Block is not scheduled and
therefore cannot execute to
go to Target Mode. Typically, BLOCK_ERR [6]
4
will show "Power-Up" for all
blocks that are not
scheduled. Schedule the
block to execute.
Block alarms will not work
Features
FEATURES_SEL [18] in the resource block does not have Alerts enabled. Enable the Alerts bit.
Notification
LIM_NOTIFY [32] in the resource block is not high enough. Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY [31], also in the resource block.
September 2013
4-143
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
MAI Function Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Label Parameter Name
Static Revision
4
ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
MAI Channel CHANNEL
Ouput 1 OUT_1
Output 2 OUT_2
Output 3 OUT_3
Index Number
Table 4-63. MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
0
2
7 bit ASCII
spaces
3
0 to 65535
0
4
1 to 255
0
5
5.1
RW
ALL OOS, MAN, AUTO
5.2
RO
ALL
5.3
RW
ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO
5.4
RW
ALL AUTO
OOS OOS OOS, MAN, AUTO AUTO
6
RO
1: Block Configuration Error 7: Input Failure/ Bad PV Status 14: Power-up 15: Out-of-Service
Description
Data Type: Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data associated with the input selector block. The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.
Data Type: Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block.
Data Type: Unsigned16 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.
Data Type: Unsigned8 The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.
Data Type: DS-69 The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
Data Type: Bit String 0 = Inactive 1 = Active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.
This variable must be set to 21. Channel assignments to the 8 outputs is done through MAI_CHANNEL_MAP parameter in transducer block.
1=FINAL_VALUE
2=TRAVEL_TARGET
3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
7
21 only
0 = undefined
4=TRAVEL 5=SUPPLY_PRESS
6=ACT_PRESS_A
7=ACT_PRESS_B
8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF
9=DRIVE_SIGNAL
10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION
11=TEMPERATURE
12=CYCLE_COUNT
13=TRAVEL_ACCUM
8
OOS Channel assigned by MAN TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.FINAL_VALUE
Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status.
9
OOS MAN
Channel assigned by TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.TRAVEL_TARGET
Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status.
10
OOS Channel assigned by
TB.FINAL_POSITION_ Data Type: DS-65
MAN TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
VALUE
The block output value and status.
-Continued-
4-144
September 2013
MAI Function Block
Label Parameter Name
Output 4 OUT_4
Output 5 OUT_5
Output 6 OUT_6
Output 7 OUT_7
Output 8 OUT_8
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
Index Number
11 12 13 14 15 16
UNACKNOWLEDGED
16.1
UPDATE_STATE
16.2
TIME_STAMP
16.3
STATIC_REVISION
16.4
RELATIVE_INDEX
16.5
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
17
UNACKNOWLEDGED
17.1
ALARM_STATE
17.2
TIME_STAMP
17.3
SUBCODE
17.4
VALUE
17.5
Table 4-63. MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions
RO / RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
OOS Channel assigned by MAN TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.TRAVEL
OOS MAN
Channel assigned by TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.SUPPLY_PRESS
OOS Channel assigned by MAN TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.ACT_PRESS_A
OOS Channel assigned by MAN TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.ACT_PRESS_B
OOS MAN
Channel assigned by TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP
TB.ACT_PRESS_DIFF
Description
Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status. Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status. Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status. Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status. Data Type: DS-65 The block output value and status.
0=Undefined
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
RO
N/A 1=Update reported
2=Updated not reported
RO
N/A
RO
N/A
RO
N/A
0=Undefined
0=Undefined 0 0 0
Data Type: DS-73
4
This alarm is generated whenever a static
parameter is changed.
0=Undefined
RW
1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
RO
2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
RO
RO
RO
Data Type: DS-72 The block alarm is used for all configuration , hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field.
September 2013
4-145
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-64. MAI Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
4
5.3
MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
8
OUT_1
9
OUT_2
10
OUT_3
11
OUT_4
12
OUT_5
13
OUT_6
14
OUT_7
15
OUT_8
Index Number
1
Table 4-65. MAI Function Block, View 2 Parameter
ST_REV
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Table 4-66. MAI Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR OUT_1 OUT_2 OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 OUT_7 OUT_8
Index Number
1 3 4 7
Table 4-67. MAI Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY CHANNEL
4-146
September 2013
Field Communicator Menu Structure
MULTIPLE ANALOG INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK
MAI Function Block
Quick Config
Online
All
MAI Channel
Block Error
Characteristics
Block Mode: Target
Static Revision
Block Mode: Actual
Tag Description
Common Config Alert Key Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal
Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Output 1: Status Ouput 1: Value Output 2: Status Ouput 2: Value Output 3: Status Ouput 3: Value
Strategy Alert Key Block Mode: Target Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Block Error MAI Channel
Advanced Config
Output 4: Status Ouput 4: Value
Output 1: Status Ouput 1: Value
4
Static Revision
Output 5: Status
Output 2: Status
Strategy
Ouput 5: Value
Ouput 2: Value
Output 6: Status
Output 3: Status
Ouput 6: Value
Ouput 3: Value
I/O Reference MAI Channel
Output 7: Status Ouput 7: Value Output 8: Status Ouput 8: Value
Output 4: Status Ouput 4: Value Output 5: Status Ouput 5: Value Output 6: Status
Connectors Output 1: Status Ouput 1: Value Output 2: Status Ouput 2: Value Output 3: Status Ouput 3: Value Output 4: Status Ouput 4: Value Output 5: Status Ouput 5: Value Output 6: Status Ouput 6: Value Output 7: Status Ouput 7: Value
Status Block Error
Other Tag Description Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp
Ouput 6: Value Output 7: Status Ouput 7: Value Output 8: Status Ouput 8: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value
Output 8: Status
Block Alarm: Subcode
Ouput 8: Value
Block Alarm: Value
September 2013
4-147
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
4
4-148
September 2013
DO Function Block
Discrete Output (DO) Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Mode Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shed with No Return Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-151
4-151 4-151 4-151
Block Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
4
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
I/O Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Setting the Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152 Output Block PV Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Action On Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
September 2013
4-149
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
CAS_IN_D
DO
BKCAL_OUT_D OUT_D READBACK_D
CAS IN D BKCAL OUT D
OUT_D READBACK_D
= The remote set point value from another function block.
= The value and status required by the BKCAL IN D input of another block for output tracking.
= The block output and status.
= Actual valve position
4
Figure 4-28. Discrete Output (DO) Function Block
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output block, see page 4-26.
Discrete Output (DO) Function Block Overview
The Discrete Output (DO) function block processes a discrete set point and outputs it to the specified I/O channel to produce an output signal. The DVC6000f digital valve controller discrete output block provides both normal open/closed control and the ability to position the valve in 5% increments for coarse throttling applications. The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK_D [16].
The DO block supports mode control and simulation. In operation, the DO function block determines its set point and sets the output. The transducer block provides a readback signal of actual position from the instrument. Figure 4-28 illustrates the primary inputs and outputs of the DO function block, figure 4-29 illustrates the internal components of the DO function block. Table 4-71 lists definitions for the function block parameters.
When setting up the DO block, CHANNEL [18] must be set to 22, and SHED_OPT [23] must be non-zero.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.
Modes
The DO block supports the following modes:
D Manual (Man)--The block output OUT_D [9] value may be entered manually.
D Automatic (Auto)--The block algorithm uses the local set point SP_D [8]value to determine OUT_D [9].
D Cascade (Cas)--The block uses a set point supplied by another function block.
Note
The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS or MAN.
D RemoteCascade (RCas)--The block uses a set point supplied by a host computer.
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed and the output is not transferred to I/O. The BLOCK_ERR [6] attribute shows Out of service.
4-150
September 2013
DO Function Block
Mode Handling
Shed Options -- RCAS Mode Only
Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [23]. A block climbs and sheds through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [23] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as follows:
Shed With Return Options
Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade (in other words, the remote cascade target mode stays in effect).
Normal--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non-remote mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
Auto--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote cascade is restored.
Man--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is restored.
Shed With No Return Options
For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options.
Normal--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non-remote mode. Cas is the highest permitted non-remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non-remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained Target--The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
Auto--On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
Man--On failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPT [23] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
D Shed logic never results in a non-permitted target mode.
D Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
4
Block Initialization
The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters have initial values of uninitialized in function blocks. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode. For the DO function block, the parameters that must be initialized are:
SHED_OPT [23] (see page 4-151 for valid values)
CHANNEL [18]
Status Handling
Under normal operating conditions, the status of OUT_D [9] is Good Non-Cascade, and the status of BKCAL_OUT_D [21] is Good:Cascade. If the output hardware fails, the status of BKCAL_OUT_D [21] is set to Bad:Device Fail, and the BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Output Failure. If the hardware used for output feedback fails, the status of READBACK_D [16] and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:DeviceFail, and the BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer block mode is Out of Service, the status of READBACK_D [16] and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:Out of Service.
September 2013
4-151
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
RCAS_IN_D
SP_D CAS_IN_D
RCAS_OUT_D
PV_D
CONVERT AND STATUS CALCULATION
MODE
IO_OPTS
READBACK_D
4
SHED MODE
SIMULATE_D
CHANNEL
BKCAL_OUT_D OUT_D
TRANSDUCER BLOCK FEEDBACK
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
Figure 4-29. Discrete Output Function Block Schematic
I/O Selection
To select the I/O associated with the discrete output, configure the value of the CHANNEL [18] parameter. Table 4-68 lists the valid Channel selections for the DO block.
Setting the Output
To set the output for the DO block, you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its set point and output. In Cascade mode, the set point equals the input value at the CAS_IN_D [17] parameter. In Automatic or Manual mode, the set point must be entered manually by the user. For Automatic, the value must be written to the SP_D [8] parameter and for Manual, the value must be written to OUT_D [9]. In Remote Cascade mode, the set point is determined by a host computer that is writing to the RCAS_IN_D [22] parameter. Table 4-69 lists discrete states used by the digital valve controller for the set point.
To further customize the output, configure the following supported I/O options: SP tracks PV in Man,
Table 4-68. Channel Selections for the Discrete Output Function Block
Selection
Transducer Block Parameter
Transducer block Index
Description
22
SETPOINT_D
32
Discrete Valve Control
0
-
-
Uninitialized
SP tracks PV in LO, SP Track retained target in Man or LO, Fault State to Value, Use Fault State value on restart, Target to Man if Fault State activated, and US PV for BKCAL_OUT.
Note
You can configure the supported I/O options in Out of Service mode only.
The SP_PV Track in Man option permits the set point to track the process variable when the block is in Manual mode. With this option enabled, the set point (SP_D [8]) becomes a copy of the process variable
4-152
September 2013
DO Function Block
Table 4-69. Valve Set Point for Discrete State
Discrete State
Valve Set Point with Valve Set Point with IO_OPTS Invert = 0 IO_OPTS Invert = 1
0
Closed
Open
1
Open
Closed
5
5%
Closed
10
10%
Closed
15
15%
Closed
20
20%
Closed
25
25%
Closed
30
30%
Closed
35
35%
Closed
40
40%
Closed
45
45%
Closed
50
50%
Closed
55
55%
Closed
60
60%
Closed
65
65%
Closed
70
70%
Closed
75
75%
Closed
80
80%
Closed
85
85%
Closed
90
90%
Closed
95
95%
Closed
100
Open
Closed
(PV_D [7]), and a manually-entered SP_D [8] value is overwritten on the block's next execution cycle. This option can prevent a state change when transitioning from Manual to Automatic mode. You can disable this option in Manual or Out of Service mode only.
The Invert option inverts the set point at SP_D [8] before it is stored in OUT_D [9]. With this option enabled, OUT_D [9] becomes an inverted copy of SP_D [8] where non-zero values of SP_D [8] are considered a logic 1. With this option disabled, OUT_D [9] is a direct copy of SP_D [8]. The readback value is processed through the Invert option to become PV_D [7]. The Use PV for BKCAL_OUT option specifies that BKCAL _OUT equal the value of the process variable (PV_D [7]) instead of the set point (SP_D [8]). If you do not enable this option, BKCAL_OUT will equal SP_D [8].
Output Block PV Status
The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]), the Transducer Block mode, and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms. Refer to table 4-10.
Table 4-70. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other (N/A)
1
Block Configuration Error - SHED_OPT or CHANNEL set to 0 (uninitialized)
2
Link Configuration Error (N/A)
3
Simulate active - Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.
4
Local Override - Device in fault state. Actual mode LO.
Device Fault State Set - DO block in fault state after
5
FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on
CAS_IN_D or Resource block commanded fault state.
Device Needs Maintenance Soon - Indicates a Maintenance
6
PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is
enabled. See page 4-40.
7
Input failure/process variable has Bad status - PV has bad status and Feature Select in the Resource block has the Out
4
Readback bit set or the transducer block mode is Out of
Service.
8
Output failure - PV has bad status or the transducer block mode is Out of Service.
9
Memory Failure (N/A)
10
Lost Static Data (N/A)
11
Lost NV Data (N/A)
12
Readback Check Failed (N/A)
Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates Failed
13
PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is
enabled. See page 4-40.
14
Power Up - This condition exists after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service.
15
Out of Service - The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode.
Block Errors
Table 4-70 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DO block and are provided only for your reference.
Action on Fault Detection
Fault State is caused by one of three sources: A status pertaining to CAS, A status pertaining to RCAS, or SET_FSTATE [29] in the resource block. To implement Fault State, configure the following parameters:
IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT_D [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] "Fault State to Value" is not selected, then OUT_D [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If "Fault State to Value" is selected, OUT_D [9] goes to the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value when Fault State is set.
FSTATE_TIME [19]: The length of time, in seconds, that the DO block will wait to set Fault State. When
September 2013
4-153
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Fault State is set, the OUT_D [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value or holds its last position, depending on I/O_OPTS [14]. When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN_D [17] has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.
FSTATE_VAL_D [20]: Determines the OUT_D [9] value if IO_OPTS [14] "Fault State to Value" is selected. The OUT_D [9] value transitions to FSTATE_VAL_D [20] after FSTATE_TIME [19] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.
4
Simulation
To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter. Normally, the valve position value and status used for READBACK_D [16] in the DO block reflect actual process values to the nearest 5%, as provided by the transducer block. When the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter is enabled, value and status used for READBACK_D [16] is supplied by the user manually. To enable simulation in the DO function block, the simulate jumper must be installed. For information on the installation of this jumper, see the page 2-30 Installation section.
Note
When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert.
The SIMULATE_D [10] parameter has three components:
D Simulate Enable_Disable determines whether the function block will use the actual valve position value and status, or Simulate Value and Simulate Status.
D Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.
D Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when Simulate Enable_Disable is set to Enabled.
To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate Enable_Disable to Enabled, then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.
When SIMULATE_D [10] is Enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.
4-154
September 2013
DO Function Block
Discrete Output Function Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Static Revision ST_REV
Tag Description TAG_DESC
Strategy STRATEGY
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
Process Value Discrete PV_D
Setpoint Discrete SP_D
Output Discrete OUT_D
Simulate Discrete SIMULATE_D SIMULATE_STATUS SIMULATE_VALUE TRANSDUCER_STATUS TRANSDUCER_VALUE ENABLE/DISABLE
Table 4-71. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data associated with
0
the function block. The revision value will be
incremented each time a static parameter value in
the block is changed.
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Spaces 0
Data Type: Octet String
The user description of the intended application of
the block.
4
Data Type: Unsigned16
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping
of blocks. This data is not checked or processed
by the block.
4
RW
ALL 1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting
alarms, etc.
5
OOS
OOS until Data Type: DS-69
MAN
block is Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO
5.1
RW
ALL AUTO
configured, 2: CAS, 1: RCAS
AUTO-CAS,
then last valid The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of
AUTO-RCAS
target
the block.
5.2
RO
ALL
OOS
Target: The requested block mode
Actual: The current mode of the block
5.3
RW
ALL
OOS+MAN+AUTO+ CAS+RCAS
OOS+MAN+ AUTO+CAS
+RCAS
Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
5.4
RW
ALL
AUTO+CAS
1: Block Configuration
Error
3: Simulate Active
Data Type: Bit String
4: Local Override
0=Inactive
5: Device Fault State
1=Active
6
RO
N/A Set
Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated
7: Input Failure / Bad
with the hardware or software components
PV Status
associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that
8: Output Failure
multiple errors may be shown.
14: Power-up
15: Out-of-Service
7
RO
N/A
PV_D Status set equal to Readback_D Status
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-66 The discrete process variable calculated from READBACK_D.
OOS
8
MAN PV_STATE
AUTO
Data Type: DS-66 The discrete target block output value (set point).
9
MAN OUT_STATE
Data Type: DS-66 Position target of valve. 0=closed, 1=open, 2-100 position the value in 5% steps.
10
10.1
ALL
10.2
ALL
10.3
RO
10.4
RO
0=Not initialized
10.5
ALL 1=Simulation Disabled
2=Simulation Active
-Continued-
0
Data Type: DS-83
0
Allows the transducer discrete input or output to
0
the block to be manually supplied when simulate is
0
enabled. When simulation is disabled, the simulate
value and status track the actual value and status.
1
September 2013
4-155
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-71. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Process Value State PV_STATE
Transducer State XD_STATE
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
11
ALL
12
ALL
Range
Initial Value
Description
Data Type: Uint16
0
Index to the text describing the states of a discrete
output.
Data Type: Uint16
0
Index to the text describing the states of a discrete
for the value obtained from the transducer.
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY GRANT DENY
4
I/O Options IO_OPTS
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
13
13.1
N/A 0: Program
1: Tune
13.2
N/A
2: Alarm 3: Local
All bits: 0 All bits: 0
Data Type: DS-70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. GRANT:0=N/A, 1=granted DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied
Valid Bits
0: Invert
1: SP tracks PV in Man
14
OOS
3: SP tracks PV in LO 4: SP Track retained target in Man or LO 6: Fault State to value
0: freeze 1: go to Fault State value 7: Use Fault State value on restart 8: Target to Man if Fault State activated 9: Use PV for
All bits: 0
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disable 1=Enable Allows you to select the type of tracking and the output value when a fault condition occurs. Supported I/O options for the DO function block are SP Tracks PV in Man, SP Tracks PV in LO, SP Tracks Retained Target in Man or LO, Fault State to Value, Use Fault state on Restart, Target to Man if Fault State Activated, and Use PV for BKCAL_OUT.
BKCAL_OUT
0: SP
1: PV
Data Type: Bit String
15
OOS
4: Propagate Failure Backward
All bits: 0
0=Disable 1=Enable Options the user may select for the block
processing of status.
Readback Discrete READBACK_D
16
Cascade Input Discrete CAS_IN_D
17
DO Channel CHANNEL
18
Fault State Time FSTATE_TIME
19
Fault State Value Discrete FSTATE_VAL_D
20
Back Calculation Output Discrete BKCAL_OUT_D
21
Remote Cascade Input Discrete
RCAS_IN_D
22
RO
N/A
Status ALL
Value
OOS
0=undefined 22=Setpoint (D)
ALL Positive
ALL
RO
N/A
Status ALL
Value -Continued-
Dynamic
BAD: NC: const
0
22= Setpoint (D)
0
0
Dynamic
BAD: NoCom: NoVal:
const 0
Data Type: DS-66 0=closed, 1=open, 5, 10, 15, 30...etc. are position in 5% increments.
Data Type: DS-66 The remote set point value from another block.
Data Type: Unsigned16 Defines which transducer parameter receives the DO output. Select Setpoint (D) to control valve position.
Data Type: Float Time from detection of a fault in the remote set point to the Fault State output action. Date Type: Unsigned8 Preset discrete SP_D value to use if I/O_OPTS Fault State to Value is set. Data Type: DS-66 The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN_D input of another block for output tracking
Date Type: DS-66 Target set point and status provided by a supervisory host to a discrete control or output block.
4-156
September 2013
DO Function Block
Table 4-71. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Number RW
Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Shed Options SHED_OPT
0=Uninitialized
1=Normal Shed,
Normal Return
2=Normal Shed, No
Return
3=Shed to Auto, normal
return
4=Shed to Auto, no
Data Type: Unsigned8
return. Target mode
Defines action to be taken on remote control
changes to Auto on
device timeout.
detection of a shed
Normal Return - actual mode changes to the next
condition
lowest priority non-remote mode permitted but
23
ALL 5=Shed to Manual,
0
returns to the target remote mode when the
normal return
remote computer completes the initialization
6=Shed to Manual, No
handshake.
return. Target mode changes to MAN on
No Return - Target mode changes to the next lowest priority non-remote mode permitted. The
4
detection of a shed
target remote mode is lost, so no return occurs.
condition.
7=Shed to retained
target, normal return
8=Shed to retained
target, no return.
(Change target to
retained target)
Remote Cascade Output Discrete RCAS_OUT_D
24
RO
N/A
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-66 Block set point and status after ramping, provided to a supervisory host for back calculation and to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change.
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
25
UNACKNOWLEDGED UPDATE_STATE
0=Undefined
25.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined
2=Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-73
0=Undefined
This alert is generated by any change to the static
25.2
RO
N/A 1=Update reported
0=Undefined data.
2=Update not reported
TIME_STAMP
25.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
25.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
25.5
RO
N/A
0
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
26
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE
0=Undefined
26.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
26.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
26.3
RO
N/A
26.4
RO
N/A
Data Type: DS-72
0
The block alarm is used for all configuration,
hardware, connection failure, or system problems
in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in
the subcode field. The first alert to become active
0
will set the active status in the status parameter.
As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the
alert reporting procedure, and other block alert
may be reported without clearing the Active status,
0
if the subcode has changed.
0
VALUE
26.5
RO
N/A
0
Extended Blocks
Setpoint Rate Up SP_RATE_UP
27
>= 0
Data Type: Float
0
The ramp rate for SP up in AUTO, CAS, and
RCAS modes. Measured in PV units/sec.
Setpoint Rate Down SP_RATE_DN
28
> = 0
Data Type: Float
0
The ramp rate for SP down in AUTO, CAS, and
RCAS modes. Measured in PV units/sec.
September 2013
4-157
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-72. DO Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
4
5.2 5.3
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
7
PV_D
8
SP_D
9
OUT_D
16
READBACK_D
17
CAS_IN_D
Index Number
1 11 12 13.1 13.2
Table 4-73. DO Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV PV_STATE XD_STATE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 8 9 16 17 21 22 24
Table 4-74. DO Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR PV_D SP_D OUT_D READBACK_D CAS_IN BKCAL_OUT_D RCAS_IN_D RCAS_OUT_D
Index Number
1 3 4 14 15 18 19 20 24 27 28
Table 4-75. DO Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY IO_OPTS STATUS_OPTS CHANNEL FSTATE_TIME FSTATE_VAL_D SHED_OPT SP_RATE_UP SP_RATE_DN
4-158
September 2013
DO Function Block
Field Communicator Menu Structure
DISCRETE OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK
Quick Config
Online
All
Alert Key
Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status
Characteristics
Process Value Discrete: Status
Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value
Static Revision
Process Value Discrete: Value
Block Error
Tag Description
Setpoint Discrete: Status
Cascade Input Discrete: Status
Strategy
Setpoint Discrete: Value
Cascade Input Discrete: Value
Alert Key
Block Mode: Target
Block Mode: Target
Common Config Alert Key
Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal
Block Mode: Actual Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal
I/O Options
Output Discrete: Status
Block Error
Block Mode: Target
Output Discrete: Value
Process Value Discrete: Status
Block Mode: Actual
Process Value Discrete: Status
Process Value Discrete: Value
Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal
Process Value Discrete: Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Status
Setpoint Discrete: Status Setpoint Discrete: Value
4
Setpoint Discrete: Status
Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Value
Output Discrete: Status
Setpoint Discrete: Value
Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Status
Output Discrete: Value
Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Value
Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status
Advanced Config Fault State Time Fault State Value Discrete Process Value State Shed Options Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer State
I/O Reference DO Channel
Connectors Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value Cascade Input Discrete: Status Cascade Input Discrete: Value Output Discrete: Status Output Discrete: Value
Readback Discrete: Status Readback Discrete: Value Setpoint Discrete: Status Setpoint Discrete: Value
Status Block Error
Other Tag Description Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint Rate Down
Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable Process Value State Transducer State Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny I/O Options Status Options Readback Discrete: Status Readback Discrete: Value Cascade Input Discrete: Status Cascade Input Discrete: Value DO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Status Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged
Block Alarm: Alarm State
Block Alarm: Time Stamp
Block Alarm: Subcode
Block Alarm: Value
Setpoint Rate Up
Setpoint Rate Down
September 2013
4-159
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
4
4-160
September 2013
DI Function Block
Discrete Input (DI) Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Block Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
I/O Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Valve Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
Open/Closed Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
4
Variable Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
Valve Position Proximity Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
Field Value Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
Block Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Action On Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Field Communicator Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
September 2013
4-161
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
DI
OUT_D
OUT_D = The block output and status
Figure 4-30. Discrete Input (DI) Function Block
Block Initialization
The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters in the function blocks have initial values of uninitialized. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode. For the DI function block, the CHANNEL [15] parameter must be initialized.
Discrete Input (DI) Function Block
4 Overview
The Discrete Input (DI) function block processes a single discrete input from a field device and makes it available to other function blocks. You can configure inversion and alarm detection on the input value. In the DVC6000f digital valve controller, the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection. The DI function block supports mode control, signal status propagation, and simulation.
Normally, the block is used in Automatic mode so that the process variable (PV_D [7]) is copied to the output (OUT_D [8]). You can change the mode to Manual to disconnect the field signal and substitute a manually-entered value for the output. In this case, PV_D [7] continues to show the value that will become the OUT_D [8] when the mode is changed to Automatic.
To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows the measurement value to be supplied manually through the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Figure 4-31 illustrates the internal components of the DI function block, and table 4-80 lists the definitions of the block parameters.
Status Handling
Under normal conditions, a Good: Non-Cascade status is passed through to OUT_D [8]. The block also supports the Status Action On Failure and BLOCK_ERR [6] indications. When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, FIELD_VAL_D [7], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to the simulated status. When the block is set to Manual mode, OUT_D [7] is set to Good: Non-cascade, Constant status.
I/O Selection
To select the I/O associated with the discrete measurement, configure the value of the CHANNEL [15] parameter. In the digital valve controller, the four classes of channels are
D Valve travel
Modes
The Discrete Input function block supports the following modes:
D Manual (Man)--The block output (OUT_D [8]) is disconnected from the field and set manually.
D Automatic (Auto)--The block algorithm determines output.
D Out of Service (OOS)--The block is not processed. The OUT_D [8] status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service.
D Open/Closed limit switch
D Variable limit switch based on transducer block travel alarm settings.
D Proximity position detection based on transducer block travel alarm settings.
The CHANNEL [15] parameter for each of the four DI blocks available in the digital valve controller may be set independently to achieve the desired position detection. The DI block CHANNEL [15] definitions are listed in table 4-76. Refer to the following descriptions for details of the operation of these channels.
4-162
September 2013
Discrete Signal
DI Function Block
FIELD_VAL_D
Alarm Detection
PV_D Invert Option
OUT_D
SIMULATE
MODE
4
Figure 4-31. Discrete Input Function Block Schematic
Table 4-76. Channel Selection for the Discrete Input Function Block
Selection
Transducer Block Parameter(1)
Transducer Block Index Number
Bit Number(2)
23
TRAVEL_D
33
N/A
24
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
0: Travel Open
25
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
1: Travel Closed
26
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE
74.4
2: Travel Limit Lo Lo
27
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE
74.4
4: Travel Limit Lo
28
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE
74.4
3: Travel Limit Hi
29
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE
74.4
1: Travel Limit Hi Hi
30
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
5: Proximity Lo Lo
31
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
4: Proximity Lo
32
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
3: Proximity Hi
33
INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
74.5
2: Proximity Hi Hi
1. Refer to table 4-13 for parameter descriptions. 2. See pages 4-31 and 4-33, Travel ALerts and Prox Alerts, for information on accessing these alerts. Refer to Appendix F for information on accessing these alerts through DeltaV.
Valve Travel
Channel 23 provides valve travel.
0 = Closed, 1 = 100% open, 5 = 5% open, 10 = 10% open, 15 = 15% open, etc.
Open/Closed Limit Switch
Channels 24 and 25 provide valve open and closed limit switch functionality for the DI block. These channels will detect if the valve position is more than the Travel Open Alert Point for open detection or less than the Travel Closed Alert Point for closed detection. These channels provide an adjustable deadband to clear the detected position.
0= Not Active, 1= Active
Variable Limit Switch
Channels 26 through 29 provide variable limit switch functionality for the DI block. Trip points for this limit switch functionality are based on the Travel Alert settings in the transducer Block. The DI function block provides the same type of position detection as the travel alerts in the transducer block. Table 4-77 lists the transducer block parameters used with DI block channels 26 through 29. Refer to Travel and Prox, on page 4-31 for more information on the transducer block travel alerts.
0= Not Active, 1= Active
September 2013
4-163
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DISCRETE INPUT CLEARED
DEADZONE, 1% OF TRAVEL
TRIGGER POINT FOR DOWNWARD VALVE TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND
Valve Position
CENTER POINT OF PROXIMITY DETECTION DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT POINT
4 TRIGGER POINT FOR
UPWARD VALVE TRAVEL
DISCRETE INPUT SET
DETERMINED BY TRAVEL
ALERT DEADBAND
Figure 4-32. Discrete Input Proximity Detection Function
Valve Position Proximity Detection
Channels 30 through 33 provide valve position proximity detection for the DI block. The transducer block Travel Alert Point and Travel Alert Deadband parameters are also used with the valve position proximity, but they provide a different function. The Travel Alert Point for the selected channel determines the center point for the position to be detected. The Travel Alert Deadband for the selected channel sets the upper and lower trigger points, or the width of the proximity detection band. A 1% deadzone exists above and below this band that the travel must exceed to clear the detected position. Figure 4-32 illustrates the operation of the proximity detection function. Travel Alert Point refers to Travel Lo Alert Point, Travel Hi Alert Point, Travel Lo Lo Alert Point, and Travel Hi Hi Alert Point in table 4-78. Travel Alert Deadband refers to Travel Lo Alert Deadband, Travel Hi Alert Deadband, Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband, and Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband in table 4-78.
0= Not Active, 1= Active
Table 4-78 lists the transducer block parameters used for proximity detection with DI block channels 30 through 33.
Table 4-77. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 26 through 29 (Variable Limit
Switch)
Transducer Block Parameter
Parameter Function
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
Lo Lo Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband
Lo Lo Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Lo Alert Point
Lo Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Lo Alert Deadband
Lo Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Alert Deadband
Hi Limit Switch Trip Point Hi Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
Hi Hi Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband
Hi Hi Limit Switch Deadband
Table 4-78. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 30 through 33
Transducer Block Parameter
Parameter Function
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
Lo Lo Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Proximity Detection Width
Travel Lo Alert Point
Lo Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Lo Alert Deadband
Lo Proximity Detection Width
Travel Hi Alert Point
Hi Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Hi Alert Deadband
Hi Proximity Detection Width
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
Hi Hi Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband
Hi Hi Proximity Detection Width
be used to set the length of time that FIELD_VAL_D [17] must be in a new state before that new state is reflected in PV_D. The PV_D [7] value goes to the mode switch where it becomes OUT_D [8] when the actual mode is AUTO. OUT_D [8] is also tested for an alarm state.
Note
Invert is the only I/O option that the DI block supports. You can set the I/O option only when the block mode is Out of Service.
Field Value Processing
The Invert bit of the IO_OPTS [13] parameter may be used to logically invert the value of FIELD_VAL_D [17] before it is stored as PV_D [7]. PV_FTIME [16] may
Alarm Detection
To select the state that initiates an input alarm, and to set discrete alarm substatus in the output, configure the DISC_LIM [23] parameter. You can enter any value between 0 and 255. A value of 255 disables the alarm. When OUT_D [8] matches the DISC_LIM [23] state, the discrete value of an alarm is set.
4-164
September 2013
DI Function Block
Table 4-79. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other (N/A)
1
Block Configuration Error--CHANNEL set to 0 through 10 (uninitialized)
2
Link Configuration Error (N/A)
3
Simulate Active--Simulate is enabled. Output does not reflect process conditions
4
Local Override (N/A)
5
Device Fault State Set (N/A)
6
Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A)
Input failure/process variable has Bad status--The
7
hardware is bad or the transducer block mode is Out of
Service
8
Output Failure (N/A)
9
Memory Failure (N/A)
10
Lost Static Data (N/A)
11
Lost NV Data (N/A)
12
Readback Check Failed (N/A)
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A)
14
Power Up--Set after power-up until actual mode is not Out of Service
15
Out of Service--The actual mode is Out of Service (OOS). The block is not being processed.
STANDARD DISCRETE INPUT
DISCRETE INPUT
1
VALUE
0
PROXIMITY DISCRETE INPUT
0
Configurable
Band
1
DISCRETE INPUT VALUE
4
0
Figure 4-33. Proximity Discrete Input Compared to a Standard Discrete Input
Block Errors
Table 4-79 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DI block and are provided only for your reference.
Action on Failure
In case of hardware failure, FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to a Bad status and the BLOCK_ ERR [6] parameter shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer block mode is Out of Service, the status of FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] is set to Bad:Out of Service.
Simulation
To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Normally the measurement value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] in the DI block reflect actual process values as provided by the transducer block. When the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter is enabled, value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] is supplied by the user manually. To enable simulation in the DI function block, the simulate jumper must be
installed. For information on the installation of this jumper, see the Installation section.
The SIMULATE_D [9] parameter has three components:
D Simulate_D enable/disable determines whether the function block will use the actual process value and status, or Simulate Value and Simulate Status.
D Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.
D Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when enable/disable is set to enabled.
To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate_D enable/disable to enabled, then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.
September 2013
4-165
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.
Application Information
Figure 4-33 compares the operation of a standard discrete input to a proximity discrete input. With the
standard discrete input, the discrete input changes state when the valve position passes a configurable trip point. This can be used to indicate if the valve position is above or below the trip point.
With the proximity discrete input a configurable band can be established about a central point. Whenever the valve position enters this configurable band, the discrete input changes state. A proximity discrete input is useful for applications which require knowing the location of the valve when the valve is not near 0% or 100%.
4
4-166
September 2013
DI Function Block
Discrete Input Function Block Parameter List
D Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write D Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter D Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub-parameter
Table 4-80. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Static Revision ST_REV
1
RO
N/A 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
The revision level of the static data
0
associated with the function block. The revision value will be incremented each time
4
a static parameter value in the block is
changed.
Tag Description TAG_DESC
2
RW
ALL 7 bit ASCII
Spaces
Data Type: Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block.
Strategy STRATEGY
3
RW
ALL 0 to 65535
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked
or processed by the block.
Alert Key ALERT_KEY
4
RW
ALL 1 to 255
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for
sorting alarms, etc.
Block Mode MODE_BLK
TARGET
ACTUAL PERMITTED
5
OOS
5.1
RW
ALL MAN
AUTO
5.2
RO
ALL
5.3
RW
ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO
OOS until block is configured, then last valid target
OOS
OOS+MAN+ AUTO
Data Type: DS-69 Valid Bits: 7:OOS, 4:MAN, 3:AUTO The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.
Target: The requested block mode Actual: The current mode of the block Permitted: Allowed modes for Target Normal: Most common mode for Target
NORMAL
5.4
RO
ALL
AUTO
Block Error BLOCK_ERR
6
Defined Bits
1: Block Configuration
Error
RO
N/A
3: Simulate Active 7: Input Failure / Bad PV
Status
14: Power-up
15: Out-of-Service
Dynamic
Data Type: Bit String 0=Inactive 1=Active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. Multiple errors may be shown, see table 4-79.
Process Value Discrete PV_D
Data Type: DS-66
7
RO
N/A
PV_D Status set equal to Field_Val_D Status
Dynamic
The process variable used in block execution. Value is converted from Readback to show the actuator position in
the same units as the set point value.
Output Discrete OUT_D
8
OOS MAN
OUT_STATE
Data Type: DS-66 The primary discrete value calculated as a result of executing the function.
Simulate Discrete SIMULATE_D
9
SIMULATE_STATUS
9.1
SIMULATE_VALUE
9.2
TRANSDUCER_STATUS
9.3
TRANSDUCER_VALUE
9.4
ENABLE/DISABLE
9.5
ALL
ALL
RO
ALL
RO
ALL
0=Not initialized 1=Simulation Disabled 2=Simulation Active
0 0 0 0
1=Simulation Disabled
Data Type: DS-83 Allows the transducer discrete input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled. When simulation is disabled, the simulate value and status track the actual value and status.
-Continued-
September 2013
4-167
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 4-80. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Index RO / Block Number RW Mode
Range
Initial Value
Description
Transducer State XD_STATE
10
ALL
Data Type: Uint16
0
Index to the text describing the states of a discrete for the value obtained from the
transducer.
Output State OUT_STATE
11
ALL
Data Type: Unsigned16
0
Index to the text describing the states of a
discrete output.
Grant Deny GRANT_DENY
GRANT
DENY
4 I/O Options IO_OPTS
12
12.1
ALL 0: Program
1: Tune
12.2
ALL
2: Alarm 3: Local
13
OOS 0: Invert
All bits:0 All bits: 0
All bits:0
Data Type: DS-70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. GRANT: 0=NA, 1=granted DENY: 0=NA, 1=denied
Data Type: Bit String 0=Disable 1=Enable Allows you to select how the I/O signals are processed.
Status Options STATUS_OPTS
Data Type: Bit String
3=Propagate Failure
0=Disable
14
OOS Forward
All bits:0 1=Enable
8=Uncertain in MAN mode
Options the user may select for the block
processing of status.
DI Channel CHANNEL
0=undefined
23=Valve Position or
Pressure (Discrete)
24= PV > 97%
25= PV < 3%
26=PV Below LO LO limit
15
OOS
27=PV Below LO limit 28=PV Above HI limit 29=PV Above HI HI limit 30=PV Within Proximity of LO LO
0=Undefined
Data Type: Unsigned16 Defines the functionality of the discrete input. See I/O Selection for details. Refer to table 4-76.
31=PV Within Proximity of
LO
32=PV within Proximity of
HI
33=PV within Proximity of
HI HI
Process Value Filter Time PV_FTIME
16
ALL Positive
Data Type: Float
0
Time that FIELD_VAL_D must be in a new state, before the change is reflected to PV_D
and OUT_D.
Field Value Discrete FIELD_VAL_D
17
RO
Data Type: DS-66
0
Raw value of the field device discrete input, with a status reflecting the transducer
condition.
Update Event UPDATE_EVT
18
UNACKNOWLEDGED UPDATE_STATE
0=Undefined
18.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
0=Undefined
2=Unacknowledged
Data Type: DS-73
0=Undefined
This alert is generated by any change to the
18.2
RO
N/A 1=Update Reported
0=Undefined static data.
2=Updated not reported
TIME_STAMP
18.3
RO
N/A
0
STATIC_REVISION
18.4
RO
N/A
0
RELATIVE_INDEX
18.5
RO
N/A
0
-Continued-
4-168
September 2013
DI Function Block
Table 4-80. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)
Label PARAMETER_NAME
Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM
UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE VALUE
Index Number
19
19.1
19.2
19.3 19.4 19.5
RO / RW
RW
RO
RO RO RO
Block Mode
Range
0=Undefined N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined 1=Clear reported N/A 2=Clear not reported 3=Active reported 4=Active not reported
N/A
N/A
Initial Value
Description
Dynamic
Data Type: DS-72 The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure, or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the active status in the status parameter. As soon as the unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting procedure, and other block alert may be reported without clearing the active status, if the subcode has changed.
Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM CURRENT UNACKNOWLEDGED UNREPORTED DISABLED
20
20.1
RO
20.2
RO
20.3
RO
20.4
RW
0: Discrete alarm 7: Block Alarm
Data Type: DS-74 The current alert status, unacknowledged
4
All bits: 0
states, unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the
All bits: 0
function block. 0=clear reported
All bits: 0 0=acknowledged
All bits: 0
0=reported 0=enabled
Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION
Data Type: Bit String
21
ALL
0: Discrete 1: Block Alarm
All bits: 0
0=Disable 1=Enable
Used to set auto acknowledgement of alarms
Discrete Priority DISC_PRI
22
ALL 0 to 15
0
Data Type: Unsigned8 Priority of the discrete alarm.
Discrete Limit DISC_LIM
Discrete Alarm DISC_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED
ALARM_STATE
23
ALL PV_STATE
24
0=Undefined
24.1
RW
N/A 1=Acknowledged
2=Unacknowledged
0=Undefined
1=Clear reported
24.2
RO
N/A 2=Clear not reported
3=Active reported
4=Active not reported
Data Type: Unsigned8
0
State of discrete input which will generate an
alarm.
Data Type: DS-72 The discrete alarm is used for indication of a state change in selected discrete channel.
TIME_STAMP SUBCODE VALUE
24.3
RO
N/A
24.4
RO
N/A
24.5
RO
N/A
September 2013
4-169
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 4-81. DI Function Block, View 1
Index Number
Parameter
1
ST_REV
5.1
MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
4
5.2 5.3
MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4
MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6
BLOCK_ERR
7
PV_D
8
OUT_D
17
FIELD_VAL_D
20.1
ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
20.2
ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
20.3
ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
20.4
ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 10 11 12.1 12.2
Table 4-82. DI Function Block, View 2
Parameter
ST_REV XD_STATE OUT_STATE GRANT_DENY.GRANT GRANT_DENY.DENY
Index Number
1 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6 7 8 17 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.4
Table 4-83. DI Function Block, View 3
Parameter
ST_REV MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE BLOCK_ERR PV_D OUT_D FIELD_VAL_D ALARM_SUM.CURRENT ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
Index Number
1 3 4 13 14 15 16 21 22 23
Table 4-84. DI Function Block, View 4
Parameter
ST_REV STRATEGY ALERT_KEY IO_OPTS STATUS_OPTS CHANNEL PV_FTIME ACK_OPTION DISC_PRI DISC_LIM
4-170
September 2013
Field Communicator Menu Structure
DISCRETE INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK
DI Function Block
Quick Config
Online
All
Alert Key
Block Error
Characteristics
Process Value Discrete: Status
Field Value Discrete: Status
Static Revision
Process Value Discrete: Value
Field Value Discrete: Value
Tag Description
Block Mode: Target
Strategy
Block Mode: Actual
Alert Key
Block Mode: Permitted
Block Mode: Target
Common Config
Block Mode: Normal
Block Mode: Actual
Alert Key
Output Discrete: Status
Block Mode: Permitted
Discrete Limit
Output Discrete: Value
Block Mode: Normal
I/O Options
Process Value Discrete: Status
Block Error
Block Mode: Target
Process Value Discrete: Value
Process Value Discrete: Status
Block Mode: Actual
Process Value Discrete: Value
Block Mode: Permitted Block Mode: Normal Process Value Filter Time
Status Block Error
Output Discrete: Status Output Discrete: Value
4
Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status
Advanced Config DI Channel Output State Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable Static Revision Status Options Transducer State
Connectors Output Discrete: Status Output Discrete: Value Strategy
Other Tag Description Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value Alarm Summary: Current Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged Alarm Summary: Unreported Alarm Summary: Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Alarm: Unacknowledged
Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable Transducer State Outputu State Grant Deny: Grant Grant Deny: Deny I/O Options Status Options DI Channel Process Value Filter Time Field Value Discrete: Status Field Value Discrete: Value Update Event: Unacknowledged Update Event: Update State Update Event: Time Stamp Update Event: Static Rev Update Event: Relative Index Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Block Alarm: Alarm State
Discrete Alarm: Alarm State Discrete Alarm: Time Stamp Discrete Alarm: Subcode Discrete Alarm: Discrete Value
Block Alarm: Time Stamp Block Alarm: Subcode Block Alarm: Value Alarm Summary: Current
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged
Alarm Summary: Unreported
Alarm Summary: Disabled
Acknowledge Option
Discrete Priority
Discrete Limit
Discrete Alarm: Unacknowledged
Discrete Alarm: Alarm State
Discrete Alarm: Time Stamp
Discrete Alarm: Subcode
Discrete Alarm: Discrete Value
September 2013
4-171
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
4
4-172
September 2013
All Blocks
Block Parameter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174 Block Channel Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
4
September 2013
4-173
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label
Acknowledge Option
Actual Travel Actuator Fail Action Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size
4 Actuator Style Advise Active Advise Alarm Advise Enable Advise Priority Advise Suppress Air Alarm Hysteresis
Alarm Select
Alarm Summary
Alert Key
Area Units Back Calculation Hysteresis Back Calculation Input Back Calculation Input 1 Back Calculation Input 2 Back Calculation Output Back Calculation Output Discrete Balance Time Bias
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index
Parameter Name
Block
ACK_OPTION
ACTUAL_TRAVEL ACT_FAIL_ACTION ACT_MAN_ID ACT_MODEL_NUM ACT_SN ACTUATOR_SIZE ACTUATOR_STYLE ADVISE_ACTIVE ADVISE_ALM ADVISE_ENABLE ADVISE_PRI ADVISE_MASK AIR
ALARM_HYS
ALM_SEL
ALARM_SUM
ALERT_KEY
AREA_UNITS BKCAL_HYS BKCAL_IN BKCAL_1_IN BKCAL_2_IN
BKCAL_OUT
BKCAL_OUT_D BAL_TIME BIAS
-Continued-
AI DI ISEL PID Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer AI ISEL PID AI ISEL AI DI ISEL PID Resource AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer Transducer PID PID OS OS AO OS PID DO OS PID PID
Index Number
Page Numbers
23 4-137
21 4-169
35 4-108, 4-112
46 4-93
38 4-6, 4-16
83.4 4-37, 4-61
21 4-38, 4-44
22 4-37, 4-44
23 4-38, 4-44
24 4-38, 4-44
85.1 4-38, 4-62
42.1 4-38, 4-46
61 4-40, 4-52
58 4-51
64 4-35, 4-52
70 4-53, C-3
67 4-35, 4-53, C-3
85.3 4-39, 4-62
24 4-129, 4-137
36 4-112
47 4-87, 4-93
38 4-133, 4-138
50 4-113
22 4-137
20 4-169
34 4-108, 4-112
45 4-93
37 4-6, 4-16
4 4-135
4 4-75
4 4-167
4 4-155
4 4-109
4 4-144
4 4-123
4 4-89
4 4-6, 4-12
4 4-29, 4-42
93 4-36, 4-63
30 4-91
27 4-83, 4-86, 4-91
19 4-124
20 4-124
25 4-71, 4-71, 4-73, 4-77
15 4-124
31 4-86, 4-91
21 4-151, 4-156
21 4-124
25 4-91
66 4-95
4-174
September 2013
Label
Block Alarm
Block Error
Block Information
Block Mode
Bypass Calibration Date Calibration Location Calibration Person Cap StdDev Cascade Input Cascade Input Discrete Channel Clear Fault State Collection Directory Communication Error Count Confirm Time
September 2013
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
BLOCK_ALM
BLOCK_ERR
BLOCK_INFO
MODE_BLK
BYPASS XD_CAL_DATE XD_CAL_LOC XD_CAL_WHO CAP_STDDEV
AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer Transducer AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer PID Transducer Transducer Transducer AI AO PID
CAS_IN
CAS_IN_D
CHANNEL
CLR_FSTATE COLLECTION_DIRECTORY COMM_ERROR_COUNT CONFIRM_TIME
-Continued-
AO
OS PID DO AI AO DI DO MAI Resource Transducer Transducer Resource
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
21 4-137
30 4-78
19 4-169
26 4-157
24 4-111
17 4-145
24 4-125
44 4-93
36 4-6, 4-16, 6-4
8 4-43
6 4-129, 4-135
6 4-74, 4-75 6 4-165, 4-166, 4-167
4
6 4-153, 4-155
6 4-103, 4-108, 4-109
6 4-144
6 4-123
6 4-84, 4-87, 4-88, 4-89
6 4-7, 4-12, 6-3
6 4-41, 4-42, 6-3
98 4-63
5 4-129, 4-135
5 4-75
5 4-167
5 4-155
5 4-109
5 4-144
5 4-123
5 4-89
5 4-4, 4-12
5 4-21, 4-42, 6-10
17 4-90
30 4-36, 4-44
31 4-36, 4-44
29 4-36, 4-44
40 4-133, 4-138
32 4-78
76 4-96
17
4-69, 4-70, 4-72, 4-72, 4-74, 4-74, 4-76
14 4-124
18 4-83, 4-86, 4-90
17 4-152, 4-153, 4-156
15 4-136
22 4-77
15 4-162, 4-168
18 4-152, 4-156
7 4-144
30 4-5, 4-15
12 4-43
86.9 4-62
33 4-6, 4-15
4-175
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label
Control Options Custom Points Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Deadband Cycle Selection Cycle Type DD Resource DD Revision Detailed Status Deviation High Alarm
4 Deviation High Limit Deviation High Priority Deviation Low Alarm Deviation Low Limit Deviation Low Priority Device ID Device Record Device Revision Device State Device String Array Device Type Diagnostic Options Disable Analog Input 1 Disable Analog Input 2 Disable Analog Input 3 Disable Analog Input 4 Disable Analog Input 5 Disable Analog Input 6 Disable Analog Input 7 Disable Analog Input 8 Discrete Alarm Discrete Limit Discrete Priority Drive Current Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time Drive Signal Effective Area Elect Active Elect Enable Electronics Serial Number Environment Active Environment Enable Error Factory Serial Number Failed Active Failed Alarm Failed Enable Failed Priority
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
CONTROL_OPTS CUSTOM_POINTS CYCLE_COUNT CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT CYCLE_COUNT_DB CYCLE_SEL CYCLE_TYPE DD_RESOURCE DD_REV DETAILED_STATUS DV_HI_ALM DV_HI_LIM DV_HI_PRI DV_LO_ALM DV_LO_LIM DV_LO_PRI DEVICE_ID DEVICE_RECORD DEV_REV RS_STATE DEV_STRING DEV_TYPE DIAG_OPTIONS DISABLE_1 DISABLE_2 DISABLE_3 DISABLE_4 DISABLE_5 DISABLE_6 DISABLE_7 DISABLE_8 DISC_ALM DISC_LIM DISC_PRI DRIVE_CURRENT DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME DRIVE_SIGNAL EFFECTIVE_AREA ELECT_ACTIVE ELECT_ENABLE ELECTRONICS_SN ENVIRO_ACTIVE ENVIRO_ENABLE ERROR FACTORY_SN FAILED_ACTIVE FAILED_ALM FAILED_ENABLE FAILED_PRI
-Continued-
PID Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Resource Resource Resource Resource PID PID PID PID PID PID Resource Transducer Resource Resource Resource Resource Resource ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL DI DI DI Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Transducer Transducer PID Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Index Number
Page Numbers
12 4-86, 4-90
51 4-50
73 4-33, 4-53, 6-11
77.6 4-34, 4-59
77.7 4-34, 4-59
20 4-14
19 4-14
9 4-12
13 4-13
52 4-17
64 4-95
57 4-87, 4-94
56 4-87, 4-94
65 4-95
59 4-87, 4-94
58 4-87, 4-94
54 4-6, 4-17, 6-5
86 4-62
12 4-7, 4-13, 6-5
7 4-12, 6-3
43 4-17
11 4-6, 4-13, 6-5
45 4-5, 4-17, 6-6
15 4-107, 4-110
16 4-107, 4-110
17 4-107, 4-110
18 4-107, 4-110
29 4-107, 4-111
30 4-107, 4-111
31 4-107, 4-111
32 4-107, 4-112
24 4-169
23 4-164, 4-169
22 4-169
54 4-27, 4-50
76.4 4-27, 4-58
76.5 4-27, 4-58
53 4-27, 4-50, 6-11
85.2 4-39, 4-62
74.1 4-54
75.1 4-57
49 4-6, 4-17, 6-5
74.3 4-54
75.3 4-57
67 4-95
50 4-6, 4-17, 6-5
59 4-40, 4-51
56 4-50
62 4-35, 4-52
68 4-53, C-3
4-176
September 2013
Label Failed Suppress Fault State Fault State Time Fault State Value Fault State Value Discrete Features Available Feature Selected Feedback Connection Feed Forward Gain Feed Forward Scale Feed Forward Value Field Serial Number Field Value Field Value Discrete Flow Direction Flow Tends To Free Space Free Time Function Block Options Gain
Grant Deny
Hard Types Hardware Revision Health Index High Alarm
High High Alarm
High High Limit
High High Priority
High Limit
High Priority
September 2013
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
FAILED_MASK FAULT_STATE
FSTATE_TIME
FSTATE_VAL FSTATE_VAL_D FEATURES FEATURE_SEL FEEDBACK_CONN FF_GAIN FF_SCALE FF_VAL FIELD_SN FIELD_VAL FIELD_VAL_D FLOWDIRECTION FLOW_TENDS_TO FREE_SPACE FREE_TIME FB_OPTIONS GAIN
GRANT_DENY
HARD_TYPES HARDWARE_REV HEALTH_INDEX
HI_ALM
HI_HI_ALM
HI_HI_LIM
HI_HI_PRI
HI_LIM
HI_PRI
-Continued-
Transducer Resource AO DO AO DO Resource Resource Transducer PID PID PID Resource AI DI Transducer Transducer Resource Resource Resource PID AI AO DI DO ISEL OS PID Resource Transducer Resource Resource Transducer AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
65 4-35, 4-52, C-3
28 4-5, 4-15
23 4-72, 4-77
19 4-153, 4-156
24 4-72, 4-77
20 4-153, 4-156
17 4-5, 4-13, 6-6
18 4-5, 4-13
42.4 4-38, 4-46
42 4-86, 4-92
41 4-86, 4-92
40 4-86, 4-92
4
51 4-6, 4-17, 6-5
19 4-129, 4-130, 4-136
17 4-164, 4-165, 4-168
84.5 4-37, 4-61
84.7 4-37, 4-61
24 4-14
25 4-14
44 4-5, 4-17, 6-6
23 4-83, 4-91
12 4-136
13 4-76
12 4-168
13 4-156
9 4-109
12 4-124
12 4-90
14 4-13
40 4-45
15 4-13
48 4-7, 4-17
79 4-60
34 4-137
46 4-113
61 4-94
33 4-137
45 4-112
60 4-94
26 4-129, 4-137
38 4-108, 4-112
49 4-87, 4-93
25 4-129, 4-137
37 4-108, 4-112
48 4-87, 4-93
28 4-129, 4-137
40 4-108, 4-112
51 4-87, 4-93
27 4-129, 4-137
39 4-108, 4-112
50 4-87, 4-93
4-177
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label Hystval IDeadBand Inlet Pressure Input Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7
4 Input 8 Input Array Input Characterization
I/O Options
ITK Version Leak Class Length Units Limit Notify Linearization Type Lockval
Low Alarm
Low Cutoff Lower Bench Set
Low Limit
Low Low Alarm
Low Low Limit
Low Low Priority
Low Priority
MAI Channel 1 MAI Channel 2 MAI Channel 3 MAI Channel 4 MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 MAI Channel 7
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
HYSTVAL IDEADBAND INLET_PRESSURE IN IN_1 IN_2 IN_3 IN_4 IN_5 IN_6 IN_7 IN_8 IN_ARRAY INPUT_CHAR
IO_OPTS
ITK_VER LEAK_CLASS LENGTH_UNITS LIM_NOTIFY L_TYPE LOCKVAL
LO_ALM
LOW_CUT LOWER_BENCH_SET
LO_LIM
LO_LO_ALM
LO_LO_LIM
LO_LO_PRI
LO_PRI
MAI_CHANNEL_1 MAI_CHANNEL_2 MAI_CHANNEL_3 MAI_CHANNEL_4 MAI_CHANNEL_5 MAI_CHANNEL_6 MAI_CHANNEL_7
-Continued-
OS PID Transducer PID ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL ISEL OS Transducer AI AO DI DO Resource Transducer Transducer Resource AI OS AI ISEL PID AI Transducer AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID AI ISEL PID Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Index Number
Page Numbers
22 4-124
74 4-96
83.7 4-37, 4-61
15 4-90
11 4-107, 4-109
12 4-107, 4-110
13 4-107, 4-110
14 4-107, 4-110
25 4-107, 4-111
26 4-107, 4-111
27 4-107, 4-111
28 4-107, 4-111
16 4-124
50 4-26, 4-49, 6-11
13 4-136
14 4-72, 4-74, 4-76
13 4-164, 4-168
14 4-153, 4-156
41 4-7, 4-17, 6-6
84.2 4-37, 4-61
92 4-36, 4-63
32 4-6, 4-15
16 4-131, 4-136
18 4-124
35 4-138
47 4-113
62 4-94
17 4-132, 4-136
85.4 4-39, 4-62
30 4-129, 4-137
42 4-108, 4-112
53 4-87, 4-93
36 4-138
48 4-113
63 4-94
32 4-129, 4-137
44 4-108, 4-112
55 4-87, 4-93
31 4-129, 4-137
43 4-108, 4-112
54 4-87, 4-93
29 4-129, 4-137
41 4-108, 4-112
52 4-87, 4-93
95.1 4-63
95.2 4-63
95.3 4-63
95.4 4-63
95.5 4-63
95.6 4-63
95.7 4-63
4-178
September 2013
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Label
Parameter Name
Block
MAI Channel 8 MAI Channel Map Maintenance Active Maintenance Alarm Maintenance Enable Maintenance Priority Maintenance Suppress Manufacturer ID Math Form Maximum Notify Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature ime Maximum Supp Press Memory Size Minimum Good Minimum Cycle Time Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Minimum Recorded Temperature Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Miscellaneous Options MLFB Moment Arm Length Moment Arm Style Nominal Supply Pressure Nonvolatile Cycle Time Number used to average Operator Selected Outlet Pressure
MAI_CHANNEL_8 MAI_CHANNEL_MAP MAINT_ACTIVE MAINT_ALM MAINT_ENABLE MAINT_PRI MAINT_MASK MANUFAC_ID MATHFORM MAX_NOTIFY SUPP_PRESS_MAX SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME TEMP_MAX TEMP_MAX_TIME MAX_SUPP_PRESS MEMORY_SIZE MIN_GOOD MIN_CYCLE_T SUPP_PRESS_MIN SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME TEMP_MIN TEMP_MIN_TIME MISC_OPTIONS MLFB MOMENT_ARM LEVER_STYLE NOMINAL_SUPPLY_PRESSURE NV_CYCLE_T AVG_USE OP_SELECT OUTLET_PRESSURE
Output
OUT
Output 1
Output 1 Range
Output 2
Output 2 Range Output 3 Output 4 Output 5 Output 6 Output 7 Output 8 Output Array Output Block Timeout Output Block Selection
OUT_1
OUT_1_RANGE
OUT_2
OUT_2_RANGE OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 OUT_7 OUT_8 OUT_ARRAY OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT OUTBLOCK_SEL
-Continued-
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource PID Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource ISEL Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource ISEL ISEL Transducer AI AO ISEL PID MAI OS OS MAI OS OS MAI MAI MAI MAI MAI MAI OS Transducer Transducer
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
95.8 4-63
95 4-63
60 4-40, 4-51
57 4-50
63 4-35, 4-52
69 4-53, C-3
66 4-35, 4-53, C-3
10 4-13, 6-5
70 4-83, 4-95
31 4-6, 4-15
86.5 4-62, 6-9
86.6 4-62, 6-9
4
86.1 4-62, 6-9
86.2 4-62, 6-9
42.6 4-36, 4-46
22 4-14
20 4-110
21 4-14
86.7 4-62, 6-9
86.8 4-62, 6-9
86.3 4-62, 6-9
86.4 4-62, 6-9
46 4-5, 4-17, 6-6
55 4-50
85.11 4-39, 4-62
85.10 4-39, 4-62
85.6 4-39, 4-62
23 4-14
33 4-112
22 4-107, 4-110
83.8 4-37, 4-61
8 4-129, 4-135
9 4-69, 4-71, 4-71, 4-72, 4-75
7 4-109
9 4-86, 4-89
8 4-144
8 4-123
10 4-123
9 4-144
9 4-123
11 4-124
10 4-144
11 4-145
12 4-145
13 4-145
14 4-145
15 4-145
17 4-124
76.3 4-29, 4-58
96 4-63
September 2013
4-179
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label
Output Discrete
Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Range
Output Scale
Output State Packing Type
4 PD Configuration PD Detail 1 Active PD Detail 2 Active PD Detail 3 Active PD Detail 4 Active PD Detail 5 Active PD Detail 6 Active PD Event Active PD Extra PD Run PD Status Performance Performance Active Performance Enable PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status Port Diameter Port Type Pressure A Offset Pressure A Scale Pressure B Offset Pressure B Scale Pressure Cutoff Hi Pressure Cutoff Lo Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Hi Limit Pressure Integral Lo Limit Pressure IP Bias Pressure MLFB Bias Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Lo Pressure Rate Gain Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure A Status Pressure A
Pressure B Status Pressure B
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
OUT_D
OUT_HI_LIM OUT_LO_LIM OUT_RANGE
OUT_SCALE
OUT_STATE PACKING_TYPE PD_CONFIG PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE PD_DETAIL6_ACTIVE PD_EVENT_ACTIVE PD_EXTRA PD_COMMAND PD_STATUS PERF_DIAG PERF_ACTIVE PERF_ENABLE PWA_SET_STATUS PORT_DIAMETER PORT_TYPE PRESS_A_OFFSET PRESS_A_SCALE PRESS_B_OFFSET PRESS_B_SCALE PRESS_CUTOFF_HI PRESS_CUTOFF_LO PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ PRESS_INTEG_GAIN PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM PRESS_IP_BIAS PRESS_MLFB_BIAS PRESS_MLFB_GAIN PRESS_PROP_GAIN PRESS_RANGE_HI PRESS_RANGE_LO PRESS_RATE_GAIN PRESS_TUNING_SET PRESSURE_A
STATUS VALUE PRESSURE_B STATUS VALUE
-Continued-
AI DI DO ISEL PID PID ISEL AI PID DI Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
4-180
Index Number
Page Numbers
37 4-129, 4-133, 4-138
8 4-162, 4-164, 4-167
9 4-152, 4-153, 4-154, 4-155
49 4-113
28 4-85, 4-91
29 4-85, 4-91
8 4-109
11 4-136
11 4-86, 4-90
11 4-168
83.6 4-37, 4-61
88.3 4-62
74.9 4-55
74.10 4-55
74.11 4-55
74.12 4-55
74.13 4-56
74.14 4-56
74.8 4-54
88.4 4-62
88.1 4-62
88.2 4-62
88 4-62
74.7 4-54
75.7 4-57
97 4-63
84.3 4-37, 4-61
84.4 4-37, 4-61
46.4 4-49
46.3 4-49
46.6 4-49
46.5 4-49
47.1 4-25, 4-49
47.2 4-25, 4-49
47.6 4-24, 4-49
47.4 4-24, 4-49
47.7 4-25, 4-49
47.8 4-25, 4-49
46.7 4-49
46.8 4-49
47.11 4-24, 4-49
47.3 4-24, 4-49
42.7 4-25, 4-46
42.8 4-25, 4-46
47.5 4-49
42.11 4-24, 4-46
36 36.1 4-45, 6-10, 6-12 36.2
37 37.1 4-45, 6-12 37.2
September 2013
Label
Pressure Diff Status Pressure Diff Pressure Units Private Label Distributor
Process Value
Protection
Process Value Discrete
Process Value Filter Time
Process Value Scale
Process Value State Proximity Active Proximity Enable Push Down To PlantWeb Alert Simulate Rate Rated Travel RCAS Timeout Readback Readback Discrete Recommended Action Relay Type
Remote Cascade Input
Remote Cascade Input Discrete
Remote Cascade Output
Remote Cascade Output Discrete Remote Out Input Remote Out Output Reserved Reserved A Reserved AI Reserved B Reset Restart ROUT Timeout Seat Type Selected Select Type Self Test Status Sensor Active Sensor Enable Set Fault State
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
PRESSURE_DIFF STATUS VALUE
PRESSURE_UNITS DISTRIBUTOR
PV
PROTECTION
PV_D
PV_FTIME
PV_SCALE
PV_STATE PROX_ACTIVE PROX_ENABLE PUSH_DOWN_TO PWA_SIMULATE RATE RATEDTRAVEL SHED_RCAS READBACK READBACK_D RECOMMENDED_ACTION RELAY_TYPE
RCAS_IN
RCAS_IN_D
RCAS_OUT
RCAS_OUT_D ROUT_IN ROUT_OUT TVL_CAL_RESERVED RESERVED_A RESERVED_AI RESERVED_B RESET RESTART SHED_ROUT SEAT_TYPE SELECTED SELECT_TYPE SELFTEST_STATUS SENSOR_ACTIVE SENSOR_ENABLE SET_FSTATE
-Continued-
Transducer
Transducer Resource AI AO PID Transducer DI DO AI DI PID AO PID DO Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer PID Transducer Resource AO DO Transducer Transducer AO PID DO AO PID DO PID PID Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer PID Resource Resource Transducer ISEL ISEL Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
38 38.1 4-45, 6-12 38.2
90 4-35, 4-63
42 4-17
7 4-129, 4-135
7 4-71, 4-72, 4-72, 4-75
7 4-86, 4-87, 4-89
87 4-62
7 4-162, 4-164, 4-167
7 4-151, 4-153, 4-153, 4-155
18 4-131, 4-136
16 4-164, 4-168
4
16 4-85, 4-90
11 4-72, 4-74, 4-76
10 4-89
11 4-156
74.5 4-54
75.5 4-57
84.6 4-37, 4-61
39 4-40, 4-45
26 4-83, 4-91
83.3 4-37, 4-61
26 4-4, 4-14
16 4-69, 4-76
16 4-150, 4-151, 4-154, 4-156
71 4-53
42.5 4-36, 4-36, 4-46
28 4-70, 4-72, 4-77
32 4-83, 4-91
22 4-152, 4-156
28 4-77
35 4-92
24 4-157
33 4-83, 4-91
36 4-92
45.4 4-48
80 4-60
81 4-60
99 4-63
24 4-83, 4-91
16 4-13
27 4-5, 4-14
84.1 4-37, 4-61
21 4-108, 4-110
19 4-104, 4-107, 4-108, 4-110
78 4-60, 4-154, 4-166
74.2 4-54
75.2 4-57
29 4-5, 4-15
September 2013
4-181
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label
Setpoint Setpoint Discrete Setpoint(D) Status Setpoint(D) Setpoint High Limit
Setpoint Low Limit Setpoint Range
4
Setpoint Rate Down
Setpoint Rate UP
Setpoint Status Setpoint Shaft Stem Diameter
Shed Options Shutdown Alerts Shutdown Recovery Shutdown Trigger Simulate
Simulate Discrete Firmware Revision SP FTime SP Work Spring Rate Spring Rate Units
Static Revision
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
SP SP_D SETPOINT_D
STATUS VALUE SP_HI_LIM SP_LO_LIM FINAL_VALUE_RANGE
SP_RATE_DN
SP_RATE_UP FINAL_VALUE
STATUS VALUE SHAFT_STEM_DIA
SHED_OPT SHUTDOWN_ALERTS_ACTIVE SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER SIMULATE SIMULATE_D SOFTWARE_REVISION SP_FTIME SP_WRK SPRING_RATE SPRING_RATE_UNITS
ST_REV
-Continued-
AO OS PID DO
Transducer
AO PID AO PID Transducer AO DO PID AO DO PID
Transducer
Transducer AO DO PID Transducer Transducer Transducer AI AO DI DO Resource PID PID Transducer Transducer AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer
Index Number
Page Numbers
8 4-69, 4-71, 4-72, 4-72, 4-75
7 4-123
8 4-83, 4-86, 4-87, 4-89
8 4-152, 4-153, 4-155
32 32.1 4-44, 6-11 32.2
20 4-72, 4-77
21 4-85, 4-90
21 4-72, 4-77
22 4-85, 4-90
14 4-43
18 4-72, 4-77
28 4-157
19 4-85, 4-90
19 4-72, 4-77
27 4-157
20 4-85, 4-90
13 4-43, 6-10
83.5 27 23 34 74.15 76.2 76.1 9 10 9 10 47 69 68 85.7 94 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4-37, 4-61 4-70, 4-71, 4-74, 4-77 4-151, 4-157 4-84, 4-85, 4-92 4-56 4-28, 4-58 4-28, 4-58 4-133, 4-135 4-76 4-162, 4-165, 4-167 4-154, 4-155 4-7, 4-17 4-85, 4-95 4-86, 4-95 4-39, 4-62 4-36, 4-63 4-135 4-75 4-167 4-155 4-109 4-144 4-123 4-89 4-12 4-42
4-182
September 2013
Label
Status Options
Standby Firmware Revision
StdDev
Strategy
Stroking Time Close Stroking Time Open Structureconfig Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Supply Pressure Offset Supply Pressure Scale Supply Pressure Status Supply Pressure T Aoperiods T Auto Extra DT T Auto Hysteresis T Gain Magnifier T Hyster T Ipgain T Pdtime T Psgain T Ptimec T Relayss T Request T State T Status T Targetop T Ugain T Uperiod
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
STATUS_OPTS
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV
STDDEV
STRATEGY
STROKING_TIME_CLOSE STROKING_TIME_OPEN STRUCTURECONFIG SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT SUPP_PRESS_OFFSET SUPP_PRESS_SCALE SUPPLY_PRESSURE
STATUS VALUE T_AOPERIODS T_AUTO_EXTRA_DT T_AUTO_HYSTERESIS T_GAIN_MAGNIFIER T_HYSTER T_IPGAIN T_PDTIME T_PSGAIN T_PTIMEC T_RELAYSS T_REQUEST T_STATE T_STATUS T_TARGETOP T_UGAIN T_UPERIOD
-Continued-
AI AO DI DO ISEL OS PID Resource AI AO PID AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer PID Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Transducer
PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID PID
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
14 4-130, 4-136
15 4-76
14 4-168
15 4-156
10 4-104, 4-107, 4-109
13 4-124
14 4-90
55 4-7, 4-18, 6-6
39 4-133, 4-138
31 4-78
75 4-96
3 4-135
4
3 4-75
3 4-167
3 4-155
3 4-109
3 4-144
3 4-123
3 4-89
3 4-6, 4-12, 6-5
3 4-42
85.9 4-39, 4-62
85.8 4-39, 4-62
71 4-86, 4-95
76.8 4-30, 4-58
76.9 4-31, 4-58
46.2 4-49
46.1 4-49
35 35.1 4-30, 4-45, 6-12 35.2
92 4-97
90 4-97
91 4-97
89 4-96
87 4-96
80 4-96
85 4-96
83 4-96
84 4-96
88 4-96
77 4-96
78 4-96
79 4-96
86 4-96
81 4-96
82 4-96
September 2013
4-183
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label Tag Description
4
Target Travel Status Target Travel
Temperature
Temperature Units
Temperature Hi Alert Point
Temperature Lo Alert Point
Test Read Write
Time Since Reset
Tracking Input Discrete
Tracking Scale
Tracking Value
Transducer Directory
Transducer Error
Transducer Scale
Transducer State
Transducer Type Travel Accumulator Travel Always
Travel (D) Status Travel (D) Travel Enable
Travel Status Travel
Travel Status (DeCharacterization) Travel (DeCharacterization) Trim Style 1 Trim Style 2 Travel Accumulator Alert Pt Travel Accumulator DB Travel Active Travel Calibration Command Travel Calibration Program Travel Calibration Status Travel Calibration Trigger Travel Closed Alert Point Travel Closed Deadband Travel Count
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
TAG_DESC
TRAVEL_TARGET STATUS VALUE
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE_UNITS TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT TEST_RW TIME_SINCE_RESET TRK_IN_D TRK_SCALE TRK_VAL TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY XD_ERROR
XD_SCALE
XD_STATE
TRANSDUCER_TYPE TRAVEL_ACCUM TRAVEL_ALWAYS TRAVEL_D
STATUS VALUE TRAVEL_ENABLE TRAVEL STATUS VALUE FINAL_POSITION_VALUE STATUS VALUE TRIM_STYLE_1 TRIM_STYLE_2 TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT TVL_ACCUM_DB TRAVEL_ACTIVE TVL_CAL_CMD TVL_CAL_PROG TVL_CAL_STATUS TVL_CAL_TRIGGER TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT TVL_CLOSED_DB TVL_COUNT
-Continued-
AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer
Transducer
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Resource PID PID PID Transducer Transducer AI AO DI DO Transducer Transducer Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Index Number
Page Numbers
2 4-135
2 4-75
2 4-167
2 4-155
2 4-109
2 4-144
2 4-123
2 4-89
2 4-6, 4-12, 6-5
2 4-35, 4-42
49 49.1 4-49 49.2
48 4-31, 4-49, 6-11
89 4-36, 4-63
76.6 4-31, 4-58
76.7 4-31, 4-58
8 4-12
53 4-17
38 4-86, 4-92
37 4-86, 4-92
39 4-83, 4-86, 4-92
9 4-43
11 4-43
10 4-131, 4-135
12 4-76
10 4-168
12 4-156
10 4-43
72 4-34, 4-53, 6-11
100 4-63
33 33.1 4-44, 6-11 33.2
75.4 4-57
34 34.1 4-45, 6-11 34.2
17 17.1 4-44, 6-11 17.2
84.9 4-39, 4-61
84.10 4-39, 4-61
77.4 4-34, 4-59
77.5 4-34, 4-59
74.4 4-54
45.1 4-48
45.2 4-48
45.3 4-48
42.9 4-46
77.10 4-33, 4-59
77.11 4-33, 4-59
43.1 4-47, 6-11
4-184
September 2013
Label Travel Crossover Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Deadband Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Time Travel Factory Hi Travel Factory Lo Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Calibration Travel Hi Deadband Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Hi Deadband Travel History Active Travel History Enable Travel Integral Deadzone Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Gain Travel IP Bias Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Calibration Travel Lo Deadband Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel MLFB Bias Travel MLFB Gain Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband Travel/Pressure Select Travel/Pressure State Travel Proportional Gain Travel Sensor Motion Travel Tuning Set Travel Units Travel Velocity Gain UBeta UGamma Unbalanced Area
Update Event
September 2013
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
TVL_CROSSOVER FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT TVL_DEV_DB TRAVEL_DEVIATION TVL_DEV_TIME TVL_FAC_HI TVL_FAC_LO TVL_HI_ALRT_PT TVL_HI_CAL TVL_HI_DB TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT TVL_HI_HI_DB TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE TVL_INTEG_DEADZ TVL_INTEG_ENABLE TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO SERVO_RESET TVL_IP_BIAS TVL_LO_ALRT_PT TVL_LO_CAL TVL_LO_DB TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT TVL_LO_LO_DB TVL_MLFB_BIAS TVL_MLFB_GAIN TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT TVL_OPEN_DB TVL_PRESS_SELECT TVL_PRESS_STATE SERVO_GAIN TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION TVL_TUNING_SET TVL_UNITS SERVO_RATE BETA (ubeta) GAMMA (ugamma) UNBALANCED_AREA
UPDATE_EVT
-Continued-
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer PID PID Transducer AI AO DI DO ISEL MAI OS PID Resource Transducer
All Blocks
Index Number
Page Numbers
43.4 4-47
15 4-25, 4-43
16 4-25, 4-43
77.1 4-31, 4-59
77.3 4-31, 4-59
52 4-31, 4-50
77.2 4-31, 4-59
43.5 4-47
43.6 4-47
77.16 4-32, 4-59
43.2 4-47
77.17 4-32, 4-59
4
77.18 4-32, 4-59
77.19 4-32, 4-59
74.6 4-54
75.6 4-57
44.4 4-23, 4-47
44.1 4-23, 4-47
44.2 4-23, 4-47
44.3 4-23, 4-47
19 4-23, 4-44
43.7 4-47
77.14 4-32, 4-59
43.3 4-47
77.15 4-32, 4-59
77.12 4-32, 4-59
77.13 4-32, 4-59
43.8 4-47
44.5 4-22, 4-47
77.8 4-33, 4-59
77.9 4-33, 4-59
41.1 4-25, 4-45
41.2 4-45, 6-11
18 4-22, 4-44
42.3 4-38, 4-46
42.10 4-22, 4-46
91 4-36, 4-63
20 4-22, 4-44
73 4-96
72 4-95
84.8 4-37, 4-61
20 4-136
29 4-78
18 4-168
25 4-157
23 4-111
16 4-145
23 4-124
43 4-93
35 4-16
7 4-42
4-185
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Label
Upgrade Progress Upper Bench Set Valve Class Valve Manufacturer ID Valve Model Number Valve Size Valve Serial Number Valve Style Write Alarm Write Lock Write Priority
4 Zero Power Condition
Table 4-85. Block Parameter Index (Continued)
Parameter Name
Block
UPGRADE_PROGRESS UPPER_BENCH_SET VALVE_CLASS VALVE_MAN_ID VALVE_MODEL_NUM VALVE_SIZE VALVE_SN VALVE_TYPE WRITE_ALM WRITE_LOCK WRITE_PRI ZERO_PWR_COND INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_CONFIG INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE PRESS_CAL PRESS_TUNE SPEC_SHEET_ACT SPEC_SHEET_TRIM SPEC_SHEET_VALVE TRAVEL_CAL TRAVEL_CAL_RUN TRAVEL_TUNE TVL_PRESS_CONTROL
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Resource Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
Index Number
Page Numbers
82 4-61
85.5 4-39, 4-62
83.2 4-37, 4-61
25 4-36, 4-44
26 4-36, 4-44
83.1 4-61
27 4-37, 4-44
28 4-37, 4-44
40 4-4, 4-16
34 4-4, 4-5, 4-15, 4-21, 6-4
39 4-4, 4-16
42.2 4-36, 4-46
74 4-54
76 4-58
77 4-59
75 4-57
46 4-49
47 4-49
85 4-62
84 4-61
83 4-61
43 4-47
45 4-48
44 4-47
41 4-45
4-186
September 2013
All Blocks
Channel
1 3 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
Transducer Block Parameter
FINAL_VALUE FINAL_POSITION_VALUE TRAVEL_TARGET FINAL_POSITION_VALUE TRAVEL SUPPLY_PRESS
PRESSURE_A
PRESSURE_B
PRESSURE_DIFF DRIVE_SIGNAL TRAVEL_DEVIATION TEMPERATURE CYCLE_COUNT TRAVEL_ACCUMULATION
Table 4-86. Block Channel Index
Index Number
Bit Number (if applicable)
Block Where Used
XD_SCALE Units
13
AO.OUT
17
AO.READBACK
49
AI
% (1342)
17
AI
% (1342)
34
AI
% (1342)
35
AI
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
36
AI
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
37
AI
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
38
AI
psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
53
AI
% (1342)
4
52
AI
% (1342)
48
AI
_C (1001), _F (1002)
73
AI
no units (1588)
72
AI
% (1342)
MAI_CHANNEL_MAP SETPOINT_D TRAVEL_D TRAVEL_D INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE
95
MAI
32
DO.OUT_D
33
DO.READBACK_D
33
DI
74.5 0: Travel Open
DI
74.5 1: Travel Closed
DI
74.4 2: Travel Limit Lo Lo
DI
74.4 4: Travel Limit Lo
DI
74.4 3: Travel Limit Hi
DI
74.4 1: Travel Limit Hi HI
DI
74.5 5: Proximity Lo Lo
DI
74.5 4: Proximity Lo
DI
74.5 3: Proximity Hi
DI
74.5 2: Proximity Hi Hi
DI
September 2013
4-187
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
4
4-188
September 2013
Calibration
5-5
Section 5 Calibration
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Travel Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Auto Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Manual Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Double-Acting Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Single-Acting Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Single-Acting Direct Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Single-Acting Reverse Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Travel Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 DVC6010f, DVC6015, DVC6030f and DVC6035 Digital Valve Controllers . . 5-5 DVC6020f and DVC6025 Digital Valve Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Pressure Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Pressure A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Pressure B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
September 2013
5-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Calibration
When a DVC6000f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator and connects the necessary tubing, then sets up and calibrates the instrument. For remote-mounted digital valve controllers, the DVC6005f base unit ships separately from the control valve and does not include tubing, fittings or wiring.
For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately, recalibration of the pressure sensors generally is unnecessary. However, after mounting on an actuator, perform the initial setup, (either auto or manual) then calibrate travel by selecting Auto Calibration or Manual Calibration. For more detailed calibration information, refer to the following calibration
5 procedures, available from the Calibration menu: D Auto Calibration--This procedure automatically calibrates the travel. The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points.
D Manual Calibration--This calibration procedure allows you to manually determine the 0% and 100% calibration points on the valve.
D Relay--This procedure permits adjustment of the pneumatic relay when switching from single-acting to double-acting or back.
D Travel Sensor--This procedure permits calibrating the travel sensor. Normally the travel sensor is calibrated at the factory. Calibrating the travel sensor should only be necessary if the travel sensor is replaced.
D Supply Pressure--This procedure permits calibrating the supply pressure sensor. Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration.
D Pressure A--This procedure permits calibrating the Output A Sensor. Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory, and should not need calibration.
D Pressure B--This procedure permits calibrating the Output B sensor. Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory, and should not need calibration.
Note
The Transducer Block Mode must be set to Manual and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated.
Travel Calibration
There are two procedures available for calibrating travel:
D Auto Calibration
D Manual Calibration
Note
Prior to Calibration, several parameters need to be set up. Travel mode needs to be selected in TVL_PRESS_CNTL [41], and in Basic Setup (BASIC_SETUP [42]) the following parameters must be configured: Actuator Style (ACTUATOR_STYLE [42. 1]), Zero Power Condition (ZERO_PWR_COND [42.2], Feedback Connection (FEEDBACK_CONN [42.4]), Relay Type (RELAY_TYPE [42.5]), and Travel Tuning Set (TVL_TUNING_SET [42.10]). Autocal will automatically set Travel Sensor Motion (TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION [42.3]), however, this will need to be selected prior to Manual Calibration. These parameter are set automatically by Device Setup, with the exception of Relay Type (RELAY_TYPE [42.5]). Relay Type needs to be changed only if relay B is used.
5-2
September 2013
Auto Calibration
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Auto Calibration)
WARNING
During calibration the valve will move full stroke. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
Calibration
ACTUATOR STEM 90_
FEEDBACK ARM
There are two auto travel calibration options available;
5
autocalibrate-standard or autocalibrate- extended.
Autocalibrate-extended is used for large actuators or
actuators with accessories.
A6536-3 / IL
Auto Calibration requires user interaction only when the Feedback Connection is SStem Pot. If the Feedback Connection is SStem Roller Pot, no user interaction is required. For valves with the SStem Pot Feedback Connection, interaction provides a more accurate crossover adjustment.
Figure 5-1. Crossover Point
1. Select the method of crossover adjustment: manual, last value, or default. Manual adjustment is recommended.
If you select Last Value, the crossover setting currently stored in the instrument is used and there are no further user interactions with the auto-calibration routine (go to step 3). If you select Default, an approximate value for the crossover is sent to the instrument and there are no further user interactions with the auto-calibration routine (go to step 3). If you select Manual, the Field Communicator prompts you to adjust the arm until the feedback arm is 90° to the actuator stem, as shown in figure 5-1. After you have made the adjustment (step 2), press OK and go to step 3.
Note
If the instrument is in the travel control state (Travel, Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery, or Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery) you will be prompted to calibrate the pressure range. If you select "yes" the valve is moved from 1% to 99%, and Pressure Range Lo (PRESS_RANGE_LO [42.8]) and Pressure Range Hi (PRESS_RANGE_HI [42.7]) are set.
2. The Field Communicator displays a menu to allow you to adjust the crossover.
Select the direction and size of change required to set the feedback arm so it is 90° to the actuator stem, as shown in figure 5-1.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 2. Otherwise, select Done, and then Next and go to step 3.
3. The remainder of the auto-calibration procedure is automatic.
4. When the calibration procedure has finished, you will be prompted to enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure.
5. Enter the location of the calibration procedure, if desired.
6. Enter the date of the calibration procedure, if desired.
7. Place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes.
September 2013
5-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Manual Calibration
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Manual Calibration)
WARNING
During calibration the valve will move full stroke. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
5 Note
0% Travel = Valve Closed 100% Travel = Valve Open
4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 0% (move the valve to close).
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 4. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 5.
5. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 100% (move the valve to open).
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 5. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 6.
6. Enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure.
7. Enter the location of the calibration procedure.
8. Enter the date of the calibration procedure.
9. Place the Transducer Block Mode in Manual and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes.
1. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to adjust the output until the valve is near mid-travel (50%). Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and 0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation. Selecting Next will implement the adjustment.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 1. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 2.
2. If the feedback connection is SStem Roller Pot, go to step 4.
If the feedback connection is SStem Pot, adjust the feedback arm to the crossover point by pressing OK to get to the adjustment menu. Continue on with step 3.
3. From the adjustment menu, select the method of crossover; manual, last value or default. Manual adjustment is recommended.
If you select Last Value, the crossover setting currently stored in the instrument is used and there are no further user interactions with the auto-calibration routine (go to step 4). If you select Default, an approximate value for the crossover is sent to the instrument and there are no further user interactions with the calibration routine (go to step 4). If you select Manual, the Field Communicator prompts you to adjust the arm until the feedback arm is 90° to the actuator stem, as shown in figure 5-1.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 3. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 4.
Relay
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Relay)
Note
Relay B and C are not user-adjustable. For relay A it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for double-acting installations before proceeding with travel calibration.
Double-Acting Relay
The double-acting relay is designated by "Relay A" on a label affixed to the relay itself. For double-acting actuators, the valve must be near mid-travel to properly adjust the relay. The Field Communicator will automatically position the valve when Relay Adjust is selected. Rotate the adjustment disc, shown in figure 5-2, until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is between 50 and 70% of supply pressure. This adjustment is very sensitive. Be sure to allow the pressure reading to stabilize before making another adjustment (stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators).
5-4
September 2013
Calibration
FOR SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT RELAYS: ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION UNTIL IT CONTACTS THE BEAM FOR DOUBLE-ACTING RELAYS: ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT DISC
W9034
FOR DOUBLE-ACTING RELAYS:
ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN
THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
5
Figure 5-2. Relay A Adjustment (Shroud Removed for Clarity)
With the the low bleed relay option, stabilization may take up to two minutes longer than the standard relay. Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single-actingdirect applications. Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure 5-2 for single-acting direct operation.
Single-Acting Relays
WARNING
If the unused port is monitoring pressure, ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7.0.01 and does not exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control.
Single-Acting Direct Relay
The single-acting direct relay is designated by "Relay C" on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay C requires no adjustment.
Single-Acting Reverse Relay
The single-acting reverse relay is designated by "Relay B" on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay B
is calibrated at the factory and requires no further adjustment.
Travel Sensor
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Travel Sensor) The travel sensor is normally adjusted at the factory and should not require adjustment. However, if the travel sensor has been replaced, adjust the travel sensor by performing the appropriate procedure. See the Maintenance section for Travel Sensor Replacement procedures.
WARNING
During a travel sensor adjustment, the valve may move. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
DVC6010f, DVC6015, DVC6030f and DVC6035 Digital Valve Controllers
1. Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator.
September 2013
5-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Feedback Arm (key 79)
Alignment Pin (key 46)
Travel Sensor Shaft
A B
5 A7023 / IL
Figure 5-3. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Showing Feedback Arm in Position for Travel Sensor Adjustment
WARNING
Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts.
2. As shown in figure 5-3, align the feedback arm (key 79) with the housing by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole marked "A" on the feedback arm. Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing.
Note
The alignment pin (key 46) is stored inside the digital valve controller housing.
Table 5-1. Travel Sensor Counts
Digital Valve Controller
Travel Sensor Counts
DVC6010f / DVC6015
3300 $ 700 counts
DVC6020f / DVC6025
DVC6030f(1) / DVC6035(2) Counterclockwise shaft rotation DVC6030f(3) / DVC6035(2) Clockwise shaft rotation
8600 $ 700 counts 3100 $ 700 counts 13 400 $ 700 counts
1. Refer to figure 2-9 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6030f based on counterclockwise potentiometer shaft rotation. 2. Refer to figure 2-14 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6035 based on potentiometer shaft; counterclockwise or clockwise. 3. Refer to figure 2-10 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6030 based on clockwise potentiometer shaft rotation.
5. Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment, set the Transducer Block Mode to Manual and the protection to None.
6. From the Calibrate menu, select Travel Sensor Adjust. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5-1.
Note
In the next step, be sure the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
7. While observing the travel sensor counts, tighten the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft. Be sure the travel sensor counts remain within the tolerances listed in table 5-1. Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection. 8. Disconnect the Field Communicator and Fieldbus power source from the instrument. 9. Remove the alignment pin and store it in the instrument housing. 10. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
DVC6020f and DVC6025 Digital Valve Controllers
1. Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator.
3. Loosen the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft. Position the feedback arm so that the surface of the feedback arm is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
4. Connect a Fieldbus power source and the Field Communicator to the instrument LOOP - and LOOP + terminals.
WARNING
Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts.
2. See figure 5-5 for parts identification. Disconnect the bias spring (key 82) from the feedback arm
5-6
September 2013
BACK EDGE OF ARM PARALLEL W/BACK OF HOUSING ARM ASSEMBLY
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN
TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT
Calibration
within the tolerances listed in table 5-1. Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
8. Disconnect the Field Communicator and Fieldbus power source from the instrument.
9. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin portion of the arm assembly (key 91).
10. Replace the mounting bracket on the back of the instrument and reconnect the bias spring between the feedback arm assembly and the arm assembly on the travel sensor shaft.
11. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
A7025 / IL
BACK OF HOUSING
Figure 5-4. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Travel Sensor Arm/Housing Back Plane Alignment
assembly (key 84) and the arm assembly (key 91). Remove the mounting bracket (key 74) from the back of the digital controller. Hold the arm assembly (key 91) so that the arm assembly points toward the terminal box and the arm is parallel to the back of the housing, as shown in figure 5-4.
3. Loosen the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft. Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
4. Connect a fieldbus power source and the Field Communicator to the instrument LOOP- and LOOP+ terminals.
5. Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment, set the Transducer Block Mode to Manual and the protection to None.
6. From the Calibrate menu, select Travel Sensor Adjust. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5-1.
Note
In the next step, be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
7. While observing the travel sensor counts, tighten the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft. Be sure the travel sensor counts remain
5
Pressure Sensor Calibration
There are three pressure sensors: Supply, Output A, and Output B. Select the appropriate menu depending upon which pressure sensor you are calibrating.
Note
The pressure sensors are calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration.
Supply Pressure Calibration
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Supply Press) For a Zero Only calibration, select Zero Only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator. To calibrate for Zero and Span, connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply regulator. The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field communicator. When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto. Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure.
September 2013
5-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
5
BIAS SPRING (KEY 82)
MOUNTING ADAPTER (KEY 117)
CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET (KEY 116)
MOUNTING BRACKET (KEY 74)
CAP SCREW, HEX HEAD (KEY 92)
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN
ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 91)
A7024 -2/ IL
FEEDBACK ARM TORSION SPRING (KEY 93)
FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 84)
Figure 5-5. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 1052, Size 33 Actuator
Pressure A Calibration
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Press A)
For a Zero Only calibration, select Zero only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator.
To do a Zero and Span calibration on the pressure A sensor, connect an external reference gauge to pressure A. The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator.
When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto. Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure.
Pressure B Calibration
(TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Press B)
For a Zero Only calibration, select Zero only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator.
To do a Zero and Span calibration on pressure sensor B, connect an external reference gauge pressure sensor B. The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator.
When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto. Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure.
5-8
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
6-6
Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Device Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Resource Block Error
Device State
Fault State
Write Lock
Block Alarm
6
Maintenance
Device Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Identification Version Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Diagnostic Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available DD Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alert Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self Test Status Block Error Device Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stroke Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Block Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AO Control - Pre-Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AO Control - Post-Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DO Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Char . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel/Pressure State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PD Inside Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
6-7 6-7 6-7 6-8
6-9 6-10 6-10
6-10 6-10 6-10 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11
September 2013
6-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-12
6
6-2
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
View Lists
View Lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. View lists are available for the resource and transducer blocks, and the function blocks.
Resource Block--tables 4-4 through 4-7 Transducer Block--tables 4-14 through 4-20 AO Function Block--tables 4-25 through 4-28 PID Function Block--tables 4-32 through 4-35 IS Function Block--tables 4-40 through 4-43 OS Function Block--tables 4-48 through 4-51 AI Function Block--tables 4-57 through 4-60 MAI Function Block--tables 4-64 through 4-67 DO Function Block--tables 4-72 through 4-75 DI Function Block--tables 4-81 through 4-84
Table 6-1. Resource Block BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other - Set if a device initialization error occurred.
1
Block Configuration Error - Set if FEATURE_SEL, CYCLE_SEL, or CYCLE_TYPE is set incorrectly.
2
Link Configuration Error - N/A
Simulate Active - Indicates that the simulation jumper is
in place on the aux terminals. This is not an indication
3
that the I/O blocks are using simulation data. See AO
block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter
SIMULATE_D [10].
4
Local Override - N/A
5
Device Fault State - N/A
6
Device Needs Maintenance Soon - Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active.
7
Input failure/process variable had Bad status - N/A
8
Output failure - N/A
9
Memory failure - Indicates a pending Flash or NVM failure.
10 11
Lost Static Data - Indicates failure of the memory
containing static parameters Lost NV Data - Indicates failure of the memory containing
6
non-volatile parameters.
12
Readback Check Failed - NA
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates a Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active.
14
Power Up - Indicates the device has been powered up and the Resource Block is not running normally.
15
Out of Service (MSB) - The resource block actual mode is Out of Service.
Note
Views Lists are used by hosts for efficient monitoring of multiple parameters. Normally you will not be aware of view list usage, as they are hidden by the host software.
Resource Block
This section contains information on the DVC6000f digital valve controller resource block. The resource block defines the physical resources of the device. The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple blocks. The block has no linkable inputs or outputs.
Device Diagnostics
Resource Block Error
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error) Block Error (BLOCK_ERR [6]) indicates an error status associated with hardware or software for the resource block. Table 6-1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the resource block and are provided only for your reference.
Device State
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Device State) Device State (RS_STATE [7]) indicates the state of the function blocks. Four states are possible:
d Initialization --The instrument enters this state
upon restart or failure. The function blocks are in
September 2013
6-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
the IMan mode. During the initialization state, all unreported function block alarms are automatically confirmed and acknowledged. Once the instrument is considered operational, block execution is scheduled and the instrument state moves to Online.
d Online--The instrument will be in this state if it
is operational. The function blocks are initially in the Auto mode, but can be changed to a higher level mode.
d Standby--The instrument enters this state if the
resource block mode is Out of Service (OOS). In this state all function block modes are forced to Out of Service. The transducer block mode is not affected. When the resource block mode is changed to Auto, the instrument state moves to Online.
d Failure-- The instrument moves to this state
6
whenever a hardware or memory failure is detected which would prevent reliable operation. All function
blocks and the transducer block modes are Out of
Service.
Write Lock
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock)
D Write Alarm: Alarm State
D Write Lock
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters. The Soft Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock (see Selecting Features). When Write Lock is set to Locked, no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked. When locked, the block functions normally, updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When Write Lock is set to Not Locked, the Write Alarm alert is active.
Block Alarm
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm) The Block Alarm (BLOCK_ALM [36]) is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block.
D Block Alarm: Alarm State
Block Alarm: Alarm State (BLOCK_ALM. ALARM_STATE [36.2]) indicates the state of the Block Alarm. Five states are possible:
d Undefined d Clear reported
d Clear not reported d Active reported d Active not reported
D Block Alarm: Unacknowledged
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged (BLOCK_ALARM. UNACKNOWLEDGED [36.1])
1 = Undefined 2 = Acknowledged 3 = Unacknowledged
Maintenance
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance)
D Restart Actions
WARNING
Restarting the instrument may cause loss of process control. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure of process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
You can restart the instrument to reset parameters, links, etc. within the instrument. However, due to the effect that a restart can have on the instrument, and therefore the control loop, restarting the instrument should be used cautiously and only as a last measure. The following procedure describes how to use Restart Options to restart the instrument with a Field Communicator. You can also restart the instrument using ValveLink software or from a host system using the Restart method included with the device description (DD) software. You can restart the instrument any time it is connected to an active segment.
To restart the instrument, select Resource Block, Configure/Setup, and Restart Options on the Field Communicator.
1. Restart informs you about what can happen when an instrument restart is performed. Select Yes to continue, or No to abort without restarting.
2. Select the desired restart action or select EXIT to exit Restart. Select Help (not the Help button) to get information on restart actions.
There are two different restarts: Restart Processor, and Restart with Defaults:
When selecting either of these options, Restart informs you of the consequences of this action and
6-4
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
asks if you want to continue. Select Yes to perform the restart action, select No to select another action or exit. Restart informs you when the restart is completed. You must acknowledge the message to continue.
Restart Processor--Performing a Restart Processor has the same effect as removing power from the instrument and re-applying power. Configuration and calibration do not change. Restart with Defaults--Performing a Restart with Defaults should be done with care. This restart resets most of the static and non-volatile parameters for all of the blocks in the instrument to their initial value, as listed in table 4-2. After a Restart with Defaults, you should place the instrument in service (the transducer block mode to auto) and run Device Setup and download the instrument configuration from the control system to properly setup the instrument. You also may need to re-establish communication links and trends.
D Fault State
Fault State (FAULT_STATE [28]), when active, indicates that the resource block is currently forcing the output block to perform its FSTATE [28] action. Selecting Fault State enables the ability to manually set and clear the fault state.
D Set Fault State
Selecting Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29] changes the Fault State (FAULT_STATE [28]) to Active. Setting Set FState (SET_FSTATE [29]) to SET manually places the instrument in the fault state.
D Clear Fault State
Setting Clear FState (CLR_FSTATE [30]) to CLEAR clears the device fault state, if no faults are currently active. You can test the actions the output blocks will perform by manually setting fault state active.
Device Variables
Instrument
(RB > Device Variables > Instrument) The following parameters are contained in the the Instrument menu of the resource block.
Identification
D Device ID
The 32 character Device ID (DEVICE_ID [54]).
D Electronics Serial Number
The Electronics Serial Number (ELECTRONICS_SN [49]) set at the factory.
D Factory Serial Number
The Factory Serial Number (FACTORY_SN [50]) is the instrument serial number set at the factory.
D Field Serial Number
The Field Serial Number (FIELD_SN [51]) is the serial number of the valve and actuator on which the instrument is mounted.
D Tag Description
The Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is unique
description of each block within the digital valve
controller, used to describe the intended application
for the block. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator to enter an up to 32 character
6
description for the block in the Tag Description field.
(This parameter is read/write.)
D Strategy
Strategy (STRATEGY [3]) permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located. The blocks may be grouped by plant area, plant equipment, etc. Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field.
D Manufacturer
Manufacturer Identification (MANUFAC_ID [10]) identifies the manufacturer of the instrument. It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device. For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100.
D Device Type
Device Type (DEV_TYPE [11]) identifies the type of device. It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device. For a DVC6000f digital valve controller with Standard Control the device type is 0x4602.
Version
D Device Revision
Device Revision (DEV_REV [12]) identifies the device revision number. It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device.
D Firmware Revision
Firmware Revision (FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [47.6]) shows all device firmware revisions currently in operation.
September 2013
6-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
D Standby Firmware Revision
Standby Firmware Revision (STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [55.6]) shows all device firmware revisions currently in standby.
D Hardware Revision
Hardware Revision(HARDWARE_REV[48]) identifies the electronic hardware revision.
D ITK Version
ITK Version (ITK_VER [41]) identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable. This device revision meets the requirements of version 5.
Options
6 (RB > Device Variables > Options) The following parameters are contained in the the Options menu of the resource block.
D Diagnostic Options
Diagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument.
D Function Block Options
Function Block Options (FB_OPTIONS [44]) shows which function blocks are licenced and enabled in the instrument.
D Miscellaneous Options
Miscellaneous Options (MISC_OPTIONS [46]) indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled.
D Features Available
Features (FEATURES [17]) shows the supported resource block options.
DD Information
(RB > Device Variables > DD Information) DD Information contains information about the Device Description (DD).
6-6
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
Transducer Block
This section contains information on the DVC6000f digital valve controller transducer block. Descriptions of all transducer block parameters are included. The transducer block decouples function blocks from the local output functions required to command output hardware. The transducer block typically contains setup and calibration information.
Device Diagnostics
Active PlantWeb Alerts
(TB > Device Diagnostic > Active PlantWeb Alerts) To view the active PlantWeb alerts select Active PlantWeb Alerts.
Alert Conditions
(TB > Device Diagnostics > Alert Conditions) Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest. The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below. If there are no alerts active for a particular group the group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator.
D Electronics--if an electronics alert is active it will appear under ELECT ALERTS
Drive Current Drive Current Alert--This alert is active when the
difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time. Drive Signal
Drive Signal Alert--The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist: Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert--This alert is active if a
pending flash or NVM failure is present.
Static Memory Alert--This alert is active when there is a failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored.
Processor Alert--This alert is active when there is a failure of the main processor.
I/O Processor Alert--This alert is active when there is a failure of the I/O processor.
D Configuration--If a configuration alert is active it will appear under CONFIG ALERTS
Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert--This alert is active if
the output block has not executed for a period of time longer than the configured timeout.
Blocks Set to Default
Blocks Set to Default Alert--This alert is active if the
resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults. This will stay active until the transducer block is
6
changed from Out of Service.
D Sensor--If a configuration alert is active it will appear under SENSOR ALERTS
Travel Sensor Travel Sensor--This alert is active if the Travel
Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert--This alert is active if the
Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure B Sensor Alert--This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert--This alert is active if the Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert--This alert is active if a
travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control.
Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert--This alert is active if the
temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
D Environment--If an environment alert is active it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS
Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert--This alert is active if the
supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert.
Supply Pressure Lo Alert--This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Lo Alert.
September 2013
6-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert--This alert is active if the
temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.
Temperature Lo Alert--This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
D Travel--If a travel alert is active it will appear under TRAVEL ALERTS
Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert--This alert is active if the
Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time.
Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert--This alert is active if Travel
exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert point.
Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert--This alert is active if Travel
6 is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert point. Travel Hi/Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert--This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Alert point.
Travel Limit Lo Alert--This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert point.
D Proximity--If a proximity alert is active it will appear under PROX ALERTS
Travel Open Travel Open Alert--This alert is active if the travel is
greater than the travel open alert point.
Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert--This alert is active if the travel
is greater than the travel closed alert point.
Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert--This alert is active if the
Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband.
Proximity Hi Alert--This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband.
Proximity Lo Alert--This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband.
Proximity Lo Lo Alert--This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband.
D Travel History Alerts--If a travel history alert is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS
Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert--This alert is active if the Cycle
Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point.
Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert--This alert is active if the
Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
D Performance Alerts--if a performance alert is active it will appear under PERF ALERTS
Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert--This alert is active if the
instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced.
Performance Reduced Alert--This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance.
Performance Information Alert--This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance.
Status
(TB > Device Diagnostics > Status )
Self Test Status
Integrator Suspended--The integrator function is temporarily suspended. The integrator is suspended if any of the following conditions are met:
D The setpoint and actual travel are greater than 98% or less than 2%.
D The set point is in cutoff
D The Transducer block is Out of Service (OOS)
Integrator Limited Lo--Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve friction may cause this situation.
Integrator Limited Hi--Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve friction may cause this situation.
Travel Sensor Span Error--Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart. This error is reported during automatic calibration.
MLFB Error--Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non-valid value during automatic calibration.
Travel Sensor Hi Error--Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal operating range, and has failed.
Travel Sensor Lo Error--Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal operating range, and has failed.
Pressure B Sensor Failure--Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly
6-8
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed.
Pressure A Sensor Failure--Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed.
Supply Sensor Failure--Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure, and has failed.
IOP Failure--Indicates the I/O processor has failed.
Drive Current Alert--Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time.
Simulate Jumper ON--Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6000f between the two AUX terminals.
Block Error
Table 6-2 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] and XD_ERROR [11] parameters. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference.
Table 6-2. Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR Conditions
Condition Number
Condition Name and Description
0
Other - (N/A)
Block Configuration Error - Indicates that one of the
1
following parameters have been configured out of the
proper range: 15, 16, 47.1, 47.2, 46.3, 46.5, 42.7, 42.8.
2
Link Configuration Error - (N/A)
Simulate Active - Indicates that alerts are being
simulated. This is not an indication that the I/O blocks are
3
using simulation data. See AO block parameter
SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D
[10].
4
Local Override - (N/A)
5
Device Fault State - (NA)
6
Maintenance Needed Soon - (N/A)
7
Input failure/process variable has Bad status - (N/A)
8
Output failure - (N/A)
9
Memory failure - (N/A)
10
Lost Static Data - Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
11
Lost NV Data - (N/A)
12
Readback Check Failed - (N/A)
13
Device Needs Maintenance Now - Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
14
Power Up - (N/A)
15
Out of Service - Indicates Out of Service Mode.
Device Record
(TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record ) The following parameters are contained in the Device Record menu of the transducer block.
D Maximum Recorded Temperature
Maximum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MAX [86.1]) shows the maximum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.
D Maximum Recorded Temperature Time
Maximum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MAX_TIME [86.2]) shows the date and time when the Temperature Maximum occurred.
D Minimum Recorded Temperature
6 Minimum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MIN [86.3])
shows the minimum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.
D Minimum Recorded Temperature Time
Minimum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MIN_TIME [86.4]) shows the date and time when the Temperature Minimum occurred.
D Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure
Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPPLY_PRESS_MAX [86.5]) shows the maximum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.
D Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME [86.6]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Maximum occurred.
D Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure
Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPP_PRESS_MIN [86.7]) shows the minimum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.
D Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time
Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME [86.8]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Minimum occurred.
September 2013
6-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output
(TB > Device Diagnostics > Stroke Valve)
Stroke Valve is used to confirm proper valve operation. From the Transducer Block menu, select Stroke Valve. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to select from the following: Done, Ramp Open, Ramp Closed, Ramp to Target, Step to Target, and Stop.
D Done--Select this if you are done. All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected.
D Ramp Open--ramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
D Ramp Closed--ramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
6
D Ramp to Target--ramps the travel to the
specified target at the rate of 1.0% per second of the
ranged travel.
D Step to Target--steps the travel to the specified target.
D Stop--stops the command.
Trend
(TB > Device Variables > Trend)
Trend chart of Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]), Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]), and Pressure A (PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]).
Device Variables
All Block Modes
(TB > Device Variables > All Block Modes) Block Mode: Target
The Target (TARGET [5.1]) mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Generally, only one mode is allowed to be set, and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter. Additionally, all cascade targets (Cas, Rcas) must have AUTO set.
Block Mode: Actual
This is the current mode of the block. The actual (ACTUAL [5.2]) mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block.
Note
Block Mode:Actual drops the AUTO bit for the cascade targets. For example, target mode might have Cas and Auto set, but actual mode will only have Cas set.
Block Mode: Permitted
The permitted (PERMITTED [5.3]) mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is permitted. When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target modes). Therefore, the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.
Block Mode: Normal
The normal (NORMAL [5.4]) mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the block is operating normally.
AO Control - Pre-Characterization
(TB > Device Variables > AO Control - Pre-Char)
D Setpoint
Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in % (percent) of ranged travel or pressure. Setpoint is used for both travel and pressure control. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the AO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.
6-10
September 2013
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
D Setpoint Status
Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Setpoint Value (FINAL_VALUE.STATUS [13.2]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.
D Travel (DeChar)
Travel (FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE [17.2]) shows the value of the travel in % (percent) of ranged travel. Travel always represents how far the valve is open.
AO Control-Post Characterization
(TB > Device Variables > AO Control-Post Char) D Travel Target
Travel target is the output from the characterization function.
D Travel
Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]) displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
D Travel Status
Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Travel Value (TRAVEL.STATUS [34.1]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.
DO Control
(TB > Device Variables > DO Control) D Setpoint(D)
Discrete Setpoint (SETPOINT_D.VALUE [32.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values. 0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... = setpoint in 5% units. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the DO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.
D Travel(D)
Travel (TRAVEL_D.VALUE [33.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values. 0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... = setpoint in 5% units.
Input Characterization
(TB > Device Variables > Input Characterization) Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) defines the relationship between the setpoint specified by the output function block and the desired valve position.
Travel/Pressure State
(TB > Device Variables > Travel/Pressure State) Travel/Pressure State (TVL_PRESS.STATE [41.2]) indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control (position control) or as an I/P (pressure control)
PD Inside Status
(TB > Device Variables > PD Inside Status) PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics.
Protection
(TB > Device Variables > Protection) Indicates the status of Protection.
Drive Signal
(TB > Device Variables > Drive Signal)
6 Drive Signal (DRIVE_SIGNAL [53]) indicates the drive
signal, as a percentage of the maximum drive available, going to the I/P converter from the printed wiring board. In most applications, the drive signal ranges between 50% and 75% of the maximum drive signal.
Temperature
(TB > Device Variables > Temperature) Temperature (TEMPERATURE [48]) displays the internal temperature of the instrument in either degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius.
Cycle Counter
(TB > Device Variables > Cycle Counter) Cycle Counter (CYCLE_COUNT [73]) records the number of times the travel changes direction. The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle.
Travel Accumulator
(TB > Device Variables > Travel Accumulator) Travel Accumulator (TRAVEL_ACCUM [72]) indicates the total change in travel, in percent of ranged travel. The accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the deadband. Then the greatest amount of change in one direction from the original reference point (after the deadband has been exceeded) will be added to the Travel Accumulator.
Travel Count
(TB > Device Variables > Travel Count) Travel Count (TVL_COUNT [43.1]) is the Travel Sensor readback displayed in A/D counts.
September 2013
6-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Pressures
(TB > Device Variables > Pressures)
D Supply
Supply (SUPPLY_PRESSURE_VALUE [35.2]) shows the value of the supply pressure in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
D Pressure A
Pressure A (PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
D Pressure B
Pressure B (PRESSURE_B.VALUE [37.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure B in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
D A Minus B
A Minus B (PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE [38.2]) shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
6
6-12
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
7-7
Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Module Base Maintenance Removing the Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Replacing the Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
SubModule Maintenance
I/P Converter Replacing the I/P Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Removing the I/P Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Replacing the I/P Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly
Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Replacing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
7
Setting the Printed Wiring Board Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Pneumatic Relay Removing the Pneumatic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Replacing the Pneumatic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Gauges, Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Terminal Box Removing the Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Replacing the Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Travel Sensor
Disassembly DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit (Sliding-Stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit (Sliding-Stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-10 7-10 7-10
7-11 7-12 7-14
September 2013
7-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Instrument Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7
7-2
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Maintenance
The DVC6000f digital valve controller enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and IP66, therefore periodic cleaning of internal components is not required. If the DVC6000f is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces tend to get heavily coated or layered with industrial or atmospheric contaminants, however, it is recommended that the vent (key 52) be periodically inspected to ensure it is fully open. If the vent appears to be clogged, the vent can be removed, cleaned and replaced. Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to remove contaminant and run a mild water/detergent solution through the vent to ensure it is fully open.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure. Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover.
D Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve.
D Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve.
D Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
D Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media.
D Vent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression so the actuator is not applying force to the valve stem; this will allow for the safe removal of the stem connector.
7
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover when flammable gases or dust are present, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. To do so could result in a spark that may cause the flammable gasses or dust to explode, resulting in personal injury or property damage. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before performing any maintenance procedures on the DVC6000f digital valve controller:
D Always wear protective clothing, gloves, and eyewear to prevent personal injury.
D Do not removed the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized.
September 2013
WARNING
When using natural gas as the supply medium, or for explosion proof applications, the following warnings also apply:
D Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap. Personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap.
D Remove electrical power before disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections.
D When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part, natural gas will seep from the unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere. Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: Remote venting of the unit, re-evaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate
7-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this controller, refer to page 2-22.
D Ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed before putting this unit back into service. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion.
Module Base Maintenance
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion, remove power to the instrument before replacing the module base in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous.
CAUTION
7
When replacing components, use only components specified by the factory.
Always use proper component
replacement techniques, as presented
in this manual. Improper techniques or
component selection may invalidate
the approvals and the product
specification, as indicated in table 1-1.
It may also impair operations and the
intended function of the device.
The digital valve controller contains a module base consisting of the I/P converter, printed wiring board assembly, and pneumatic relay. The module base may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing.
Tools Required
Table 7-1 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6000f digital valve controller.
Removing the Module Base
WARNING
Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section.
Note
If the feedback arm or feedback arm assembly is removed from the digital valve controller, the travel sensor must be re-calibrated.
Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6000f digital valve controller, predictive maintenance is available through the use of ValveLink software. Using the digital valve controller, valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced, thus avoiding unnecessary maintenance. For information on using ValveLink software, refer to the software help.
To remove the module base for DVC6010f, DVC6020f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers, perform the following steps. Refer to figures 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4, respectively, for key number locations.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts, turn off the supply pressure to the digital valve controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the housing.
1. For sliding-stem applications only, a protective shield for the feedback linkage is attached to the side of the module base assembly (see figures 2-1 and 2-2). Remove this shield and keep for reuse on the replacement module. The replacement module will not have this protective shield.
7-4
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 7-1. Tools Required
Tool
Size
Use
Phillips Screwdriver
Hex key Hex key Hex key Hex key
5 mm 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 5 mm
Relay, printed wiring board assembly, and cover screws Terminal box screw Terminal box cover screw I/P converter screws Travel sensor screws
Hex key Open-end wrench Hex key Open-end wrench Hex key
6 mm 1/2-inch 9/64-inch 7/16-inch 3/16-inch
Module base screws Connector Arm screw (DVC6010f) Feedback arm screw DVC6010f mounting bolts DVC6020f mounting bolts
2. Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover (key 43) and remove the cover from the module base (key 2).
3. Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench, loosen the three-socket head screws (key 38). These screws are captive in the module base by retaining rings (key 154).
Note
The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies. Disconnect these cable assemblies after you pull the module base out of the housing.
TERMINAL BOX
MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY
HOUSING
W8073-FF
CABLE TO TERMINAL BOX
CABLE TO TRAVEL SENSOR
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
Figure 7-1. Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections
these cable assemblies from the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base.
7
Replacing the Module Base
To replace the module base, for DVC6010f, DVC6020f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers, perform the following steps. Refer to figures 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4, respectively, for key number locations. Refer to figure 7-2 for a view of the back of the PWB assembly sub-module.
CAUTION
To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface. Do not bump or damage the bare connector pins on the PWB assembly. Damaging either the module base or guide surface may result in material damage, which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal.
4. Pull the module base straight out of the housing (key 1). Once clear of the housing, swing the module base to the side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies.
5. The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies, shown in figure 7-1, which connect the module base, via the printed wiring board assembly, to the travel sensor and the terminal box. Disconnect
Note
Inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in the housing before installing the module base assembly. To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, these surfaces must be free of dust, dirt, scratches, and contamination.
Ensure the module base seal is in good condition. Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal.
1. Ensure the module base seal (key 237) is properly installed in the housing (key 1). Ensure the O-ring (key 12) is in place on the module base assembly.
2. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required.
September 2013
7-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Submodule Maintenance
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion, remove power to the instrument before replacing a submodule in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous.
TERMINAL BOX CONNECTOR
GE39341
PINS REMOVED FOR CONNECTOR KEYING
TRAVEL SENSOR CONNECTOR
Figure 7-2. Back View of PWB Assembly Sub-Module
7 3. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). The connector is keyed, so proper orientation is required.
4. Insert the module base (key 2) into the housing (key 1).
5. Install three socket head screws (key 38) in the module base into the housing. If not already installed, press three retaining rings (key 154) into the module base. Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 16 NSm (138 lbfSin).
The digital valve controller's module base contains the following submodules: I/P converter, PWB assembly, and pneumatic relay. If problems occur, these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new submodules. After replacing a submodule, the module base is replaced in the instrument and calibrated prior to returning to service.
CAUTION
Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base. Reinstall the cover to protect the I/P converter and gauges when servicing other submodules.
In order to maintain accuracy specifications, do not strike or drop the I/P converter during submodule maintenance.
WARNING
Personal injury, property damage, or disruption of process control can result if the cable assemblies/wiring are damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly. Ensure that the cable assemblies/ wiring are positioned in the cavity of the module base so they do not get compressed or damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly in step 6.
6. Attach the cover (key 43) to the module base assembly.
7. For sliding-stem applications only, install the protective shield onto the side of the replacement module base assembly (see figures 2-1 and 2-2).
7-6
I/P Converter
Refer to figures 8-2 through 8-6 for key number locations. The I/P converter (key 41) is located on the front of the module base.
Note
After I/P converter submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
Replacing the I/P Filter
A screen in the supply port beneath the I/P converter serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium. To replace this filter, perform the following procedure:
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
SHROUD (KEY 169)
I/P CONVERTER (KEY 41)
SOCKET-HEAD SCREWS (4) (KEY 23)
W8072
O-RING LOCATED IN I/P CONVERTER OUTPUT PORT
SCREEN (FILTER) LOCATED IN I/P CONVERTER SUPPLY PORT
Figure 7-3. I/P Filter Location
1. Remove the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud (key 169) as described in the Removing the I/P Converter procedure.
2. Remove the screen (key 231) from the supply port.
3. Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in figure 7-3.
4. Inspect the O-ring (key 39) in the I/P output port. if necessary, replace it.
5. Reinstall the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud (key 169) as described in the Replacing the I/P Converter procedure.
Removing the I/P Converter
1. Remove the front cover (key 43), if not already removed.
2. Refer to figure 7-4. Using a 2.5 mm hex socket wrench, remove the four socket-head screws (key 23) that attach the shroud (key 169) and I/P converter (key 41) to the module base (key 2).
3. Remove the shroud (key 169); then pull the I/P converter (key 41) straight out of the module base (key 2). Be careful not to damage the two electrical leads that come out of the base of the I/P converter.
4. Ensure that the O-ring (key 39) and screen (key 231) stay in the module base and do not come out with the I/P converter (key 41).
Replacing the I/P Converter
1. Refer to figure 7-3. Inspect the condition of the O-ring (key 39) and screen (key 231) in the module
W9328-1
BOOTS (KEY 210)
Figure 7-4. I/P Converter
base (key 2). Replace them, if necessary. Apply silicone lubricant to the O-rings.
2. Ensure the two boots (key 210) shown in figure 7-4
are properly installed on the electrical leads.
3. Install the I/P converter (key 41) straight into the
7
module base (key 2), taking care that the two electrical
leads feed into the guides in the module base. These
guides route the leads to the printed wiring board
assembly submodule.
4. Install the shroud (key 169) over the I/P converter (key 41).
5. Install the four socket-head screws (key 23) and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1.6 NSm (14 lbfSin).
6. After replacing the I/P converter, calibrate travel to maintain accuracy specifications.
PWB (Printed Wiring Board) Assembly
Refer to figures 8-2 through 8-6 for key number locations. The PWB assembly (key 50) is located on the back of the module base assembly (key 2).
Note
If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced, configure and calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
September 2013
7-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly
1. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
2. Remove three screws (key 33).
3. Lift the PWB assembly (key 50) straight out of the module base (key 2).
4. Ensure that the O-rings (key 40) remain in the
pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly
(key 2) after the PWB assembly (key 50) has been
W8074
RELAY SEAL
removed.
Figure 7-5. Pneumatic Relay Assembly
Replacing the PWB Assembly
1. Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure sensor O-rings (key 40) and install them on the pressure sensor bosses in the module base assembly.
2. Properly orient the PWB assembly (key 50) as you install it into the module base. The two electrical leads
7 from the I/P converter (key 41) must guide into their receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure sensor bosses on the module base must fit into their receptacles in the PWB assembly.
3. Push the PWB assembly (key 50) into its cavity in the module base.
4. Install and tighten three screws (key 33) to a torque of 1 NSm (10.1 lbfSin).
5. Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
6. Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller.
Note
Calibration is required for either Travel or Pressure Control after PWB Assembly replacement. Note that only one calibration is needed, depending on control selection.
Note
After relay submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
Removing the Pneumatic Relay
1. Loosen the four screws that attach the relay (key 24) to the module base. These screws are captive in the relay.
2. Remove the relay.
Replacing the Pneumatic Relay
1. Visually inspect the holes in the module base to ensure they are clean and free of obstructions. If cleaning is necessary, do not enlarge the holes.
2. Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as shown in figure 7-5. Press small seal retaining tabs into retaining slots to hold relay seal in place.
3. Position the relay (with shroud) on the module base. Tighten the four screws, in a crisscross pattern, to a final torque of 2 NSm (20.7 lbfSin).
4. Using the Field Communicator, verify that the value for the relay type parameter matches the relay type installed.
5. After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type, calibrate travel to maintain accuracy specifications.
Pneumatic Relay
Refer to figures 8-2 through 8-6 for key number locations. The pneumatic relay (key 24) is located on the front of the module base.
Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valves
Depending on the options ordered, the DVC6000f digital valve controller will be equipped with either gauges (key 47), pipe plugs (key 66), or tire valves
7-8
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
(key 67). Single-acting direct instruments will also have a screen (key 236, figure 8-6) These are located on the top of the module base next to the relay.
Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges, tire valves, or pipe plugs. Refer to figures 8-2 through 8-6 for key number locations.
1. Remove the front cover (key 43).
2. Remove the gauge, pipe plug, or tire valve as follows:
For gauges (key 47), the flats are on the gauge case. Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the gauge from the module base. To remove the supply gauge, remove one of the output gauges.
For pipe plugs (key 66) and tire valves (key 67), use a wrench to remove these from the module base.
3. Apply sealant (key 64) to the threads of the replacement gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves.
4. Using a wrench, screw the gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves into the module base.
Removing the Terminal Box
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion, remove power to the instrument before removing the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous.
1. Loosen the set screw (key 58) in the cap (key 4) so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box.
2. After removing the cap (key 4), note the location of field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring from the terminal box.
3. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
4. Remove the screw (key 72). Pull the terminal box
assembly straight out of the housing.
7
5. Remove two wire retainers (key 44), internal and
external to the terminal box.
Replacing the Terminal Box
Terminal Box
WARNING
Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section.
Refer to figures 8-2 through 8-6 for key number locations. The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections.
Note
This procedure also applies to the DVC6005f remote terminal box.
Note
Inspect all O-rings for wear and replace as necessary.
1. Install two wire retainers (key 44), internal and external to the terminal box. 2. Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring (key 35) and install the O-ring over the stem of the terminal box. 3. Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out. Position the terminal box assembly so that the hole for the screw (key 72) in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing. Install the screw (key 72). 4. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required. 5. Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure. 6. Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Removing the Terminal Box procedure.
September 2013
7-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
7. Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring (key 36) and install the O-ring over the 2-5/8 inch threads of the terminal box. Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the O-ring while installing it over the threads. 8. Apply lubricant (key 63) to the 2-5/8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the cap is installed. 9. Screw the cap (key 4) onto the terminal box. 10. Install a set screw (key 58) into the cap (key 4). Loosen the cap (not more than 1 turn) to align the set screw over one of the recesses in the terminal box. Tighten the set screw (key 58). 11. Apply sealant (key 64) to the conduit entrance plug (key 62) and install it into the unused conduit entry of the terminal box.
Travel Sensor
7
WARNING
Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section.
Replacing the travel sensor requires removing the digital valve controller from the actuator.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion, remove power to the instrument before replacing the travel sensor in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous.
Disassembly
DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-2 for DVC6010f and 8-7 for DVC6015 key number locations. 1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument. 2. Disconnect the adjustment arm from the connector arm and the feedback arm (see figures 2-1 and 2-2).
3. Remove the instrument from the actuator.
4. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft.
5. Remove the feedback arm (key 79) from the travel sensor shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6010f digital valve controller, use step 6a. If disassembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit, use step 6b.
6. a. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals.
7. Remove the screw (key 72) that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housing.
8. Pull the travel sensor assembly (key 223) straight out of the housing.
DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-3 for DVC6020f and 8-8 for DVC6025 key number locations.
1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument.
2. Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator.
3. Disconnect the bias spring (key 82) from the feedback arm assembly (key 84) and the arm assembly (key 91). Remove the mounting bracket (key 74) from the back of the digital controller. If the torsion spring (key 93) needs to be replaced, ensure that the shaft on which it is installed is smooth and free of rough spots. Replace the entire feedback arm assembly if necessary.
4. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft.
5. Remove the arm assembly (key 91) from the travel sensor assembly (key 77) shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6020f digital valve controller, use step 6a. If disassembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit use step 6b.
6. a. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals.
7. Remove the screw (key 72) that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housing.
8. Pull the travel sensor assembly (key 223) straight out of the housing.
DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-4 for DVC6030f and 8-9 for DVC6035 key number locations.
7-10
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument.
2. Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft. Remove the feedback arm from the travel sensor shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6030f digital valve controller use step 3a. If disassembling a DVC6035 remote feedback unit use step 3b.
3. a. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals.
4. From within the housing, unscrew the travel sensor assembly (key 223) from the housing.
Assembly
DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-2 for DVC6010f and 8-7 for DVC6015 key number locations.
1. Insert the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into the housing (key 1). Secure the travel sensor assembly with screw (key 72).
If assembling a DVC6010f digital valve controller, use step 2a. If assembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit, use step 2b.
2. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals.
4. Attach the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field Communicator, you can use the procedure in the Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform steps 5 through 13. To use the Field Communicator, skip to step 14.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
5. Align the feedback arm (key 79) to the housing (key 1) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole marked "A" on the feedback arm. Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the side of the housing. Position the feedback arm so that the surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
6. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of
50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1
and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure
7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between
40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
7
7. Multiply the result in step 6 by 0.046 to get a
calculated resistance. The calculated resistance
should be in the range of 1840 to 2300 ohms.
8. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
9. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the
calculated resistance determined in step 7, $100 ohms.
Note
In the next step, be sure the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
Note
For the DVC6015 feedback unit, connect the potentiometer assembly (key 223) wires to the terminals as follows: red " terminal 1 white " terminal 2 black " terminal 3.
3. Loosely assemble the bias spring (key 78), screw (key 80), plain washer (key 163), and nut (key 81) to the feedback arm (key 79), if not already installed.
10. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw (key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 7, $100 ohms. Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
11. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector.
12. For the DVC6010f, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
13. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
September 2013
7-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PIN 2
PIN 1 PIN 3
1
KEYED
TRAVEL SENSOR WIRES, REMOTE MOUNT FEEDBACK UNITS (DVC6015, DVC6025 AND DVC6035)
TRAVEL SENSOR
CONNECTOR
DVC6010f, DVC6020f,
7
AND DVC6030f
1
3
CW
NOTE:
2
1 THE POTENTIOMETER RESISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 2 AND 3 CAN
BE MEASURED AT THE CONNECTOR. INSERT TWO SHORT LENGTHS
OF 22 AWG WIRE INTO THE PIN 2 AND 3 RECEPTACLES IN THE
CONNECTOR. CLIP ON LEADS FROM A DVM (DIGITAL VOLTMETER) TO
MEASURE THE RESISTANCE.
A6481/IL
Figure 7-6. Potentiometer Resistance Measurement
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator.
14. For the DVC6010f, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
15. For both the DVC6010f and the DVC6015, perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section.
DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-3 for DVC6020f and 8-8 for DVC6025 key number locations.
1. Insert the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into the housing. Secure the travel sensor assembly with screw (key 72).
If assembling a DVC6020f digital valve controller, use step 2a. If assembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit, use step 2b.
2. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals.
7-12
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Note
For the DVC6025 feedback unit, connect the potentiometer assembly (key 223) wires to the terminals as follows: red " terminal 1 white " terminal 2 black " terminal 3.
ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 91)
BIAS SPRING (KEY 82)
FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 84)
3. Loosely assemble the screw (key 80), plain washer (key 163), and nut (key 81) to the arm assembly (key 91), if not already installed.
4. Attach the arm assembly (key 91) to the travel sensor assembly (key 223) shaft.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field Communicator, you can use the procedure in the Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform steps 5 through 17. To use the Field Communicator, skip to step 18.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
5. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between 40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
6. Multiply the result in step 5 by 0.142 to get a calculated resistance. The calculated resistance should be in the range of 5680 to 7100 ohms.
7. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 7000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
8. Hold the arm assembly (key 91) in a fixed position so that the arm is parallel to the housing back plane and pointing toward the terminal box. Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
9. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 6, $100 ohms.
NOTE: INSTALL BIAS SPRING WITH SMALLER DIAMETER HOOK CONNECTED TO ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 91) AND WITH BOTH HOOK OPENINGS TOWARD CENTER OF BRACKET.
Figure 7-7. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller, Bias Spring (key 82) Installation
7
Note
In the next step, be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
10. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw (key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 6, $100 ohms. Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection. 11. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector.
12. Apply anti-seize (key 64 or equivalent) to the pin portion of the arm assembly (key 91).
13. Position the mounting bracket over the back of the digital valve controller. Push the feedback arm assembly (key 84) toward the housing and engage the pin of the arm assembly into the slot in the feedback arm.
14. Install the mounting bracket (key 74). 15. Install the bias spring (key 82) as shown in figure 7-7.
16. For the DVC6020f only, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base. 17. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
September 2013
7-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator.
18. For the DVC6020f only, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
19. For both the DVC6020f and the DVC6025, perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section.
DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-4 for DVC6030f and 8-9 for DVC6035 key number locations.
1. Apply lubricant (key 63) to the travel sensor assembly threads.
7 2. Screw the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into the housing until it is tight.
If assembling a DVC6030f digital valve controller, use step 3a. If assembling a DVC6035 remote feedback unit, use step 3b.
3. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals.
Communicator, you can use the procedure in the Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform steps 6 through 14. To use the Field Communicator, skip to step 15.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
6. Align the feedback arm (key 79) to the housing (key 1) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole marked "A" on the feedback arm. Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing. Position the feedback arm so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
7. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between 40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
8. Multiply the result in step 7 by 0.042 to get a calculated resistance. The calculated resistance should be in the range of 1680 to 2100 ohms.
9. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
10. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 8, $100 ohms.
Note
In the next step, be sure the feedback arm outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
Note
For the DVC6035 feedback unit, connect the potentiometer assembly (key 223) wires to the terminals as follows: red " terminal 1 white " terminal 2 black " terminal 3.
4. Loosely assemble the bias spring (key 78), screw (key 80), plain washer (key 163), and nut (key 81) to the feedback arm (key 79), if not already installed.
5. Attach the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field
11. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw (key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 8, $100 ohms. Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
12. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector.
13. For the DVC6030f only, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
14. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these
7-14
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator.
15. For the DVC6030f only, connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base.
16. For both the DVC6030f and the DVC6035, perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section.
Utility Connections
D Are pneumatic connections correct? Are there any air leaks? See the Installation section.
D Is the air supply pressure sufficient to drive the valve?
Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output
After completing maintenance procedures, confirm proper valve operation by stroking the digital valve controller output. Refer to page 6-10 of the transducer block section of Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics.
Instrument Troubleshooting
What to Do First
When a problem occurs, check the following first:
Mounting
D Is the feedback linkage connected correctly? See the beginning of this section.
D Is the digital valve controller correctly connected to the fieldbus? See the Installation section.
D Is there power to the device? Is the terminal voltage between 9 and 32 volts? See the Installation section.
D Is the segment terminated correctly? See host system documentation.
7
D Is the host system connected to the segment? See host system documentation.
If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument, refer to the troubleshooting information provided in table 7-2.
Also see the Troubleshooting Checklist found on page 7-20.
Symptom 1. Instrument will not communicate.
Table 7-2. Instrument Troubleshooting
Possible Cause
Action
1.a No power to device
1.a1 Ensure device is connected to the segment (see host system documentation).
1.a2 Measure the terminal voltage. Terminal voltage should be between 9 and 32 VDC.
1.a3 Check to be sure device is drawing current. There should be approximately 19 mA.
1.b Internal device wiring problems.
1.b1 Verify connectors are plugged into the printed wiring board correctly (see Printed Wiring Board Assembly on page 7-7).
1.b2 Check continuity of cable between terminal box and printed wiring board. If necessary, replace the terminal box assembly (see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7-9).
1.b3 Check for damaged printed wiring board lands and terminals. If necessary, replace the terminal box assembly (see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7-9).
1.c Incompatible network settings
1.c Change host parameters. Refer to host documentation for procedure.
1.d Defective printed wiring board (PWB) assembly.
1.d Replace printed wiring board (see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7-8).
-Continued-
September 2013
7-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 7-2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
Possible Cause
Action
1.e Defective terminal box.
1.e Check continuity from each screw terminal to the corresponding PWB connector pin. If necessary, replace the terminal box assembly (see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7-9).
1.f Defective Field Communicator or ValveLink modem cable.
1.f If necessary, repair or replace cable.
1.g Fieldbus card defective or not compatible with PC. 1.g Replace Fieldbus card.
2. Device does not stay on segment. 2.a Incorrect signal level.
2.a1 Check that segment is properly terminated (see host system documentation).
2.a2 Wrong cable type or segment length too long. See Site Planning Guide.
2.a3 Bad power supply or conditioner.
2.b Excess noise on segment.
2.b1 Check integrity of wiring connections. Make sure cable shield is grounded only at the control system.
2.b2 Check for corrosion or moisture on terminals in terminal box (refer to page 7-9 for terminal box information).
2.b3 Check for bad power supply.
2.c Electronics failing.
2.c. Replace printed wiring board assembly (see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7-8).
3. A value cannot be written to a parameter.
3.a Resource block parameter Write Lock may be set 3.a Change Write Lock to Not Locked (refer to page
to Locked.
4-4 of Detailed Setup / Blocks).
3.b If a transducer block parameter, the mode may be 3.b1 Check table 4-85. If necessary change the
7
incorrect or the parameter may be protected.
transducer block target mode to Manual.
3.b2 Check table 4-85. If necessary change data
protection.
3.c You have attempted to write a value that is outside 3.c Check the range values listed for the parameter
the valid range.
(refer to Detailed Setup / Blocks, Section 4).
3.d Function block or in/out block mode may be incorrect.
3.d. Confirm that block is in correct mode for writing to any given parameter.
4. Function block actual mode does not change with target mode.
4.a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service.
4.a Change Resource block target mode to Auto (see page 4-4, Resource Block Mode, or host system documentation).
4.b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto.
4.b Change transducer block target mode to Auto (see page 4-21, Transducer Block Mode or host system documentation).
4.c Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly.
4.c Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool. All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device.
4.d Configuration error
4.d Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK_ERR. By default, all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 (undefined). They must be configured before the block can be put into service.
5. Input or Output Block does not go 5.a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service to mode target
5.a Change Resource block target mode to Auto (see page 4-4, Resource Block Mode, or host system documentation).
5.b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto.
5.b Change transducer block target mode to Auto (see page 4-21, Transducer Block Mode or host system documentation).
5.c Transducer has detected a hardware failure.
5.c A bad status is passed to the block's READBACK or FIELD_VAL parameter. See transducer section of Detailed Setup for repair information.
5.d Wrong output block is active.
5.d Use Outblock Selection to select the desired output block. The deselected block will have a bad status for READBACK. This will keep it in IMAN mode when target is other than OOS.
5.e Output block is not licensed.
5.e The Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not bee licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.
-Continued-
7-16
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 7-2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
Possible Cause
Action
5.f Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly.
5.f Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool. All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device.
5.g Configuration error.
5.g Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK_ERR. By default, all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 (undefined). They must be configured before the block can be put into service.
6. Block dynamic parameters do not 6.a Block actual mode is Out of Service update
6.a Change the block target mode to an operational mode (see FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication,
Appendix D and host system documentation).
7. Transducer block Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]) is not being automatically updated from the AO block.
7.a Transducer block mode in not Auto. 7.b AO block is not active.
7.a Change transducer block mode to Auto. 7.b Change Outblock Selection to AO Control.
8. Transducer block setpoint Setpoint(D) (SETPOINT_D [32]) is not being automatically updated from the DO block.
8.a Transducer block mode is not Auto. 8.b DO block is not active.
8.a Change transducer block mode to Auto. 8.b Change Outblock Selection to DO Control.
9. Valve does not move when the set point is changed
9.a A function block actual mode is Out of Service or Transducer Block Actual mode is Out of Service or Manual.
9.a1 Change the target mode to an operational mode (see FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication, Appendix D and host system documentation).
9.b Pneumatic connections are incorrect or supply pressure is incorrect
9.a2 Verify that the correct block (AO or DO) is
configured in Feature Select in the resource block.
Only the selected out block is able to set the transducer setpoint and move the valve.
7
9.b Check pneumatic connections and supply
pressure. Be sure supply pressure regulator is set
correctly (see Pressure Connections on page 2-18 of
the Installation Section).
9.c Instrument is in fault state.
9.c Set Clear FState to Clear (Refer to Fault State on page 4-5 of the Detailed Setup / Blocks Section, or host system documentation).
9.d The valve has failed.
9.d Apply a pneumatic pressure to the valve actuator and check valve action.
9.e The I/P converter or relay has failed.
9.e Replace the I/P converter or relay (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
10. Valve does not stroke from 0 to 100% with set point change
10.a Insufficient supply pressure or leak in pneumatic connections.
10.a Check supply pressure and supply pressure regulator setting. Check for leaks around pneumatic connections.
10.b Setpoint may be limited.
10.b Check the AO Block values of SP_HI_LIMIT and SP_LO_LIMIT (see page 4-77 of the Detailed Setup / Blocks Section or host system documentation).
11. Deviation between set point and actual valve position remains.
11.a Digital valve controller output is in cutoff.
11.a Check values for Travel Cutoff High and Travel Cutoff Low (see page 4-25 of the Detailed Setup / Blocks Section or host system documentation).
11.b Digital valve controller is not calibrated correctly 11.b Perform Auto or Manual Travel Calibration (Travel Calibration on page 5-2.)
11.c Incorrect turning. Tuning that is too conservative will result in excess error.
11.c Perform Stabilizing/Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize/optimize valve response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 4-23).
12. The valve cycles, does not stay on 12.a Large amount of packing friction. set point.
12.a1 Perform Stabilizing/Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize/optimize valve response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 4-23).
12.a2 Use a larger size actuator.
13. Valve responds too slowly.
13.a Insufficient instrument gain.
13.a Perform Stabilize/Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize valve response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 4-23).
13.b I/P converter input filter clogged or air blockage in 13.b1 Replace I/P converter filter (see Replacing the
I/P ass'y nozzle block.
I/P Filter on page 7-6).
-Continued-
September 2013
7-17
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table 7-2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
y
Possible Cause
Action
13.b2 Replace I/P converter (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
13.c O-ring(s) between I/P converter missing or hard 13.c Replace O-ring(s) (refer to the I/P Converter
and flattened losing seal.
section on page 7-6).
13. Valve responds too slowly.
13.d I/P ass'y out of spec.
13.d I/P ass'y nozzle may have been adjusted. Verify drive signal (55% to 80%) (refer to Elect and Config on page 4-27 of Detailed Setup / Blocks or host system documentation). Replace I/P ass'y if drive signal is continuously high or low (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
13.e Defective gasket.
13.e Check gasket for closed holes, excessive deformation due to overtightening or "oozing". If necessary, replace gasket (see the beginning of this section).
13.f Defective relay.
13.f Remove relay, inspect for missing Belleville washer, missing valve spring, missing valve plug. Inspect "lip" under top O-ring for breakage due to relay removal. Inspect O-rings and replace if hard or damaged. Replace parts or relay if I/P ass'y good and air passages not blocked (see Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 7-8).
13.g If responds slowly only upon air demand, there 13.g1 Check supply line to ensure it is not clogged or
may be a restriction in the air line, the supply run may damaged. Replace if necessary.
7
be excessively long, or the supply regulator may be defective or capacity not large enough.
13.g2 If supply run is excessively long, a volume tank may need to be installed on the the supply side of the
pressure regulator
13.g3 Replace supply regulator
14. Instrument will not calibrate, has 14.a Travel sensor seized, will not turn. sluggish performance or oscillates.
14.a Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely. If not, replace the pot/bushing ass'y.
14.b Broken travel sensor wire(s).
14.b Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot or broken wire. Replace pot/bushing ass'y.
14.c Travel sensor misadjusted.
14.c Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure on page 5-5 of the Calibration section.
14.d Open travel sensor.
14.d Check for continuity in electrical travel range. If necessary, replace pot/bushing ass'y.
14.e Cables not plugged into PWB correctly.
14.e Inspect connections and correct.
14.f Feedback arm loose on pot.
14.f Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure on page 5-5 of the Calibration section.
14.g Feedback arm bent/damaged or bias spring missing/damaged.
14.g Replace feedback arm and bias spring.
14.h Configuration errors.
14.h Verify configuration. Use Device Setup on page 3-2.
14.j Restricted pneumatic passages in I/P converter
14.j Check screen in I/P converter supply port of the module base. Replace if necessary. If passages in I/P converter restricted, replace I/P converter (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
14.k O-ring(s) between I/P converter ass'y missing or 14.k Replace O-ring(s) (refer to the I/P Converter
hard and flattened losing seal.
section on page 7-6).
14.l I/P converter ass'y damaged/corroded/clogged.
14.l Check for bent flapper, open coil (continuity), contamination, staining, or dirty air supply. Coil resistance should be between 1680 - 1860 ohms. Replace I/P ass'y if damaged, corroded, clogged, or open coil (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
14.m I/P converter ass'y out of spec.
14.m I/P converter ass'y nozzle may have been adjusted. Verify drive signal (55 to 80% for double-acting; 60 to 85% for single-acting) with the valve off the stops. Replace I/P converter ass'y if drive signal is continuously high or low (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 7-7).
-Continued-
7-18
September 2013
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 7-2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
Possible Cause
Action
14.n Defective module base seal.
14.n Check module base seal for condition and position. If necessary, replace seal. Refer to Module Base Maintenance on page 7-4.
14. Instrument will not calibrate, has 14.p Defective relay. sluggish performance or oscillates.
14.p Depress relay beam at adjustment location in shroud, look for increase in output pressure. Remove relay, inspect relay seal. Replace relay seal or relay if I/P converter ass'y good and air passages not blocked (refer to Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 7-8). Check relay adjustment (refer to page 5-4 of the Calibration Section).
14.q Defective 67CFR regulator, supply pressure gauge 14.q Replace 67CFR regulator. jumps around.
15. Instrument will not calibrate.
15.a Configuration errors.
15.a Verify configuration.
15.b Feedback arm bent/damaged or bias spring missing/damaged.
15.b Replace feedback arm and bias spring (see the Maintenance section). Perform Device Setup (see page 3-2 of the Basic Setup Section).
15.c Feedback arm loose on travel sensor.
15.c Perform Travel Sensor Calibration procedure (refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7-10).
15.d Travel sensor mis-adjusted.
15.d Perform Travel Sensor calibration procedure (refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7-10).
15.e Cables not plugged into PWB correctly.
15.e Inspect connections and correct.
15.f Broken travel sensor wire(s). 15.g Open travel sensor.
15.f Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot
or broken wire. Replace travel sensor (refer to the
Travel Sensor section on page 7-10). 15.g Check for continuity in electrical travel range. If
7
necessary, replace travel sensor (refer to the Travel
Sensor section on page 7-10).
15.h Travel sensor "frozen", will not turn.
15.h Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely. If not, replace the travel sensor (refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7-10).
16. ValveLink diagnostic tests provide 16.a Defective pressure sensor(s). erroneous results.
16.a Replace PWB (see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7-8).
16.b Pressure sensor O-ring(s) missing.
16.b Replace O-ring(s).
17. Cannot perform advanced diagnostics.
17.a Instrument does not have proper tiering.
17.a Upgrade tiering.
18. A PlantWeb alert is active, but not 18.a PlantWeb alerts in firmware 1.5 and higher are reported (broadcast) automatically. mode-based. Transducer block mode may be in MAN
or OOS.
18.a Check transducer block mode. Change to AUTO if appropriate.
19. Field Communicator does not turn 19.a Battery pack not charged. on.
19.a Charge battery pack. Note: Battery pack can be charged while attached to the Field communicator or separately. The 475 Field Communicator is fully operable while the battery pack is charging. Do not attempt to charge the battery pack in a hazardous area.
September 2013
7-19
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DVC6000f Troubleshooting Checklist
Reference 1. Instrument serial number as read from nameplate _________________________________________
2. What is the firmware version of the DVC6000f? _________________
3. What is the hardware version of the DVC6000f? ________________
4. What is the Diagnostic Tier of the DVC6000f? FD___ AD___ PD___
5. What is the Control Tier of the DVC6000f? SC___ FL___ FC___
6. What is the address of the DVC6000f? ________________________
Mode and Status 7. What are the DVC6000f Block Modes?
Actual Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____
Target Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____
Permitted Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____
8. What is the status of the individual function blocks?
Operational 9. Does the digital valve controller respond to the control signal? Yes _________ No _________
If No, describe
7 10. Is it on Travel or Pressure control? 11. What are the following parameter readings?
Setpoint _________
Drive Signal _________%
Supply Pressure _________ Pressure A _________
Pressure B _________
Travel Target _________% Travel _________%
Pressure B _________
12. What is the safe position of the valve? Fail Closed ____ Fail Open ____ Interface and Diagnostic Tools 13. What interface and diagnostic tools are available?___________________________________
14. Provide any available supporting documentation, such as Status Monitor, Detailed Setup, any alert readings.
Mounting
Reference 1. Actuator application: Sliding Stem? ____ Rotary? ____
2. Which digital valve controller do you have? DVC6010f ____ DVC6020f ____ DVC6030f____ or,
Remote mount digital valve controller? DVC6005f with DVC6010f ____ DVC6020f ____ DVC6030f____
3. What Make, Brand, Style, Size, etc. actuator is the DVC6000f mounted on? _________________________ Operational 4. What is the full travel of the valve?__________________________________
5. What is the Mounting Kit part number? ______________________________ Other 6. If mounting kits are made by LBP/Customer, please provide pictures of installation.
7. For a DVC6010f or a DVC6030f: During full travel of the actuator, does the DVC6000f feedback arm move below the "A" or above the "B" alignment positions? (It should not) Yes____ No ____
7-20
September 2013
Parts
8-8
Section 8 Parts
Parts Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Common Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
I/P Converter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Feedback Connections Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
PWB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8
Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valve Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Feedback / Remote Travel Sensor Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
September 2013
8-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Parts Ordering
Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process Management sales office about this equipment, always mention the controller serial number. When ordering replacement parts, refer to the 11-character part number of each required part as found in the following parts list. Parts which do not show part numbers are not orderable.
WARNING
Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts. Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process Management should not, under any circumstances, be used in any Fisher instrument. Use of components not supplied by Emerson Process Management may void your warranty, might adversely affect the performance of the valve, and could cause personal injury and property damage.
8
Note
All part numbers are for both aluminum and stainless steel constructions, unless otherwise indicated.
Parts Kits
Conversion kit 3 listed below provides the parts required to convert a DVC6010f to a DVC6020f. Conversion kit 4 provides the parts required to convert a DVC6020f to a DVC6010f.
Kit Description 1* Elastomer Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller) Standard Extreme Temperature Option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Part Number
19B5402X012 19B5402X022
2* Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts
to service one digital valve controller)
19B5403X012
Kit Description
Part Number
3 Conversion Kit (DVC6010f to DVC6020f or DVC6015 to DVC6025) Also see note below
19B5405X012
Note
For pipe-away construction, also order pipe-away bracket kit, item 6.
4 Conversion Kit (DVC6020f to DVC6010f or DVC6025 to DVC6015)
14B5072X112
5 Feedback Arm Kit (contains feedback arm assembly, qty. 5,
to convert a 2052 size 2 and 3 DVC6020 to a
2051 size 1 DVC6020)
GE44419X012
6 Alignment Pin Kit [kit contains 15 alignment pins (key 46)]
14B5072X092
7 Pipe-Away Bracket Kit (DVC6020f) [kit contains mounting bracket (key 74) and O-ring (key 75)] Standard Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5404X012 19B5404X022
8* Seal Screen Kit [kit contains 25 seal screens (key 231) and 25 O-rings (key 39)] Standard Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
14B5072X152 14B5072X182
9 Terminal Box Kit Aluminum Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5401X272
Stainless Steel Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5401X302
Aluminum Natural Gas Approved Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5401X292
Stainless Steel Natural Gas Approved Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5401X322
8-2
* Recommended spare
September 2013
Parts
Kit Description
10 I/P Converter Kit Standard For Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Part Number
38B6041X152 38B6041X132
11 Adjustment Arm Kit (includes washer, nut and adjustment arm)
14B5072X132
12 PTFE Sleeve Kit [For pot bushing assembly (kit includes
10 sleeves and lubricant)]
DVC6010f and DVC6020f
GE08726X012
DVC6030f
GE08727X012
13 Spare Module Base Assembly Kit
[kit contains module base assy (key 2); drive screws, qty 2,
(key 11); shield/label (key 19); hex socket cap screw, qty 3,
(key 38); self tapping screw, qty 2 (key 49); pipe plug, qty 3
(key 61); retaining ring, qty 3 (key 154); screen (key 236);
and flame arrestors, qty 3 (key 243)]
Aluminum
GE18654X012
Stainless Steel
GE18654X112
14 Spare Housing Assembly Kit
[kit contains housing (key 1); drive screw, qty 2 (key 11);
shield (key 20); and screen (key 71)]
Aluminum
DVC6010f/DVC6020f
GE18652X012
DVC6030f
GE18653X012
Stainless Steel
DVC6010f/DVC6020f
GE56639X012
DVC6030f
GE18653X022
15 DVC6020f Cam Adjustment Tool
GE12742X012
16* Spare Shroud Kit
GE29183X012
[kit contains shroud (key 169) and hex socket cap
crew, qty 4 (key 23)]
17 Travel Sensor with Feedback Arm Assembly and PTFE Sleeve Kit DVC6010f DVC6015 DVC6020f DVC6025
GG09947X012 GG09948X012 GG09949X012 GG09950X012
Kit Description 20 Remote Mount Retrofit Kit
Part Number
Note This kit converts an existing DVC6000 to the remote mounted version. Note that the DVC6030f cannot be converted to the DVC6035.
DVC6010f to DVC6005f/DVC6015 DVC6010f to DVC6005f/DVC6035 DVC6020f to DVC6005f/DVC6025 (short arm DVC6020f to DVC6005f/DVC6025 (long arm)
DVC6015RMTR DVC6035RMTR DVC6025RMSA DVC6025RMLA
21 Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit
GE00419X012
22 Pipestand/Wall Mounting Kit
GE00420X012
Severe Service Linkage Kits
Note
All metallic parts (except coil springs) in the corrosion kit and parts that experience rubbing or wear in the wear kit are coated with a proprietary tungsten carbon coating.
23 Corrosion Kit DVC6010f, 0.25 to 2 inch travel DVC6010f, 2 to 4 inch travel DVC6020f, short arm DVC6020f, long arm DVC6030f, rotary DVC6030f, linear
GE22667X012 GE22668X012 GE22670X012
8 GE22671X012
GE22672X012 GE22673X012
24 Wear Kit DVC6010f, 0.25 to 2 inch travel DVC6010f, 2 to 4 inch travel DVC6020f, short arm DVC6020f, long arm DVC6030f, rotary DVC6030f, linear
GE22674X012 GE22675X012 GE22676X012 GE22677X012 GE22678X012 GE22679X012
25 Kit, Spring
DVC6010f, 0.25 to 2 inch travel [kit contains 10 bias
springs with tungsten carbon coating]
GE37413X012
DVC6010f, 2 to 4 inch travel [kit contains 10 bias
springs with tungsten carbon coating]
GE37414X012
Remote Mount Kits 18 Remote Terminal Box Kit Standard
19 Feedback Unit DVC6015 DVC6025 long arm DVC6025 Short Arm DVC6035 DVC6035 (for GX actuator)
GE00418X012
49B7986X012 49B7987X012 49B7987X022 49B7988X012 49B7988X022
September 2013
* Recommended spare
8-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Parts List
Parts which do not show part numbers are not orderable as individual parts. In most cases, they are available in one of the parts kits listed under Parts Kits.
Note
Parts with footnote numbers shown are available in parts kits. Also see footnote information at the bottom of the page.
Key Description
Part Number
Housing
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f (see figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5)
1 Housing(14) 11 Drive Screw(14) (2 req'd) 20 Shield(14) 52 Vent, plastic(2) DVC6010f, DVC6030f, and DVC6005f only
74 Mounting Bracket DVC6020f Std(3) or pipe-away(7), and DVC6005f(22)
8 75* O-Ring(7), DVC6020f only 245 Pipe Plug, pl stl(7), DVC6020f Vent-away only 248 Screw, hex head(22) (4 req'd), (DVC6005f only) 249 Screw, hex head(22) (4 req'd), (DVC6005f only) 250 Spacer(22) (4 req'd), (DVC6005f only) 267 Standoff(22) (2 req'd), ( (DVC6005f only) 271 Screen(14)
Common Parts
16* O-ring(1) (3 req'd) 23 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2) (4 req'd)
29 Warning label, for use only with LCIE hazardous area
classifications 33 Mach Screw, pan hd, SST(2) (3 req'd) 38 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2,13) (3 req'd)
43* Cover Assembly (includes cover screws)
Standard
38B9580X022
Extreme temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Aluminum Construction
38B9580X032
Stainless Steel Construction
38B9580X042
48 Nameplate 49 Screw, self tapping (2 req'd)(13) 63 Lithium grease (not furnished with the instrument)
64 Anti-seize compound (not furnished with the instrument)
65 Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished with the instrument) 154 Retaining Ring(2) (3 req'd) 237 Module Base Seal(1)
8-4
Key Description
Part Number
Module Base
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f
(see figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, and 8-6)
2 Module Base(13) 11 Drive Screw(13) (2 req'd) 12 O-ring(1) 19 Label, Shield Assembly(13) 61 Pipe Plug, hex socket(13) (3 req'd) 236 Screen, for single-acting direct units only(13) 243 Flame Arrestor Assy(13) (3 req'd)
I/P Converter Assembly
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f
(see figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5)
23 39* 41 169 210* 231*
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2,16) (4 req'd) O-ring (1,10) I/P Converter(10) Shroud(10,16) Boot, nitrile(1,10) (2 req'd) (also see figure 7-4) Seal Screen(1,8,10)
Relay
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f (see figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5)
24* Relay Assembly, (includes shroud, relay seal, mounting screws)
Standard
Single-acting direct (relay C)
38B5786X132
Double-acting (relay A)
38B5786X052
Single-acting reverse (relay B)
38B5786X092
Low Bleed
Single-acting direct (relay C)
38B5786X152
Double-acting (relay A)
38B5786X072
Single-acting reverse (relay B)
38B5786X112
Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Standard Bleed
Single-acting direct (relay C)
38B5786X142
Double-acting (relay A)
38B5786X032
Single-acting reverse (relay B)
38B5786X102
Low Bleed
Single-acting direct (relay C)
38B5786X162
Double-acting (relay A)
38B5786X082
Single-acting reverse (relay B)
38B5786X122
*Recommended spare 1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 3. Available in the DVC6010f to DVC6020f Conversion Kit 7. Available in the Pipe-Away Bracket Kit 8. Available in the Seal Screen Kit 10. Available in the I/P Converter Kit 13. Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit 14. Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit 16. Available in the Spare Shroud Kit 22. Available in the Pipestand/Wall Mounting Kit
September 2013
Parts
Key Description
Part Number
GAS-BLOCKING PRESS-FIT ADAPTOR
WIRING CONNECTOR
W9528
Figure 8-1. Terminal Box of Natural Gas Certified FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller
Key Description
Part Number
Terminal Box
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, and 8-5)
4 Terminal Box Cap(18) 34* O-ring(1,9,18) 36* O-ring(1,9,18) 44 Wire Retainer, pl stl(2) (6 req'd) (not shown) 58 Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2,18) 72 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2,18) 164 Terminal Box Assembly(9)
Feedback Connections Terminal Box
DVC6005f (see figure 8-5)
4 Terminal Box Cap(18) 34* O-ring(1,9,18) 36* O-ring(1,9,18) 44 Wire Retainer, pl stl(2,19) (5 req'd) (not shown) 58 Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2,18) 62 Pipe Plug, hex hd, SST(18) 72 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2,18) (3 req'd) 262 Adapter(18) 263* O-ring(18)
Standard
Extreme temperature option, (fluorosilicone) 264 Terminal Box Assembly, remote(18)
1F463606992 10B9207X012
Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valve Assemblies (see figure 8-6)
47* Pressure Gauge, nickel-plated brass case, brass connection
Double-acting (3 req'd); Single-acting (2 req'd)
PSI/MPA Gauge Scale
To 60 PSI, 0.4 MPa
18B7713X042
To 160 PSI, 1.1 MPa
18B7713X022
PSI/bar Gauge Scale
To 60 PSI, 4 bar
18B7713X032
To 160 PSI, 11 bar PSI/KG/CM2 Gauge Scale
To 60 PSI, 4 KG/CM2 To 160 PSI, 11 KG/CM2
18B7713X012
18B7713X072 18B7713X082
66 Pipe Plug, hex hd For double-acting and single acting direct w/gauges (none req'd) For Single-acting reverse w/gauges (1 req'd) For all units w/o gauges (3 req'd)
67 Tire Valve Assembly (3 req'd) Stainless Steel Construction DVC6010f (oversized) (4 req'd) Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators.
8
Feedback / Remote Travel Sensor Parts
Common Feedback Parts
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035 (see figures 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, 8-7, 8-8, and 8-9)
46 Alignment Pin(6,19) for DVC6010f, DVC6030f, DVC6015 and DVC6035
64 Anti-seize compound (not furnished with the instrument) 65 Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished with the instrument)
September 2013
*Recommended spare
1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 6. Available in Alignment Pin Kit 9. Available in the Terminal Box Kit 18. Available in the Remote Terminal Box Kit
19. Available in Feedback Unit Kit
8-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Key Description
PWB Assembly
Part Number
Note
Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for PWB Assembly FS Numbers.
Key Description
Part Number
223*
Potentiometer/Bushing Assy
Standard Elastomers
DVC6010f, DVC6020f
GE31447X012
DVC6030f
GE31448X012
Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
DVC6010f and DVC6020f
GE31450X012
DVC6030f DVC6015 and DVC6025(19) DVC6035(19)
GE31451X012 GE31453X012 GE31454X012
Key Description
Part Number
50* PWB Assembly Standard Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance DIagnostic Fieldbus Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Diagnostics
Fieldbus Logic
Fieldbus Diagnostics
Advanced Diagnostics
Performance Diagnostics
8
72 Cap Screw, hex socket(2,19) (2 req'd)
for DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6015, and DVC6025
78 Bias Spring, SST(2,19)
for DVC6010f, DVC6030f, DVC6015 and DVC6035
79 Feedback Arm
for DVC6010f, DVC6015, DVC6030f and DVC6035
80 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2,19)
81 Square Nut, SST(2,19)
104 Cap Screw, hex hd(19) (4 req'd) Aluminum Construction DVC6010f and DVC6015 Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators. Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are included in the mounting kit for these actuators.
107 Mounting Bracket(4,19), DVC6010f and DVC6015 only
Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators.
Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are
included in the mounting kit for these actuators.
- - - Feedback Linkage Shield, see figures 2-1 and 2-2
Up to 50.4 mm (2 inch) travel
All sliding-stem actuators except 585C size 60 39B2268X012
50.4 mm (2 inch) to 104mm (4 inch) travel
All sliding-stem actuators except 585C size 60 49B2267X012
585C size 60, 19 mm (0.75 inch) to
104mm (4 inch) travel
49B3844X012
163 Plain Washer, SST(2,19)
DVC6020f and DVC6025 (see figures 8-3 and 8-8)
74 Mounting Bracket, DVC6025 only
(also in Housing parts for DVC6020f) 82 Bias Spring, SST(3) 83 Bearing Flange, PTFE-based(3) (2 req'd) 84 Feedback Arm Assy, SST(3) 85 E-ring, pl stl(3) (2 req'd) 86 Plain Washer, pl stl(3) (2 req'd) 87 Follower Post, SST(3) 88 Roller, SST/PTFE(3) 89 Spring Lock Washer, pl stl(3) 90 Hex Nut, pl stl(3)
91 Arm Assy, SST 92 Cap Screw, hex socket(3) (4 req'd) 93 Torsion Spring, Feedback Arm(3)
DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035 (see figures 8-7, 8-8, and 8-9)
23 Cap Screw, hex socket(19,21) (2 req'd) 44 Wire Retainer, pl stl(19,21) (9 req'd)
49 Screw, self tapping (2 req'd) 58 Set Screw, hex socket(19) 62 Pipe Plug, hex hd, SST(19)
131 Retainer Wire 251 Feedback housing(19) 252 Assembly Plate Shield(19) (DVC6015 only) 253 Terminal bracket(19,21) 254 Terminal Strip(19,21) 255 Terminal Cap(19) 256 O-ring, fluorosilicone(19) 257 Machine Screw, pan head(19) (2 req'd) (DVC6015 only) 258 Label, cover(19)
260 Hex Nut, SST (2 req'd)
261 Nameplate 265 Plug(19) (DVC6015 and DVC6035 only)
8-6
*Recommended spare 2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 3. Available in the DVC6010f to DVC6020f Conversion Kit 4. Available in the DVC6020f to DVC6010f Conversion Kit 19. Available in Feedback Unit Kit 21. Available in Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit
September 2013
A SECTION A-A
Parts
11 20 11 19
OUTPUT A
64
61
A
49
243
271 8
OUTPUT B SUPPLY
E
E
SECTION C-C
1
SECTION D-D
SECTION E-E
APPLY LUB, SEALANT NOTES:
1 SEE FIGURE 8-6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B7710-K SHT 1 & 2 / DOC 29B3403-A
Figure 8-2. FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Assembly
September 2013
8-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
A
B
C
C
B
ED
DE
SECTION A-A
A
8
SECTION B-B
SECTION H-H
SECTION C-C
SECTION D-D
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
48B9596-K/ IL SHT 1 & 2 / DOC 29B3403-A
SECTION E-E Figure 8-3. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Assembly
8-8
September 2013
Parts
1
1
61 64
APPLY LUB, SEALANT NOTES:
1 SEE FIGURE 8-6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B9596-E SHT 3 / DOC
Figure 8-3. FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Assembly (continued)
8
September 2013
8-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
243
SECTION B-B
A
B
B
11 20 19
11
64
61
D
OUTPUT A
271
SUPPLY
D
SECTION A-A
8
A
49
OUTPUT B
1
C
C
SECTION C-C
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK NOTES: 1 SEE FIGURE 8-6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B9597-K SHT 1 & 2 / DOC 29B3403-A
Figure 8-4. FIELDVUE DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller Assembly
SECTION D-D
8-10
September 2013
Parts
8
SECTION A-A
SECTION C-C
SECTION B-B
APPLY LUB, SEALANT NOTES:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B3261-C SHT 1, 2 & 3 29B3403-A
Figure 8-5. FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit
September 2013
8-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1
E
E
SECTION E-E
OUTPUT A
8
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT B SUPPLY
WALL MOUNTING
OUTPUT B SUPPLY
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
APPLY LUB, SEALANT NOTES: 1 SEE FIGURE 8-6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B3261-C SHT 2 & 3 / DOC
Figure 8-5. FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit (continued)
8-12
September 2013
Parts
2 1
DOUBLE-ACTING
SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT
SINGLE-ACTING REVERSE
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTE: 1 FOR SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT, OUTPUT B IS PLUGGED. 2 FOR SINGLE-ACTING REVERSE, OUTPUT A IS PLUGGED.
48B7710-K SHT 2 / DOC
Figure 8-6. Typical FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Gauge Configuration
8
SECTION C-C
SECTION B-B
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
SECTION A-A
NOTE:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B7986-A
Figure 8-7. FIELDVUE DVC6015 Digital Valve Controller Assembly
SECTION D-D
September 2013
8-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
SECTION B-B
8
SECTION A-A
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK NOTE: 1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B7987-A / IL
Figure 8-8. FIELDVUE DVC6025 Digital Valve Controller Assembly
8-14
September 2013
Parts
SECTION C-C
SECTION B-B
8
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK
SECTION A-A
NOTE: 1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B7988-A
Figure 8-9. FIELDVUE DVC6035 Digital Valve Controller Assembly
September 2013
8-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
8
8-16
September 2013
Principle of Operation
A-A-
Appendix A Principle of Operation
Digital Valve Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A
September 2013
A-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
AUXILIARY TERMINALS
TERMINAL BOX
932 VOLT FIELDBUS
DIGITAL SETPOINT
DRIVE SIGNAL
PRINTED WIRING BOARD
I/P CONVERTER
PNEUMATIC RELAY
VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK
OUTPUT A
SUPPLY PRESSURE OUTPUT B
VALVE AND ACTUATOR
E0408-1 / IL
Figure A-1. FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram
A
Digital Valve Controller Operation
DVC6000f digital valve controllers have a single module base that may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing. The master module contains the following submodules: current-to-pneumatic (I/P) converter, printed wiring board assembly, and pneumatic relay. The relay position is detected by sensing the magnet on the relay beam via a detector on the printed wiring board. This sensor is used for the minor loop feedback (MLFB) reading. The master module can be rebuilt by replacing the submodules. See figures A-1 and A-2.
DVC6000f digital valve controllers are bus-powered instruments that provide a control valve position in response to a digital setpoint from the control room. The following describes a direct acting DVC6010f digital valve controller mounted on a sliding stem piston actuator, where the valve is closed with zero power to the instrument.
The setpoint is routed into the terminal box through a single pair of wires and then to the printed wiring
board assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor, processed by a digital algorithm, and converted into an analog I/P drive signal.
As the setpoint increases, the drive signal to the I/P converter increases, increasing the I/P output pressure. The I/P output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule. The relay is also connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I/P converter. The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and provides two output pressures. With relay A, an increasing setpoint will produce increasing pressure at output A and decreasing pressure at output B. With relay B an increasing setpoint will produce decreasing pressure at output B (output A is not available). With relay C an increasing setpoint will produce an increasing pressure on output A (output B is not available). The output A pressure is used for double-acting and single-acting direct applications. The output B pressure is used for double-acting and single-acting reverse applications.
A-2
September 2013
Principle of Operation
SOCKET-HEAD SCREW TERMINAL BOX ASSEMBLY O-RING
TERMINAL BOX COVER
O-RING
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY SOCKET-HEAD SCREWS (3) RETAINING CLIPS (3)
PRESSURE GAUGES (OPTIONAL)
TRAVEL SENSOR ASSEMBLY
0-RINGS (3)
MODULE BASE SEAL
O-RING
HOUSING
I/P CONVERTER
SHROUD
PNEUMATIC RELAY
48B7710 E0515 / IL
Figure A-2. FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Assembly
COVER ASSEMBLY
As shown in figure A-1, the increased output A pressure causes the actuator stem to move upward. Stem position is sensed through the feedback linkage by the travel sensor which is electrically connected to the printed wiring board assembly submodule. The stem continues to move upward until the correct stem position is attained. At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive signal. This prevents any further increase in the pneumatic signal from the I/P converter.
As the digital setpoint decreases, the drive signal to
the I/P converter submodule decreases, decreasing the I/P output pressure. The pneumatic relay
A
decreases the output A pressure and increases the
output B pressure. The stem moves downward until
the correct position is attained. At this point the printed
wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive signal.
This prevents any decrease in the pneumatic signal
from the I/P converter.
September 2013
A-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
A
A-4
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
B-B-
Appendix B
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
September 2013
B
B-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
This section includes loop schematics required for wiring of intrinsically safe installations. It also includes the approvals nameplates. If you have any questions, contact your Emerson Process Management sales office.
1
1
1
GE42818, Sheet 3, Rev. E
ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP
B
1
GE42818, Sheet 4, Rev. E
1
FISCO LOOP
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-3 Figure B-1. CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6010f, DVC6020f, and DVC6030f
B-2
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
1
1
1
1
GE42818 Sheet 6, Rev.
ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP
B
1
1
1
GE42818 Sheet 7, Rev. E
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-3
FISCO LOOP
Figure B-2. CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6005f with DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
September 2013
B-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
NOTES
GE42818, Sheet 8, Rev. E
B
Figure B-3. Notes for CSA Loop Schematics
Figure B-4. Typical CSA/FM Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, and DVC6005f
B-4
Figure B-5. Typical CSA Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035 September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
1
1
GE42819 Sheet 3, Rev D
1
ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP
B
1
GE42819 Sheet 4, Rev D
1
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-8
FISCO LOOP
Figure B-6. FM Loop Schematics for DVC6010f, DVC6020f, and DVC6030f
September 2013
B-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1
1
1
GE42819 Sheet 6, Rev D
1
ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP
B
1 1
1
GE42819 Sheet 7, Rev D
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-8
FISCO LOOP
Figure B-7. FM Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
B-6
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
GE42819 Sheet 8, Rev. E
Figure B-8. Notes for FM Loop Schematics
B
Figure B-9. Typical FM Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
September 2013
B-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1
1
1
1
GE60771 Sheet 4, Rev. B
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-13
Figure B-10. ATEX Loop Schematics for DVC6010f, DVC6020f, and DVC6030f, Entity Device
B
B-8
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
1 1
GE60771 Sheet 5, Rev. B
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-13
B
Figure B-11. ATEX Loop Schematics for DVC6010f, DVC6020f, and DVC6030f, FISCO Device
September 2013
B-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1 1
1
1
GE60771 Sheet 7, Rev. B
ENTITY DEVICE
B
1 1
1
GE60771 Sheet 8, Rev. B
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-13
FISCO DEVICE
Figure B-12. ATEX Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
B-10
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
GE60771 Sheet 2, Rev. B
Figure B-13. Notes for ATEX Loop Schematics
B
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f
September 2013
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035 Figure B-14. Typical ATEX Nameplates; Intrinsically Safe
B-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f
B
B-12
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035 Figure B-15. Typical ATEX Nameplates; Flameproof
DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, DVC6005f
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035 Figure B-16. Typical ATEX Nameplates; Type n
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
1
1
GE42990 Sheet 3, Rev. E
1
ENTITY DEVICE
B
1
1
GE42990 Sheet 4, Rev. E
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-19
FISCO DEVICE
Figure B-17. IECEx Loop Schematics for DVC6010f, DVC6020f, and DVC6030f
September 2013
B-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
1 1
1
GE42990 Sheet 6, Rev. E
1
ENTITY DEVICE
B
1 1
1
GE42990 Sheet 7, Rev. E
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B-19
FISCO DEVICE
Figure B-18. IECEx Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
B-14
September 2013
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
GE42990 Sheet 8, Rev. E
Figure B-19. IECEx Loop Schematic Notes
B
Figure B-20. Typical IECEx Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6010f, DVC6020f, DVC6030f, and DVC6005f
Figure B-21. Typical IECEx Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035 September 2013
B-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
B
B-16
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
C-C-
Appendix C
PlantWeb Alerts
Alert Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2 Alert Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 Alert Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Setting PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Using PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C
September 2013
C-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Set Alert Points and Deadband in the Transducer Block
Enable Instrument Alert Condition in the Transducer Block
Enable PlantWeb Alert in the Transducer Block
Use Resource and Transducer Block Parameters to Configure
START
ALERT
Yes
" CONDITION ENABLED?
" LIMITS EXCEEDED TO CAUSE ALERT?
No
No
A
B
NO ACTIVE INSTRUMENT ALERT CONDITION
NOTE: 1 CERTAIN PLANTWEB ALERTS ARE MODE-BASED. SEE TABLE C-1 FOR DETAILS.
Yes INSTRUMENT Yes
" ALERT
"
CONDITION
ACTIVE
PLANTWEB ALERT
ENABLED?
Yes
1
Yes
"
TRANSDUCER BLOCK MODE
"
PLANTWEB ALERT
AUTO
ACTIVE
No
NO ACTIVE PLANTWEB ALERT
No B
No
REPORT
ALERTS?
Select "Reports Supported" from FEATURE_SEL in the Resource Block
B No
Yes B
PRIORITY >1?
Instrument Alert Conditions active,
A
but not reported
B Yes
B Yes
SUPPRESS REPORTING
ALERT CONDITION?
Set Priority with PlantWeb Alarm Priority parameters in Transducer Block using DeltaV
Suppress Alert Condition Reporting with Alarm Suppress Parameters in Transducer Block
B No
PLANTWEB ALERTS
REPORTED
Figure C-1. Alert Handling
Instrument Alert Conditions
When a PlantWeb alert occurs, the DVC6000f sends
C Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect
an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received. This
many operational and performance issues that may be occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no
of interest. To view these alerts, the user must open
longer exists. If the acknowledgment is not received
the appropriate status screen on a host such as a
within the pre-specified time-out period, the event
DeltaV system, ValveLink Software or a Field
notification is retransmitted. This reduces the
Communicator.
possibility of alert messages getting lost.
PlantWeb Alerts
Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed, Maintenance or Advisory categories, as configured by the user. PlantWeb alerts, when enabled, can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner, alarm list and alarm summary. For specific information on setting up PlantWeb Alerts in a DeltaV system, refer to the PlantWeb Alerts section in Appendix F.
Mode-Based PlantWeb Alerts
Some PlantWeb alerts are not active unless the transducer block (actual) mode is Auto.
1. Alerts which can be triggered by the activities of the service technician are reported only when the transducer block mode is AUTO.
2. Alerts which are unrelated to service technician activities are reported in all transducer block modes.
Exceptions are as follows:
D Alerts can be simulated regardless of transducer block mode but must be enabled to be reported.
C-2
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
D When a shutdown condition exists (either currently active or latched on through the shutdown recovery parameter) in the transducer block, alerts are reported even though the mode of the transducer block is OOS.
Refer to table C-1 for reporting of PlantWeb Alerts.
Alert Handling
Alert handling is diagrammed in figure C-1. There are two ways of seeing PlantWeb alerts. One way is to see if the instrument alert condition causing a PlantWeb alert is detected. The second is to view alerts reported to the system operator console. For a PlantWeb alert to be active, it has to pass four tests. The first is to check if the Instrument alert condition is enabled. If a condition is not enabled, the instrument does not check for the alert condition. Second, the condition that will cause an alert must exist. For example, the current travel is above the Travel Limit Hi Alert Point. Third, the corresponding PlantWeb alert must be enabled in one or more of the three categories: Failed, Maintenance or Advise. Fourth, the transducer block mode must be correct. See table C-1
Note
Additional details on setting up and using Instrument Alerts can be found on page 4-26 of this manual.
Alert Reporting
For PlantWeb alerts to be reported to the operator console, they must pass four tests:
d Alerts must be active d Reports must be selected in Feature Select d Alert priority must be greater than 1 d Reporting must not be suppressed for those
conditions that caused active alerts.
Table C-1. PlantWeb Alerts Reporting Requirements
PlantWeb Alert
Transducer Block Mode (Actual)
Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired Output Block Timeout Block Set to Defaults Travel Sensor Output Pressure Sensor Supply Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Supply Pressure Temperature Limit Travel Deviation Travel Limit Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator Performance Critical Performance Reduced Performance Information Pressure Fallback
AUTO AUTO Any Mode Any Mode Any Mode AUTO Any Mode Any Mode Any Mode AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO
Feature Select in the Resource block determines if reporting by the instrument is supported. Refer to page 4-5 for additional information on Feature Select.
Failed Priority (FAILED_PRI [68]), Maintenance Priority (MAINT_PRI [69]), and Advise Priority (ADVISE_PRI [70]) determine the PlantWeb alert priorities. Although 16 priorities are available only three are actually meaningful for PlantWeb alerts. If the priority is 0, no reporting occurs. If the priority is 1, reporting is simulated within the instrument, but the alert is not actually reported over the bus. The alert condition is reported for priorities 2 through 15, with the higher priorities taking precedence over the lower priorities.
Failed Suppress (FAILED_MASK [65]), Maintenance
C Suppress (MAINT_MASK [66]), and Advise Suppress
(ADVISE_MASK [67]) determine which of the alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported.
PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status
If a PlantWeb Alert is active, the AO or DO Block Readback parameter status may change. This behavior is controlled with the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]) parameter in the transducer block
Setting PlantWeb Alerts
Refer to table C-2 for information on setting PlantWeb alerts. When selected, PlantWeb alarms will set the PV status according to table C-4.
Using PlantWeb Alerts
Refer to table C-3 for information on using PlantWeb alerts.
September 2013
C-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category)
Alert Condition and (Default)
Drive Current (Electronics) (Failed)
Drive Current (Enabled)
Table C-2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts
What the Alert is Detecting
Related Parameters and (Default)
The difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.
If one of the following conditions exist:
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Alert Point (50%) Alert Time (5 sec)
Guidelines for Setting Use default settings
Drive Signal (Electronics) (Maintenance)
Processor Impaired (Electronics) (Maintenance)
Output Block Timeout (Configuration) (Maintenance)
C
Blocks Set to Default (Configuration) (Maintenance) Shutdown Alert (Configuration) (Maintenance)
Drive Signal (Enabled)
Program Memory (Enabled) Static Memory (Enabled) Processor (Enabled) I/O Processor (Enabled)
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed: SDrive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3% SDrive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open: SDrive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97% SDrive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
A pending Flash or NVM failure is present.
A failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored.
A failure of the main Processor.
A failure of the I/O Processor.
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Output Block Timeout (Disabled)
If the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout.
Timeout Alert Point (600 s) Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Blocks Set to Default (Enabled)
N/A
If the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults
None
A user configured Self Test Shutdown condition has taken None the instrument to OOS.
-Continued-
Use default setting
Use default settings
Use default settings
Use default settings
Use default settings Enable this alert for loops where the execution is critical. If the AO or DO block is not scheduled, or scheduled incorrectly, it will trigger an alert after the Timeout Alert Point has been exceeded. Set the Timeout Alert Point to a value between
a. 30 seconds and b. the maximum time before a user should be notified. The minimum number depends on the time it takes for a host to download a configuration to the device. Shutdown can be enabled if it is desired to move the valve to the Zero Power Condition at the same time that the alert is generated.
Use default settings
Use default settings
C-4
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category)
Table C-2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
Alert Condition and (Default)
What the Alert is Detecting
Related Parameters and (Default)
Guidelines for Setting
Double Acting Actuators-- Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category. Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled.
Travel Sensor (Sensors) (Failed)
Travel Sensor (Enabled)
The travel feedback is within acceptable limits.
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Single Acting Actuators-- If Travel / Pressure Control is configured as Travel with Pressure Fallback: enable the alert and configure it to report in the Maintenance Alert Category. Do not enable Self Test Shutdown.
Output Press Sensor (Sensors) (Maintenance)
Supply Press Sensor (Sensors) (Advisory) Temperature Sensor (Sensors) (Advisory) Pressure Fallback (Sensors) (Maintenance)
Supply Pressure (Environment) (Maintenance)
Port A Pressure Sensor (Enabled)
The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
Self Test Shutdown (No) Shutdown Recovery (Auto)
Port B Pressure Sensor (Enabled)
Supply Press Sensor (Enabled)
Temperature Sensor (Enabled)
Pressure Fallback (Enabled)
The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
The temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
A travel sensor failure or large travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control.
None None None None
Supply Press High (Enabled)
The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point.
Alert Point (145 psig)
Supply Press Low (Enabled)
The supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point.
Alert Point (19 psig)
-Continued-
IIf Travel / Pressure Control is configured as Travel: Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category. Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled. If Travel / Pressure Control is configured as Pressure: enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category. Enable the Self Test Shutdown.
For all other Travel / Pressure Control selections, enable the alert to report in the Maintenance Alert Category and do not enable the Self Test Shutdown.
Use default settings
Use default settings
Use default settings
Use default settings
Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert
Category. Set the Alert Point to which
ever is lower of
a. the maximum instrument pressure of 145 psig or
C
b. the maximum actuator casing
pressure.
Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category. Double Acting Actuators-- Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting Single Acting Actuators-- Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting. This is generally about 3 psig above the actuator upper bench set (stroking) pressure.
September 2013
C-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category)
Table C-2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
Alert Condition and (Default)
What the Alert is Detecting
Related Parameters and (Default)
Temperature High (Enabled)
The temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.
Alert Point ( 186_F)
Temperature Limit (Environment) (Advisory)
Temperature Low (Enabled)
The temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
Alert Point ( -63_F)
Guidelines for Setting
Use default settings
Other alert points may be chosen to indicate changes in the instrument environment. Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category. Set the Alert Point at -40_F if the instrument uses Nitrile elastomers and -63_F if it uses Fluorosilicone elastomers.
Other alert points may be chosen to indicate changes in the instrument environment. Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category. Use the default settings with valves that are 4 inch and smaller with PTFE packing systems.
Travel Deviation (Travel) (Maintenance)
Travel Limit (Travel) (Advisory)
N/A
C
(Travel) (N/A)
N/A (Proximity) (N/A)
Cycle Counter (Travel History) (Maintenance)
Travel Deviation (Enabled)
The Travel Deviation has exceeded the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time.
Alert Point (5%) Alert Time (10 sec) Deadband (2%)
Travel Limit Hi Hi (Disabled)
The Travel has exceeded the Alert Point (125%) Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point Deadband (5%)
Travel Limit Lo Lo (Disabled)
Travel Limit Hi (Disabled) Travel Limit Lo (Disabled) Travel Open (Disabled) Travel Closed (Disabled) Proximity Hi Hi (Disabled) Proximity Hi (Disabled) Proximity Lo (Disabled) Proximity Lo Lo (Disabled)
Cycle Counter (Disabled)
The Travel is lower than the Alert Point (-25%) Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point. Deadband (5%)
The Travel has exceeded the Travel Limit Hi Alert Point. The Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert Point. The Travel is greater than the Open Alert Point The Travel is greater than the Closed Alert Point
The Travel is within the configured band of the configured center point.
Alert Point (125%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (-25%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (99.5%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (0.5%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (125%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (125%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (-25%) Deadband (5%)
Alert Point (-25%) Deadband (5%)
The number of travel reversals has exceeded the configured limit.
Alert Point (1,000,000) Deadband (1%)
-Continued-
With other valves, the user can refine the settings with ValveLink software Dynamic Error Band and Step Response Tests. Set the related parameters as follows: Tvl Dev Alert Point--set equal times 2 the Maximum Dynamic Error, minimum 3% Tvl Dev DB--set equal to the Dynamic Error Band, minimum 2% Tvl Dev Time--set equal to the T98 time for a Step Test from 0 to 100% Travel, minimum 10 seconds.
Enable this alert for critical loops, where it is important to alert an operator if the valve is approaching the wide open position. A typical setting might be 95%.
Enable this alert for critical loops, where it is important to alert an operator if the valve is approaching the closed position. A typical setting might be 5%.
Use the Alert Points and Deadband to configure the Proximity Alerts below.
Use the Alert Points and Deadband to configure the Proximity Alerts below.
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Enable and set to report Travel with DI Block
Bellows Seal Bonnets-- enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category. Use the bellows manufacturer's cycle life data to set cycle limits.
C-6
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category)
Table C-2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
Alert Condition and (Default)
What the Alert is Detecting
Related Parameters and (Default)
Travel Accumulator (Travel History) (Maintenance)
Travel Accumulator The accumulated travel has Alert Point (1,000,000)
(Disabled)
exceeded the configured limit. Deadband (1%)
Performance Critical (Performance) (Failed)
Performance Reduced (Performance) (Maintenance)
Performance Information (Performance) (Advisory)
Performance Critical (Enabled)
Performance Reduced (Enabled)
Performance Information (Enabled)
Critical performance issues based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
Reduced performance issues based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
Performance Information based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
None None None
Guidelines for Setting
Packing Bonnets-- enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category. When packing leaks are discovered, set the Travel Accumulator alert to 90% of the current Travel Accumulator Value, triggering an alert prior to anticipated leak.
Use default setting
Use default setting
Use default setting
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category
Alert Condition and (Default)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
Recommended Action
Help
Drive Current (Electronics) (Failed)
Drive Current (Enabled)
The difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.
If configured for Self Test Shutdown, then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed. Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure(s) and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition.
Check I/P module
The instrument has detected that the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current is greater than the configured limit 1) Replace the I/P module 2) Calibrate the device. If the problem persists, replace the printed wiring board (PWB) assembly.
Drive Signal (Electronics) (Maintenance)
Drive Signal (Enabled)
If one of the following conditions exist:
None - Indicates reduced performance.
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed: Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3% Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open: Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97% Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
Check instrument pneumatics
The instrument I/P
drive signal necessary
to generate the pressure output from
C
the instrument is not
within the expected
range. Potential
causes include I/P
filter plugged,
instrument pneumatic
relay failure, low
supply pressure, air
leaks, or valve
sticking. Test the
control valve assembly
for proper operation.
ValveLink diagnostics
can be used for this
purpose.
-Continued-
September 2013
C-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category Processor Impaired (Electronics) (Maintenance)
Output Block Timeout (Configuration) (Maintenance
Alert Condition and (Default)
Program Memory (Enabled) Static Memory (Enabled)
Processor (Enabled) I/O Processor (Enabled) Output Block Timeout (Disabled)
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
A pending Flash or NVM failure is present.
A failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored.
A failure of the main Processor.
A failure of the I/O Processor.
If configured for Self Test Shutdown, then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed. Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure(s) and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition.
If the AO or DO block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout, this alert is detected.
If configured for Self Test Shutdown, then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed. Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure(s) and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition.
Recommended Action
Help
Replace PWB assembly
An error has been detected in the printed wiring board (PWB) assembly. Replace the PWB assembly.
Check Output Block
The function block providing the setpoint for the valve position (AO or DO function block) has not executed within the user configured time limit. If configured for Self Test Shutdown, the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service.
1) Download the control schedule from the host configuration device. 2) Make sure the Time Out Alert Point is greater than the block execution schedule.
Blocks Set to Default (Configuration) (Failed)
C
Blocks Set to Default (Enabled)
If the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults.
The transducer "Actual" mode is placed Out of Service when the defaults are applied. Out of service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition.
Download device configuration
This alert should only be utilized in very critical loops where execution time is critical.
When restoring power to the device, the configuration parameters could not be recalled from non-volatile memory. When the instrument detects this condition, the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service.
Shutdown Alert
N/A
(Configuration)
(Failed)
A user configured Self Test Shutdown condition has taken the instrument to OOS.
None - Indicates why the instrument remains OOS.
-Continued-
Same as the configured Self Test Shutdown.
To correct this situation, download the configuration to the device and set the Target Mode of the Resource block.
The instrument Actual mode remains OOS due to a configured Self Test Shutdown, where Manual Recovery was specified, even though the condition may have cleared. Check Recommended Action for the indicated condition.
C-8
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category
Travel Sensor (Sensors) (Failed)
Alert Condition and (Default))
Travel Sensor (Enabled)
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
The travel feedback is within acceptable limits.
If configured for Self Test Shutdown, then the transducer "Actual" mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed. Out of service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition.
Recommended Action
Help
Check mounting and linkage
Travel feedback value is outside expected limits. If this problem occurs during instrument set-up, the most likely cause is faulty mounting or improper adjustment of the travel sensor. If this problem occurs during normal operation, the most likely cause is a failure of the travel sensor or damaged linkage.
To correct, 1) Insure proper mounting and linkage adjustment. 2) Inspect and test travel sensor 3) Toggle the transducer target mode.
Output Press Sensor (Sensors) (Maintenance)
Supply Press Sensor (Sensors) (Advisory)
If the problem persists, replace the printed wiring board (PWB) assembly.
Port A Pressure Sensor (Enabled)
Port B Pressure Sensor (Enabled)
The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
If configured for Self Test Shutdown, then the transducer "Actual" mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed. Out of service results in the actuator being at the "No Power" condition.
Confirm proper air supply
None - Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade diagnostic capability.
The pressure sensor on-board the device has failed. This may be due to excessive supply pressure or contaminated air.
If it is verified that the air supply is ok, replace the printed wiring board (PWB) assembly.
Supply Press
The pressure sensor reading None - Indicates a possible Confirm proper The pressure sensor
Sensor (Enabled) is outside the functional range hardware problem that would air supply
on-board the device
C
of the sensor.
degrade diagnostic capability.
has failed. This may
be due to excessive
supply pressure or
contaminated air.
Temperature Sensor (Sensors) (Advisory)
Temperature Sensor (Enabled)
The temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor.
None - Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade instrument calibration and diagnostic capability.
Replace PWB assembly.
-Continued-
If it is verified that the air supply is ok, replace the printed wiring board (PWB) assembly.
The temperature sensor on-board the device has failed or the unit has been exposed to an temperature extreme beyond the recommended limits.
September 2013
C-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category
Alert Condition and (Default)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
Recommended Action
Help
Pressure Fallback (Sensors) (Maintenance)
Pressure Fallback A travel sensor failure or large None - Indicates a reduced
(Enabled)
travel deviation has resulted in performance condition.
fallback to pressure control.
Check instrument feedback linkage and travel sensor.
The instrument has detected that the travel sensor is outside its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel. It has switched to Pressure Control and is no longer using the travel sensor to position the valve.
Supply Pressure (Environment) (Maintenance)
Supply Press High (Enabled)
The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point.
None - Indicates a condition that could cause damage to the instrument or actuator.
Confirm proper air supply.
The Supply Pressure sensor on-board has detected an abnormally high supply pressure. Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set.
Supply Press Low The supply pressure is lower
(Enabled)
than the Supply Pressure Lo
Alert Point.
None - Indicates a condition that could reduce performance or prevent the valve from shutting tightly.
The Supply Pressure sensor on-board has detected an abnormally low supply pressure. Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set.
Temperature Limit (Environment) (Advisory)
C
Temperature High The temperature is greater
(Enabled)
than the Temperature Hi Alert
Point.
None - Indicates a condition that could shorten service life or lead to reduced performance.
Check instrument environment.
Temperature Low (Enabled)
The temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
The instrument temperature has exceeded the user configured high temperature limit. Operation of the instrument above the rated temperature may degrade instrument components. This may affect instrument performance and/or reduce the life of the instrument.
The instrument temperature has dropped below the user configured low temperature limit. Operation of the instrument below the rated temperature may degrade instrument components. This may affect instrument performance and/or reduce the life of the instrument.
-Continued-
C-10
September 2013
Using PlantWeb Alerts
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category
Travel Deviation (Travel) (Maintenance)
Alert Condition and (Default)
Travel Deviation (Enabled)
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
Recommended Action
The Travel Deviation has exceeded the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time.
None - Indicates a reduced performance condition.
Check valve friction, supply air, instrument tuning
Help
The valve travel is not following setpoint. Check operation of the valve and instrument. Possible items include; sticking valve, low supply pressure, broken feedback linkage, instrument pneumatic components, actuator, instrument tubing, poor instrument tuning, etc.
Travel Limit (Travel) (Advisory) N/A (Travel) (N/A)
N/A (Proximity) (N/A)
Cycle Counter (Travel History) (Maintenance)
Travel Limit Hi Hi (Disabled)
Travel Limit Lo Lo (Disabled)
Travel Limit Hi (Disabled)
The Travel has exceeded the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point.
The Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point.
The Travel has exceeded the Travel Limit Hi Alert Point.
None None None
Travel Limit Lo (Disabled)
The Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert Point.
None
Travel Open (Disabled)
Travel Closed (Disabled)
Proximity Hi Hi (Disabled) Proximity Hi (Disabled) Proximity Lo (Disabled) Proximity Lo Lo (Disabled) Cycle Counter (Disabled)
The Travel is greater than the None Open Alert Point
The Travel is greater than the None Closed Alert Point
The Travel is within the configured band of the configured center point.
None None
None
None
The number of travel reversals has exceeded the configured limit.
None
Travel Accumulator (Travel History) (Maintenance)
Travel Accumulator (Disabled)
The accumulated travel has None exceeded the configured limit.
-Continued-
Test the control valve assembly for proper operation. ValveLink software diagnostics can be used for this purpose.
Check process loop
Check process loop
The actual valve position has exceeded the configurable travel limit (in %).
Check process loop
The actual valve position has exceeded the configurable travel limit (in %).
Check process loop
The actual valve position has exceeded the configurable travel limit (in %).
Check process loop
The actual valve position is near the full open position.
Check process loop
The actual valve position is near the full closed position.
Check process The actual valve
loop
position is near the
configured center
point.
C
Perform periodic maintenance
Perform periodic maintenance
The cycle count limit has been exceeded. Perform periodic maintenance. Check packing, linkages, diaphragms, seals, etc.
The travel accumulator limit has been exceeded. Perform periodic maintenance. Check packing, linkages, diaphragms, seals, etc.
September 2013
C-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
PlantWeb Alert (Group)
(Default Alert Category Performance Critical (Performance) (Failed)
Performance Reduced (Performance) (Maintenance
Performance Information (Performance) (Advisory)
Alert Condition and (Default)
Performance Critical (Enabled)
Performance Reduced (Enabled)
Performance Information (Enabled)
Table C-3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)
What the Alert is Detecting
Effect on Valve / Instrument
Recommended Action
Help
Critical performance issues based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
Reduced performance issues based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
Performance Information based on continuous PD tests internal to the instrument.
None - Indicates control has been lost or severely reduced.
None - Indicates reduced performance.
None - Indicates information that may pertain to control performance.
Check I/P, Relay, Valve, Actuator or Ext. Tubing as indicated.
Check I/P, Relay, Valve, Actuator or Ext. Tubing as indicated.
No action required.
On-board diagnostics have detected a critical performance issue that may result in loss of control or severe reduction in control performance. Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail.
On-board diagnostics have detected a performance issue that has reduced control performance. Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail.
On-board diagnostics have detected an abnormal performance condition. No immediate action required.
Table C-4. Output Block PV Status
FEATURE_SEL
Transducer Mode,
PW Alarms Set PV Status
Actual
Active PlantWeb Alarms
AO / DO PV Status
AO / DO PV Substatus
AO/DO PV Limit Substatus(1)
OOS
X
Bad
Device Failure
Constant
Enabled
Man Auto Auto Auto
X Fail Maint, no Fail Advisory, no Fail, no Maint
Bad Uncertain Uncertain Good
Non-specific Subnormal Non-specific Advisory
Constant See table C-5 See table C-5 See table C-5
Auto
None
Good
Non-Specific
See table C-5
OOS
X
Bad
Device Failure
Constant
Man
X
Bad
Non-Specific
Constant
Auto
C
Not Enabled
Auto
Auto
Fail Maint, no Fail Advisory, no Fail, no Maint
Good Good Good
Non-Specific Non-Specific Non-Specific
See table C-5 See table C-5 See table C-5
Auto
None
Good
Non-Specific
See table C-5
NOTES: X = No Effect 1. PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus. SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits.
Table C-5. Limit Sub Status
Out Block
Transducer Mode
In Cutoff Region
Rate Limited
AO, DO
OOS
X
X
AO, DO
MAN
X
X
AO
AUTO
High
X
AO
AUTO
Low
X
AO
AUTO
X
High
AO
AUTO
X
Low
AO
AUTO
None
None
DO
AUTO
X
High
DO
AUTO
X
Low
DO
AUTO
X
None
NOTE: X = No Effect
Limit Sub-Status
Constant Constant High Limited Low Limited High Limited Low Limited Not Limited High Limited Low Limited Not Limited
C-12
September 2013
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
D-D-
Appendix D
FOUNDATION fieldbus
Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
Function Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Function Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Instrument Specific Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Resource Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Transducer Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3
Block Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Explanation of Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 Examples of Modes for Various Operation Statuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
Device Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5 Status Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6 Limit Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6
Network Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
Device Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
Link Active Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
D
Device Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8 Scheduled Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8 Unscheduled Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
Function Block Scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
Network Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
September 2013
D-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
DVC6000f digital valve controllers use the FOUNDATION fieldbus to communicate with other fieldbus instruments and the control system. Fieldbus is an all digital, serial, two-way communication system which interconnects "field" equipment such as transmitters, digital valve controllers, and process controllers. Fieldbus is a local-area network (LAN) for instruments used in both process and manufacturing automation with built-in capability to distribute the control application across the network.
Fieldbus Foundation has also defined a standard set of function block classes, such as input, output, control, and calculation blocks. Each of these classes have a set of parameters established for it. Additionally, they have published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks. Examples include temperature, pressure, level, and flow transducer blocks.
Fieldbus Foundation specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own, extended parameters, as well as their own algorithms. This approach permits extending function block definitions as new requirements are discovered and as technology advances.
Each block has a tag name. Service personnel need
Function Block Overview
only know the tag name of the block to access or change the appropriate block parameters.
A fieldbus system is a distributed system composed of field devices and control and monitoring equipment integrated into the physical environment of a plant or factory. Fieldbus devices work together to provide I/O and control for automated processes and operations. The Fieldbus Foundation provides a framework for describing these systems as a collection of physical devices interconnected by a fieldbus network. One of the ways that the physical devices are used is to perform their portion of the total system operation by implementing one or more function blocks.
Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm. An execution control function regulates the receipt of input events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm. Upon completion of the algorithm, the data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution, and the output data is snapped, releasing it for use by other function blocks.
Once the inputs are snapped, the algorithm operates on them, generating outputs as it progresses. Algorithm executions are controlled through the setting of internal parameters. Internal parameters do not
appear as normal input and output parameters.
Function Blocks
However, they may be accessed and modified remotely, as specified by the function block.
D
Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control. Because each system is different, the mix and configuration of functions are different. Therefore, the Fieldbus Foundation has designed a range of function blocks, each addressing a different need: Analog Input Block (AI), Multiple Analog Input (MAI), Discrete Input Block (DI), Manual Loader Block (ML), Bias/Gain Station Block (BG), Control Selector Block (CS), P,
Figure D-1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block. When execution begins, input parameter values from other blocks are snapped-in by the block. The input snap process ensures that these values do not change during the block execution. New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by the function block during the current execution.
PD Controller Block (PD), PID, PI, I Controller Block
Function blocks are also capable of performing
(PID), Ratio Station Block (RA), Analog Output Block
short-term data collection and storage for reviewing
(AO) and Discrete Output Block (DO).
their behavior.
Function blocks perform process control functions, such as analog input (AI) and analog output (AO) functions as well as proportional-integral-derivative (PID) functions. The standard function blocks provide a common structure for defining function block inputs, outputs, control parameters, events, alarms, and modes, and combining them into a process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network. This simplifies the identification of characteristics that are common to function blocks.
The Fieldbus Foundation has established the function blocks by defining a set of parameters used in all function blocks called universal parameters. The
Instrument-Specific Blocks
In addition to function blocks, fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks. These are the resource block and the transducer block. The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device. Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input/output functions.
Resource Blocks
The resource block contains hardware specific characteristics associated with the device; it has no
D-2
September 2013
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
Input Events
Execution Control
Output Events
Input Parameter Linkages
Input Snap
Processing Algorithm
Output Snap
Output Parameter Linkages
B2711 / IL
status
status
Figure D-1. Function Block Internal Structure
input or output parameters. The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device hardware. The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device, as defined by the manufacturer. As a result of this activity, the algorithm may cause the generation of events. There is only one resource block defined for a device. For example, placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution, by setting their modes to Out of Service as well. The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service, but the function block target modes will not change. Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of the transducer block.
Transducer Blocks
Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input/output functions. They read sensor hardware and write to effector (actuator) hardware. This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data. The transducer block also isolates the function block from the specific characteristics of the physical I/O.
Block Modes
All blocks have modes. The mode determines the source of the set point, the destination of the output, how the block executes, and the relationship between setpoint and output. The block mode is determined by the Block Mode parameter. It is a structured parameter composed of the attributes actual, target, permitted, and normal. The following defines each of the attributes.
D Target mode--The Target mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Only one mode is allowed to be set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter.
D Actual mode--This is the current mode of the
block. The actual mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block.
D
D Permitted mode--The permitted mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is permitted.
When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target modes). Therefore, the normal or target mode
September 2013
D-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to
RESOURCE BLOCK
Table D-1. DVC6000f Block Modes
Block
Supported Mode Values
Resource
Auto and OOS
Transducer AO
PID
Auto, Manual, and OOS RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS ROut, RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS
ISEL OS
Auto, Man and OOS IMan(1), Auto, Cas and OOS
AI
Man, Auto, and OOS
MAI
Man, Auto, and OOS
DO
RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS
DI
Auto, Man, and OOS
1. This mode cannot be specified as a target mode.
PID BLOCK
ANALOG OUTPUT (AO) BLOCK
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
NOTES: 1. CHANGING THE RESOURCE BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE CHANGES ALL FUNCTION BLOCKS TO OUT OF SERVICE, BUT DOES NOT AFFECT THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK. 2. CHANGING A DOWNSTREAM BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE AFFECTS THE UP STREAM BLOCK. FOR EXAMPLE: WHEN THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK IS OUT OF SERVICE, THE AO BLOCK MODE WILL CHANGE TO IMAN (INITIALIZE MANUAL).
Figure D-2. Digital Valve Controller Block Hierarchy Example
modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.
D Normal mode--The normal mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the block is operating normally.
Table D-1 lists the modes supported by each block contained in the digital valve controller.
Note
There in no mode associated with the FOUNDATION fieldbus Loop. Mode is dependent on the blocks within the Loop.
Explanation of Modes
Out of Service (OOS)--The functions performed by the block are not executed. If the block has any outputs, these typically do not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be "BAD". To make changes to some of the parameters in a block requires that the block be Out of Service.
D Changing the block mode requires accessing the Block Mode parameter. For information on using the host system to change the block mode via this parameter, see the appropriate host documentation.
Initialization Manual (IMan)--Only the AO, DO, OS and PID blocks support this mode. When one of these blocks detects a loss of a correct path to the downstream block (such as when the downstream block is in the OOS, Man, or LO mode), it enters the IMan mode. For example, when the transducer block enters the OOS mode, the AO block enters the IMan mode.
Note
A downstream block changing to Out of Service impacts the mode of the upstream block. Refer to the block hierarchy in figure D-2.
Local Override (LO)--Only the AO, DO, and PID blocks support this mode. If the PID block enters the LO mode, the block output follows the tracking value (TRK_VAL), if external tracking is enabled by TRK_IN_D. In the AO and DO block, the block enters LO mode when the block detects that fault state is active. In this case, the output is determined by the selection for I/O_OPTS.
Manual (Man)--If the data status of a function block's input is bad or its target mode is Man, the block enters
D-4
September 2013
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
the manual mode. In this mode, the function block does not update its OUT value. If the target is Man, the user may write a desired value to the output.
Automatic (Auto)--The block performs the specified calculations based on the local set point and outputs the result, independently without interfacing with another block. The user can write to the set point of a block in this mode. Any block outputs continue to update.
Cascade (Cas)--The block performs the specified calculations based on the set point from another block via the cascade input parameter and outputs the result. Any block outputs continue to update.
Remote Output (ROut)--The block outputs are set to the value of the remote output parameter that is written by a host computer or others. To prevent a sudden change in output, the block's calculations are initialized when a change in mode occurs.
Remote Cascade (RCas)--The block performs the specified calculations based on a set point from a host computer or others via the remote cascade input and outputs the result. If the block has any outputs, these continue to update.
Examples of Modes for Various Operational Statuses
Table D-2 shows examples of block mode combinations in a digital valve controller (however it does not show all combinations). When a block changes mode or the data status signal changes for some reason, the other blocks connected to that block identify the change by detecting the change in status of an input signal, and change their modes too. For example, when the data status of BKCAL_IN in a PID block changes to bad, the PID block automatically changes its mode to Iman to initialize the control of its downstream block.
The respective modes to which each block should enter upon occurrence of a communication error and at a restart, and the handling of signals in each mode may be defined in the block's option parameters such as IO_OPTS and STATUS_OPTS. For details, see the detailed descriptions of each function block.
Table D-2. Examples of Block Mode Combinations and Operational statuses for an Instrument with Standard Control
Operational Status
Blocks
PID
AO
TB(1)
Initial Setup and calibration
- - -
OOS OOS
Modification of some transducer block parameters
- - -
IMan Manual
Constant valve position control
- - -
Auto
Auto
PID Single-loop control
Auto
Cas
Auto
PID Cascade-loop control
Primary PID, Auto Secondary PID, Cas
Cas
Auto
1. TB=Transducer Block
Device Descriptions
Device Descriptions are specified definitions that are associated with blocks. Device descriptions provide for the definition and description of blocks and their parameters.
Device descriptions may also include a set of processing routines called Methods. Methods provide a procedure for accessing and manipulating a series of parameters within a device, such as for setup and calibration. Methods are used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection and setting up the instrument. These Methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other functions on the instrument.
Transducer Block Status and Limit
Propagation
Every FOUNDATION fieldbus parameter has a value and a status. The status attribute is divided into three components: Quality, Quality substatus, and a Limit. The Quality can be Good (Cascade), Good
D (Non-Cascade), Uncertain, and Bad. Each quality can
have a substatus as shown in table D-3. Each status attribute also has four possible limit states: Not limited, Low limited, High limited, and Constant. Refer to the Fieldbus Foundation specifications for a more detailed description. The following describes how the transducer block passes status information to the AO block. For information on status handling by the function blocks within the digital valve controller, refer to the Detailed Setup section.
September 2013
D-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
LAS
Fieldbus Segment
LINK MASTER
B2712-1 / IL
BASIC DEVICES LAS = Link Active Scheduler
Figure D-3. Simple Single-Link Fieldbus Network
Table D-3. Status Attribute Quality and Substatus Components
Quality
Substatus
Good (NC)
Non-specific
Good (NC)
Active Block Alarm
Good (NC)
Active Advisory Alarm
Good (NC)
Active Critical Alarm
Good (NC)
Unack Block Alarm
Good (NC)
Unack Advisory Alarm
Good (NC)
Unack Critical Alarm
Uncertain
Non-specific
Uncertain
Last Usable Value
Uncertain
Substitute/Manual Entry
Uncertain
Initial Value
Uncertain
Sensor Conversion not Accurate
Uncertain
Engineering Unit Range Violation
Uncertain
Sub-normal
Good (C)
Non-specific
Good (C)
Initialization Acknowledge
Good (C)
Initialization Request
Good (C)
Not Invited
Good (C)
Not Selected
Good (C)
D
Good (C)
Good (C)
Local Override Fault State Active Initiate Fault State
Bad
Non-specific
Bad
Configuration Error
Bad
Not Connected
Bad
Device Failure
Bad
Sensor Failure
Bad
No Comm, with LUV
Bad
No Comm, no LUV
Bad
Out of Service
(NC)=(Non-cascade)
(C)= (Cascade)
Status Propagation
The transducer block accepts the output from the AO block or DO block if the output parameter status is Good (Non-cascade) or Good (Cascade). When the
AO or DO block is Out of Service the output parameter status is Bad. In this case, the transducer block holds the last value.
If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK parameter status is Bad-Out of Service. This could be caused by a Failed Alert. If a Failed Alert is active, the block error parameter (parameter name BLOCK_ERR) for the Resource block will indicate Device Needs Maintenance Now. For more information on the Resource and Transducer block error indications, refer to the Viewing Device Information section of this manual.
If the transducer block is functioning correctly the AO block READBACK parameter status is Good (Non-cascade)-Non-specific. If a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the substatus will reflect a Unacknowledged or Active advisory alert. When a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active, the block error for the resource block indicates Device Needs Maintenance Soon.
Limit Propagation
The following describes limit propagation:
AO Block
D If the valve position is below the low cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is LOW_LIMITED.
D If the valve position is above the high cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is HIGH_LIMITED.
D If the transducer block actual mode is Auto and the above conditions are not true, the AO block READBACK status limit is NOT_LIMITED.
D If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK status limit is CONSTANT.
D-6
September 2013
Host System LAS
Schedule X Y Z
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
DT(A)
CD (X, A)
A
B
P
S
C
A
P
S
D
A
P
S
LAS=Link Active Scheduler P=Publisher S=Subscriber CD=Compel Data DT=Data Transfer Packet
B2713-1 / IL
Device X
Device Y
Device Z
Figure D-4. Scheduled Data Transfer
DO Block
D If the transducer block actual mode is Auto, the DO block READBACK_D status is NOT_LIMITED.
D If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the DO block READBACK_D status is CONSTANT.
The control strategy should be configured to monitor the Analog Output block status and take action where appropriate when the status is no longer Good.
Network Communication
Figure D-3 illustrates a simple fieldbus network consisting of a single segment.
Device Addressing
Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255. Addresses 0 through 15 are typically reserved for group addressing and for use by the data link layer. If there are two or more devices with the same address, the first device to start will use its programmed address. Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251. If a temporary address is not available, the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available. Commission devices use addresses 20-35, and standby devices use addresses 232-247.
Link Active Scheduler (LAS)
There is only one active Link Active Scheduler (LAS) for the entire fieldbus control system. The digital valve controller includes an LAS. The Link Active Scheduler operates as the bus arbiter for the link, and
D recognizes and adds new devices to the link.
D removes non-responsive devices from the link.
D distributes Data Link (DL) and Link Scheduling
(LS) time on the link. Data Link Time is a network-wide
time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize
all device clocks on the bus. Link Scheduling time is a
link-specific time represented as an offset from Data
Link Time. It is used to indicate when the LAS on each
link begins and repeats its schedule. It is used by
system management to synchronize function block
execution with the data transfers scheduled by the
D
LAS.
D polls devices for process loop data at scheduled transmission times.
D distributes a priority-driven token to devices between scheduled transmissions.
The DVC6000f can be designated to act as the backup Link Active Scheduler (LAS) in the event that the LAS is disconnected from the segment. As the backup LAS, the DVC6000f will take over the management of communications until the host is restored. The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to designate a particular device as a backup LAS. Otherwise, this can be configured manually as follows:
September 2013
D-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Host System LAS
Schedule X Y Z
PT (Z)
LAS=Link Active Scheduler P=Publisher S=Subscriber PT=Pass Token M=Message
B2714-1 / IL
A
B
M
P
S
C
A
P
S
D
A
M
P
S
Device X
Device Y
Device Z
Figure D-5. Unscheduled Data Transfer
1. Access the Management Information Base (MIB) for the DVC6000f.
subscribers in a single broadcast. Transfers of this type are scheduled on a precisely periodic basis.
2. To activate the LAS capability, write 0x02 to the
Figure D-4 diagrams the method of scheduled data
BOOT_OPERAT_FUNCTIONAL_CLASS object
transfer. Scheduled data transfers are typically used
(Index 605). To deactivate, write 0x01.
for the regular cyclic transfer of process loop data
Restart the processor.
between devices on the fieldbus. Scheduled transfers use publisher/subscriber type of reporting for data
Only one device can communicate at a time.
transfer. The Link Active Scheduler maintains a list of
Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by transmit times for all publishers in all devices that need
a centralized token passed between devices by the
to be cyclically transmitted. When it is time for a
LAS. Only the device with the token can communicate. device to publish data, the LAS issues a Compel Data
The LAS maintains a list of all devices are a member
(CD) message to the device. Upon receipt of the CD,
of the bus. This list is called the "Live List".
the device broadcasts or "publishes" the data to all
Two types of tokens are used by the LAS. A time-critical token, compel data (CD), is sent by the
devices on the fieldbus. Any device that is configured to receive the data is called a "subscriber".
LAS according to a schedule. A non-time critical token, pass token (PT), is sent by the LAS to each
Unscheduled Transfers
device in numerical order according to address.
D
Figure D-5 diagrams an unscheduled transfer. Unscheduled transfers are used for things like
user-initiated changes, including set point changes,
Device Communication
mode changes, tuning changes, and upload/download. Unscheduled transfers use either report distribution or
Scheduled Transfers
Information is transferred between devices over the fieldbus using three different types of communication:
client/server type of reporting for transferring data.
All of the devices on the fieldbus are given a chance to send unscheduled messages between transmissions of scheduled data. The LAS grants permission to a
D Publisher/Subscriber: This type of communication is used to transfer critical process loop data, such as the process variable. The data producers (publishers) post the data in a buffer that is transmitted to the subscriber (S), when the publisher is issued the Compel Data (CD) message from the LAS.
device to use the fieldbus by issuing a pass token (PT) message to the device. When the device receives the PT, it is allowed to send messages until it has finished or until the "maximum token hold time" has expired, whichever is the shorter time. The message may be sent to a single destination or to multiple destinations.
The buffer contains only one copy of the data. New
D Report Distribution: This type of
data completely overwrites previous data. Updates to communication is used to broadcast and multicast
published data are transferred simultaneously to all
event and trend reports.
D-8
September 2013
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication
Device 1
AI
Scheduled Communication
Macrocycle Start Time
Offset from macrocycle start time = 0 for AI Execution
Start of Next Macrocycle Sequence Repeats
AI
Offset from macrocycle start time = 20 for AI Communication
Unscheduled Communication
Device 2
Offset from macrocycle start time = 30 for AI Execution
PID
AO
Offset from macrocycle start time = 50 for AO Communication
PID
AO
0
20
40
60
80
100 120
20
40
60
80
100 120
B2715-1 / IL
Macrocycle
Figure D-6. Example Link Schedule Showing Scheduled and Unscheduled Communication
D Client/Server: This type of communication is used for request/ response exchanges between pairs of devices, such as a set point change. Like Report Distribution reporting, the transfers are queued, unscheduled, and prioritized. Queued means the messages are sent and received in the order submitted for transmission, according to their priority, without overwriting previous messages.
time for each function block is represented as an offset from the beginning of the macrocycle start time.
To support synchronization of schedules, periodically
D Link Scheduling (LS) time is distributed. The beginning
of the macrocycle represents a common starting time for all Function Block schedules on a link and for the LAS link-wide schedule. This permits function block executions and their corresponding data transfers to be synchronized in time.
Function Block Scheduling
Figure D-6 shows an example of a link schedule. A single iteration of the link-wide schedule is called the macrocycle. When the system is configured and the function blocks are linked, a master link-wide schedule is created for the LAS. Each device maintains its portion of the link-wide schedule, known as the Function Block Schedule. The Function Block Schedule indicates when the function blocks for the device are to be executed. The scheduled execution
Network Management
Information for setting up network communications, including Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs), host timer recommendations, and other network parameters, can be found in the capabilities file (.cff) available from the website www.FIELDVUE.com or from the Fieldbus Foundation website.
September 2013
D-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
D
D-10
September 2013
Device Description Installation
E-E-
Appendix E Installation
Device Description
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 Device Descriptions and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Installing DDs on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 Displaying the Device Description Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
September 2013
E
E-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Overview
Several support files are required for the DVC6000f digital valve controller. They are:
D Device Description (DD) files--These files define the data interface to the digital valve controller (file extensions .sym and .ffo).
D Capabilities File--These files allow a host to configure the control system off-line (e.g., without having a device physically attached to the host) (file extension .cff).
D DeltaV Registry File--This file is used by DeltaV to define the device interface (file extension .reg)
D DeltaV fhx File--This file is used by DeltaV to define the device and the data interface to the device (file extension .fhx).
D DeltaV Windows Resource File--These files define the user interface for the device for DeltaV and include the definitions for the transducer block interface and the resource block interface (file extension .dll).
The directory structure defined by the Fieldbus Foundation for device descriptions is as follows:
....\xxxxxx\yyyy\rrddcc.eee
where:
....\ is the path to the DD structure as
implemented by the host system. This is
typically defined as the base path to the DD
since access to the specific device DD is
predefined from the base folder. For a DeltaV
system, the DDs are included with the support
files and are located in a folder named
"amsdevices." For other hosts, the Fieldbus
E
Foundation defines a folder named "release" that is included with the CD-ROM, however,
you do not need to retain this folder name.
xxxxxx is the 6-digit hexadecimal equivalent of the manufacturer's identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. Fisher Controls' ID number is 5100 (or in the folder format 005100). This number is also stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Mfg ID (parameter name MANUFAC_ID).
yyyy
is the 4-digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device type, as defined by the manufacturer. For example, the device type for the DVC6000f digital valve controller is 4602. This
number is stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Type (parameter name DEV_TYPE).
rr
is the 2-digit hexadecimal equivalent of the
device revision, as defined by the
manufacturer. It is stored in the instrument
Resource Block in the parameter Device
Revision (parameter name DEV_REV).
dd is the 2-digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device description (DD) revision that applies to the device, as defined by the manufacturer. The host will always use the latest version of the DD that it finds for a particular device revision. When part of the name of a capabilities file, this value is always the same as the value of the DD_REV parameter stored in the Resource Block of the instrument. The value of the DD_REV parameter represents the earliest version of the DD that is compatible with the device revision of the instrument.
cc is a 2-digit hexadecimal equivalent for the capabilities files (.cff) revision, as defined by the manufacturer. The latest revision of the capabilities files, for a particular device revision, is the file with the largest value for this number.
eee is the file extension. At this time, five extensions exist for files, they are:
D .sym--This extension denotes a device description (DD) symbol file as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation.
D .ffo--This extension denotes a complete, tokenized, device description for the instrument as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation.
D .cff--This extension denotes a capabilities file for the instrument as defined by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Common File Format specification.
D .fhx--This extension denotes a DeltaV device definition file.
D .dll--This extension denotes a windows resource file used by DeltaV.
D .reg--This extension denotes a DeltaV registry file.
D .alm--This extension denotes a DeltaV alarm file (DeltaV version 6 only).
E-2
September 2013
Device Description Installation
Device Description and Methods
FOUNDATION fieldbus technology uses Device Descriptions (DD) and function blocks to achieve interoperability between instruments and control systems or hosts from various manufacturers. The DD provides information to describe the data interface to the device.
The following table describes the compatibility between the DVC6000f firmware revisions and DD revisions.
Figure E-1. Add Device Definition
Device Description Compatibility
Firmware Revision
DD Compatibility
2.0
2 and 3
For fieldbus devices, in addition to providing parameter definitions and other information required by the control system to communicate with the fieldbus device, the DD may also include methods. Methods can be used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection, setting up the instrument, etc. These methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other functions on the instrument. How the method prompts the user, and how messages appear is determined by the host system. For information on using methods on the host system see the appropriate host system documentation.
Table E-1. Methods
Method
Block
Auto Travel Calibration Block Error Reporting
Block Mode
Display DD Version Instrument Alerts Manual Travel Calibration Output A Sensor Calibration Output B Sensor Calibration PlantWeb Alerts Relay Adjust Reset Options Device Setup
Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Resource Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer Resource Transducer
Description Location
page 5-3 page 4-40 page 3-2 page 4-4 page E-5 page 4-26 page 5-4 page 5-8 page 5-8 page 4-27 page 5-4 page 6-4 page 3-2
Table E-1 contains the methods available in the DVC6000f, the block it is found in, and the page number where it is described.
Stabilize/Optimize Stroke Valve Supply Sensor Calibration Travel Sensor Adjust
Transducer Transducer Transducer Transducer
page 4-23 page 6-10 page 5-7 page 5-5
Define Custom Characteristic Transducer page 4-26
Travel Deviation Fallback
Transducer page 4-25
Installing DDs on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation
Outblock Selection
PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status
Transducer Transducer
page 4-26 page 4-40
The following is general information that may apply
Performance Tuner
Transducer page 3-6, 4-23
when installing the DD on a DeltaV system during the
Add Device Definition procedure. This procedure is
accessed from the DeltaV/Library, as shown in figure
E-1. For complete information, refer to the DeltaV documentation.
Note
E
Note
Be sure to select the correct DD for the correct revision of DeltaV. The resource files are different for each revision of DeltaV.
Before beginning the Add Device Definition procedure, it is recommended that the Add Device Utility be installed on DeltaV. This may help prevent installation errors from occurring.
D Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.
September 2013
E-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems
The following is a generic procedure for installing the device descriptions on a host system. Refer to your host system documentation for specific information. In general the following may apply:
D Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.
D Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus
Figure E-2. amsdevices folder
Foundation (on CD-ROM or diskette) contain the files for each registered manufacturer and their associated
device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the
D Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus
release folder, which then contains a folder (xxxxxx)
Foundation (on CD-ROM or diskette) contain the files for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher
for each registered manufacturer and their associated this folder is 005100. A readme file may be included at
device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the
the top level. Read this file for any additional
release folder, which then contains a folder (xxxxxx)
information regarding the DD.
for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher
this folder is 005100. A readme file may be included at
D For the DVC6000f Digital Valve
the top level. Read this file for any additional
Controller--The device type parameter for this unit is
information regarding the DD.
4602. This device includes the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI,
MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From Windows
D For the DVC6000f--The device type parameter
Explorer, select the release\005100\4602 folder.
for this unit is 4602. This device includes the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From DeltaV Explorer, select the amsdevices\005100\4602 folder (refer to figure E-2).
D The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www.fisher.com. If you are downloading from the internet, the file on the website will be compressed
(zipped) and must be decompressed (unzipped)
D The most recent device description for Fisher
before proceeding. Refer to the website download and
devices can be downloaded from the internet at
installation procedures for setting up the DD on your
www.FIELDVUE.com. If you are downloading from the system. Note the folder where the decompressed files
internet, the file on the website will be compressed
are placed. This information will be required later in
(zipped) and must be decompressed (unzipped)
the installation procedure.
before proceeding. Refer to the website download and
installation procedures for setting up the DD on your
system. Note the folder where the decompressed files
E are placed. This information will be required later in the installation procedure.
Note
Note
This procedure will install the necessary Device Description files (*.ffo and *.sym), and Capabilities file (*.cff) for the device.
Record any warning/error messages from the message window in DeltaV Explorer so that it can be communicated to the DeltaV Technical Support Group.
1. Locate or create the folder on the host system to contain all the DD and capabilities files.
If you are creating a folder, you can name this new folder whatever you would like and it can have any path you define. For this installation procedure, this folder will be referred to as the base folder.
E-4
September 2013
Device Description Installation
2. On the CD-ROM or in the website download files, locate the folder with the new support files. This folder is called \RELEASE.
DD installation is complete. Consult the system documentation for commissioning new devices or updating existing devices.
3. Open this folder and select the folder named 005100.
4. Copy the 005100 folder (and all its subfolders) from the CD-ROM or website download location to the base folder.
If this is an update (the folders already exist), the system informs you that the folders already exist and asks if they should be replaced. Answer Yes or OK so the folders are properly updated.
5. The new support files are now installed. You may have to restart applications and drivers in order for the new files to become active.
Displaying the Device Description Version
You can use the DD In Use method to display version information for the device descriptions installed on the system. The DD in Use method is included with the device description (DD) software. For information on using methods, see the host system documentation.
DD in Use displays the version number displayed in the format: device type.device revision.DD revision. The Min Compatible DD revision displayed is the latest device description revision that is compatible with the displayed device revision.
This method is available via the resource block.
September 2013
E
E-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
E
E-6
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
F-F-
Appendix F System
Operating with a DeltaV
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Transducer Block Parameter - Configuration Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Resource Block Parameter - Configuration Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
Software Functionality/System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
Accessing Status Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-10 F-10 F-10
Accessing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-11 F-11 F-12
Bringing the Device On-Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Setting up PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
DeltaV Hardware and Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Initial Device Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Area Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
F
Reporting Alarms and Events to a Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15
Setting up WHO Sees Device Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15
Setting DeltaV Operate Device Alarm Annunciation Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15
Deciding Device Alarm Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-17
September 2013
F-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Process Systems DeltaV System
Getting Started with DeltaV Host Systems
j Appropriate Device Descriptions (DDs) installed. See the Device Description Compatibility table on page E-3. For DD installation information see Appendix E.
j Digital valve controller correctly mounted on actuator. For mounting information see the Installation section of this manual and the instructions included with the mounting kit.
j Utilities connected. For information on making pneumatic and electrical connections, see the Installation section of this manual. For information on applying power to the segment, see DeltaV books online.
j Instrument in standby. For information on placing the instrument in standby, see DeltaV books online.
j Perform the initial setup. See the Basic Setup section of this manual. If the valve is shipped from the factory mounted on an actuator, perform basic setup only to verify setup is correct and valve operation is satisfactory.
j Device Commissioned. For information on commissioning a device, see DeltaV books online. j Additional configuration required, such as setting alarms, cutoffs, and other resource block and
transducer block parameters. See the Detailed Setup section of this manual.
j Control strategy defined. For information on defining a control strategy, see DeltaV books online. j Associate I/O with device. See DeltaV books online. j Download device. See DeltaV books online.
F
F-2
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
Table F-1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PARAMETER LABEL
PATH TO PARAMETER
Actual Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Actual Travel
Actuator Fail Action
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Fail Action
Actuator Manufacturer ID
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Manufacturer ID
Actuator Model Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Model Number
Actuator Serial Number
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Serial Number
Actuator Size
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Size
Actuator Style
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Style
Air
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Air
Alert Conditions
TB > Device Diagnostics > Alert Conditions
Alert Key
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Alert Key
Area Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Area Units
Block Configuration Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Block Configuration Error
Blocks Set to Default Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Blocks Set to Default: Block Set to Default Alert
Blocks Set to Default Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Blocks Set to Default: Block Set to Default Alert Enable
Calibration Date
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Date
Calibration Location
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Location
Calibration Person
Cycle Count
Cycle Count Alert Cycle Count Alert Enable Cycle Count Alert Point Cycle Count Deadband Device Needs Maintenance Now Drive Current
Drive Current Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Person TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter:Cycle Count TB > Device Variables > Overview > Cycle Count TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Deadband TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Device Needs Maintenance Now TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Drive Current Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert
Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Point
Drive Current Alert Time
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Time
Drive Current Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Manual Recovery
Drive Current Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Shutdown
Drive Signal
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal TB > Device Variables > Overview > Drive Signal
Drive Signal Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal Alert
Drive Signal Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal Alert Enable
Effective Area
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Effective Area
Feedback Connection
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Feedback Connection
Flow Direction
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Direction
Flow Tends To
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Tends To
I/O Processor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Alert
I/O Processor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Alert Enable
I/O Processor Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Man Recovery
I/O Processor Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Shutdown
Inlet Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Inlet Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization > Input Characterization
F
Input Characterization
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Input Characterization
Integrator Limited Hi
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Limited Hi
Integrator Limited Lo
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Limited Lo
Integrator Suspended
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Suspended
IOP Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: IOP Failure
Last Valid Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization > Last Valid Point
Leak Class
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Leak Class
Length Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Length Units
Lever Style
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Style
Lost Static Data
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Lost Static Data -Continued-
September 2013
F-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table F-1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PARAMETER LABEL
PATH TO PARAMETER
Lower Bench Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lower Bench Set
MAI Channel 1
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 1
MAI Channel 2
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 2
MAI Channel 3
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 3
MAI Channel 4
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 4
MAI Channel 5
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 5
MAI Channel 6
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 6
MAI Channel 7
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 7
MAI Channel 8
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 8
Maximum Supp Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Application: Max Supp Pressure
MLFB Error
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: MLFB Error
Moment Arm Length
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Moment Arm
Nominal Supply Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Nominal Supply Pressure
Out of Service
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Out of Service
Outlet Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Outlet Pressure
Output Block Timeout
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Output Block Timeout: Output Blk Timeout
Output Block Timeout Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Output Block Timeout: Output Block Timeout Alert
Output Block Timeout Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Output Block Timeout: Output Block Timeout Alert Enable
Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Output Block Timeout: Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery
Output Block Timeout Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Output Block Timeout: Output Block Timeout Shutdown
Packing Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Packing Type
PD Inside Status
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > PD Inside Status
PD Inside Status
TB > Device Variables > Overview > PD Inside Status
PD Run
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > PD Run
Performance Critical Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Critical: Performance Critical Alert
Performance Critical Alert Enable Performance Information Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Critical: Performance Critical Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Information: Performance Information Alert
Performance Information Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Information: Performance Information Alert Enable
Performance Reduced Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Reduced: Performance Reduced Alert
Performance Reduced Alert Enable
Performance Tuner(1)
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance > Performance Reduced: Performance Reduced Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Performance Tuner
Port Diameter
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Diameter
Port Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Type
Pressure A Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure A Sensor Alert
Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable
Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery
Pressure A Sensor Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure A Sensor Shutdown
Pressure B Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure B Sensor Alert
Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable
Pressure Cutoff Close
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Pressure Control: Pressure Cutoff Close
F
Pressure Cutoff Open
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Pressure Control: Pressure Cutoff Open
Pressure Integral Deadzone
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Integral Deadzone
Pressure Integral Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Integral Gain
Pressure Integral Limit Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Integral Limit Hi
Pressure Integral Limit Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Integral Limit Lo
Pressure MLFB Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure MLFB Gain
Pressure Proportional Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Prop Gain
Pressure Range Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Pressure Control: Pressure Range Hi
Pressure Range Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Pressure Control: Pressure Range Lo
-Continued-
F-4
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
Table F-1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PARAMETER LABEL
PATH TO PARAMETER
Pressure Tuning Set
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning: Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure A
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Pressures: Pressure A
Pressure A Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Pressure A Sensor Failure
Pressure B
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Pressures: Pressure B
Pressure B Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Pressure B Sensor Failure
Pressure Differential
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Pressures: Pressure Diff
Pressure Fallback Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Fallback: Pressure Fallback Alert
Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Fallback: Pressure Fallback Alert Enable
Pressure Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Pressure Units
Processor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Processor Alert
Processor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Processor Alert Enable
Program Memory Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Program Memory Alert Enable
Program Memory Manual Recovery
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Program Memory Manual Recovery
Program Memory Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Program Memory Shutdown
Program Memory Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Program Memory Alert
Protection
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Protection
Proximity Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Hi Alert
Proximity Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Hi Alert Enable
Proximity Hi Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Hi Hi Alert
Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable
Proximity Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Lo Alert
Proximity Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Lo Alert Enable
Proximity Lo Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Lo Lo Alert
Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Proximity: Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable
Push Down To
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Push Down To
Simulate PlantWeb Alerts
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate PlantWeb Alerts
Rated Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Rated Travel
Relay Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Application: Relay Type
Seat Type
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Seat Type
Setpoint
TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control-Pre-Characterization: Setpoint
Setpoint Status
TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control-Pre-Characterization: Setpoint Status
Setpoint(D)
TB > Device Variables > Overview > DO Control: Setpoint(D)
Shaft Stem Diameter
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Shaft Stem Dia
Simulate Active
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Simulate Active
Simulate Jumper ON
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Simulate Jumper ON
Spring Rate
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Spring Rate
Spring Rate Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Spring Rate Units
Static Memory Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Static Memory Alert
Static Memory Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Static Memory Alert Enable
Static Memory Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Static Memory Manual Recovery
Static Memory Shutdown
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: Static Memory Shutdown
Stroke Time Close
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Close
Stroke Time Open
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Open
Supply Pressure Maximum Supply Pressure Maximum Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Supp Pressure Max TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Supp Pressure Maximum Time
F
Supp Pressure Minimum
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Supp Pressure Minimum
Supp Pressure Minimum Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Supp Pressure Minimum Time
Supply Pressure
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Pressures: Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure Hi Alert
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Pressure Hi Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point
Supply Pressure Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure Lo Alert
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Supply Pressure: Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
-Continued-
September 2013
F-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table F-1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PARAMETER LABEL
PATH TO PARAMETER
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Supply Pressure Sensor Alert
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Pressure Sensors: Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable
Supply Sensor Failure
TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Supply Sensor Failure
Tag Description
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Tag Description
Temperature Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Hi Alert Point
Temperature Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Lo Alert Point
Temperature Maximum
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Temperature Maximum
Temperature Maximum Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Temperature Maximum Time
Temperature Minimum
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Temperature Minimum
Temperature Minimum Time
TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Temperature Minimum Time
Temperature
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature TB > Device Variables > Overview > Temperature
Temperature Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Hi Alert
Temperature Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Hi Alert Enable
Temperature Lo Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Lo Alert
Temperature Lo Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Lo Alert Enable
Temperature Lo Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment > Temperature Limit: Temperature Lo Alert Point
Temperature Sensor Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Temperature Sensor: Temperature Sensor Alert
Temperature Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Temperature Sensor: Temperature Sensor Alert Enable
Temperature Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Temperature Units
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel
Travel
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control - Post-Characterization: Travel
Travel(D)
TB > Device Variables > Overview > DO Control: Travel(D)
Travel(DeChar)
TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control - Pre-Characterization: Travel(DeChar)
Travel Status
TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control - Post-Characterization: Travel Status
Trend
TB > Device Diagnostics > Trend
Trim Style 1
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 1
Trim Style 2
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 2
Travel Accumulator
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Travel Accumulator: Travel Accumulator TB > Device Variables > Overview > Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Travel Accumulator: Travel Accumulator Alert
Travel Accumulator Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Travel Accumulator: Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Travel Accumulator: Travel Accumulator Alert Point
Travel Accumulator Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Travel Accumulator: Travel Accumulator Deadband
Travel Closed Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Closed: Travel Closed Alert
Travel Closed Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Closed: Travel Closed Alert Enable
Travel Closed Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Closed: Travel Closed Alert Point
Travel Closed Deadband
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Closed: Travel Closed Deadband
Travel Count
TB > Device Variables > Overview > Travel Count
Travel Cutoff Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Travel Control: Travel Cutoff Hi
Travel Cutoff Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Travel Control: Travel Cutoff Lo
Travel Deviation Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Deviation: Travel Deviation Alert Point
Travel Deviation Deadband
F
Travel Deviation Time
Travel Deviation Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel: Travel Deviation Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel: Travel Deviation Time TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Deviation: Travel Deviation Alert
Travel Deviation Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Deviation: Travel Deviation Alert Enable
Travel Integral Deadzone
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Integral Deadzone
Travel Integral Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Integral Enable
Travel Integral Limit Hi
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Integral Limit Hi
Travel Integral Limit Lo
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Integral Limit Lo
Travel Integral Gain
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Integral Gain
Travel Limit Hi Alert
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Limit Hi Alert
Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable
Travel Hi Alert Point
TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Hi Alert Point
-Continued-
F-6
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
PARAMETER LABEL Travel Hi Deadband Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Limit Hi Hi Deadband Travel Limit Lo Alert Travel Limit Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Alert Point Travel Limit Lo Deadband Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Limit Lo Lo Deadband Travel MLFB Gain Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband Travel Proportional Gain Travel Sensor Motion Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Alert Enable Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Travel Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Span Error Travel Target Travel Target Travel Tuning Set Travel Units Travel Velocity Gain Travel/Pressure Select
Travel/Pressure State
Unbalanced Area Upper Bench Set Valve Class Valve Manufacturer ID Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number
Valve Size
Zero Power Condition
Table F-1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PATH TO PARAMETER TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Hi Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Hi Hi Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Limit Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Limit Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit Hi/Lo: Travel Lo Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Limit: Travel Lo Lo Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel MLFB Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Open: Travel Open Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Open: Travel Open Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Open: Travel Open Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Proximity > Travel Open: Travel Open Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Proportional Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Travel Sensor Motion TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Travel Sensor: Travel Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Travel Sensor: Travel Sensor Alert Enable TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Travel Sensor Hi Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Travel Sensor Lo Error TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Travel Sensor: Travel Sensor Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor > Travel Sensor: Travel Sensor Shutdown TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Travel Sensor Span Error TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel > Travel Target TB > Device Variables > Overview > AO Control - Post-Characterization: Travel Target TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Tuning Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units > Travel Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning: Travel Velocity Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure Select TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel / Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure State TB > Device Variables > Overview > Travel/Pressure State TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Unbalanced Area TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Upper Bench Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Class TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Manufacturer ID TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Model Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Serial Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Size TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Application: Zero Power Condition
F
September 2013
F-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Table F-2. Resource Block (RB) Parameter - Configuration Index
PARAMETER LABEL
PATH TO PARAMETER
Alert Key Block Alarm: Alarm State Block Alarm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Confirm Time
Device ID
Device Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > Alert Key RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Alarm: Alarm State RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm: Block Alarm Disabled RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm: Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > Write Alarm: Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > All Alarms: Confirm Time RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Device ID RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification: Device ID RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: Device Revision RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version Information: Device Revision
Device State Device Type DD Revision Diagnostic Options Electronics S/N Factory S/N
RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Device State RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Device Type RB > Device Variables > Identification: Device Type RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: DD Revision RB > Device Variables > Identification: DD Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Options > Diagnostic Options RB > Device Variables > Options > Diagnostics Options RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification:Electronics S/N RB > Device Variables > Identification: Electronics S/N RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification:Factory S/N RB > Device Variables > Identification: Factory S/N
Fault State Function Block Options Features Available
RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Fault State RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Options > Function Block Options RB > Device Variables > Options > Function Block Options RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Options > Features Available RB > Device Variables > Options > Features Available
Features Selected
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Options > Features Selected
Field S/N
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Field S/N
Field S/N
RB > Device Variables > Identification: Field S/N
Hardware Revision
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: Hardware Revision
ITK Version
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: ITK Version
Manufacturer
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Manufacturer
Manufacturer
RB > Device Variables > Identification: Manufacturer
Maximum Alerts Allow
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > All Alarms: Maximum Alerts Allow
Maximum Alert Possible
Miscellaneous Options
Resource Block Error RCas Timeout ROut Timeout Firmware Revision Status Standby Firmware Revision
Strategy
F
Tag Description
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > All Alarms: Maximum Alerts Possible RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Options > Miscellaneous Options RB > Device Variables > Options > Miscellaneous Options RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Resource Block Error RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Comm Timeout > RCas Timeout RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Comm Timeout > ROut Timeout RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: Firmware Revision RB > Device Diagnostics > Status RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Version > Version Information: Standby Firmware Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Strategy RB > Device Variables > Identification: Strategy RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Identification > Identification: Tag Description RB > Device Variables > Identification: Tag Description
Write Alarm: Alarm State Write Alarm Disabled
Write Lock
RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Write Alarm: Alarm State RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Alarm Handling > Write Alarm: Write Alarm Disabled RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Write Lock > Write Lock RB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Write Lock
Write Priority
RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Write Lock > Write Priority
F-8
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
Introduction
Note
This appendix does not necessarily provide the latest information on the DeltaV system. For the latest information on using the DeltaV system, refer to the on-line help or documentation supplied with the system.
This appendix provides specific instructions for performing basic setup operations on the DeltaV host system. It is not a comprehensive resource, rather a starting point. For more information, refer to the following sources:
Section 3: Basic Setup and Tuning for detailed information regarding initial setup, and stabilizing and optimizing valve response.
Section 4: Detailed Setup for detailed information on configuring all of the blocks in the instrument, and an overview of the function blocks.
Section 5: Calibration for complete calibration information.
Appendix A: Principle of Operation for information on how digital valve controller operation.
Appendix D: FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication for an overview of function block and block modes, as well as additional information pertaining to fieldbus communication.
Appendix E: DD Installation for information on installing the device description (DD) software on your host system.
DeltaV On-Line Help or Documentation for complete and current information about navigating in the DeltaV system.
Software Functionality/System Requirements
DVC6000f digital valve controllers are designed to permit remote setup, calibration, and testing using Process Systems DeltaV system as the host system.
To use the methods, accessed as described in this appendix, requires that the device description (DD) for the DVC6000f digital valve controller be installed on the host system. For information on installing the device description, refer to DD Installation (Appendix E) and the host system documentation.
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
ICON AND NAME
OPEN WITH AMS DEVICE MANAGER
Figure F-1. Navigating to AMS Device Manager
Using AMS Device Manager
Refer to figures F-1 and F-2 to access the digital valve controller using AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager.
F 1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer
from the Start menu. 2. Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane (the left panel) and right-click once on the digital valve controller icon or name. 3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left-click to bring up the Device Connection View. 4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F-2 and left-click.
September 2013
F-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
LEFT-CLICK TO ACCESS THE DELTAV NETWORK
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER ICON AND NAME
Figure F-2. Accessing the Digital Valve Controller Through AMS Device Manager
Methods
5. Locate Methods in the Actions menu, as shown in figure F-3 and right-click once.
Transducer Block
6. Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and left-click to start the method.
The following methods are accessed via the transducer block: Device Setup, Auto Travel
Resource Block
Calibration, Manual Travel Calibration, Supply Sensor The Restart Options method and the DD Information
Calibration, Output A Sensor Calibration, Output B
method are available via the resource block. Refer to
Sensor Calibration, Travel Sensor Adjust, Stroke
figure F-3 and the following steps to access these
Valve, Performance Tuner, Stabilize/Optimize, and
methods.
Relay Adjust.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer
Refer to figures F-1, F-2, and F-3 and the following
from the Start menu.
steps to access these methods.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All
F 1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer
from the Start menu.
Containers pane (the left panel) and right-click once on the digital valve controller icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the
2. Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All context menu and left-click to bring up the Device
Containers pane (the left panel) and right-click once
Connection View.
on the digital valve controller icon or name.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the
as shown in figure F-2 and left-click.
context menu and left-click to bring up the Device Connection View.
5. Locate Methods in the Actions menu, as shown in figure F-3 and right-click once.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name 6. Select the desired method from the the Actions
as shown in figure F-2 and left-click.
menu and left-click to start the method.
F-10
September 2013
CONFIGURE/ SETUP
Operating with a DeltaV System
ACTIONS
RESOURCE BLOCK METHODS
TRANSDUCER BLOCK METHODS
Figure F-3. Actions Menu
Accessing Parameters
Transducer Block
For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the transducer block, refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual. Refer to figures F-2, F-3, and F-4 for information on accessing transducer block parameters.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and right-click once on the digital valve controller icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left-click to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F-2 and left-click.
5. Locate Configure/Setup in the Actions menu (see figure F-3) and left-click to access Configuration and Setup parameters.
6. Left-click on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER) to access the transducer block
F
parameters. Refer to table F-1 for the transducer block
configuration menu.
September 2013
F-11
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER (TRANSDUCER)
RESOURCE (RESOURCE)
DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS
DEVICE VARIABLES
Figure F-4. Accessing Configure/Setup, Device Diagnostics, and Device Variables
Note
To access diagnostic parameters left-click on Device Diagnostics, and then on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER). See figure F-4.
To access device variables left-click on Device Variables, and then on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER). See figure F-4.
Note
To access diagnostic parameters left-click on Device Diagnostics, and then on Resource (RESOURCE). See figure F-4.
To access device variables left-click on Device Variables, and then on Resource (RESOURCE). See figure F-4.
Resource Block
F For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the resource block, refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual. Refer to figures F-2, F-3, and F-4 for information on accessing resource block parameters.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and right-click once on the block icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left-click to bring up the Device Connection View.
F4.-1N2avigate to the digital valve controller icon or name
as shown in figure F-2 and left-click.
5. Locate Configure/Setup in the Actions menu (see figure F-3) and left-click to access Configuration and
Bringing the Device On-Line
To completely configure the digital valve controller for use in a fieldbus loop, the following conditions must be met. Refer to DeltaV On-Line-Help or documentation for detailed information on accomplishing these steps.
1. an
A place holder must be created electronic representation of the
d-igaitpaSlleavpcateelvmheboeldre2r0i1s3
controller that exists in the DeltaV database with no
associated physical device.
Operating with a DeltaV System
3. Any additional configuration that is required, such as setting alarms, cutoffs, and other resource block and transducer block parameters. See the Detailed Setup section of this manual.
4. Define the control strategy
5. Associate I/O to the digital valve controller.
6. The device is now ready to be downloaded.
PlantWeb Alerts
Fieldbus devices detect and report their device alarms to a DeltaV system (or other host system). This includes detecting whether an alert condition is active, reporting the alarm to DeltaV and later clearing the alarm when the condition is no longer active. Whether a particular alert condition can be suppressed, disabled or configured off-line are all determined by the device.
For Fieldbus, the DeltaV system is responsible for knowing which devices have alarms, ensuring that alarms are properly represented (such as after controller switchovers) and reporting to operators, Event Chronicle, AMS, OPC Alarms and Events server, etc. So the only alarms DeltaV shows for a Fieldbus device are those the device has defined as alarms and has reported to DeltaV.
All device alarms are configured and processed in the DeltaV system identically to process alarms. This means that how the alarms are communicated within the system, what workstations are notified, alarm annunciation, graphical representations, event recording, acknowledgement, etc. are identical for process and device alarms. This ensures that device alarms and process alarms are available to all users and applications in a consistent fashion.
Setting up PlantWeb Alerts
This section walks you through the steps and considerations to implement PlantWeb alerts.
DeltaV Hardware and Software Requirements
The first step to implement PlantWeb alerts is to have the correct hardware and software:
Figure F-5. Alarms & Display Tab
D DeltaV v6.3 or later
D DeltaV Operate
D MD Controllers
D Fieldbus devices - While device alerts are supported on all fieldbus devices, devices that offer PlantWeb alerts provide significantly more useful information.
D Series 2 H1 cards
Initial Device Setup
F
When new FF devices are commissioned on the DeltaV system, device alarms are automatically enabled and default priorities are assigned to the alarms. Select properties on the device, then the Alarms and Displays tab, as shown in figure F-5 to view whether device alarms are enabled on a particular device.
The Enable Device Alarms configuration option modifies the device configuration. Thus changing this setting requires a download to the device. Devices that
September 2013
F-13
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
are migrated from older DeltaV systems will have their device alarms disabled.
module is reporting information, all device information that may also be relevant is also reported.
Note
1. Use the default setting of device alarms enabled. If the user does not want notification of device alarms, this can be configured on each individual alarm. Later on, you can modify the alarm configurations without downloading the device. Disabling device alarms disables all of the alarms, including the device communication failure alarm.
2. Use the same control display for the device as for the control module.
3. If you suspect a rogue device is generating extra H1 bus traffic from device alarms, disabling device alarms stops the device from sending the alarms.
4. If the Alarms and Displays tab is not shown, then you either do not have an MD controller or the device is on a Series 1 H1 card.
Figure F-6. Controller Properties
Area Assignment
Controllers use this area assignment to report node status (e.g. not communicating). Devices and control modules use this area assignment to determine where to send their alarms.
Area A is the default area assignment for all controllers and workstations (see figures F-6 and F-7). Also, by default Area A is assigned to all workstations Alarms and Events subsystem. This means that all controller status problems are sent to all workstations
F by default. A fieldbus device will change its area association once the device is configured to a control module. In addition, the device is assigned to the same place in the logical hierarchy as this control module. So if the control module is under a unit, the device is also considered under this same unit.
The device is automatically associated with the same area as the control module that uses the lowest index number function block in the device. This block is usually the primary input or output function block of the device. This ensures that wherever the control
F-14
THE CONTROLLER IS ASSIGNED TO AREA A. A DEVICE THAT IS NOT YET ASSOCIATED WITH A CONTROL MODULE WILL DEFAULT TO THE SAME AREA AS THE CONTROLLER.
Figure F-7. Device Properties
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
Note
1. For devices with multiple inputs or outputs (such as the 848), you need to decide which area is best for device alarm reporting and be sure to assign the correct control module to the lowest index number function block. If there is no module assigned to this function block, then the device will always be assigned to the same area as the controller.
2. With controller area default of AREA A, and the default of AREA A being assigned to all workstations, you need to evaluate the alarm settings when commissioning a new fieldbus device with device alarms enabled. If the device detects a FAILED or COM FAIL alarm prior to being assigned to a control module, this device alarm will be reported and annunciated to all workstations. This is because all workstations have Area A assigned. Consider lowering the priority of these alarms to ADVISORY until the end of the commissioning process.
Reporting Alarms and Events to a Workstation
Device alarm and event reporting is no different than control module reporting. Alarm and event reporting to workstations is determined by assigning areas to workstations. The workstation area assignment is all you need to do to ensure that you have all of the information (device and process) for that area.
This is important so that ALL of the information about an area - both the process and device information - is available at any workstation that is responsible for that area. That way the Event Chronicle has a complete record for that area, and any user can drill into a graphic or tag and access all of the information.
This DOES NOT determine WHO views the device alarms. Who views the alarms is determined by filtering at each workstation.
Now that all of the device (and process) information is assigned to a workstation, the next step is to decide what priority of device and process alarms cause alarm annunciation to the users on that workstation.
Setting up WHO Sees Device Alarms
The priority of the alarms, and the settings at that workstation determine what alarms are annunciated on a particular workstation. Annunciated means sound the horn and shown in the alarm banner, Alarm List display, etc.
There are two different approaches that can be used to adjust the device alarm filtering for a particular workstation:
D Adjust the default DeltaV Operate alarm settings in the UserRef/UserSettings file
D Adjust the individual device alarm priorities
By default, DeltaV Operator Stations have all process alarms are annunciated, and show up on the Alarm Banner, Alarm List, graphical displays, etc. on all operator workstations. Also by default, the device alarms with priority settings below WARNING (8) are NOT annunciated or shown in the alarm banner. The low priority device alarms can be shown in graphics and on summaries defined to not be limited by the alarm settings.
The DeltaV Maintenance Station uses the same DeltaV Operate alarm setting for device alarm annunciation. This license only shows device alarms on Maintenance Station graphics. NO process alarms are shown in the alarm banner or ANY alarm summary.
Thus, device alarms and process alarms can be either combined and/or separated for specific user installations, based on their operating philosophy.
Setting DeltaV Operate Device Alarm Annunciation Defaults
DeltaV Operate has default settings in the UserRef.grf file for what priority of device alarms will annunciate
F and show in the alarm banner. The default DeltaV
Operate alarm settings annunciate device alarms that are of the priority WARNING (8) or higher. Device alarms below this priority will not sound the horn or show up in the alarm banner.
Operator Station displays can be configured to show any alarms reporting to that workstation. Along with typical display configuration, alarm summaries can be configured to display alarms that match the alarm banner settings, or user specified ranges. The standard AlarmSum display is configured to show all alarms reporting to that workstation (see figure F-8).
September 2013
F-15
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
EACH DISPLAY ALARM SUMMARY CAN BE CONFIGURED TO MATCH THE ALARM BANNER OR BE UNIQUELY DEFINED.
Figure F-8. DeltaV Alarm Summary Configuration
For example, if an installation has a Maintenance
Station named 'MAINT', then the UserRef.grf (then
Note
renamed to UserSettings.grf) would contain alarm settings for the MAINT workstation as appropriate for
If you think you should be seeing a device alarm in the alarm banner and it
maintenance (e.g. all device alarms in the alarm banner).
is not there, verify that the device is
shown on the AlarmSum display. This
display shows ALL of the alarms
reporting to that workstation,
regardless of the device alarm
annunciation settings. If the device is
F
not shown in this display, then it is not
reporting to this workstation (or the
Note
logged on user does not have responsibility for that area).
To easily find the device alarm configuration in UserRef or
UserSettings, open the display in the
Standard directory, right click and
The default for device alarm annunciation (sounds the horn and shown in the alarm banner) can be modified for all operator/maintenance stations. Or unique settings can be defined for specific workstations. Use
select EDIT SCRIPT, then select Edit, Find and type in DEVICE. This will take you to the location in the file with the device alarm settings.
the workstation name to adjust settings for specific
workstations in UserSettings.grf.
F-16
September 2013
Operating with a DeltaV System
critical to operation, other DVC6000's may not. In this example, the DVC6000's would have different default alarm priorities.
THE PRIORITY OF A DEVICE ALARM DEFINES WHETHER THE ALARM IS ANNUNCIATED ON A PARTICULAR WORKSTATION, IN ADDITION TO THE COLOR OF THE ALARM AND THE HORN SOUND.
Figure F-9. Default PlantWeb Alert Priorities
Deciding Device Alarm Priorities
Each device alarm, just like every process alarm, has a priority assigned to it. When a device is created, the device alarms are assigned default alarm priorities as shown in figure F-9.
The DeltaV workstation default is to annunciate device alarms above the ADVISORY (7) priority.
Therefore, by default both the FAILED and COMM PlantWeb alerts annunciate to the operator.
The priority of each alarm needs to be considered. The priority of a device alarm is determined by how important that device problem is and the consequences to the process.
The priority is not based solely on the type of device. This means that while some DVC6000's may be
Note
1. If your installation has the Fieldbus devices, but is not ready to use PlantWeb alerts, then you can disable the individual alarms at the device - or through the System Alarm Management application. Later on, individual alarms can be enabled without having to download the device.
2. When you first begin to use device alarms, be sure that your alarm priority settings for the workstations or the individual device alarm priorities are such that they don't cause undue operator burden. This could mean only having a few device alarms set at WARNING or above, or changing the DeltaV Operate default such that only CRITICAL device alarms (or even perhaps NO device alarms annunciate to the operator).
3. DO NOT enable ALL of the PlantWeb alerts in a device. Only enable the alerts that are needed.
F
September 2013
F-17
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
F
F-18
September 2013
Glossary
Glossary
Algorithm
A set of logical steps to solve a problem or accomplish a task. A computer program contains one or more algorithms.
Alphanumeric
Consisting of letters and numbers.
ANSI (acronym)
The acronym ANSI stands for the American National Standards Institute
ANSI Class
Valve pressure/temperature rating.
Bench Set
Pressure, supplied to an actuator, required to drive the actuator through rated valve travel. Expressed in pounds per square inch.
Byte
A unit of binary digits (bits). A byte consists of eight bits.
Configuration
Stored instructions and operating parameters for a FIELDVUE Instrument.
September 2013
Control Loop
An arrangement of physical and electronic components for process control. The electronic components of the loop continuously measure one or more aspects of the process, then alter those aspects as necessary to achieve a desired process condition. A simple control loop measures only one variable. More sophisticated control loops measure many variables and maintain specified relationships among those variables.
Controller
A device that operates automatically to regulate a controlled variable.
Crossover Point
The mid-point of the stroking range of a sliding-stem actuator. A visual indication of the crossover point is found when the slot in the instrument feedback arm forms a 90-degree angle with the valve stem.
Deadband
Region around a reference point that must be exceeded before a new event occurs.
Deviation
Usually, the difference between set point and process variable. More generally, any departure from a desired or expected value or pattern.
Device ID
Unique identifier embedded in the instrument at the factory.
GGlossary
Drive Signal
The signal to the I/P converter from the printed wiring board. It is the percentage of the total microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve fully open. In most applications, drive signal ranges from 55% to 75%.
Glossary-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Feedback Arm
The mechanical connection between the valve stem linkage and the FIELDVUE Instrument travel sensor.
Feedback Signal
Indicates to the instrument the actual position of the valve. The travel sensor provides the feedback signal to the instrument printed wiring board assembly. A mechanical linkage connects the travel sensor to the valve stem or shaft.
Firmware
The combination of a hardware device and computer instructions and data that reside as read-only software on that device.
Note
1. This term (firmware) is sometimes used to refer only to the hardware device or only to the computer instructions or data, but these meanings are deprecated.
2. The confusion surrounding this term has led some to suggest that it be avoided altogether. The term is included here because of its use in older documentation and culture.
Gain
The ratio of output change to input change.
GGlossary
Hardware Revision
Revision number of the Fisher instrument hardware. The physical components of the instrument are defined as the hardware.
HARTR (acronym)
The acronym HART stands for Highway Addressable Remote Transducer.
Instrument Level
Determines the functions available for the instrument.
Leak Class
Defines the allowable leakage by a valve when it is closed. Leak class numbers are listed in two standards: ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 534-4.
Linearity, dynamic
Linearity (independent) is the maximum deviation from a straight line best fit to the opening and closing curves and a line representing the average value of those curves.
Memory
A type of semiconductor used for storing programs or data. FIELDVUE instruments use three types of memory: Random Access Memory (RAM), Read Only Memory (ROM), and Non-Volatile Memory (NVM).
Non-Volatile Memory (NVM)
A type of semiconductor memory that retains its contents even though power is disconnected. NVM contents can be changed during configuration unlike ROM which can be changed only at time of instrument manufacture. NVM stores configuration restart data.
Octet
See byte
Parallel
Simultaneous: said of data transmission on two or more channels at the same time.
Pressure Sensor
A FIELDVUE instrument internal device that senses the output pressure from the pneumatic relay.
Random Access Memory (RAM)
A type of semiconductor memory that is normally used by the microprocessor during normal operation that permits rapid retrieval and storage of programs and data. See also Read Only Memory (ROM) and Non-Volatile Memory (NVM).
Rate
Amount of change in output proportional to the rate of change in input.
Read-Only Memory (ROM)
A memory in which information is stored at the time of instrument manufacture. You can examine but not change ROM contents.
Glossary-2
September 2013
Seat Load
Force exerted on the valve seat, typically expressed in pounds force per lineal inch of port circumference. Seat load is determined by shutoff requirements.
Software
Computer programs, procedures, and possibly associated documentation and data pertaining to the operation of a computer system.
Temperature Sensor
A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that measures the instrument's internal temperature.
Travel
Movement of the valve stem or shaft which changes the amount the valve is open or closed.
Travel Sensor
A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that senses valve stem or shaft movement. The travel sensor is mechanically connected to the valve stem or shaft.
Glossary
Tuning
The adjustment of control terms or parameter values to produce a desired control effect.
Tuning Set
Preset values that identify gain and rate settings for a FIELDVUE instrument. The tuning set and supply pressure together determine an instrument's response to input signal changes.
Watch Dog Timer
A timer that the microprocessor must pulse periodically. If the microprocessor is unable to pulse the timer, the instrument shuts down.
Zero Power Condition
The position of the valve (open or closed) when the electrical segment power to the instrument is removed. Zero Power Condition (ZPC) is determined by relay and actuator action where: for Relay A and C, Port A will be at atmosphere pressure, and if double-acting, Port B will be at supply pressure. For Relay B, Port B will be at supply pressure.
September 2013
GGlossary
Glossary-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Notes
GGlossary
Glossary-4
September 2013
Index
Index
A
Actual Travel, 4-37 Actuator Fail Action, 4-38 Actuator Manufacturer ID, 4-37 Actuator Model Number, 4-38 Actuator Serial Number, 4-38 Actuator Size, 4-38 Actuator Style, 4-38 Addressing, D-7 Advise Enable, 4-35 Advise Suppress, 4-35 Advisory Active, 4-40 Air, 4-39 Alarm Detection
AI Block, 4-129 DI Block, 4-163 ISEL Block, 4-108 PID Block, 4-87 Alarms, Setting Priority, C-3 Alert Conditions, C-2 Alert Handling, 4-40 Alerts, Enabling, Travel Alerts, High and Low, 4-32 Analog Input (AI) Block Advanced Features, 4-132 Alarm Priorities, 4-129 Block Errors, 4-132 Block Modes, 4-129 Channel Selections, 4-130 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-139 Filtering, 4-130 Parameters, 4-134 Signal Conversion, 4-130
Direct, 4-131 Indirect, 4-131 Indirect Square Root, 4-131
September 2013
Simulation, 4-132 Status Handling, 4-130 Troubleshooting, 4-133 View lists, 4-138
Analog Output (AO) Block, 4-69 Action on Fault Detection, 4-72 Modes, 4-69, 4-117 Diagram, 4-69 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-80 I/O Options, 4-73 Mode Handling, 4-70 Output Block PV Status, 4-72 Parameters, 4-75 Set Point Selection and Limiting, 4-72 Setting the Output, 4-71 Shed Options, 4-70 Simulation, 4-73 Status Handling, 4-71 View lists, 4-79
Application Information AO Block, 4-74 DI Block, 4-165 PID Block, 4-87
Area Units, 4-36
ATEX, 1-6 Loop Schematics, B-8, B-9, B-10 Nameplates, B-11, B-12
Auto Calibrate Travel, 5-3
B
Basic Setup, 3-2 Stabilize/Optimize, 4-23
Initial Setup
Factory Default Settings, 3-3
Stabilize/Optimize, 4-23
FIndex
Block Error Reporting, 4-40
Block Errors AI Block, 4-132 AO Block, 4-74 DI Block, 4-164
Index-1
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DO Block, 4-152 ISEL Block, 4-108 MAI Function Block, 4-142 PID Block, 4-88 Resource Block, 4-7 Transducer Block, 4-41
Block Errors Resource Block, 6-3 Transducer Block, 6-9
Block Execution Times, 1-5
Block Initialization, DO Block, 4-150
Block Mode, D-3 Actual, D-3 Target, D-3 Automatic (Auto), D-5 Cascade (Cas), D-5 Initialization Manual (IMan), D-4 Local Override (LO), D-4 Manual (Man), D-5 Normal, D-4 Out of Service (O/S), D-4 Permitted, D-3 Remote Cascade (RCas), D-5 Remote Output (ROut), D-5
Block Parameter Index, 4-173
Blocks Set to Default, 4-29
Bumpless Transfer, 4-86
C
Calib Date, 4-36
Calibration, 5-2 Auto Calibrate Travel, 5-3 Manual Travel Calibration, 5-4 Output A Pressure, 5-8 Output B Pressure, 5-8 Pressure Sensor, 5-8 Supply Pressure Sensor, 5-7 Travel Sensor, 5-5
Calibration Location, 4-36
Calibration Person, 4-36
FIndex
Channels, Index, 4-185
Classifications/Certifications, 1-6
Comm Time Out, 4-4
Commissioning Tag, 2-30
Compel Data (CD), D-8
Configuration Alerts, 4-29 Blocks Set to Default, 4-29 Output Block Timeout, 4-29 Pressure Sensors, 4-30
Connections Communication, 2-29 Electrical, 2-23 Pneumatic Output, 2-20 Pressure, 2-18 Supply, 2-18 Vent, 2-22
Construction Materials, 1-7
CSA, 1-6 Loop Schematics, B-2 Nameplates, B-4 Typical, B-4
Custom Characterization Table, 4-26
Cycle Counter, 4-33, 6-11 Resetting, 4-34
D
DeltaV Host System Accessing Parameters Resource Block, F-12 Transducer Block, F-11 Bringing the Device On-Line, F-12 Getting Started, F-2 Software Functionality/System Requirements, F-9 Starting Methods Resource Block, F-10 Transducer Block, F-10
DeltaV Tune, 4-87
Detailed Setup, Transducer Block, 4-21
Device Communication Scheduled Transfers, D-8 Client/Server, D-9 Publisher/Subscriber, D-8 Report Distribution, D-8 Unscheduled Transfers, D-8
Device Description (DD) Description, D-5, E-3 Installation, E-2 On a DeltaV ProfessionalPlus Workstation, E-3 Other Fieldbus Host Systems, E-4
Device Diagnostics, Transducer Block, 6-7
Device Record , 6-9
Index-2
September 2013
Device Setup, 3-2
Device Variables Resource Block, 6-5 Transducer Block, AO Control - Pre-Char, 6-10
Direct Action, 4-87
Discrete Input (DI) Block, 4-161 Action on Failure, 4-164 Alarm Detection, 4-163 Block Initialization, 4-161 Channel 23, 4-162 Diagram, 4-161 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-170 Field Value Processing, 4-163 I/O Selection, 4-161 Modes, 4-161 Open/Closed Limit Switch, 4-162 Parameter , 4-166 Simulation, 4-164 Status Handling, 4-161 Valve Position Proximity Detection, 4-163 Valve Travel , 4-162 Variable Limit Switch, 4-162 View lists, 4-169
Discrete Output (DO) Block, 4-149 Action on Fault Detection, 4-152 Block Errors, 4-152 Block Initialization, 4-150 Diagram, 4-149 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-158 I/O Selection, 4-151 Modes, 4-149 Output Block PV Status, 4-152 Parameters, 4-154 Setting the Output, 4-151 Shed Options, 4-150 Simulation, 4-153 Status Handling, 4-150 View lists, 4-157
Drive Current, 4-27
Drive Signal, 4-27
DVC6000f Series, Description, 1-2
E
Educational Services, 1-4
Effective Area, 4-39
Electrical Housing, 1-6
Electronics Alerts, 4-27
September 2013
Index
Drive Current, 4-27 Drive Signal, 4-27 Processor Impaired, 4-28
Environment Alerts, 4-30 Supply Pressure, 4-30 Temperature Limit, 4-31
F
Failed Active, 4-40
Failed Enable, 4-35
Failed Suppress, 4-35
Feedback Connection, 4-38
Feedforward, Calculation, 4-86
Field Communicator Menu Structure Analog Input Function Block, 4-139 Analog Output Function Block, 4-80 Discrete Input Function Block, 4-170 Discrete Output Function Block, 4-158 Input Selector Function Block, 4-115 Multiple Analog Input Function Block, 4-146 Output Splitter Function Block, 4-127 PID Function Block, 4-100
Field Value Processing, DI Block, 4-163
Fieldbus Control, 1-2
Fieldbus Logic, 1-2
Fieldbus Wiring Connecting, 2-23 Quick Connect Cable Entry, 2-24 Twisted Shielded Pair, 2-23
Flow Direction, 4-37
Flow Tends To, 4-37
FM, 1-6 Loop Schematics, B-5, B-6 Nameplates, B-7 Typical, B-4
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication, Principle of Operation, D-2
FSETAN--Russian - Federal Service of Technological, Ecological and Nuclear Inspectorate, 1-6
Function Block Overview, D-2
Function Blocks
Operation, D-2
FIndex
Scheduling, D-9
G
Gas Certified, Single Seal Device, 1-6
Index-3
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Gauges, Tire Valves, & Pipe Plugs Parts List, 8-5 Replacing, 7-8
GOST-R--Russian GOST-R, 1-6
H
Hot Spare, 4-107
I
I/O Options, AO Block, 4-73
I/O Selection DI Block, 4-161 DO Block, 4-151
I/P Converter Parts List, 8-4 Removing, 7-7 Replacing, 7-7 Replacing Filter, 7-6
IECEx, 1-6 Loop Schematics, B-13, B-14 Nameplates, B-15
IMan, D-4
Inlet Pressure, 4-37
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil), 1-6
Input Characterization, 4-26
Input Selector (ISEL) block, 4-103
Alarm Detection, 4-108
Block Errors, 4-108
BLOCK_ERR Conditions, 4-108
Direct Selection of Inputs, 4-107
Disabling Inputs, 4-107
Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-115
Identification of Selected Inputs, 4-108
Input Selection, 4-107
Modes, 4-103
Parameter List, 4-109
Status Handling
Limit Propagation, 4-104
FIndex
Quality Use and Propagation, 4-103 Substatus Propagation, 4-104
STATUS_OPTS Supported, 4-107
View lists, 4-114
Installation, 2-3
Instrument, Detailed Setup, 4-35
Instrument Alert Conditions, 4-26 Integrator Frozen, 4-60, 6-8 Integrator Limited High, 4-60, 6-8 Integrator Limited Low, 4-60, 6-8 IOP Failure, 4-60, 6-9
K
KGS--Korea Gas Safety Corporation, 1-6 KISCO--Korea Industrial Safety Corporation, 1-6
L
Last Calibration Type, 4-36 Leak Class, 4-37 Length Units, 4-36 Lever Style, 4-39 Limiting
Output ISEL Block, 4-103 PID Block, 4-85
Set Point AO Block, 4-72 PID Block, 4-85
Link Active Scheduler, D-7 Live List, Definition, D-8 Loop Schematics
ATEX, B-8, B-9, B-10 CSA, B-2, B-3 FM, B-5, B-6 IECEx, B-13, B-14 Lower Bench Set, 4-39
M
Macrocycle, D-9 MAI Channel Map, Transducer Block, 4-39 Maintenance Active, 4-40 Maintenance Enable, 4-35 Maintenance Suppress, 4-35 Manual Travel Calibration, 5-4 Maximum Supply Pressure, 4-36 Methods, E-3
Index-4
September 2013
Auto Travel Calibration, 5-3 Device Setup, 3-2 Manual Travel Calibration, 5-4 Output A Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-8 Output B Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-8 PlantWeb Alerts, 4-26, C-2 Relay Adjust, 5-4 Resource Block Mode, 4-4 Restart, 6-4 Stabilize/Optimize, 4-23 Stroke Valve, 6-10 Supply Sensor Calibration, 5-7 Transducer Block Mode, 3-2 Travel Sensor Adjust, 5-5
Methods Description DD Version, E-5 Stabilize/Optimize, 4-23
MLFB Error, 4-60, 6-8
Modes AO Block, 4-69, 4-117 DI Block, 4-161 DO Block, 4-149 ISEL Block, 4-103 MAI Block, 4-141 PID Function Block, 4-83 Resource Block, 4-4 Transducer Block, 4-21
Module Base Removal, 7-4 Replacing, 7-5
Module Base, Parts List, 8-4
Moment Arm, 4-39
Mounting, 2-6 67CFR, 2-17 DVC6005f base unit, 2-13 DVC6010f, 2-6 DVC6015, 2-13 DVC6020f, 2-8 DVC6025, 2-14 DVC6030f, 2-10 DVC6035, 2-15 for Pressure Control, 2-17 Pipestand, 2-13 Wall, 2-13
Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Block Application Information, 4-141 Block error, 4-142 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-146 Modes, 4-141 Parameters, 4-143 Status Handling, 4-141
September 2013
Index
Troubleshooting, 4-142
N
Nameplates ATEX, B-11, B-12 CSA, B-4 Typical, B-4 FM, B-7 Typical, B-4 IECEx, B-15
Natural Gas, as supply medium, 1-5
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal device, 2-19
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China), 1-6
Network Management, D-9
Nominal Supply Pressure, 4-39
Non-Remote Modes, Highest Permitted, 4-150
O
Open/Closed Limit Switch, using the DI block as, 4-162
Outblock Selection, 4-26
Outlet Pressure, 4-37
Output A Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-8
Output B Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-8
Output Block PV Status AO Block, 4-72 DO Block, 4-152
Output Block Timeout, 4-29
Output Splitter (OS) Block Parameters, 4-123 View lists, 4-126
Output Splitter Function Block, Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-127
P
Packing Type, 4-37
FIndex
Parameters, Index, 4-173
Parameter List AI Block, 4-134 AO Block, 4-75
Index-5
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
DO Block, 4-154 ISEL Block, 4-109 MAI Block, 4-143 OS Block, 4-123 PID Block, 4-89 Resource Block, 4-12 Transducer Block, 4-42
Parts Common Parts, 8-4 Feedback Parts, 8-5 Gauges, Tire Valves, & Pipe Plugs, 8-5 I/P Converter Assembly, 8-4 Kits, 8-2 Module Base, 8-4 Ordering, 8-2 Printed Wiring Board Assembly, 8-6 Relay, 8-4 Terminal Box, 8-5
Pass Token (PT), D-8
PD Inside Status, 4-35
PD Run, 4-35
Performance Alerts, 4-34 PD Inside Status, 4-35 PD Run, 4-35 Performance Critical, 4-35 Performance Information, 4-35 Performance Reduced, 4-35
Performance Critical, 4-35
Performance Information, 4-35
Performance Reduced, 4-35
Performance Tuner, 3-6
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India), 1-6
PID Block, 4-83
Alarm Detection, 4-87
Block Errors, 4-88
Diagram, 4-83
Equation Structures, 4-86
Field Communicator Menu Structure, 4-100
Filtering, 4-85
Modes, 4-83
FIndex
Output Selection and Limiting, 4-85 Parameter List, 4-89
Set Point Selection and Limiting, 4-85
Shed Options, 4-84
Status Handling, 4-85
Tracking, 4-86
View lists, 4-98
PlantWeb Alarms, Simulate, 4-40
PlantWeb Alert Enable , 4-35 Advise Enable, 4-35 Failed Enable, 4-35 Maintenance Enable, 4-35
PlantWeb Alert Reporting, 4-35 Advise Suppress, 4-35 Failed Suppress, 4-35 Maint Suppress, 4-35
PlantWeb Alerts, 4-26, C-2 Alert Handling, C-3 Alert Reporting, C-3 Detecting Through Other Blocks, C-3 Setting, C-4 Using, C-7
Pneumatic Relay Adjusting, 5-4 Parts List, 8-4 Removing, 7-8 Replacing, 7-8
Port Diameter, 4-37
Port Type, 4-37
Press Fallback, Sensor Alerts, 4-30
Pressure A Sensor Failure, 4-60, 6-9
Pressure B Sensor Failure, 4-60, 6-9
Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-8
Pressure Sensors, Sensor Alerts, 4-30
Pressure Tuning, 4-24 Press Tuning Set, 4-24 Pressure Integral Dead Zone, 4-24 Pressure Integral Gain, 4-24 Pressure Integral Limit Hi, 4-25 Pressure Integral Limit Lo, 4-25 Pressure MLFB Gain, 4-24 Pressure Proportional Gain, 4-24
Pressure Units, 4-35
Principle of Operation, A-2
Printed Wiring Board Assembly Parts List, 8-6 Removing, 7-8 Replacing, 7-8
Processor Impaired, 4-28
Protection, 3-2 Transducer Block, 4-21
Proximity, 4-33
Proximity Alerts, 4-33 Proximity, 4-33 Travel, 4-33
Index-6
September 2013
Travel Closed, 4-33 Travel open, 4-33
Proximity Detection, using the DI block for, 4-163
Publisher (P), D-8
Push Down To, 4-37
PWA Simulate, 4-40
R
Rated Travel, 4-37
Related Documents, 1-4
Relay Adjust, 5-4
Relay Type, 4-36
Remote Cascade, Setting, 4-4
Remote Output Timeouts, Setting, 4-5
Remote Travel Sensor Connections, 2-26 Using a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer as, 2-27 Using a Two-Resistor Series as, 2-28 Using the DVC6015, DVC6025 and DVC6035 Feedback unit as, 2-26
Resource Block Alarm Handling, 4-6 Acknowledge Option, 4-6 Alert Key, 4-6 Confirm Time, 4-6 Limit Notify, 4-6 Block Errors, 4-7 BLOCK_ERR Conditions, 6-3 Definition, D-2 Display, 6-3, 6-10 Instrument Field Serial Number, 4-6 Strategy, 4-6 Tag Description, 4-6 Modes, 4-4 Options, Feature Selection, 4-5 Fault State, 4-5 Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm) Support, 4-5 PW Alarms set PV Status, 4-40 Reports, 4-5 Soft Write Lock, 4-5 Overview, 4-4 Parameter List, 4-12 Setup, 4-4 Setup Options, 4-5 View lists, 4-18, 4-145
September 2013
Index
Viewing Device Information, 6-3
Setup, Resource Block, 4-4
Resource Block Mode, 4-4
Response Control, 4-22 Travel Integral Dead Zone, 4-23 Travel Integral Enable, 4-23 Travel Integral Gain, 4-23 Travel Integral Limit Hi, 4-23 Travel Integral Limit Lo, 4-23 Travel MLFB Gain, 4-22 Travel Tuning, 4-22 Travel Tuning Set, 4-22 Travel Velocity Gain, 4-22 Tvl Prop Gain, 4-22
Restart method, 6-4
Restarting the Instrument Restart Processor, 6-5 Restart with Defaults, 6-5 Parameter Affected By, 6-5
Reverse Acting Relay, 5-5
Reverse Action, 4-87
S
Seat Type, 4-37
Segment, Definition, D-7
Self Test Status, 4-60
Sensor Alerts, 4-29 Press Fallback, 4-30 Temperature Sensor, 4-30 Travel Sensor, 4-29
Set Point Selection and Limiting AO Block, 4-72 PID Block, 4-85
Setting PlantWeb Alerts, C-3
Setting the Output AO Block, 4-71 DO Block, 4-151
Shaft Stem Diameter, 4-37
Shed Options
AO Block, 4-70
DO Block, 4-150
FIndex
PID Block, 4-84
Simulate Active Alerts, 4-40
Simulate Jumper, 2-30
Simulate Jumper ON, 4-60, 6-9
Index-7
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
Simulation AI Block, 4-132 AO Block, 4-73 DI Block, 4-164 DO Block, 4-153
Solenoid Valve, Health Monitoring, 2-21
special application, 2-21
Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations, 2-4
ATEX, 2-4 CSA, 2-4 FM, 2-4 IECEx, 2-5
Specifications, 1-4
Spring Rate, 4-39
Spring Rate Units, 4-36
Stabilize/Optimize, 4-23
Standard Control, 1-2
Status Handling AI Block, 4-130 AO Block, 4-71 DI Block, 4-161 DO Block, 4-150 MAI Block, 4-141 PID Block, 4-85
Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output, 7-15
Stroking the Output, with Field Communicator, 6-10
Stroking Time Close, 4-39
Stroking Time Open, 4-39
Subscriber (S), D-8
Supply Pressure, Environment Alerts, 4-30
Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-7
Supply Sensor Failure, 4-60, 6-9
System Management, D-7
T FIndex
Tag Description, 4-35
Temperature Limit, Environment Alerts, 4-31
Temperature Sensor, Sensor Alerts, 4-30
Temperature Units, 4-31, 4-36
Terminal Box Parts List, 8-5 Removing, 7-9 Replacing, 7-9
TIIS-- Technology Institution of Industrial Safety (Japan), 1-6
Tracking, 4-86
Transducer Block Block Errors, 4-41, 6-9 Definition, D-3 Initial Setup, Zero Power Condition, 4-36 Limit Propagation AO Block, D-6 DO Block, D-7 MAI Channel Map, 4-39 Modes, 4-21 Overview, 4-21 Parameter List, 4-42 Status Propagation, D-6 Detailed Setup, 4-21 View Lists, 4-64
Transducer Block Mode, 3-2
Travel, 4-31
Travel Accumulator, 4-34
Travel Alerts, 4-31 High and Low, 4-32 Travel, 4-31 Travel Hi/Lo, 4-32 Travel Limit, 4-32 Travel Target, 4-31 Tvl Deviation, 4-31
Travel Calibration, 5-2
Travel Closed, 4-33
Travel Cutoffs, 4-25
Travel Deviation, 4-31
Travel Hi/Lo, 4-32
Travel History Alerts, 4-33 Cycle Counter, 4-33 Travel Accumulator, 4-34
Travel Integral Dead Zone, 4-23
Travel Integral Enable, 4-23
Travel Integral Gain, 4-23
Travel Integral Limit Lo, 4-23
Travel Limit, 4-32
Travel MLFB Gain, 4-22
Travel Open, 4-33
Travel Press Control , Travel Cutoff Hi, 4-25
Index-8
September 2013
Travel Pressure Control, 4-25 Press Cutoff Closed, 4-25 Pressure Cutoff Open , 4-25 Pressure Range Hi, 4-25 Pressure Range Lo, 4-25 Travel Cutoff Lo, 4-25 Travel/Presssure Select, 4-25
Travel Sensor, 4-29 Adjusting DVC6010f, 5-5 DVC6015, 5-5 DVC6020f, 5-6 DVC6025, 5-5, 5-6 DVC6030f, 5-5 Parts List, 8-5 Removing DVC6010f, 7-10 DVC6015, 7-10 DVC6020f, 7-10 DVC6025, 7-10 DVC6030f, 7-10 DVC6035, 7-10 Replacing DVC6010f, 7-11 DVC6015, 7-11 DVC6020f, 7-12 DVC6025, 7-12 DVC6030f, 7-14 DVC6035, 7-14
Travel Sensor Adjust, 5-5
Travel Sensor High Error, 4-60, 6-8
Travel Sensor Low Error, 4-60, 6-8
Travel Sensor Motion, 4-38, 4-39
Travel Sensor Span Error, 4-60, 6-8
Travel target, 4-31, 6-11
Travel Tuning Set, 4-22
travel units, 4-36
Travel Velocity Gain, 4-22
Trim Style 1, 4-39
Trim Style 2, 4-39
Troubleshooting, 7-15
Tuning, 3-6
Tuning Set, 4-22, 4-24
Tvl Integ DeadZ, 4-23
Tvl Integ Lim Hi, 4-23
Tvl Prop Gain, 4-22
September 2013
U
Unbalanced Area, 4-37 Upper Bench Set, 4-39 Using PlantWeb Alerts, C-3
Index
V
Valve and Actuator Actuator, 4-37 Detailed Setup, 4-36 Reference, 4-39 Trim, 4-37 Valve, 4-36
Valve Class, 4-37
Valve Manufacturer ID, 4-36
Valve Model Number, 4-36
Valve Serial Number, 4-37
Valve Size, 4-37
Valve Style, 4-37
Variable Limit Switch, using the DI block as, 4-162
Vibration Testing, 1-6
View Lists, 6-3 AI Function Block, 4-138 AO Block, 4-79 DI Function Block, 4-169 DO Function Block, 4-157 ISEL Function Block, 4-114 MAI Function Block, 4-145 OS Function Block, 4-126 PID Function Block, 4-98 Resource Block, 4-18 Transducer Block, 4-64
W
Write Lock, Setting, 4-4 Write Priority, Setting, 4-4
Z
Zero Power Condition, 4-36
FIndex
Index-9
DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers
FIndex
Index-10
September 2013
This page intentionally left blank.
N97
Neither Emerson, Emerson Process Management, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ValveLink, PlantWeb, DeltaV, and Baumann are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a mark owned by the HART Communication Foundation. FOUNDATION fieldbus is a mark owned by the Fieldbus Foundation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Process Management Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Chatham, Kent ME4 4QZ UK Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www.Fisher.com
E 2004, 2013 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
Acrobat Distiller 10.0.0 (Windows)